N, I~ap;PJ: I.. - 117 L —i.- L -:L. - -- - - - - - - -?t 14 ~ ~ 1 . t ',t \ i ~ r~ i I I~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I i l I i 1 I r t I 1 i::::~~ I b i' - I r ~: i~:i:4 ~:B 1: ~.. i -i i i THE STORY OF THE PHILIPPINES AND OUR NEW POSSESSIONS, INCLUDING rHE LADRONES, HAWAII, CUBA AND PORTO RICO. I I/ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Ili ~~~~~~~ A~~~~~~~ /7~ ~...... ~?....~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:,, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~::iL:~~~~~~~~~~~~11i~ d~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~ ~,,i i! ",,,,,, i~,.L i~T?, i''"~ ~ "?... IlE r ENE IAL OF TI7E P1II1 PPIN F A NI) TH.HE STORY OF THE N PHILIPPINES. NATURAL RICHES, INDUSTRIAL RESOURCES, STATISTICS OF PRODUCTIONS, COMMERCE AND POPULATION; THE LAWS, HABITS, CUSTOMS, SCENERY AND CONDITIONS OF THE CUBA OF THE EAST INDIES AND THE THOUSAND ISLANDS OF THE ARCHIPELAGOES OF INDIA AND HAWAII, WITH EPISODES OF THEIR EARLY HISTORY THE ELDORADO OF THE ORIENT Personal Character Sketches of and Interviews with Admiral Dewey, General Merritt, General Aguinaldo and the Archbishop of Manila. HISTORY AND ROMANCE, TRAGEDIES AND TRADITIONS OF OUR PACIFIC POSSESSIONS. EVENTS OF THE WAR IN THE WEST WITH SPAIN, AND THE CONQUEST OF CUBA AND PORTO RICO. BY MURAT HALSTEAD, War Correspondent in America and Europe, Historian of the Philippine Expedition. Splendidly and Picturesquely Illustrated with Half-Tone Engravings from Photographs, Etchings from Special Drawings, and the Military Maps of the Philippines, Prepared by the War Department of the United States. OUR POSSESSIONS PUBLISHING CO. Copyrighted, 1898, by If. L. BARBER, Chicago, Ill., U. S. A. AA\^ The engravings in this volume were made from original photographs, and are specially protected by copyright; and notice is hereby given, that any person or persons guilty of reproducing or infringing upon the copyright in any way will be dealt with according to law. INSCRIBED TO THE SOLDIERS AND SAILORS OF THE ARMY AND NAVY OF THE UNITED STATES, With Admiration for Their Achievements In the War With Spain; Gratitude for the Glory They Have Gained for the Almerican Nation, And Congratulations That All the People of All tlhe Country Rejoice in the Cloudless Splendor of Their FIame That is the Common and Everlasting Inheritance of Americans. a I A: AUTHOR'S PREFACE. iThe purpose of the writer of the pages herewith presented has been to offer, in Fopular form, the truth touching the Philippine Islands. I made the journey from New York to Manila, to have the benefit of personal observations in preparing a history for the people. Detention at Honolulu shortened my stay in Manila, but there was much in studies at the former place that was a help at the latter. The original programme was for me to accompany General Merritt, Commander-in-Chief of the Philippine Expedition, but illness prevented its full realization, and when I arrived in Manila Bay the city had already been "occupied and possessed" by the American army; and the declaration of peace between the United States and Spain was made, the terms fully agreed upon with the exception of the settlement of the affairs of the Philippines. While thus prevented from witnessing stirring military movements other than those attending the transfer of our troops across the Pacific Ocean, an event in itself of the profoundest significance, the reference of the determination of the fate of the Philippine Islands to the Paris Conference, and thereby to the public opinion of our country, in extraordinary measure increased the general sensibility as to the situation of the southern Oriental seas affecting ourselves, and enhanced the value of the testimony taken on the spot of observers of experience, with the training of journalism in distinguishing the relative pertinence and potency of facts noted. Work for more than forty years, in the discussion from day to day of current history, has qualified me for the efficient exercise of my faculties in the labor undertaken. It has been my undertaking to state that which appeared to me, so that the reader may find pictures of the scenes that tell the Story that concerns the country, that the public may with enlightenment solve the naval, military, political, commercial and religious problems we are called upon by the peremptory pressure of the conditions local, and international, to solve immediately. This we have to do, facing the highest obligations of citizenship in the great American Republic, and conscious of the incomparably influential character of the principles that shall prevail through the far-reaching sweep of the policies that 13 14 AUTHIOR'S PREEFACE. will be evolved. I have had such advantages in the assurance of the authenticity of the information set forth in the chapters following, that I may be permitted to name those it was my good fortune to consult with instructive results; and in making the acknowledgments due. I may be privileged to support the claim of diligence and success in the investigations made, and that I am warranted in the issue of this Story of the Philippines by the assiduous improvement of an uncommon opportunity to fit myself to serve the country. Indebtedness for kind consideration in this work is gratefully acknowledged to Major-General Merritt, commanding the Philippine Expedition; Major-(eneral Otis, who succeeds to the duties of military and civil administration in the conquered capital of the islands; Admiral George Dewey, who improved, with statesmanship, his unparalleled victory in the first week of the war with Spain, and raised the immense questions before us; General F. V. Greene, the historian of the RussoTurkish war, called by the President to Washington, and for whose contributions to the public intelligence he receives the hearty approval and confidence of the people; Major Bell, the vigilant and efficient head of the Bureau of Information at the headquarters of the American occupation in the Philippines; General Aguinaldo, the leader of the insurgents of his race in Luzon, and His Grace thel Arclbishop of Manila, who gave me a message for the United States, expressing hits appreciation of the excellence of the behavior of the American army in the enforcement of order,giving peace of mind to the residents in the distracted city of all persuasions and conditions, and of the service that was done civilization in the prevention, by our arms, of threatened barbarities that had caused sore apprehension; and, I may add, the Commissioner of the Organized People of the Philippines, dispatched to Washington accompanying General Greene; and of the citizens of Manila of high character, and conductors of business enterprises with plants in the community whose destiny is in the hands of strangers. These gentlemen I may not name, for there are uncertainties that demand of them and command me to respect the prudence of their inconspicuity. This vol-ume seems to me to be justified, and I have no further claim to offer that it is meritorious than that it is faithful to facts and true to the country in advocacy of the continued expansion of the Republic, whose field is the world. Steamship China, Pacific Ocean, September 20, 1898. THE ORIGIN OF THIS STORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. The letter following is the full expression by the author of this volume of his purposes and principles in making the journey to the East Indies. GOING TO THE PIILIPPINES. Washington City, D. C., July 18. With the authorization of the Military Authorities, I shall go to the Philippine Islands with General Merritt, the Military Governor, and propose to make the American people better acquainted with that remarkable and most important and interesting country. The presence of an American army in the Philippines is an event that will change broad and mighty currents in the world's history. It ]las far more significance than anything transpiring in the process of the conquest of the West India possessions of Spain, for the only question there, ever since the Continental colonies of the Spanish crown won their independence, has been the extent of the sacrifices the Spaniards, in their haughty and vindictive pride, would make in fighting for a lost Empire and an impossible cause with an irresistible adversary. That the time was approaching when, with the irretrievable steps of the growth of a living Nation of free people, we would reach the point where it should be our duty to accept the responsibility of the dolinlantAAmerican power,and aecompllish manifest Destiny by adding Cuba and Porto Rico to our dominion, has for half a centurybeen the familiar understanding of American citizens. Spain, by her abhorrent system, personified in Weyler, and illustrated in the murderous blowing up of the Maine with a mine, has forced this duty upon us; and though we made war unprepared, the good work is going on, and the finish of the fight will be the relegation of Spain, whose colonial governments have been, without exception, disgraceful and disastrous to herself, and curses to the colonists, to her own peninsula. This will be for her own good, as well as the redemption of mankind from her unwholesome foreign influences, typified as they are in the beautiful city of Havana, which has become the 15 16 THE i ORIGIN OF TiIlS STORY. center of political plaigues and pestilentiaul fevers, whose contagion has at frequent intervals rea(hed our own shores. 1n the P'lilippine Islands the situation is for us absolutely novel. it cannot be said to lIe out of the scope of reasonable Amlericanl explansion and is in tllc right line of enlarging the area of enlightenmlent and sti illlating the progress of civilization. The unexpected has happened, but it is not illogical. It must have been written long ago on the scroll of the boundless blue and the stars. The incident of war was the "rush" order of the President of the United States to Admiral Dewey to destroy the Spanish fleet at Manila, for the protection of our commerce. Th}e deed was done with a flash of lightning, and lo! we hold the golden key of a splendid Asiatic archipelago of a thousand beautiful and richly endowed islands in our grip. This is the most brilliant and startling achievement in the annals of navies. Never before had the sweep of sea power, ordered through the wires tllt make tle world's continents, oceans and islands one huge whispering gallery, stclh striking exemplification. There was glory and fame in it, and immeasurable material for the making of history. We may paraplrase I)r. Johnson's celebrated advertisement of i le widow's brewery by saying: Admiral Dewey's victory w-as not merely the capture of a harbor commanding a great city, one of the superb) places of the earth, and the security of a base of operations to wait for reinforcements comnmensurate with the resources of the United States of America-the victorious hero fixed his iron hand upon a wonderful opportunity it was the privilege of our (iovernment to secure at large, according to the rights of a victorious Nation for the people thereof-a chance for the youth of America, like that of the youth of Great Britain, to realize upon the magnificence of India; and this is as Dr. Johnson said of the vats and barrels of the Tlhrale estate —"the potentiality of wealth beyond the dreams of avarice." It is a new departure, but not a matter for the panic or apprehension of conservatism, that tlhe Stars and Stripes float as the symbol of sovereignty over a group of islands in tle waters of Asia, that are equal to all the West Indies. If we are strangers there Inow we shall not be so long. We have a front on the Pacific Ocean, of tlree great States-Washington, equal to England; Oregon, whose grandeur rolls in the sound of her famous name, and incomparable California, whose title will be the synonym of golden good times forever. The Philippines are soutlhwest from our western front doors. They have been the islands of our stunsets in the winter. Now they look to us for the rosy dalwn out of which will come the clear brightness of the white light of mornings and the fullness of the ripening noons, all the year around. With (our bulk of the North American continent bulging into both the great oceans, it was foreordained since the bheinning when (od creatled the earth, that we, the possessors TllE ORIUGN OF THIS STORY. 17 of this imperial American zone, slould be a great Asiatic Power. We have it now in evidence, written in islands among the most gorgeous of those that shine in the Southern seas-islands that are east from the Atlantic and west from the Pacific shores of the One Great Republic-that we may personify hereafter, sitting at the head of tie table when the empires of the earth consult themselves as to the courses of empire. Our Course of Empire is both east and west. The contact of American and Asiatic civilization in the Philippines, with the American army there, superseding the Spaniards, will be memorable as one of tlie matters of chief moment in the closing days of the nineteenth century, and remembered to date from for a thousand years. It is my purpose to write of this current history while it is a fresh, sparkling stream, and attempt something more than the recitation of the news of the day, as it is condensed and restrained in telegrams; to give it according to the extent of my ability and the advantages of my opportunity, the local coloring, the characteristic scenery; the pen pictures of the people and their pursuits; sketches of the men who are doers of deeds that make history; studies of the ways and means of the islanders; essays to indicate the features of the picturesque of the strange mixture of races; the revolutionary evolutions of politics; the forces that pertain to the mingling of the religions of the Occident and tlhe Orient, in a chemistry untried through the recorded ages. It is a tremendous canvas upon which I am to labor, and I know full well how inadequate the production must be, and beg that this index may not be remembered against me. It is meant in all modesty, and I promise only that there will be put into the task the expertness of experience and the endeavor of industry. MIURAT HALSTEAD. CONTENTS. Pages. AUTHOR'S PREFACE.....................................13-14 THE ORIGIN OF THIS STORY OF TIll,1 PHILIPPINES.............15-17 CHAPTER I. ADMIRAL DEWEY ON HIS FLAGSHIP. A Stormy Day on Manila Bay-Call on Admiral Dewey-The Man in White-He Sticks to His Ship-How He Surprised the SpaniardsEvery Man Did His Duty on May-Day-How Dewey Looks and Talks-What iTe Said About War With Germany in Five MinutesFeeds His Men on "Delicious" Fresh Meat from Australia-lPhotography Unjust to Him.......................................29-37 CHAPTER II. LIFE IN MANILA. Character of the Filipinos-Drivers Lashing Laboring Men in the StreetsWhat Americans Get in Their Native Air-The Logic of Destiny -Manila as She Fell Into Our Hands-The Beds in the TropicsA Spanish Hotel-Profane Yells for Ice-Sad Scenes in the Dining Room-Major-General Calls for "Francisco"-A BrokenHearted Pantry W oman........................................38-44 CHAPTER III. FROM LONG ISLAND TO LUZON. Across the Continent-An American Governor-General Steams Through the Golden Gate-He is a Minute-Man-Honolulu as a Health Resort-The Lonesome Pacific-The Skies of Asia-Dreaming Under the Stars of the Scorpion-The Southern Cross..............45-51 CHAPTER TV. INTERVIEW WITH GENERAL AGUINALDO. The Insurgent Leader's Surroundings and Personal Appearance-His Reserves and Ways of Talking-The Fierce Animosity of the Filipinos Toward Spanish Priests-A Probability of Many Martyrs in the Isle of Luzon.................................................52-60 19 20 CONTENTS. CHAPTER V. THE PHILIPPINE MISSION. Correspondence with Aguinaldo About It-Notes by Senor Felipe Agoncillo-Relations Between Admiral Dewey and Senor AguinaldoTerms of Peace Made by Spanish Governor-General with Insurgents, Iecember, 1897-Law Suit Between Aguinaldo and Arlacho -Aguinaldo's Proclamation of May 24, 1898..................... 61-68 CIIAPTER VI. THE PROCLAMATIONS OF GENERAL AGUINALDO. June 16th, 1898, Establishing Dictatorial Government-June 20th, 1898, Instructions for Elections-June 23d, 1898, Establishing Revolutionary Government-June 23d, 1898, Message to Foreign Powers -June 27th, 1898, Instructions Concerning Details-July 23d, 1898, Letter from Senor Aguinaldo to General Anderson-August 1st, 1898, Resolution of Revolutionary Chiefs Asking RecognitionAugust 6th, 1898, Message to Foreign Powers Asking Recognitionn.... 69-85 CIHAPTER VII. INTERVIEW WITtI ARCIIBISIIOP OF MANILA. Insurgents' Deadly Hostility to Spanish Priests-The Position of the Archbishop as Hle I)efined It-Hlis Expression of Gratitude to the American Army-l- is Characterization of the Insurgents-A Work of Philippine Art-The Sincerity of the Archbishop's Good Words.... 86-90 CIAPTER VIII. WHY WE HOLD THE PHILIPPINES. The Responsibility of Admiral Dewey-We Owe It to Ourselves to IIold the Philippines-Prosperity Assured by Our Permanent Possession -The Aguinaldo Question-C(haracter Study of the Insurgent Leader —How Affairs Would Adjust Themselves for Us-Congress Must Be Trusted to Represent the People and Firmly Establish International IPolicy..........................................91-98 CIHAPTER IX. TIIE PIIILIPPINE ISLANDS AS TIHEY ARE. Area and Population-Climate-Mineral Wealth-Agriculture —Commerce and Transportation-Revenue and Expenses-Spanish Troops-Spanish Navy-Spanish Civil Administration —Insurglent Troops-Insurgent Civil Administration-United States TroopsUnited States Navy-United States Civil Ad ministration-Tlhe Future of the Islands...........................***..**.. -.99-136 CONT ENTS. 21 CHAPTER X. OFFICIAL HISTORY OF TI1E CONQUEST OF MANILA. The Pith of the Official Reports of the Capture of Manila, by Major-General Wesley Merritt, Commanding the Philippine Expedition; General Frank V. Greene, General Arthur McArthur, and General Thomas Anderson, with the Articles of Capitulation, Showing I-ow 8,000 Americans Carried an Intrenched City with a Garrison of 13,000 Spaniards, and Kept Out 14,000 Insurogents-T'le Difficulties of American Generals with Philippine Troops......................137-159 CHAPTER XI. THE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. The Official Gazette Issued at Manila-Orders and Proclamation of MajorGeneral Wesley Merritt, Who, as Commander of the Philippine lExpedition, Became, Under the Circumstances of the Capture ol' Manila, the Governor of That City............................160-172 CHIAPTER XII. THE AMERICAN ARMY IN MANILA. Why the Boys Had a Spell of Ilomesickness-Disadvantages of the Tropics -Admiral Dewey and His Happy Men-IHow Our Soldiers Passed the Time on the Ships-General Merritt's Headquarters-What Is Public Property-The Manila Water SuppIly-England Our Friend -Major-General Otis, General Meritt's Successo r.................173-183 CIAPTER XIII. THE WHITE UNIFORMS OF OUR HEROES IN TIlE TROPICS. The Mother Hubbard Street Fashion in IIo1,olulu, and That of Ri(dingi Astride-Spoiling Summer Clothes in Manila Mud-The White Raiment of Itigh Officers-D)rawing the line on Nightshirts — Ashamed of Big Toes-D)ewey and Merritt.s i'igures of ShowThe Boys in W hite.........................................184-187 CIHAPTIRll XlV. A MARTYR TO TIHE LIBERTY OF SPEECH. Dr. Jose Rizal, the Most Distinguished Literary Man of the Philippines, Writer of History, Poetry, Political Pamphlets, and Novels, Shot on the Luneta of Manila-A Likeness of tlhe Martyr-The Scene of lis Execution, from a Photograph-His Wife Married the Day Before His Death-Poem Giving His Farewell Thoughts, Written iu His Last Ilours-Thle Works Thalt (Cost Iim hIlis,ife-lThell Vision of Friar Rodrifgui ez................................... 188-201 22 CONTIENT'S. CHAPTER X V. EVENTS OF THE SPANISt[-AMERICAN WAR. No Mystery About the Cause of the War-The Expected and the Inevitable Has Happened —Th'e Tragedy of the Maine-Vigilant Wisdom of President McKinley —)ewcey's Prompt Triumph-The Battles at Manila and Santiago Compnlared-(General Shafter Tells of the Battie of Santiago-Report of Wainwrilght Board on Movements of Sampson'slFleet in the Destruction of Cervera'sSquadron-Stars and( Stripes Raised Over Porto Rico-American and Spanish Fleets at Manila Compared-Text of Peace Protocol...................... 202-240 CIAPTER XVI. THE PEACE JUBILEE. The Lessons,of War in the Joy Over Peace in the Celebrations a CChicago and P'llill(adelphia-Orations by Archbishop Ireland and Judge Emory Spceer-'lTe President's Few Words of Thrilling Significance-Tlle Parade of the Loyal League, and the Clover Club Banquet at Philadelphia-Address by the President-The Hero Hlobson Makes a Speech-Figlhting Bob Evans' Startling Battle Picture-Thle l)estruction of Cervera's Fleet-The Proclamation of Thanksgiving............................................241-259 CTlAPTE'R XVII. EARLY IIISTORY OF TilE PI'-LIPPINES. The Abolishlllnt of the 31st of December, 1844, in Manila-The Mysteir of the Meridian 180 Degrees West-What Is East and West?a(Xining and Losing Days-The Tribes of Native Filipinos-Tlhey Had an Alphlabet and Songs of Their Own —The Massacre of Magellan-Ils Fate Like That of Captain Cook-Stories of Long-Ago Wars-An Account by a l)evoted Spanish Writer of the Beneficent Rule of Spain in the Philippines-Aguinaldo a Man Not of a Nation, But of a Tribe-Typhoons and Earthquakes-The Degeneracy of the Government of tlhe Philippines After It Was Taken from lMexico-"New Spain"-Thle Perquisites of Captain-Generals-The Splendor of Manila a Century Ago.................. 260-275 CIAPTER XVIII. TIIE SOUITIIERN P]ILIIPPINES. Important Facts About the Lesser Islands of the Philippine Archipelago]Location, Size and lPopulation-Capitals and Principal CitiesRivers and Harbors —Surface and Soil —People and ProductsLeading Industries -Teir Commerce and Business Affairs —The Monsoolls anld T'yllhoons-The Terrors of the Tempests and How to Avoid Theml....................................... -...276-293 CONTENTS. CIhAPTESR XIX. SPECIFICATIONS OF C':IEVANCES OF TIIE FILIPINOS. An Official (( o)lp v of tIhe Manifeti-o of the t Junta ShowNing thlc Bl(ad Faithl of Spaii 1i the Makinl and Evasioi of a Treaty-The D)cliratiin of itle Renewal (of tle Wa ( of Ie belli (ii-Co lai:nts Aains tie Priests Deliled-The IMost- Ipiiortaiit I)ocniclit thle ili-inos Hav Issled-O()fflicial R clorts of ( ases ol 1 Persec clt:ion of Men an(1d Women iil Maiila by thl( Slanish Antlho'rities-Meioranda of the Plroceedi's inII Several. ases in tie (ourt of Inuiry of the United States Officers....2..........................294-307 ( I ICAPTEIR' I'- XX. ItAWA X I AS AN N FXED. The Star SIpaigle(ld -Bane li) IUp \ali ii l lawaii, ad( to Stax-Dimensions o(t tlie( Islanlds —Wliat ti \Missioallies I hve )one-Relidiiotis Belief,lv Nalitiioallit -TrIiade Stlti-ti( — L atest e( istls-n-Sgal Pila Itatioli Ial)oe rs — ( oiage of Si.vr —S, o o(ls-(1 e.( C. )wil..............-318 CHI AI)PTF' 1 XXI.,ARLY HISTORY OF TIl FI SANIXDWVICH ISILANI)S. Captainll Jlall(oes (Cook's (eal)tiscoveries; 1l(l is MIarty(rdom-ln-(.l lct 11(1 'l'r(lili(ol olf tl II awa\ iia ll I S Islu.l s- (. ar' A oainst ithe Faimous N.avigator and 14 iffort to Arrai thixi Cihrlistli(n \orTld Awaiulst..11.i ----The T1ll. Story o:f llis Ii i'id Dea tlh-low Char(es Ag('aiii (Coo(lk Canme to l:e Mal(-'etio i(ini of VancoIuver, iKing 111 I)i xo)ll, a1dl l.ast Words )of ( (ook's Jo.()tr al- -I iglt Tl' rll(e(l on ]:Ilistoi(r TIlat 11I s Become ())scureSavagtry of tlit NativesTheir \Vrit ten Language Took lUp Their i llgh (1olore(1 Tradit ioi)s iand Preservedl Phan'toImls- Scenes in A)origiiial l',atric (als —I'rohlem (io overmIient illn an1 Ar'cliielali( o \Whellre Rt(Ie (Quest iolis Are I 1Predomialniit-Now Allllericais Sllo 1 d1 lRlemember Captalii (ok as1 an Illulstrious Pioneer........................................ 319-3-14 CIAIAPTER XXII. THE START FOR TEiIl, LANI)D OF CORN STIAIKS. Spain Clings to the GChost of lHer (l'olonics —lThe Scene of Warl Iiterest Shifts fro( Manillla-Te Tvylo(on Season-(leneral Merritt o1ii tI ie Way to P(arlis- (Gcrllan Tar get rl:lactii(ce b)y Plerissio(),n f l)( we\Poultlnev 1 igalow1 with (Canl)e, Typewriiter an(l l(K dalk- o 1(11(gk o( as a bigger atn1d lrighter Gibraltar............................ 15 3 I 24 24 ~~~~CONTENTS. CHAPTEPR XXIII. KODAK SNAPPED AT JAPAN. Glimpses of China and. Japan onl the Way Home fromt the PhilippinesHongkong a, Greater Gibraltar-Coaling the China-Gangs of Women Coaling the China-l-low the Japanese Make Gardens of the M-ountains-Transition. from the Tropics to the Northern SeasA Breeze fromi Siberia-A TIhousand Miles Nothing on the Pacific -Talk of Swimming Ashore..................350-359 Ch11APTER XXIV. OUR PICTUREE GALLERY. Annotations and Ifllstrations-Portraits of Ileroes of the War in the Army and. Navy, and of the IHighest Public Responsibilities-Admirals and Glenerals, the President and Cabinet-Photographis of Scenes and Incidlents-The Chain ~eristics of the Filipinos-Their Homes. IDresses (and Peculiarities in Sun Pictures-.The Picturesque People of Our New P~ossessions.....................360-36 5 CIIAI1TERZ XXV. CUB1A_ ANI) PI 7 ORT 1() IC. Conditions In aend Aroundi J avanim oirtfll ations 'ind Water Supply of thie ( apiltal City-Othierl Sections of the I nri of the -Aanilleslorto Rico, Our New Possession, IDesribed-Size and PopulationNatuiral Rtesources and IPioducts-(Jim tic Conditions-Towvns, andCites-ailoadandOthei I mprovements Future Possibilities.. 366-398 CHAPTTLR XXVI. TlE" LADRONES. The Island of C iiamn a Coaling Statioii of the United States-Discovery, Size and Produtcts of the Islands................399-400 ILLUSTRATIONS. Frontispiece......... Major-General Merritt, Governor-General of the Philippines. 1. The Principal Gate to the Walled City. 2. The Cathedral at Manila. 3. Public Buildings in Manila. 4. The Monument of Magellinos in the Walled City. 5. Southern Islanders-Showing Cocoanut Palms and the Monkey Tree. 6. A Railroad Station North of Manila-Spaniards Airing Themselves. 7. United States Peace Commissioners. 8. Senator Frye. 9. Senator Gray. 10. Ex-Secretary of State Day. 11. Senator Davis. 12. Whitelaw Reid. 13. The Luneta-Favorite Outing Grounds of Manila, and a Place for Executing Insurgents. 14. A Group of tle Unconquerable Mohamedans. 15. Savage Native Hunters. 16. Girl's Costume to Show One Shoulder. 17. Parade of Spanish Troops on One of Their Three Annual Expeditions to the Southern I slands. 18. An Insurgent Outlook Near Manila. 19. Philippine Author-Martyr, His Wife and His Execution. 20. Dr. iizal. 21. Dr. Rizal's Execution. 22. Dr. Rizal's Wife. 23. Dining Room in General Merritt's Palace at Manila. 24. A Native House. 25. Riding Buffaloes Through Groves of Date Palms. 26. A Native in Regimentals. 27. A Country Pair. 28. Peasant Costumes. 29. Woodman in Working Garb. 30. Oriental Hotel, Manila. 31. San Juan del Monte, Where Revolution Started. 32. Brigadier-General E. S. Otis. 33. Brigadier-General Thomas M. Anderson. 34. General Greene's Headquarters alt llanila. 35. Manila and Its Outskirts, Showilng lMalate. 36. Principal Gate to the City. 37. Attack on Manila, Showing Position of Our Ships and Troops. 38. Fortifications of Manila. 25 26 ILLUSTRATIONS. 39. Interior of the Fortifications of Manila. 40. Fort Santiago at Manila, Where the American Flag Was Raised. 41. Official Map of the Hawaiian Islands. 42. Ex-Consul General Fitzhugh Lee, Now Major-General Conimmanding. 43. Official Map by the War Department of the Seat of War in the Philippines. 44. The Destruction of Cervera's Spanish Squadron at Santiago. 45. I)isplay in Manila. Photograph Gallery, Insutrgent Leaders. 46. A Bit of Scenery in Mindanao, Showing Trolical Veoetotion. 47. Ad(iral 1)ewev's Fileet That Won the Battle of Manila Bay. 48. Ttle Flagship Olympia. 49. 'Th'e l;altimore, 50. 'The Concord. 51.The Raleigh. t)L. T 1 eI aI e l(,II. 2. The Boston. 53. The IPetrel. 54. Atn Execution Entertainment on the Luneta. 55. Victims:Reported D)ead After tle Execution. 56. Fsort \VWyler, 1Built by General Weyler When Governor of the Philippines. 57. A Public Square in Manila. 58. Seertie after tan Execution, Shlowing Prostrate Figulres of tile 1)ead. 59.A leview of Spanish Filipino Volunteers. 60. Spanisl T'roops Repelling an Insurgent Attack on a (Convent. 61. A S)panissh Festival in Manila. 62. Flowel's of thle Phili)ppines. 63. Thle ll e t f Malia ay-n te Heat of the Raging Fight. 64. Group of 'ilipinos Who Want Independence. 65. Loading Bluffaloes with Plroduc-e in Luzon. 66. Natives Flishiing from a C(anal Boat. 67. Scene Before an Execution. 68. Great Bridge at Manila. 69. IBusiness Corner in Manila. 70. A Suburb of Manila, Showing a Buffalo Market Cart. 71. Aguinaldo and Ilis Compatriots. 72.- Senor Anguilalldo. 73. Senor Mlontsusgro. 74. Senor Natividah. 75. Senor Ninisgra. 76. Senor Rils. 77. Senor BIelavinino. 78. Seinor ( oviiu)ig. 79. Senor Mascordo. 80. Senor Arbacho. 81. Senor Pilar. ILLUSTRATIONS. 2 7 82. Senor Viola. 83. Senor Francisco. 84. Senor L —lansoo. 85. Fhlipmna Preparing for a Siesta. 8 (i).Cathedral of Manila After Earthquake. 874. Spanish IReinlforcem-en ts Crossing Bridge Over Pasig Riv-er. 88S. A Beheaded Spaniard-Sign of the Order of Katijaiiaan. 8 9. Archbishop of Manila. His Protograph and Aijtograph Presented to Mr. H1aisted, the Author..90. The Sultan of Jobo in Mindanao. 91. Photograph- and Autograph. of Agtiinaldo, as Presented by Him to Mr. Haisted, the Author. 9 2. A Spanish IDude-An. Offi~cer at. Manila. 93 Government Building in Painpanga. 9-1 Church at Cavite. 9 5. Masacuie-Towni in Cavite. 9(3. NKatives Taking ilefresli ments. d7. 'Spanish Soldiers Crossing lBridlge Over Pasig River. 9,Official Map of the Isle of Lnzon, Prepared by War Department. 99. The President and His Cabinet. 100. President McKinley. 101. Secretary of State Hay. 102. Secretary of the Treasury Gage. 1-03. Secretary of War Alger. 104. Secretary of the Navy Long. 1 0 5 Attorney Genieral G'rig(gs. 1 006. Postmnaster Gene-ral. Smiith. 1 0. Secretary of the 1Interior Bl1iss. 1).Seeretary of Agricuihtire W~ilson. 10()9. Naval Heroes of Santiago. J. -to. Admiiiral, Sampsoni. I1i. Admiral Schiey. 112~. Captain Chadwvick, of the New York. (i. Cptain Cooke, of the Brokyn I11 4. ( aptain Clarke, of the Oregon. 1 I15'. Captain Evans, of the Iowa. I110. Captain Itigginson, of the Massachusetts. 1 1 7. Captain 1Philip, of the Texas. -11 8. Commander Wainwright, of the Gloucester. 1 19. L._ieutenant R. P. ilobson. 120. Military Heroes of Santiago and Porto Rico. 121. Major-General Miles. 1922. Major-General Shafter. 28 ILLUSTRATIONS. 123. Major-General Wheeler. 124. Major-General Brooke. 125. Brigadier-General Wood. 126. Colonel Roosevelt. 127. Brigadier-General F. V. Greene. 128. Admiral Dewey, the Hero of Manila. 129. Captain Sigsbee, Commander of the Ill-fated Maine. 130. Shipping in Manila Harbor. a, c. TEi PR E Long Copyrighted 1897 by Pur5ty McKinley C:opyrighted by Elinei Smith Copyrighted by R. ockwoo ENT AND HIS CABINET. Boston.) I1 (., iP i\' F \Admir( IJcY v SL 4,_.tI_.;i it) sOF MAN IA, CHAPTER I. ADMIRAL DEWEY ON HIS FLAGSHIP. A Stormy Day on Manila Bay-Call on Admiral Dewey-The Man in White-He Sticks to His Ship-How He Surprised Spaniards-Every Man Did His Duty on May-Day-How Dewey Looks and Talks-What He Said About War with Germany in Five Minutes-Feeds His Men on "Delicious" Fresh Meat from Australia-Photography Unjust to Him. Steaming across Manila Bay from Cavite to the city on an energetic ferry-boat, scanning the wrecks of the Spanish fleet still visible where the fated ships went down, one of them bearing on a strip of canvas the legible words "Remember the 'Maine,' " the talk being of Dewey's great May-day, we were passing the famous flag-ship of the squadron that was ordered to destroy another squadron, and did it, incidentally gathering in hand the keys of an empire in the Indies for America, because the American victor was an extraordinary man, who saw the immensity of the opportunity and improved it to the utmost, some one said: "There is the Admiral now, on the quarter-deck under the awning-the man in white, sitting alone!" The American Consul at Manila was aboard the ferry-boat, and said to the captain he would like to speak to the Admiral. The course was changed a point, and then a pause, when the Consul called, "Admiral!" And the man in white stepped to the rail and responded pleasantly to the greeting-the Consul saying: "Shall we not see you ashore now?" "No," said the man in white, in a clear voice; "I shall not go ashore unless I have to." Some one said: "This would be a good chance to go. Come with us." The man in white shook his head, and the ferryman ordered full speed, the passengers all looking steadily at the white figure until it became a speck, and the fresh arrivals were shown the objects of the greatest interest, until the wrecks of the Oriental fleet of the Spaniards were no longer visible, and there was only the wlhite walls to see of Cavite's arsenal and the houses of the navy-yard, and the more stately structures of Manila loomed behind the lighthouse at the mouth of the Pasig, wihen the eyes of the curious were drawn to the mossback fort that decorates as an antiquity the most conspicuous angle of lhe walls of "the walled city." There was a shade of significance in the few words of the Admiral that he would 29 30 ADMIRAL DEWEY ON HIS FLAGSHIP. not go ashore until he must. lTe has from the first been persistent in staying at Manila. There has been nothing that could induce him to abandon in person tle prize won May 1st. Ilis order from the President was to destroy the Spanish fleet. It was given on the first day of the legal existence of the war, counting the day gained, in crossing the Pacific Ocean from the United States to the Philippines, whlen tlhc 180th degree of longitude west from Greenwich is reached and reckoned. It: was tllus the President lield back when tihe war was on0; and tlie nex-t 1day after Dewey got tlle order at Iiongkong lie was on the way. Tle Spaniards at Manila cou(ld not h]ave been nmore astonished at Dewey's way of doing, if thley lad all been struhck by lightlting under a clear sky. They had no occasion to be surprise(d,' having the cable in daily commllunication witll Madrid, and, more thlan that, a Manila paper of tlie last day of pril contained an itlem of real news-tie biggest news item ever publilsled ill that town! It was from a point on thle western coast of tlle island of Luzon, and t:lie substance of it that four vessels that seemed to be men-of-war, had beIen sigltfed going southtl, and. supposed to be the American fleet. What did tle Spniaards sulppose thie American fleet they kniew well hlad left io1gkong wa(S gr(oing sou t-i for? r If Admiral I)ewey lhad been a commonplace man he \wold hIave patcused a-ld held a council of war niglh tle hiuge rock Correg(idor lat the nmouthl( of Alianila Play. Tiere is a clhannel on either side of th)at island, and both were rel)pte(e to be gl' tar(l d l1 1 torpedoes. llhe Spaniliards liad an einorouIs stock of m11llonitions of war-m11 ( lern G lermn gins einonltg to h1ave riddled tlie fleet of Am\erica~n crli isers-an- l whl1y did tlIey n ot: have torpedoes? They lhad tlie Mauser rifle, which hias won derf( l r1 1 ge, and ten millions of sniokeless powder cartri( ges. Marksmen c(0ou11 sweep tile d(ecks of a slip withi Mausers at. t:le distatnce of a mile, and wAith the smnokless cart trdges it would lhave been mere conjecture where tlie sharpshooters were located. There are rows of armor-piericing steel projectiles f rom Germayl still sta](1din1g arounid rusting in tlie S1anisl batteries, andl tlhey never did any more llthanl tlhey are doing. It, is said-and there is every probability of tlec truth of thl story-tliat so)me of these bolts would not fit any gun thle Spanlialrds liad mountod. Thle Adnliral 1)aid nto attention to the big rock and the alleged torpeldoes, buit te:amed tup thle )bay Cnear the city whfere the Spaniards were sleeping. IHe was huntingr thle fliet lci was ordered to remove, and found it very early in the morning. Still ithe tllunder of lis rnls senems to thrill and electrify the air over tile bay, and shake the city: alnd tle echoes to ring arould tle world, tlere is no question —not so mulch because tle ilAnericanl s woni a naval victory w\ithout a parallel, as that iDewey improved' the occasioll showing tlat, e put brains into his biusiness. They say-that is, some leople seem to want to say it and so do-that Dewey is a ADMIIIAL 1)EWEY ON MItS FLAG(SIIiP. strange sort of man; as was said of Wolfe and Nelson, who died when they won immnortality. Dewey lives and is covered wtith glory. It has been heldl that there were not enough Ame:ricans hlurt in the Maniaila fight to lIake tlle victory truil great. But the same objection applies to the destruction of (lervc(ira's leet whcein Iie ran away fromi Santiago. Ceneral Jackson's battle at New.Orl}'lls shlowed a marvelously smlall loss to Americans; but it was a good leal of a vicito'y, iad held good, though won after peace witli England had been agreed upon. TI'ihc captutre of Manila is valid, too. Spaill surrendIered before the town did. If Dew)ey hiad been an every-day kind of man, lie would have left Mlanila wlhen lie had fu~lil led thle letter of his orders, as lie Iad ino means of destroying the S)pa.lishl army, anll (lid not want to desolate a city, even if the Spaniards hel( it. lie remained and carlled( for Imore ships allld mnen and got them. "lo\w i is it?'' "W\Vh its il lIow ca it be?" are the questiols Admiranl Dewey a-ks when told tl hal tlie American peolle, w\itllout exce)pt ion, rejoice, to celebrate hin.t —tlhat if onle of the:men known to llave been with lhit May 1st shoild be found out in any Amlericlan theater lie would be taLken:l on tlie stage by an irresistibe call and a:1muscular committee of entlhusiasts, andl tlie play could not: go o n witlhout i"a few w,ord:Is" anlld the '"Star Spangled lBanner,' 'Ilail (Columbial "Ya\ ke 1)oo(dl '-Di xey and "1.My Country, 'tis of TIee; tlhat the 1allelu jah note would be struck; that cars are chalked "for 1)eweyville"; that tlhe board fences hlave his name written, or painted, or wilittled on tllem; that tlle re aes)twey cigars; tlat blacksinithisoplis 1laveet le tlne ll )ewe scratched on tlliem, also )barnl doors; alld thlat if tihere t'arc two dwelling-hloutses and a stable at a cross-roads it is )eweyville, or DIwevt\rg or I)evwetown; that tliere is a ilood of boy babies lnallled lI)ewce, illat thle gi(irls sing of lim, and the ladies all admire himr and tle widows love hlim, andtl tlhe school chtildren adore him. The Admiral says: "I ear such} thlings, and altogetler they amaze me-tlle newspapers, the tclegrams, tlie letters become almost ii nreal, for I do not comprebeend vlwhat they say of my first day's work here. 'lere was not a mlan in the fleet who did not do Ihis duty." Thle Admiral is told that lie need not thlink to stay away until the p)eople who lthave hiiil on their minds and. in their hearts are tired of their enthusiasm; tiat he1 c(allnot go home undiscovered and withlout demonstrations that will shake the earllll alnd rend tlhe skies; that the boys will drag the horses front his carriage, and parade thlie streets witlli iii a a prisoner, and have it out with him, giving him a good time, until it will be a hard time, and he might as well submit to manifest destiny! Ilis country wanted another hero, and lie was at the right plaie at thie right time, and did the right thing in the right way; and the fact answers all 32 ADMIRAL DEWEY ON HIS FLAGSHIP. questions accounting for everything. Still he has a notion of staying away until the storm is over and he can get along without being a spectacle. Why, even the ladies of Washington are wild about him. If he should appear at the White House to call on the President, the scene would be like that when Grant first met Abraham Lincoln. One rough day on the bay I took passage in a small steam-launch to visit the Olympia, where the Admiral's flag floated, to call on him. There was plenty of steam, and it was pleasant to get out a good way behind the breakwater, for the waves beyond were white with anger, and the boat, when departing from partial shelter, had proceeded but two or three hundred yards when it made a supreme effort in two niotions-the first, to roll over; the second, to stand on its head. I was glad both struggles were unsuccessful, and pleased with the order: "Slow her up." The disadvantages of too much harbor were evident. The slow-ups were several, and well timed, and then came the rise and fall of the frisky launch beside the warship, the throwing of a rope, the pull with a hook, the stand off with an oar, the bounding boat clearing from four to ten feet at a jump; the clutch, the quick step, the deft avoidance of a crushed foot or sprained ankle, with a possible broken leg in sight, the triumphant ascent, the safe landing, the sudden; sense that Desdemona was right in loving a man for the dangers he had passed, the thought that there should be harbors less fluctuating, a lively appreciation of the achievements of pilots in boarding Atlantic liners. The broad decks of the Olympia, built by the builders of the matchless Oregon, had a comforting solidity under my feet. The Admiral was believed to be having a nap; but he was wide awake, and invited the visitor to take a big chair, which, after having accompanied the launch in the dance with the whitecaps, was peculiarly luxurious. The Admiral didn't mind me, and had a moment's surprise about an observer of long ago strolling so far from home and going forth in a high sea to make a call. I confessed to being an ancient Wanderer, but not an Ancient Mariner, and expressed disapprobation of the deplorable roughness of the California Albatross, a brute of a bird-a feathered ruffian that ought to be shot. The Admiral would be picked out by close attention as the origin of some millions of pictures; but he is unlike as well as like them. Even tile best photographs do not do justice to his fine eyes, large, dark and luminous, or to tlhe solid mass of his head with iron-brown hair tinged with gray. lie is a larger man than the portraits indicate; and his figure, while that of a strong man in good health and form and well nourished, is not stout and, though full, is firm; and his step has elasticity in it. His clean-shaven cheek and chin are massive, and drawn on ADMIRAL DEWEY ON HIS FLAGSHIP. fine lines full of character —no fatty obscuration, no decline of power; a stern but sunny and cloudless face-a good one for a place in history; no show of indulgence, no wrinkles; not the pallor of marble, rather the glint of bronze-the unabated force good for other chapters of history. It would be extremely interesting to report the talk of the Admiral; but there were two things about him that reminded me of James G. Blaine, something of the vivid personality of the loved and lost leader; something in his eye and his manner, more in the startling candor with which he spoke of things it would be premature to give the world, and, above all, the absence of all alarm about being reported-the unconscious consciousness that one must know this was private and no caution needed. A verbatim report of the Admiral would, however, harm no one, signify high-toned candor and a certain breezy simplicity in the treatment of momentous matters. Evidently here was a man not posing, a hero because his character was heroic, a genuine personage-not artificial, proelamatory, a picker of phrases, but a doer of deeds that explain themselves; a man with imagination, not fantastic but realistic, who must have had a vision during the night after the May-day battle of what might be the great hereafter; beholding under the southern constellations the gigantic shadow of America, crowned with stars, with the archipelagoes of Asia under her feet and broad and mighty destinies at command. It was the next day that he anchored precisely where his famous ship was swinging when I sat beside him; and his words to the representative of three centuries of Spanish misrule had in them an uncontemplated flash from the flint and steel of fixed purpose and imperial force. "Fire another gun at my ships and I will destroy your city." We can hardly realize in America how flagrant Europeanism has been in the Manila Bay; how the big German guns bought by Spain looked from their embrasures; how a powerful German fleet persisted in asserting antagonism to Americanism, and tested in many ways the American Admiral's knowledge of his rights and his country's policy until Admiral Dewey told, not the German Admiral,. as has been reported, but his flag lieutenant, "Can it be possible that your nation means war with mine? If so, we can begin it in five minutes." The limit had lbeen reached, and the line was drawn; and Dewey's words will go down in our records with those of Charles Francis Adams to Lord John Russell about the ironclads built in England for the Confederacy: "My Lord, I need not point out to your lordship that this is war." Perhaps the German Admiral had exceeded the instructions of his Imperial 34 ADMIRAL DEWEY ON HIS FLAGSHIP. Government, and the peremplltory words of the American Admiral caused a better unlerstanding, making for peace rathler than for war. Next to the Americans the English have taken a pride in Admiral Dewey, and they are in the Asiatic atmiosphere our fast friends. They do not desire that we shoulld give up tie Pl'lipl-pines. On the contrary, they wanlt us to keep tlhe islands, a:'dl tl oe mo e we beomne interested il those waters and along their shores, the better. lThey know that thle world lhas practically grown smJaller and, therefore, the Britishl Empire morle onipact; an( tllev lind Russia tieir foe. They see that with tli Pacific Coast our base (of operations looking westward, we have first the lawaiian Islands for producers and a coal station, naval arsenal, dockyards for the renovation and repair and rcplenisllment of our fleets; and they see that we lhave reserved for oulrselves one of tilie lEadrones, so that we will have an independent rout-e to the Philippinles. The Japanese have cultivated mnuclh feeling against our possession of HIawaii, tle alnimlus being tllat theey wTanted it for tflhemselves; and likewise they are disturbed b)y our Pacific movement, anticipating thle improvement of thlie most western of the Alutian Islands, an admirable station overlooking the North Pacific; all comprehetnding with Hawa-l ii, thel Alutian Island found nost available, the Ladrone that we shall reserve t and thle Philippines, we slhall have a Pacific quadrilateral; and this is not according to the present pleasure and the ambition for the coming days, of Japlan. Elngland would lave approved our holding all the islands belonging to the Sl)paish, ineltuling tlie ('anal:ies, and -Aiajorca anld linorca and their neigltboring isles in the -M'editerranean, and take a pride in us. Slhe ias been of iintold and ines:timilable service to us in tle course of the Sp)anish \\rVa, and her ways llhave been goa)l folr us at Manila, wlile the G(Iermlanls lhave been frankly against us, the Russians grinly reserve d, lad tile,Flrench d(isfosed to be fretful because tlley lhave in vesi (ed inl Sp}anishl bond(s ul)on1 wlichl was raised tihe nl(ney to carry on the miserable fallse prete(nse of war wiNti tthe C!u11bans. One (ay while I was on the fine transport Peru, in tle hlarbor of t\Ianila, the American Admiral's ship saluted an English ship-of-war coiiing in that had saluted his flag, and also displayed American colors in recognition tihat ithe ]larbor of Manila was an American port. That was the significance of tle fllashes and tundlering of tlie Admciral's (gun s and tlie white cloud that g,,athered about his ship tllat lias done enoughl for celebrity tlhrough centuries. Admiral Dcwey created the situation in the Philippines thlat tlhe President wisely chose by way of thle Pariis Conference to receive the deliberate judgmtent of the Senate and people of the United States. Dewey has been unceasingly deeply concerne(l about it. His naval victory was but the beginning. He might have sailed away from Manila May 2d, having fulfilled his orders; but he had the high and ADMIRAL DEWEY ON IIS FLAGSH1IP. keen American spirit in bliii, and clung. lie needed a base of operations, a place uporn w]h icl Ito rest and o)btain su)pplies. lie li ad not tlle marlines to spare to garrisonl a fort save at C av ie, twelve Illiles (rom:) Manilal al i Ile needed chli('lkenis,,egs, fresh mneat (nd vegetaT les; 1a1d it was illlportant tll t tlhe S:panislh Armyll slionld be ocupicl on Sl0ore. ( Ilnece, Anguinald(o, xwlho wa.s iIn Singapoe, and thle co ce)lntrationll of insrl'urlgnts tha1it i1ad( tlemllselves r to be restrainedi to Ilnaie war( on civilize( lines. ()One of thlle oinlts of ti}le Illost colsi(derable interest toullhinlg the 1!pilipinls is th)at tile smnash inx deeat of te fleet (of Spain in M anila Bay hleartenled them. Ti ey h ave become ist ron:for ntinemselves. Thle superioriity of the Amnericals osver tlie Slpaniai s as figh i g i1l(: is hkown tIroughout the islands Spai(n op)presscd; adI (te bonds of the tyral'nts h[;lae been l)roken. It shouldl not. bie out of mind t}hat tlie first traisports vwiti; ol)ur troops (did not1 reach Mtanila fo)r six \weeks, and ti:hatt tile army was not: ini shape to take t:lhe offenlsive until after (General Merritt's arrival, late in July. A\ tlhis tinec tile Aimericani Ad(miral had to lold on wii th lte niaval arm; inti( it xwas lt obvious rgaime of Spailn, if she meant; to figllt and could not cope w\itli tie \l A ericiats in the W\est Ind(1ies, t o sen1d all cr a;illea shlips and oNver Ixlllm lns. i 1 nIte IFast Indies. At tle same liine thle German, F!Irencli, Runssian and Jlapliaese it-()of-war represen:te(l tle illterest of tile live nations (,f: thle earttll in the Pili' liil)iles. As fist as possibl)e Adtiniral )eTwey was re-einforce(; )but it was iiot 1(n1til thie two moolitors. the Mxoterey anid Monadiock, arrive(]. tlec latter after thle arrival of 1General Mlerrit tlhat tlhe Aillira:ll felt that l1e was salfely ilmster of t:he I arbor. lIe liad1 no) eaxvil armored shilps to assail tlhe shore batteries witilint their range, In(l an ighlt be crlilppled by the fire of tile Lgrea t lKrltup guins. It was vital illlt tile healte1tl of the crews of 1is ships sh:ould be )ilaintained, and the fact that tlhe men ar ane d Ilave been all summer rwell and lhl)ipy is not accildeltal. Admiral I)ewey took tlie point of danger, if there was one, into his persolnal keeping, by anc lloriilg tlie Ol1m ilia on tlhe Mlanila side of the bay, while others were furtlher o(t anl(d near (av ite; ad tlrougiout. tile fleet tlhere was constant activity andll tle ultm:ost vigiilace. Tllere was incessant solicitalde about what tle desperate Spainiarit s migllht coIltrive il tlie 1.ntui e of aggressive enterprise. It seemed incredible to Americans tflat notliinig sIlolldl be attempllted. H]ow would a Spanisl fleet hlave faredl for three mitlolnths of war VSh ius i an nAmerican harbor? lThere would hIave been a new feature of destructiveness tried on tlle foe at least once a week. The Spaniards ashore seemed to be drowsy; but the Americans were wide awake, ready for anything, and could not be surprised; so that we 1maye comlmeid as wisdom the Spanish discretion that let themn alone. Tlhe ship that was the nearest neighbor of Admiral Dewey for months of his long vigil flew tlie flag of I elgi ilnm. 36 ADMIRAL DEWEY ON HIS FLAGSHIP. She is a large, rusty-looking vessel, without a sign of contraband of war, or of a chance of important usefulness about her; but she performed a valuable function. I asked half a dozen times what her occupation was before any one gave a satisfactory answer. Admiral Dewey told the story in few words. She was a cold-storage ship, with beef and mutton from Australia, compartments fixed for about forty degrees b-iow zero. Each day the meat for the American fleet's consumption was taken out. There was a lot of it on the deck of the Olympia thawing when I was a visitor; and:the beef was "delicious." I am at pains to give Dewey's word. While the Spaniards ashore were eating tough, lean buffalo-the beasts of burden in the streets, the lAmericans afloat rejoiced in "delicious" beef and mutton from Australia: It was explained that the use of cold-storage meat depended upon giving it time to thaw, for if it should be cooked in an icy state it would be black and unpalatable, losing whiolly its flavor and greatly its nourishing quality. Australia is not many thousand miles from the Philippines-and one must count miles by the thousands out there. '11he Belgians have a smart Consul at Manila who is a friend of mankind. One of the incidents in the battle of Manila-all are fresh in the public memoryis that Admiral )Dewey did not make use of the conning-tower-a steel, bomb proof, for the security of the officer in command of the ship-the Captain, of course, and the comnimiander of the fleet, if he will. Tlis retreat did not prove, in the battle of Yalu and the combats between the {(lhileans and Peruvians, a place of safety; but as a rule there is a considerable percclta(ge of protection in its use. Admiral Dewey preferred to remain on the bridgeand there were four fragments of Spanish shells that passed close to him, striking witllin a radius of fifteen feet. The Admiral, when told there had been some remark cc(aiise lie had not: occupied the conning-house in the action, walked with me to the tower, the entrance to which is so guarded that it resembles a small cavern of steelwitl a heavy cap or lid, under which is a circular slit, through which observations a rc supposed to be made. "Try it," the Admiral said, "and you find it is hard to get a satisfactory view." Hie added, when I had attempted to look over the surroundings: "W\e will go to the bridge;" and standing on it he annotated the situation, saying: "Iere you have the whole bay before you, and can see everything." I remarked: "Tlie newspaper men are very proud of the correspondent of the Herald who was with you on the bridge;" and the Admiral said: "Yes; Stickney was right here with us." There were many reasons for the officer commanding the American fleet that day Qo rVatch closely the developments. The Spaniards had, for their own purposes, even falsified the official charts of the bay. Where our vessels maneuvered and the flag ADMIRAL DEWEY ON ItIS FLAGSHIP. 37 ship drew twenty-two feet of water and had nine feet under the keel, the chart called for fifteen feet only! It is not a secret that the President wanted Admiral Dewey, if it was not in his opinion inconsistent with his sense of duty, to go to Washington. Naturally the President would have a profound respect for the Admiral's opinion as to the perplexing problem of the Philippines. The Admiral did not think he should leave his post. IHe could cover the points of chief interest in writing, and preferred very much to do so, and stay right where he was "until this thing is settled." The opinion of the Admiral as to what the United States should do with, or must do aboutt, the political relations of the Philippines with ourselves and others, have not been given formal expression; but it is safe to say they are not in conflict withl his feelinl that the American fleet at Manila should be augmented with gunboats, cru1isers.and two or three battle-ships. It was, in the opinion of the illustrious Admiral, when the Peace Commission met in Paris, the time and place to make a demonstration of the sea power of the United States. The personal appearance of Admiral Dewey is not presented witlh attractive accuracy in the very familiar portrait of him that has been wonderfully mnultiplied and replenished. The expression of the Admiral is not truly given in the prints and photos. The photographer is responsible for a faulty selection. Trle ilprl)resion prevails that the hero is "a little fellow." There is much said to the Jelect that lie is jaunty and has excess of amiability in his smile. Hle weighs about 180 poulnis,ll andl is of erect bearing, standing not less than five feet ten inches and a (iarler. His hair is not as white as the pictures say. The artist who touched upl thie negative must have thought gray hair so beiilning that lie anticipated the feast of coming years. The figure of the Admiral is strong, well carried, firm, and his bealring that of gravity and determination, but no pose for the sake of show, no ponll) and circuimstance, just the Academy training showing in his attitude-the abiding, unconscious grace that is imparted in the schools of Annapolis and West Poill —now rivaled by other schools in "setting up." The Admiral is of solidity and dignity, of good stature and proportions; has nothing of affectation in manners or insincerity in speech; is a hearty, stirring, serious man, whose intensity is softened by steady purposes and calm forces, and moderated by the play of a sense of humor, thlia is not drollery or levity, but has a pleasing greeting for a clever word, and yields return with a flash in it and an edge on it. CIHAPTER IT. LIVE 1 IN ANILA. Character of tlhe Filipinos-PDrivers Lashlino La)boring Men in the Streets —What Americcains (Get in Their Native Air-iThe Logic of 1)estiLny- Manila 1s She Fe(ll 1ito (u1I 111(ands-The Bleds in the Troplics-A Spanish lHotel-Proi'aine Y'ells for Ice —Sa(l Scenes in tlie Diniini o -aIMajor-eeneral (Dals faor i''ra cisc ()" —A,Brokeni-11 arted Pantry Woman. The sa8:me mIarvelous riches tflat distinuish Cuba are lthe inheritance of Iuzon, Th-le native pteolple are more promising in the long run than if tlie were in1 liarer percelntage of the blood of Spain, for they have something of that ilndmitablle iHn(lustlry Ilatt mlust finally work out. an ilmmense Iredemption for thle eastl(ltn alnd soutlhcer Asiatics. Whlen,c I wonder, did tlle American people -get tlie impression so extensiive 1and obstinate that( the Japanese and( Chinese were i(llers? We n(a add as hlavingl a p1laice ill t liis category the Hiindoos, wllo toil forever, and, und(er BrIiltis: grOvcrniiment, hlave ilci'lcased by scores o(f millions. The soutllerl: n A\siati(cs (ar1e, lowever, less emilancipated from various iindurated suplerstitions thl aoi those of tile lIast; and thle Iolynesials, slpread over the sonuthern se<ts, are a softerl p)eo)l' tlhai i llose of tlhe conti:nent. IHowever, id(leless is not; tle leadin(r featiure of life of t11i Filipinos, alnd when t:ley3 are:mixe(d, especiall crossed with Cllii nese, they aile in(lefat igahle. n tle IPhil i )itiIe Islands tllhere is far less servility than on thle oiler sidle of tile sea of C(:hina, anl d tlie people a ic the m)ior)e resplectable 1ad llo)peful for tiei flavior of ImaIlliies 's ati(l; coltpesates f(lr a 'l il o(,(lliite Iu.lit visible admlixtilcr (il svl\agcer. We of (No arthl Ammierica bmay e ) ( ))d 1( f it t]hat tlie iatmos})plre (f oaui (an - tinent, when it-, was wild, was a stiimulant of fI'ee(dom and ilndelpelnd(ence. T1le red Indialns of o ur forests were, with all tl ceil ftauIlts, ieiver mit ade fo( slaves. TIll e niati\es of tlie West I dieis, the fierce Caribs excepted(. wer(e enslaved by th) e Span t iardis, a id perislhed tunder tlie lasli. Our continental tl ries —tle Semilles an(ld1 (oanchl s lthSe S`ioux landk iFeet aiwdt tlcke Miais-froml the St. Lawrence to Red River mand tlie oceans, fouglt all colers — Spaiards, lFrench1 and Englisl — only the Frelnch having tlie talent of polite peruaslion and tlie gift of kindness that won the Imighty hunters, but never subjugatedl them. We lmay well encourage the idea tlat tlie quality of air of tl1e wilderness 1ias entered tlme soil. When, in Manila, I have seen tlie men bearing, burdens on tlie streets spring out of the way of those riding in carriages, ian(d lashed by drivers with a viciousness that no dumb animal should suffer, I have felt m1y blood warm to think tlhat t li 38 LIFIl IN MANIL\A. 39 men of common hard labor in mll coluntry would resent a blow as (qlickly as the man on horseback- that even the poor black-emancipated the otlier day from the sulbjlgation of slavery by a masterfull and potential race, stands tip in colnscious manilloo(l, and that the teachings of tlhe day are that consistently with the pIrogress of tle country-as one respects hlimself, lie mulst be respected —and thliat the air and lthe carltl have tile inspirationn 1an( tihe stimulus of freedom. The ('lillese aund Japa-I es4et are famous as servants-so constant, handy, obedient, docile, so -fitted to mliniister to luxury, to wait upon those favored by fortune and spurred( to execute the schemes for elevation and dolllinalce, and find employment in the enterprise that comprehends human advancement. It mIust: be admitted that the FIilipinos are not admirable in menial service. Mlanv of tlhem are ulntame(, a(n now, tlat tile Americans have given object lessons of smiting the Spaniards, the people of the islands that Magellinos, tlhe I'ortuguese, folund for SpIain, Imust be allow\ed a measure of self-government, or tlcy will assert a b)roader freedom, and do it xitll sallguinary methods. As Americans have heretofore found personal liberty consistent witl public order-that Republicanism was more stable than il leria i;mil ill peaceable admlinistration, and not less formidable in war, it seems to be D)iviinly alppointed that our paths of Empire Inay, with advantage to ourselves, and tlie wxorldl at large, be ma(le more comprellensive than our fatlers blazed them out. IBut one need not lesitate to go forward in this cause, for we have only goe farther than t ll( f;llels dreamed, because, among their labors of beneficence, was that of building wiser llan tliey knew, and there is no more reason now\ whly we slhould stop vwhen wce strike the salt water of thle seas, and consent to it that w\lere we find thle wllite line of surf tlat borders a continent we shall say to the imperial popular Relpublic, thus far and no farther shalt thou go, and here shall thy proud march be stayedl-tilan there was that George Washington, as the representative of the Einglishl-speaking people, slouldl have assumed that England and Virgiainia ad no bllsiness Ilbyond tle Allegheny Mountains, and, above all, no right to territory on tile west of tle Alleglheny and Kanawhla, and north of the Olio river, a territory tlhen remote, inllabited by barbarians and wanted by thle F'renchl, whlo claimed the whole continent, except tlie stripl along the Atlantic possessed by the English colonies. Waslington was a believer in the acquisition of the Ohio country. lie was a maln whlo lhad faith in land-in ever more land. It is the same policy to go west now that it was tlhen. \\Washington crossed the Allegheny and held the ground. Jefferson crosse(i t le MAississippi, and sent Louis and Clark to the Pacific; and crossing the great western (cean(l now is but the logic of going beyond tlie great western rivers, pirai ei0;1nl(1 mlountains then. We walk in the ways of the fatlhers when we go contqueriin and to conquer along the Eastward shores of Asia. 40 LIFE IN MANILA. One of the expanding and teeming questions before the world now, and the autlhority and ability to determine it, is in the lands of the Cominander-in-(Chief of the Army of the United States, is whether Manila shall become an Americaln city, with all the broad and sweeping significance attaching thereto. Manlila was not dressed for company when I saw her, for she hlad just emerged from a siege in which the people had suffered much inconvenience and privation. The water supply was cut off, and the streets were not cleaned. The hotels were disorganized and the restaurants in confusion. The trees that once cast a grateful shade along the boulevards, that extended into the country, rudely denuded of their boughs, had the alppearance of the skeletons of strange monsters.' The insurgent army wa\ still in tlle neighborhood in a state of uneasiness, feeling wronged, deprived, as they were, of an opportunity to get even witl the Spaliards, by picking out and slaying some of the more virulent offenders. There was an immense mnonastery, where hundreds of priests were said to be sheltered, and the insurgents desired to take them into tleir own ihands and make examples of them. rThe Spaniards about the streets were b)ecoming complallcelt. They had heard of peace, on the basis of Spain giving up everythling but the lPhilippiines, and there were expectations that the troops witlhdraiwn fromIl (bItlba niiht be sent from Havana to Manila, and then, as soon as the Americans wlere g'one, the islanders could be brought to subm-ission by vastly superior ffoces. lTlere were more rations issued to Spanish than to Amlerican soldielrs, unltil tlhe division of the lPhilippine Expedition witlh Major-General Otis arrived(, but. the Amlleri(cians were exclusively responsible for the preservation of the lpeac t)et-weeni tile illmplacable belligerents, and the sanitary work required could not at once Iee accollplihlled, but presently it was visible tliat somethino was done every day in tie rigllt lilrectilon. l'here uwas much gamlbling witll dice, whose rattlinig could be heard1 flar land near on tlie sidewalks, but tlis flagrant forum of vice was summarilv st11lppessed, we nlay say withl strict truth, at tile point of the bayonet. IThe nol>t representative conlcentration of tlie ingredients of chaos was at the lotel Oriental, that overlooked a sallll parlk wtitl y ountain and a branch of the river flowing under a stone bridge, withl a plretty stillf culrrent, presently to become a crowded canal. It is of tlllee lofty stories and an attic, a great deal of thle space occupied with lhalls, high, wide and long. Tlle front entrance is broad, and a tiled floor runs straight thlroungl t lie house. Two stairways, one on citlier side, lead to the second story, the first steps of stonie. n tile distance beyond, a court could be seen, a passablle conlserlvatory-but bottles on i table witll a counter in front declared tlat tlis. was a lbarroolm, as it was. The next thing furltler was a place where washing was done, then came empty rooms thiat miglit be sihops; after illis a narrow and untidy street, LIFE IN MANIILA. 41 and then a livery stable-a sort of monopolistic cab stand, where a few ponies and carriages were to be found-but no one understood or did anything as long as possible, except to say that all the rigs were engaged now and always. However, a little violent English language, mixed with Spanish, would arouse emotion and exkcite commotion eventuating in a pony in harness, n a gig or carriage and a gdesperate driver, expert with a villainous whip used without occasion or remorse. The cool place was at the front door, on the sidewalk, seated on a hard chair, for there was always a breeze. The Spanish guests knew where the wind blew, and gathered there discussing many questions that must have deeply interested them. But they had something to eat, no authority or ability to affect any sort of chaInge, and unfailing tobacco, the burning of which was an occupation. The ground floor of the hotel, except the barroom, the washroom, the hall, the conservatory and the hollow square, had been devoted to shop keeping, but the shop keepers were gone, perhaps for days and perhaps forever! Stone is not used to any great extent in house interiors, except within a few feet of the surface of the earth. Of course, tlere is no elevator in a Spanish hotel. That which is wanted is room for the circulation of air. Above the first flight of stairs the steps have a deep dark red tinge. alnd alre square and long, so- that each extends solidly across the liberal space allotted to the stairway. The blocks might be some stone of delightful color, but tlhey irc lhewii logs, solid and smooth, of a superb mahogany or some tree of harder wood and deeper luxuriance of coloring. The bedrooms are immensely high, and in I'Ivery way ample, looking on great spaces devoted to wooing the air from the park and the river. The windows are enormous. Not satisfied with the giant slidirng (!(ort' that open on the street, revealing windows-unencumbered with sash or glass, there are sliding doors under the window sills, that roll back right and left and olTer the chance to introduce a. current of air directly on the lower limbs. One of the lessons of the tropics is the value of the outer air, and architecture that gives it a chance in tile house. It is a precious education. Tile artificial light within imust b)e produced by candles, and each stupendous apartment is furnisled with one 1;1 -lowy and otherwise neglected candle stick, and you can get, with exertiol, I candle four inches long. There is a wardrobe, a wash stand, with pitchelr alid basin, and a commode, fans, chairs, and round white marble table, all tlie pieces placed in solitude, so as to convey the notion of lonesomeness. The great feattnre is the bed. The bedstead is about the usual thling, save that there is no l)rovisio for a possible or impossible spring mattress, or anything of that nature. The Led space is covered with bamboo, platted. It is hard as iron, and I can testify of considerable strength, for I rested my two hundred pounds, and rising a few pounds, LIFE IN MAN-ILA. on tlls surfae, witl no prl'oteetion for it or myself for several nights, and there Were 1no fractlures. ih'llere is spread on this snrthfe.a,MAIlanil a mat, whlich is a shade tougher and les s i lacttablel thn our0 old style ojilloth. Upon tlis is spread a single shleet, hllat is tickledl in aroundl tile edges of the mat, and there are no bed clotlhes, al.bs)olutely nlone. There is a,mos(quito Iblr withl only n, few holes in it, but it is Islsctilde( 01 al( ca(llnot l111 er lany circulllstlances be used as a blanket. There is a pillHow, hardol and rotlldl, a(11 easy s a. log for.your cheek to rest ulpon, and it is beautifitllly cov(re:id withi red si ll. liTere is a small roll, say a foot long and fotr inches in diatllltci', soft'1ie t la:1 lt lie pillow, to a slighlt extent, alnd covered w\ithl:infer and reddci: silk, thatl is lmeiant for tlie nlechk alone. The comiparatively biT g red log is to extend ac'rc-. lie b1e(1 Tor le elevationl it. gives the head, and the little and redder log, softer so) lilal ot 11miav ildelti it witl yourt tlhntlumb saves the neckl from being lbroken on this lrelii( of 1tll( S1);allsll illlqisition. lBtlt there is a comforter-ineot slchl( a l)lesse(l caressi g' dl(oes ic coitoilr't(le as the Yalnkees have, li ht as a feather, but responsive to a til(t' itouchl(. 'Thlis IPhiilippine comiforter is another red roll that:ust be a quilt iirli ly rolled ald swa\tlhed in iiore red silk; and it is to prop yourself witfhal when ile (coiiact wl: it i i e lsheet aiid thle tiat on the bamboo floor of the hedsltead, a combilttiia iiqi itiitoIls as tlie inakecd floor-becomes wearisome. It rests the legs to p111ll oII yotir lback, a1ld tutl<k under )your knees. In tle total absence of bedl coveii ng,. l)eyoi(l a tlinl iiolit slirt, thle three red rolls are not to be despised. The objhtci (of tlie hted is to keelp cool, and if you do find tie exertion of gettinrg onto-not iit.to ---tile bled 1produiees a plerspiratioin, and thle nm.osquito lbar tlhreatens suffocation, relialice Inaty the h1ad tlat if you can conmpose yourself on top of the sheet (wliich feels like a hard woo:d floor, iwhen the rug gives way on the icy surface and you fall) and if yotu tse t lie tlhr(ee rolls of hard substance, covered with red silk, discreetly and considerately, iln fidig a. )position, and if you permlit the windows-ino glass —fifteen feet y, twelve, broadcast, as it were, to catch the breathl of the river and the park; if youl can contriv\e with infinite (qiet, patience and pains to go to sleep1 for a few hours, yotu will be cool enough; and when awakened shivering there is no blanket near, iacId if (you 1llst hlave cover, why get lnder tle sheet, nex t lle Iallila mat, and there yotu are! Trllhen Iput your troublesome and probably aching legs over the bigger red(h roll, and talke vour repose! Of course, when in the tropics you cannot expeclt ti o {bury youtlrself inl ledlclotfling, or to sleep in fur baogs like an arctic explorer. TIhe lall il front of your door is telvel feet xwide and eighty long, lined with i decorative ciha(irs atid sofas, I and in thle center of thle hotel is a sp)aciolus diniitg rooitl. '1'1e Spaniard doesn't want brealkfast. lie wants coffee and fruit-imaybe a sa1ll banana -sometlingl sweet, and a crunmb of bread. Tle necessity of the hour LI 1FE IN MANILA. 1-3 is a few cigarettes. His rcfined systeml does not require food until later. At 12 o'clock lie lunces, and eaIts anl abundanc e of hot stuffl-fish, fleshll a(1 f(owl-fiery stews and otlier condolences for the stomach. This gives strengtlli to con()tsit( tlhe wrong1(s of Spain and the way, when restored to Madrlid, the ilnibeciles. who all(xve(l tile United States to capture the last sad fragments of tlhe colonies, sacred to Slt) aish hlonor, sliall he crusled by the patriots lwho were out of tlhe country wh1( it \\wIs ruined. It will take a long time for tlhe Sl)anliaF(ds to settle anmonlg factio(ns thle accounts of venlgealnce. ()lOe of the deeper troul)les of tlhe Spaniardsl is tllat tle( tlake 1pon themselves the administration of the prerogatives o iIi said(l "Vegeance is mine.'' The American end of tlhe diini r100111 contains sieveral -tyoung Ien wlio speak pigeon Slanish, and Captains Strong and Coudert are rapidly biecomlill' cx)prts, lhaviing stitdied thle laingluaei in schlool, an also (o tl(he lonog vo-va'le )ut. Tlere are also a group of resident Englishmen and a pilgrinl froml Noi'rway. l)ut at several tables are Americalis whoi know no Spanish and arC Iad at tlt' Slpa)iards on tliat provocation among other thlings. There is, lowever, a coinectilng link and last lresort in) tlte )perso1 of 1a youlg man — a cross between a Jap and Filipino. lIe is slender an(i pale, htut ilo tall. Ilis hair is roaclhed, so that it stands up in confusion, an(ll lie is wearit( a1 tlie tile al)ot the deplorable "he]p." It is believed le knows )better tlian s (onei -a Iwal't a source of nnhappiness. Ilis name is Francisco; his replutation is widespl)rea(1. I TIe is the man wblo "speaks lEnglish"-and is tlhe only one —and it is ilot (loilt)ted tlat he knows at least a hludred \worids of our noble tongiue. He says, "\VWat (lo you want?" "Good miorning, gentleiiien'; l"What can I (lo for yot?." I I)() you want dinner?" "No, there is no ice till G o'clockl." le puts tlle Amlerlicasll il Iilld of better days. Behind this linguist is a little woman, whose ag-e might h)e t\wenty or sixty, for lher face is so unutterably sad and inmniovable ill expressionl tlhat tlhere is not a line in it that tells you anything but that there is to tlis little wxoiaIn a bitterly sad, mean, beastly world. She must be grieving over mankitnd. It is lher ldity to see that no spoon is lost, and not an orange or banalla wxasted, an(d lir lot)ur'nful eyes are fixed withl the intensity of despair upon) the incomll)etent wailters wllo, when hard pressed by wild shouts from American officers, frt:ntic for lack of propler nourishment, fall into a panic and dance and squeal at each otiler; and tlhen the xwomnan of fixed sorrow, her left shoulder tlin a:nd copper-colored, tlhrust t frol her low-necked dress, her right shoulder protected, is in the midlst of tle pac(k, witli a gliding bound and the ferocity of a cat, the sadness of her face taking on a tinge of long-sulffering, rage. She whirls the fools here and there as they are wanted. lhaving disentangled tlhe snarl, she returns to tlhe door froml whicli 1er eyes corn 44 LIFE IN MANILA. mand both the pantry and the dining-room to renew her solemn round of mournful vigilance. The Americans are outside her jurisdiction. She has no more idea what they are than Christopher Columbus, when he was discovering America, knew where he was going. When Francisco does not know what the language (English) hurled at hinm neans he has a far-away look, and may be listening to the angels sing, for he is plaintive and inexpressive. He looks so sorry that Americans cannot speak their own language as he speaks English! But there are phrases delivered by Americans that lie understands, such as, "Blankety, blank, blank-you all come here." Francisco does not go tlere, but with humble step elsewhere, affecting to find a pressing case for his intervention, but when lie can no longer avoid your eye catching him he sniles a sweet but most superior smile, such as becomes one who speaks English and is lie responsible man about the house. There never was one who did more on a capital of one hundred words. His labors h}ave been lightened slightly, for the Americans have picked up a few Spanishl words, such as, "Hia mucher, nucher —don't you know? Hielo, hielo!" Hielo is ice, and after the "mucher" is duly ldigested the average waiter comes, by and by, witlh lu 11mp as big as a hen's egg and is amazed by the shouts continuing "hielo, lielo!" pronounced mucl like another and wicked word. "(Oli, blanketinatioln ilucher omuecher hielo!" The Filipinos cannot contemplate algltly the cconslnltption of slabs of ice. The last words I heard in the dining-room of tlic lotel Oriental were from a soldier with two stars on each shoulder: "Il:ll(isco, oil, Francisco," and the little woman with left shoulder exposed turned her despairing face to the wall, her sorrow too deep for words or for weeping. CHAPTER III. FROM LONG ISLAND TO LUZON. Across the Continent-An American Governor-General Steams Through the Golden (late — te Is a Minute-Man — Ionolulu as a Health Resort-The Lonesome P'acific-The Skies of Asia-Dreaming Under the Stars of the ScorpionThe Southern Cross. Spain, crowded between the Mediterranean and the Atlantic, was the world's ' \est" for many centuries, indeed until Columbus found a further West, but he,!'i not go far enough to find the East Indies. The United States is now at work in l)(bth the East and West Indies. Our Manila expeditions stelamed into the sunsets, the boys pointing out to each otlier the southern cross. The first stage of a journey, to go half round tle world on ar visit to our new possession, was by the annex boat from Brooklyn, and a rush on the Pennsylvania train, that glimmers with gold and has exlhausted art on wheels, to Washington, to get the political latitude and longitude by observation of the two lomes, that of the (:lpitol, and the library, and the tremendou(lts needle of snow that is the monument to Washington, and last, but not lc:t. thle superb old White House. The next stepl was across tlie mlountains on tlie Baltimore and Ollio, tlie short cut between tlie East and tlhe West, traversed so often by George WVashington to get good land for the extension of our national foundations. Tle slpace btetween Cincilnati and Chicago is cleared on tlhe "Big Four" witlh a bound tllroghl tlle shadow of tile earth, between two rare days in June, and tlie next milnight, tlie roaring train ilex: higll over tle Missouri liver at Omalia, and 1y dlaylighlt far )on the way to ()gden. The country was rich in corn and grass, and wllen once belolds tlle fat rattle, lamentations for the lost buffalo cease. It is a deliglit to see young orchards ind farmhouses, and cribs and slheds fortified acainst tornadoes 1b gr~oves, laid out witli irritating precision to confront thle whirling storus froi wet ald soutlh. Thlie broad bad lands in wheich tle tempests are raised devour tie lheart of the continent. I made note of the 888-mile post beyond Omahla. but tlhe 1,000-mile telegraph pIole andf tree glided away while I was catching the lilghts and shadows on a fearfillvy tumbled landscape. The alkali has poisoned enormous tracts, and lthe tufts of;ge'(l)rlul-i lhhave a huge and sinister mnnotonny. Looking out early in tlhe morning hliere wais in our track a "gaunt ogrey wolf" with sharp ears, inallbail- d I)5 thle roar 45 46 FROM L(ONG ISIANDI) TO '()lZON. of the train. Itis species find occasional scra }) along the track and (do not fear the trains. Tlt 1 saw solitllillng listen ill tle herbage, and it was a rattlesnake, if it were not a whisky bot tle. Tile gig i;(atic 1lll pls of tawny earth, with castellated crao's of stone, ghostly ruins onle would say of cities that perisllcd thionusandslso of yearMs )before tlhe bricks were male foirl abyloli. P'rofoul(l beds forvanlishl(e t)orlents yawned into a scrap of green valley, andl tile glitter of a tlireail of w ater. A town b)lossoiled from a coal mine, and there \was al a(rray of driven wells with force pulnips to qluench the thirst of seething and ragiiig ]loconiiotives. A turnll in the line and a beautiful cloud formation like billows of wllite roses, lassive, delicately outlined fantastic spires like marble mountains, c;arvtedi-all! t11e clou(ll conioes out clear as if it w-ere a wall of pearl, and there are the eve'lastiin ii mlito}ltv ilills wit h thleir brows of exquisite snow! Tliese:( arc loflty reserv(,irs from whlichl tile long days glowing with sunslitie send d(ownI stlreaims lof wa\ter at whose touch the deserts blool. 'h i e eye is refleshed as we mlal(ke aI (loser a(eunalintance of the mlountains. \Whlere water flows and trees "'iwa tlheir liJll itops" tllerel is hop)e of homes. There are c(((nyons that cause one( to smile at rmcimbtl(rances 1 of w(hat were considered tlle dizzv g0i'res of tle Alleliheieis. Trlere is glow a1 of lloltell lead in one corner of a misty valley far axway. It is Salt Lake, tlh Ie )(t,(ad S(ea of Ame X ri ca.:Beyond this at an iinmense elevatiion is a l akle wit 1I lt e( tillneof t1h il(dig'o sky of tlhe tropics. If one could stir a iporttion of tlie ('Carib)(,lla Sea int( lJakc ( (x1 eva. thle (cIorrect tiiit could be obtailled. Thirty l les of snlow shleds anno101c( lprl'( ress il tlie jol:ne ic o to hlie Pacific. Tliere is still lceat a id dust, b1)t )esi(de tie roald are villages; and thellre are even fountalii s. liacl st rc(ami is a treasure, adl( its banks are ric{l withl verdure. Thlere ar i sleek o(ws oI l)rig,l t grass. Tillle 0)ntins are t() longer f or)lbi(ddinl(g. They takle on robes of loveTliness. 'Thie valleys lloaden and on thie easy slo)es thtere are orcha rds Iwhre ile oraiiges gliste. T'I'ere (aic clstl ers of grapes. We ihavie ('co11e upoll t lat iagi(C laud, California. Tliere is golden music in the name. Thlls is a conlquest. rTl'e war in wxlicll it was won) was not one of philanthropy. We gatliered an emplire. (emicral \Ierritt never ininded tlie weatlher, whether the wind blew or not, ai'nd inlstead of Iholdling lhis shlip for several hours after tlhe appointed time., waxlted to Ikow five liwntell,i a lter 10( o'clo(.k xwl etller tlie time for starti ng was not 10 o'clock and llv wliomi tlle boat was (letailed. At ten-l minutes after 10 tlie g-,angplal<nk wasz swli1 g free, witll a d(es)perate mai on it whio scrambled on with the hiell) of l l Tegs and a short rope As the sllip swung from the clock and got a move on tlhere were thoimsuiiuds s of mien and women exalted with emotion, and there were crowded steamers, and tiias toppllingl with sw\arming enthusiasts resounding with brass bands and flut lVIU() M ELONG JSLANDI TO LUZON. 47 tering with streaming flags. The ladies w-ere especially frantic. Spurts of Nwhite smoke jetted from forts and there were ringing salutes. Steam lwhistles pitched a tune beyond the fixed stars. The national airs witll thrilling trutI1p)et tones pierced the din, and a multitude of voices joined with the bands giving wor(ls andl tone to the magnetic storm. How many miles the Newport was pursued I cannot colnjectre. There were tall ladies standing on the hiIgh decks of tugs that were hall bLuried in tlie foanm of the bay, but as long as theyc could hold a "Star Spangled Banner"l in one bhand, alnd a few hanldkerchiefs in another, their skirts strealling in grace and defian-ce before the rising gale, they sang hlosannas, and there wNere attitudes botl of triunillh antd despairl as the fair followers, daslied with spray, g(ave utl the chase, passionately kissisng their hands god-speed and good-by. Thlis was going to tle Inties tflrougrh the (Golden Gate! iA brealagec of dishles, that sounded as though the ship were going to pieces, belied the propllesy that beyond the bar there w-as to be no moatning(; a1nd thle Pacific would not be pacified. Iowever, tle reputation of the ocean was good 1eoughl to go to sleep on1, mbut tle berths squirle(ed in sympatlly with tlie twisting' and plunging slii. It was not a "sound of revelry by niglht," to whicl tlie wakeful listeneld tlrog11'11 the dismIal hlours, and inl tile mlorning there was a hligli sea-grand rollers crowned with frothly lace, long black slopes rising and smiting like waves of liquid iron. IThe Pacific was an average North Atlantic, and it was explained by the tale that tlie p)eaceful part of tllis ocean is away (lown South where the earth is most rotund, and tih re tre winds blow on so serenely that they lull the navigators into dreams:of peac.c that induce a state of making laste slowly iand a willingness to forget and l)e forgot ten, wh eethl erOf tlhoie who lhusbanded the golden grain Or those who flung it to the winds like rain, Th'le gulls arc not our snowy birds of the Atlantic. We are lonesome out her'e, anld tlle Albatross sweeps beside us, hooded like a cobra, an evil creature trying to lioooo us, \witl owlish eyes set in a frame like ghastly spectaclel glasses. (eeneral Merritt's blue eyes shone like diamonds through tlhe stormy exp)erie(i1(ce while the young staff officers curled up as the scientists did on the floor, and smI)iledl a sort of sickly smile! The highest complinIent that can be paid them is ltmat ille group of officers and gentlemen surrounding the comlllander of the expedlitioll to the Philippines, express his own character. It was funny to find that tlhe private soldiers were better served withl food tllhai the General and his staff. There was reform, so as to even up the matter of *atiolis. )lt tlIe General was not anxious and solicitous for better food. His idea 48 FROM LONG ISLAND TO LUZON. of the correct supper after a hard day's service is a goodly sized sliced onion with salt, meat broiled on two sticks, hard tack, a tin cup of coffee, for luxuries a baked potato, a pipe of tobacco, a nip of whisky, a roll in a blanket and a sleep until the next day's duties are announced by the bugle. As tlhe gentlemen of the staff got their sea legs, and flavored the narration of their experiences with humor, I found myself in a cloudy state and mentioned a small nmatter to the brigadier surgeon, who whipped out a thermometer and took ny temperature, and that man of science gave me no peace night or day, and drove me from the ship into Paradise-that is to say I was ordered to stay at 11ontoltull. TrIllough a window of the Queen's hospital I saw lumps of tawn\y g-old that were pomegfranates shaking in the breeze, another tree glowe(d witll datesl, and a broad, vividly green hedge was rich with scarlet colors. I N-was (uly examined by phylcsicians, who were thorough as German specialists. I (a. ill ille collrse of a few lours, a nap, a dish of broth, a glass of milk, a glass of ic, water anld n11 egg nog. Tlhat broth flowed like balm to the right spot. It was clickell broth. \\N 1('le 1 ulzzled thle e(gg nog I would have bet ten to one on beatin thla(t fever in a week,;ndl thle next morning about 4:30, when there was competiivie cro\vrwinlr )t!v l hundlred roosters, 1 was glad of the concert, for it gave assurance of a supl)v'! (' c(hlickilens to keep) ul1) the broth and the eggs that disguised the whiskey. 'Two tlays later I gave 11l) tle egg nog because it was too good for me. I knew I dlidl not de(serve lanvtlling so nice, and suspected it was a beneficence associated wtitl a cloull oln m11 brow\. I had the approval of the hospital physician as to egg nog, anl lie crut off a lot of dainties sent by the Honolulu ladies, who must have imagilled tlhat I was one of the heroes of the war. Their mission is to make heroes l;hi1pl)v!. I was d(leiained under the royal palms, and other palms that were tplinted 1!' tlie missionlaries, four weeks, and got away on the ship Peru with Major(;cieral li: tis. an\\d ven le had goe on for a fortnight, as far as from the Baltic to lal.ae i'rlic, we saw soilie rocks that once were Spanish property. As \\e left 1 onolulu tlhe air was already a-glitter with Star Spangled Banners. Tlerie;1re tirt'ee great points to be rememnbered as to the annexation of Hawaii: 1. T'lhere is not to be a continuanee of the slavery of Asiatics in the new i?. ".Mailood sutlrage" is not to be extended to Asiatics, often actually as under cstri(ctlv conllnlltional constitutional construction.. Tlhe arcllieplago is to be a United States territory, but not a State of the it leited States. EIx-President Hlarrison says in his most interesting book: "This (Cunitry of ()Otlrsl. wlhicll shoul' Ibe one of our national school books: FROM LONG ISLAND TO LUZON. 49 "Out of the habit of dealing with tle public domain has come the common thought that all territory that we acquire must, when sufficiently populous, be erected into States. But lwhy may we not take account of the quality of the people as well as of their numbers, if future acquisitions should make it proper to do so? A territorial form of government is not so inadequate that it might not serve for an indefinite time." It is to be remarked of the Hawaiian Islands that they did not possess the original riches of timber that distinguished the West Indies, especially Cuba, where Columbus found four varieties of oranges. One of the features of Hawaiian forestry is the Royal Palm, but it was not indigenous to the islands. The oldest of the stately royalists is not of forty years' growth, and yet they add surprising grace to many scenes, and each year will increase their height and enhance their beauty. Ilawaiians will be saved from extinction by miscegenation. There will be no harm done these feeble people by the shelter of the flag of the great republic. The old superstitions prevail among them to an extent greater than is generally understood. I had the privilege of visiting an American home, the background of which was a rugged mountain that looked like a gigantic picture setting forth the features of a volcanic world. Far up the steep is a cave in which the bones of many of the old savages were deposited in the days of civil war and inhuman sacrifices. The entrance was long ago-in the days the Hawaii people describe as "Before the Missionaries." The hole going to the holy cavern was closed, but there is still pious watching over the place of bones, and if there are climbers of the mountain not to be trusted with the solemn secrets of ancient times, they are stalked by furtive watchmen of the consecrated bones, and no doubt the ever alert sentinels would resist violation of the sepulchre in the rocks; and the natives are careful to scatter their special knowledge that the spot is haunted by supernatural shapes and powers. 'The Americans living in the midst of these mysteries are rather proud of the ghosts they never see, but have to put up with the haunting guard still ministering to the gods that dwelt in tile shrines where the shadows of extinct volcanoes fall, long befor, the masterful missionatries planted their first steps in the high places. After twenty-two days' steaming from San Francisco-Queen's Hospital time not counted-we were directly south of China's Yellow Sea, and within a few hours of sighting the isle of Luzon. Only at IHonolulu, all the way from San Francisco, was there a sail or a smoke not of a vessel of the Philippine expedition. All the long days and nights the eye swept the horizon for companionship, finding only that of our associates in adventure, and very little of them. Even the birds seem to shrink from the heart of the watery 50 01irOM LON GT I SLANI) TO L U Z(N. world spread between America and Asia; and tlle llonsters of tile deep are a:bsent. One day, ao ao t:llhotsall mliles 1fro( (California, a story spread of a I)(rpo)ie at play, )but tile lonely creatlilre passed( astern like a bubble. Bryanlt sang of tlie water fowl that flew from z1one to zone, guided in certain flight on the ilolgt way over whic ih our steps are led aright, butt lile Pacifi(c zones are too broad for even winlged wanderers. 'I'1T(e fisll that s\\1wa11 rm on r coast do not seemi to find homeT life or sporting liacees in this enornllllols sea. Onldy the flying fish disturb the silky scene and flutter with silver wi1ngs over tle s)parklinll laces that glisten where the winds blow gently, and woo( tlie billows to cast aside tlle terrors of other climes and match the sky of b1lue and ' oldl ill beanutv; l)ut, unlike the stars, the waves do not differ in glory, and tlie sircad of their spllendor), \when they seem to roll over a con(iuered universe, alppeals to the inllaginlation withl the solemiln suggestion not that order rules but that old ch1aos settles in solemn peace. Tlhe days terminate on this abIss in marvelous glories. lThe glowilng spectacle is not in thle w\est alone, but the gorgeous conflagiration of tle palaces we build in dreams spreads all aronlid the sly. The scene one ev(nling in tle vicinity of the sun (leparting in Asia to light up ilie mnornilg of the everlasting to-mollrrow toucthin(g America with Imagical riches, was that of Niagara Falls ten Illonsatd times m'lagnifit d anid t ttrnei to mlolten gold, ftlat l burne(d with ineoiiceivivahle ltister, while thle soutl and nortl1 and east were illuminatel with stran:lge ilresi and soft lighits, fadling and nter ged at last in thle dafflodil sky. Thlen the west )eecanie,as a forest of almazitnl' glrowthl, and the shtil entere(d its dusky r cesses like a Iuniter for game sitch as tlhe world never saw-anid we looked upon tlie slowfadilg, l)pirle isltands lthat are the northern friinges of tlie g)reater {one of tlie Philippines, al(nd studied the rather faint and o)bscuire Southlern (ross and tle stately sheen of tlie superb coinstellation of tlhe Scorpion. It is a pity to Iave to say that the Cr oss of the Souit is a di<sappointment-lhas to be explained and mIade imnpressive by a d(iagrain.:It is m(ore like a kite tlan a cross; has a superfluous star at one corner, and no stllp)ort at all o1f the idea of being like a cross unless it is worked up and picked into the fancy. T'Ile North Star shines on the other side of tle slip, and the Great l)ippe er dips its Ipointers after midnight, into the mass of darkness that is the sea when tlte Slun and moon are gone. Tlie voyage from HIonolulu to the farther Pacific was not so long that we forgot the Amelriean semnd-off we got in tlat Yankee city. The national airs sounded forth gloriously and grand. Flage and hankerchiefs fluttered front dense masses of spectators, and ouri eolors were radiant above tlhe roofs. There was, as usuial, a mist on the mountains, and( over Pearl Harbor glowed the arch of the most vivid rainlbow ever seen, and Honolulu is almost every d(ay dipped in rainbows. This was a wonder of IFR()M LON(: ISLANI X) TO,ZO()N. 51 sple-((lnor. TIe walter chanl(ted fromn a slparklingo green to a (arkly lumlinous blue. Ironl the moIiiienitt ilie lof'tv i nes of the coast-oiouir ountaitn no\w-faded, till the )lirds cainle ouit of the west, the Pacific Ocean justified its name. 'The lagnificent tiolnotoiny of its stlupendous placidity was not lbroken except I)y a, few hoursl of ut tiledl rolle's thlat tell of agiitations that, if gigantic, are remote. 'T'le two thousand and oine liun(dred miles from California to Honolulu seemed at first to cover a vast. space of thle journey from our Pacific coast to tle Phlilippines, hut appeare( to (liminillisl in ii ljpoltance as we plroceeded and were taught )y the persistent trade winds that blew our way, as if forever to Nwaft us over tile awful ocean whose p)erpetual b)eauty and placidity were to allure us to an amazing abyss, from wllich it was but illaginative to lresunmle that we, in the hands of infinite forces, should ever be of tlhe travelers lthat return. Similar fancies beset, as all the boys rememlber-tlhe crews of tlie caravlels tllat carried Colunlbus and Iiis fortunes.. 1There were tile splendors of trop)ical skies to beguile us; tlihe sea as serene as tlie sky to enchllnt us! What miehllty magic was tltis that lput a sp)ell upon an American alrlna, seeking' b)eyond tile (old( ontlines of out hlistory andl dreamis, to guide us 1on Iunf iliar )atlhs? Whlat was this awakening in tlle soft imorIni(ngs, to tlie thrilling notes of tlie bugle? Tlie clouls \twere tot as thl( ose e Iknew in otlier clinties alnd years. We saw (o penciling of slimoke oii t lie e(dges of tle crystal fields to)uclled up witl dainty ri ppleslc too eX(iisite to le waves-tlhat whlich is a., deliglt fTor a nioimient ild p)asses l)ut to (omle a:gaiI., in formls too delicate to( stay for a second, save in tlhose pie( tres: tlIat inl tie unliverse fill tlIe iindll with ue()ories tliat are like starlglit. The gl1ancing tiil)es of 1 flyinl fish becamlle evenlts. We followed tlhe twentieth parallel of longitude north of tlie eq(a.tor, riilht on, straig'llt as an arrow's fliglt is tle long run of the slli) er 1 vapor ai(l tlle bubbles tlhat break from the waters vanishing, so tllat w erewere as trackless when we hlad passed one breadth after another of the globe, as the lonesome canoes of the Indians on the Great Lakes. CHAPTER IV. INTERVIEW WITH GENERAL AGUINALDO. The Insurgent Leader's Sturroundings and Personal Appearance-His Reserves and Ways of Talking-The Fierce Animosity of the Filipinos Toward Spanish Priests-A Probability of Many Martyrs in the Isle of ILuzon. Practically all persons in the more civilized —and that is to say the easily accessible-portions of tlle Philipline Islands, with perhaps tlie exception of those leading insurgents whlo would like to enjoy the opportunities the Spaniards have had for the gratification of greed and the indulgence of a policy of revenge, would be glad to see the Americans remain in Manila, and also in as large a territory as they could conmmand. Spaniards of intelligence are aware that they have little that is desirable to anticipate in case the country is restored to them along with their Mausers and other firearms, great and small, according to the terms of capitulation. They get their guns \whether we go and leave them or we stay and they go. It is obvious that the insurgents have become to the Spaniards a source of anxiety attended with terrors. The fact that they allowed themselves to be besieged in Manila by an equal number of Filipinos is conclusive that their reign is over, and. they are not passionately in favor of their own restoration. Their era of cruel and corrupt government is at an end, even if we shall permit them to make the experiment. Their assumed anxiety to stay, is false pretense. They will be hurt if they do not go home. The exasperation of the Filipinos toward the church is a phenomenon, and they usutally state it wvith uncandid qualifications of the inadequate definition of the opinions and policy nadle l)y General Aguinaldo. Representations of my representative character as an American journalist, that gave me an importance I do not claim or assume to have, caused the appearance at my rooms, in Manila, of insurgents of high standing and colmprehensive information, and of large fortunes in some cases. I was deeply impressed by their violent radicalism regarding the priests. At first they Imade no distinction, but said flatly the priests were the mischiefmakers, the true tyrants, and next to the half-breed Filipinos crossecd with Chinese-who are phenonmenal accilmulators of pecuniary resources-tne money-makers, who profited wrongfully by the earnings of others. And so "the priests must go,' they said, and have no choice except that of de52 iENERAL A(UINALDO, il) s PIOT(H)(:IZAPH AND AUTOGRIAPIH, S PRESENTED TO Mi. HALSTEADL __kz c -,'. _ a x *, E,.;. _,. -,:__' __ _ *'. A1RCHBISHOP OF AIANTLA I TS PHOTO(GR.APH, AND iUTOG RPH, AS PRESENTED TO MRfi ALaiTEAD. INTERVIEW WITH GEN. AGUINALDO. 3S portation or execution. In few words, if they did not go away they would be killed. When close and urgent inquiry was made, the native priests were not included in the application of this rule. The Spanish priests were particularly singled out for vengeance, and with them such others as had been "false to the people" and treacherous in their relations to political affairs. The number to be exiled or executed was stated at 3,000. The priests are panicky about this feeling of the natives, as is in evidence in their solicitude to get away. They at least have no hope of security if the Spaniards should regain the mastery of the islands. Two hundred and fifty of them in van sought to get passage 1o It(-ongkong in one boat. I was informed on authority that was unquestionable that the eviction or extermination of the Spanish priests was one of the inevitable results of Filipine independence-the first thing to be done. It was with three objects in view that I had an interview with Generail A;gutinaldo: (1) To ascertain exactly as possible his feeling and policy tow\ard the United States and its assertion of military authority; (2) to inquire about his pIosition touching the priests, (3) and to urge him to be at pains to be represented not only at Washington, but at Paris. As regards the latter point, it was clear that the l)eople of the Philippines, whatever they might be, ought to be represented before tlhe Paris conference. No matter what their case was, it should be personally presented, even if the representatives were witnesses against rather than for tlienmselves. In l the interest of fair play and the general truth the Philippine population should put in an appearance at the seat of the government of the United States for the informlation of the President, and at the scene of the conference to testify; and I was sure it would appear in all cases that they were at least better capable of governing themselves than the'Spaniards to govern them. There could be no formr of government quite so bad as that of the fatal colonial system of Spain, as illustrated in the Philippines and in the Americas. General Aguinaldo was neither remote nor inaccessible. Iis headquarters were in an Indian village, just across the bay, named Bacoor, and in less than an hour a swift steam launch carried Major Bell, of the bureaut of informlnation, a gallant and most industrious and energetic officer, and myself, to water so shallow that we had to call canoes to land in front of a church that before the (lays of Dewey was riddled by the fire of Spanish warships because occupied by insurgents. The walls and roof showed many perforations. The houses of the village were of bamboo, and there were many stands along the hot and dusty street on which fruit was displayed for sale. 54 INTERVIEW WITII GEN. AGIUINALDO. Thie General's house was about as solid a structure as earthquakes permit, its roof of red tile instead of the usual straw. Iis rooms were in the second story, reached by a broad stairw-ay, at the top of which was a landing of liberal dilnensions and an ante-room. The G:eneral was announced at lhome and encgaged in writing a letter to General Merritt-then his ratler regular literary exercise. There were a dozen insurgent soldiers at the door, and as ian y more at the foot and head of the stairs, with several officers, all in military costume, the privates carrying Spanish Mausers and tlle officers wearing swords. We were admitted to an inner room, witl a window opening on tlhe street, and told the General would see us directly. Meanwlile well-dressecl ladies of Iiis family passed through the audience room from the G(eneral's office to the living roo:nms, giving a pleasant picture of domesticity. -T'he door from the study opened and a very slender;and short young man eltered with a preoccullied look that quickly became curious. An attendant said in a low voice, "Gelceral Agouinaldo." Ile was unexpectedly small-could weigh but little over 100 poum:ds-dlressed in pure white, and his modesty of hearing would have becone a Illaidcn. 'ThCe first feeling was a sort of faint complassion that one with such sniill plhysical resources slhould have to bear tile weiglhty responsibilities resting 1)upon himnl. Major Bell had often met lim, and introduced me. The General was gratifie( that I 1ia(l calle(l, and waited for thle declanration of my business. lie ihad( been inforlled of mly occupation; the fact that I llad recently lbeen in Washingrton an(d x cxecteld so)on to be there again; was from Ohio, thle President's state, a friiend (f his, and had written a book on Cuba, a task which gavellne, as I had visitedl lle 1-slald o(f (Cba during the war, an acquaintance witll the Spanish system of go,)vera ing( colonies. The i:nteirp)reiter "was a in slhlorter than thle General, but not quite so sliglt. Ilis hair was intensely bleKk and lie wore glasses. IIe is an accomplished linguist, speaks lEnglisll with facility and is acknowledged by tle priests to be tlie equal of any of tllem in reading and s'peaking Latin. It is to be remarked that whiile Agutinaldlo is liot a man of higli leducation le has as associates in his labors for Philipp)ine independence a eonsidetlable number of scholarly men. It is related that in a re(cent discussiO ethyeen na-priest and an insurgent, the latter stated as a grounld of rebellion that tle Spaniards did nothing for tlie education of the people, and was asked, "\Where did you get your education?" le hadc bee-n taught by the Jesuits. iMy first point in talking with Aguinaldo was that the people of tlhe Philippines ought to be strongly represented in Paris, and of the reasons briefly presented, the foremost was that they sought independence, and should be heard betre the comt..; t; INTERVIVEW WITH GEN. AGUINALDO. 55 mission by which their fate would be declared for the present, so far as it could be, by a tribunal whose work was subject to revision. The general's information was that the Paris conference would be opened September 15, ai error of a fortnight, and his imlpression was that the terms regarding the Philippine S would be speedily settled, so that there could not be time to send to Paris, but there lad been a determination reached to have a man in Washington. ^ It is to be taken into account that this interview was befre anything had been made known as to the mission which General Merritt undertook, and that in a few days lie set forth to perform, and that tlhe terms of the protocol had not been entirely published in Manila. I told the general it was not possible that the Phili)pinle problem could speedily be solved, and made known to him 'tlat the transport }Chinal, which holds the record of (iulick passage on the Pacific, was to sail for San Francisco in tlree days, and lie would do well to llave hlis men for Wasllington and I'aris go on her if perllission could be obtained, as there was no doubt it could, nlnd I mentioned the tilme required to reacll Washington and Paris-thlat one could h)e on a trans-Atlantic steamer in New York,six hours after leaving Waslhington, 1that the Ph1 ilippine comnmissioners going to Paris should make it a p11 t to see tlie Plresi(dent on tlle way, and tlle whole niatter one of urgency, but it was ertainly not to(o late to act. I'Ihe (General said it ladl been thought a representative of the islands and of the c(aulse of tle people should go to Waslinlgton, but the man was in Ilongkong. -He c-1(ld, however, lbe telegraphed, so that. lie could catch the China at Nagasaka, Japan, wllere she would have to stop two days to take coal. The Washington commissioner iigllt go to Paris, lbut instructions could not reach him before he left IIongkong, as it would not be desirable to telegraplh them. UTpon this I stated if it suited his convelie nce and he would se(nd instructitons by me, I was going on the China, and would cliharge myself witli tlie special confidential care of his dispatches and deliver tlhem to tlhe commissioner at tlie coaling station, when he should join the ship; and if it was tlie desire of the General to have it donle I would telegraph thle President that Philippinle commissioners were on tlhe way. These suggestions were received as if they were agreeable, and esteemed of value. IThe conversation tulrned at tllis poilt to the emain question of the futunre govet'nmenlt (of tlhe Plilil)pines, and I inquire( wllat would be satisfactory to tlhe General, ai(d ()ot, of course, tle answer, P'llhilippine independence." But I said after tie Initcd States llad sent a fleet and destroyed the Spanish fleet and an army in full Io)sessslion of MAanila she was a power that could not be ignored; and what would be thiouglt of lier assuming the prerogative of Protector? She could not escape re INTEIVIEW WITH G0EN. AGUINALDO. pns)01)ilitv.ills views as to the exact line of demarkation or distinction between the lights of the -United States ami those of the people of the islands shiotld be 1perfectly clear, for otherwise there would be confusion and possibly contention in 'reajter mniat ters than now eaus(si friction. I endeavore-)d to indlieate the idea that there inight he an adjustmentllelt en the Iinc that thle pecopAle 'of the hiHlippines couldi manage their local ntatters- in their own wiay, leaving to the 1i Titedl States imperial affai~rs, tHe thinos inter'nlational and] allI that,affected them, the Filipinos looking to thle adiministrat ionl of localities. I had asked qIuestions and stated propositions as if it were the universal consent, that General Ag1uinaldo was the dictator for his l-eolle and Iihad thle exectitive word to savy h)uit when it came to drawincg the fine lines of his relations with the United States asi, the embodiment of a revolutionary movement, lie becam-e sliy and referred to those w ho had to be conmsulted. Ils words were equivalent to saying" his counselors must, in all matters of moment, be introduced. it came to the same thing at last as to his commissioner or commissioners to Washington or Paris, one or both, and hie also asserted the pntir p5ose of having the congress elected assemble at a railroad town-AMoroles, abont fifty miles north of Manila-a movement it is understood that is under the guidaucl' of others than tile General, the bottom fact being that if there should be a Philippine Iepublic Aguinaldo's place, in the judcrm-eut of m-any who are for it, wotild 11e not th-at. of chief magistrate, but thie head of the army. T1here are others and mnany of thlemt of tilhe opinion that lie is not a qualified soldier. Trlte congress (assembled at Mloroles, and hias made slow progress. It inay as well be remenibered(1, however, that the distinctions of civil aiid military power -have been always hard to observe, in Central and South -XAnieriean states. whose early Spanish education has been outgrown gradually, anUd with lialitiiinv nintl bloody steps. General Agnuinaldo, thcii engaged in evolving a letter to (Axenerml fetrritt, has since issued proclamations that yield io share to the United States iM. e native grovernmennt of the islands. But there are two thingst definitely lmowii. i; if decreed in official papers, and probably more so; that the Filipinos of intlucntial intelligence would be satistied with the direction of local af-ftairs and aladl v accept the lprotectorate of tile Ujnited States on the terms which the people of the Unmited States niay desire and dictate. The greater matter is that whenever it is the fixed policy of the United States te accept the full responsibility of ruling the Philippines, neither Aguinaldo not any othern man of the islands would have the ability to molest the steady, haeaceabhe. beneficent development of the potentiality of our system of justice to the p~eoplce and INT:ERVIVEI W WITII G EN. AGUITNALDO. the preservation by and through the popular will of tlle union of liberty under the law, and order mainainied peaceably or forcibly according to needs. In continuation of his explanation that ie hadc to refer matters to others called his counselors, disclaiming the presumption in my questions of his personal responsibility for the conduct of the native insulrrection, GelCneral Alinaldl o said withl the greatest deliberation and the softest emi)llasis of any of his sayings, that tlhe inllrglenlts \\ere allready suspicious of him as one \who w.as too close am friend of the AnlI'ericauns, and yielded too much to them, and that there was danger this feeling mnighlmt grow and make way with his ability to do all that he would like in tle way of keeping the peace. There were, he said, inquiries to the effect: What had the insurtgets got for what they had done in the capture of Manila? Were they not treated by the Americans with indifference? Major Bell interposed to say that the Americans were in the Philippines not as politicians, but as soldiers, and had the duty of preserving order by military occupation, and it was not possible there could be maintained a double mlilitary authority-two generals of equal powers in one city under martial law\. Thlere lmust be on0e master and no discussion. The UJnited States could take no secondary attitld(e or position-would treat the insurgents with great consideration, but thev of necessity were exclusively responsible for the carrying out of the provisions of the capi tulation. This was exactly to the point, and the interpreter cut his rendering of it, usilng but few words, and they did not cheer up the General and those about him. I-vidently they want to know when and where they realize. It lad been noticealhl that the greater importance Aguinaldo attaches to what he is saying the lower llis voice and the more certainly lie speaks in a hlalf whisper with parted lips, slowin teeth and tongue; and lie has a surprising faculty of talking wilth tei tip of his tongue, extended a very little beyond his lips. There was sonmethingll so reserve(d as to be furtive about his mouth, but his eyes were keen, straight and steady, showing decision, but guarding what he regarded the niceties of statement. However, his meaning that there were insurgents who were finding fault witl him was not so much indicative of a rugged issue as a confession of impending inabilities. Ile had nothing to say in response to Major Bell's explicit remark about tle oneman and one-country military power, but the action of thle insurgents in removing their headquarters-or their capital, as they call it-to a point forty miles from Manila, proves that they have come to an understanding that the soldiers of the United States are not in time Philippines for their health entirely, or purely in the interest of universal benevolence. The Filipinos must know, too, that thev could 58 INTERVIEW WITH GEN. AGUINALDO. never themselves have captured Manila. It is not inapt to say that the real center of the rebellion against Spain is, as it has been for years, at Hongkong. I reserved what seemed the most interesting question of the interview with the Philippine leader to the last. It was whether a condition of pacification was the expulsion of the Catholic priests as a class. This was presented with reference to the threats that had been made in my hearing that the priests must go or die, for they were the breeders of all trouble. Must all of them be removed in some way or another? If not, where would the line be drawn? The lips of the General were parted and his voice quite low and gentle, the tongue to a remarkable degree doing the talking, as he replied, plainly picking words cautiously and measuring them. The able and acute interpreter dealt them out rapidly, and his rendering gave token that the Filipinos have already had lessons in diplomacy-even in the Spanish style of polite prevarication-or, if that may be a shade too strong, let us say elusive reservation-the use of language that is more shady thlan silence, the framing of phrases that may be interpreted so as not to close but to continue discussion and leave wide fields for controversy. The General did not refer to his counselors, or the congress that is in the background and advertised as if it were a new force. The words of the interpreter for him were: "The General says the priests to whom objection is made, and with whom we have a mortal quarrel, are not our own priests, but the Spaniards' and those of the orders. We respect the Catholic church. We respect our own priests, and, if they are friends of our country, will protect them. Our war is not upon the Catholic churcll, but upon the friars, who have been the most cruel enemies. We cannot have them hlere. They muist go away. Let them go to Spain. We are willing that they may go to their own country. We do not want them. There is no peace until they go." I said my inforlmation was that the objectionable Orders expressly proscribed by the illsulrgnts were the Dominicans, Augustines, Franciscans and Recollects, but that thle Jesuits were not included. This was fully recited to the General, and with his eyes closing and his mouth whispering close to the interpreter's cheek he gave his answer, and it wa\s quickly rendered: '"l'e JiJesits, too, m:lust go. They also are our enemies. We do not want them. They )etlray. Trley can go to Spain. They may be wanted there, not here; but not herle,,lot hlere." T'le lquestion whethle the friars must make choice between departure and death was not mIet directly, but with repetitions-that they might be at home in Spain, but INTERVIIEW WITH GEN. AGUINALDO. 50 could not be a part of the independent Philippines; and, significantly, they should be willing to go when wanted, and would be. Two Catholic priests-Almericans, not. Spaniards-were at this moment waiting in the ante room, to ask permission for the priests Aguinaldo has in prison to go back to Spain, and the General could not give an answer until he had consulted his council. Probably he would not dare to part with tlle priests, and an order from him would be disregarded. They have many chances of martyrdom, and some of them have already suffered mutilation. Sometling had been said about my cabling the President as to the Filipinos' determiination to send a representative to Paris, and I had tendered my good offices in bearing instructions to a commissioner from HIongkong to meet the China at Nagasaki, the Japanese railway station, where the American transports coal for their long voyage across the Pacific. But that matter had been left in the air. (eneral Aguinaldo l(ad said lie would be obliged if I would telegraph the President, and I tlhought if the decision was that there was to be a Philippine representative hurried to Paris, it was solething the President would be glad to know. I was aware tlere might be a dificiulty in getting permission for a special messenger to go on the China to Japan to mleet the commissioners going from tHongkong, and I would be willing to make the connection, as I had offered the suggestion. But it was necessary to be absolutely certain of General Aguinaldo's decision before I could cable the President; therefore, as I was, of course, in an official sense wholly irresponsible, I could conlmunicate with hlilml without an abrasion of military or other etiquette. It was the more needful, as it would be a personal proceeding, that I should be sure of the facts. Therefore I asked the (General, whose time I had occupied more t:lhan an h1ourL, wiletlerl lie authorized me to telegraph the President that a collmmnission was going to Paris, and desired me to render;any aid in conveyilng inforlatlioll. The General was troubled about the word "authorized," andl instllad of s;iving so concluded that I must have a deep and possibly dairk (ldeign and( so lie coull not give me the trouble to cable. The assurance that it would not be troublesomec did no t remlove the disquiet. I could not be troubled, eitlher, as a bearer of dispatches. T'lhe General could not authorize a telegraml without consulting. In trutll, the Gencral had not made up his mind to be represented in Paris, holding that it would be sufficient to have an envoy extraordinary in Washlington. Others, without full consideration, in my opinion, concur in this view. I l.lui inagine several situations at Paris in which a representative Filipino vwould be of service to the United States, simply by standingT for the existence of a state of facts ill the disputed islands. I droplped the mlatter of being a mediator, hlavin lllanl(l the Paris idea in the mind of the Philippine leader, who is of the persuasion that he is 60 INTERVIEW WITH GEN. AGIINALDO. the dictator of his countrymen, for the sake of hiis country, until lie wishes to be evasive, and then lie must consult others wh7lo share the burdens of authority, and told him when takiing jroy leave I would like to possess a photograph withl his autograph and the I'lilippine flag. In a fewN minutes the articles were in iury hands, and passing out, there wNcere the Amierican priests in the ante-room, thle next callers to enter the General's apartment. Their business was to urgre hini to permit tile Catholic priests hield as prisoners by the insurgents-1mor e than 100, perhaps nearly 200 in numilber-to guo hom1e. When the newvs caine that General Merritt had been ordered to Paris, and wvould pass througih the Ried sea en route, taking the Clhina to Ilongkong to catch a peninEnlar a~ndt oriental steamer, I telegrahlied tile fact to General Aginialdo over our military wlires and his special wire, and his connuissioner, duly advised, became, with General M-lerritt's aid, at Ilongkong a passenger on the Chiina. lie is well known to the world as Senor Filipe Ag'oncello, who visited Washington City, sawN the President and proceeded to Paris. CIHAPTER VY. T IE PIIIIAPPI-NE, MISSION. Correspondence With Ac rgum al(lo About It-Notes by S'lenor Felipe Agoneillo-IRelations Between Admiral I)ewcy and Senor Aguinaldo-Terrs of Peace MLadce by Spanish (loverno r-G 'eneral. with instrgents, December, 189 7-Law Snit I etween Agnuinaldo and Artacho-Aguinaldo's Proclamation of May 24, 1898. Wlihen. General Merritt decided to hold the China for a day to take hiin to Hlongl — kong) on the way to Paris, I telegraphed Aguninaldo of the movements of the ship,,and reeeived tbis dispatch from the General: "WTar Departmeint, United States Volunteer Sigfinal Corps, sent fromt Bakoor Aucust 29, 1898.-To Mr. Murat IHalstead, hotel Orieniie, Manila: Tbiankftl for Vyour~ annoIuncing Cbina's departure. We are to send a. person by her if possible, whom I reconmmend to you. Being much obliged for the fav-or. "A. G. ESCAMITLLA," "Private Secretary to Genieral Aguinaldo." On the same day the General sent the following personal letter: "Dear Sir: Tbe bearer, Dr. G. Apacible, is the person whom was announced to you in the telegram. "I am desirhous of sending him to Hongkong, if possible, by the Cblina(, recoinmendling him at the same time to your care and good will. Thanking you foi,r the favor, Imin respectfully yours, EMILTO AGUINALD)O Y FAMY. "Ml-r. Murat Hlalsteadc, Manila. "Bakoor, 29th August, 1898." General Aguinaldo proceeded vigorously to make use of his knowledge that the Ch"ina would go to Hongkong for General Merritt and sent his secretary and othfers to me at the Hotel Oriente, but they arrived after I had left the house. They came to the China and General Merritt had not arrived and did not appear until within a few minntes of the start. Then the deputation from the insurgrent clijeftain had an interview with him, asking that two of their number should go to Hongkong on the China to express fully the views of the insurgent government to to the commissioner, Don Fehipe A(goncillo, cbosen to represent the F~ilipinos at Washlington and Paris and to ask that he be allowed to go to the United States on the China. When the committee saw General Merritt he was taking leave of Admiral 61 THE PHIILIPPINE MISSION. Dewey, and tlhe General, who had not heard of this movement until that Imomlenltthe question being entirely new-invited the opinion of the Admiral, who said tllere was "certainly no objection," and on the contrary, it would be very well to plermnir the passage of the deputation to lHongkong and of the commissioner appointed from that city to Waslington. General Merritt at once in half a dozen words gave the order, and the journey began. (eneral Greene, lwo reads and translates Spanish with facility and wilose Spanish speech is plain, treated with mnarked courtesy the Filipino Committee to l(llgkong and tlilhece the colmmissiotner and his secretary from Hongklong to San l1rancisco, on the way to Wiasllilngton and Paris. General Greene, wllile accord(ing distinction to tle repreresentatlives of tlhe insurgents, stated to tllem that his attentions were personall (and le ()could not warrant theml official recognition at Washington or anytthlilg ore than sucll ipolitelicss as gentlemen receive from each other. rThe colmmrissiol(ne was Don IFelil)e Agoncillo, and his secretary, Sixto Lopez. Saltll'rdN. Septembecr 24, t1le Salt Lake newspapers contained stories to the eec t iiat tIlee 'ermians hlad eitered into an alliance offensive and defensive withl tl(h Ag1dill;ltdo go(lvernilment and vwouid ft-rnislh eiquipments for an armly of 1.)0,000 mell. W were o\ n hle Unilon Pacific Railroad at tile time, and r called tlCe attention of l)oli Felipe Agoncillo to this remallrkable intelligence and asked litii wlhat lie thought of it. Ite said emplliatically thlat it was "Notiinig," "No ti'lrue'" "Nll)11oti at all," and lie laigile(d at tlae comic ie ide. he're was alsoe courts inl~ Tt lere t\was also in t1lie Salt Lake new\vsp]aperls a s t:ate'lent tlhat ille teAglial(lo 'oovelrnmlent' liad sent to Prel'sident MelKinlev aI letter strongly expr(essi1ng good-wiill and gratitude. 1're1,( 1( (liil not seem to lIe 1icli 11ievs i: tlis for Don Fe-lipe,,ut it 1ave hlim -11111ch pleasi re, and lie, not perlalpw) diploal(altic lly butit entihsiastircally, pronoiunced it good. WIIAT A1\l{ON ()1I LO) A )PPROV D. Tlh7e d is}patc liliarlied with ] is pp'ro(ation by tile Pi ie commissioner was thle followi g t rol nl Was]hiiigto, u lder date of September 23: 1lie P'residelnt ldoutltless \woulld te glad to h]ear any vies- tliese Filipinos mi'glit ('a'( to set. fo(rtlil, beinll fr(eslh t'rom Ilie islands a(nd thoroughly acquainted witl tile \\isles of thei insunrgents. 'lut it wotild be plainly iimpolitic ai(nd inconsistent for ithe Prl'lsidlent, at this date al d leidlitg' tlie colclusion of tile peace (conferelce at Paris, to allow it to be understood, 1,y according a formal reception to thle (dlelall tes. a tia 1P( ]laid t1leeby rc()gnllized tile Pililppine government as anl inde]pedill('lt nlItionlality. Ilis attitlde toward thle Flilipilnos would be simillar to that alsslunedl lvr liini toward t:lie Cubans. As tl -l'ilipiios havie repeatedly, by p1ubliv declaration, souglht to convey the implressioin tlat the lUnited States representatives THE PHILIPPINE MISSION. 6 63 in Manila have at sonic time duiring the progress- of the wvar recognized Agtifinaldo as an independent ally, and entered into formal co-operation with him, it mnay be,stated that the government at WaVshiington is unawnare that any such thling La happened. Admiral Dewey, who was in connuand of all the United States, fiecs(during the most critical period, expressly cabled the Secretary of the Na\vy that hie hakd entered into no formal agreem-ent with Agruinaldo. If General Otis followed hi's instructions., and of that there can he no doubt, hie also refrained fromn entering( into any entangling agreements. As for Consul-Gencral Wildman, any undertaking hie may have assumed with Agruinaldo must have heen upon his own personal and individual responsihility, and wvould he without formal standling, inasmuch- as hie has not the express authorization fromn the State Departmeont abs-olutely requisite to negotiations in such cases. Therefore, as thie case now stand(s, the peace commissioners are free to deal with the Philippinle prlbleni at Paris absolutely without restraint beyond that which mlighit be suipposed 'to rise f rom~ a sense of mnoral obligation to avoid comminitting the Filipinos again into tle hands of their late rulers." Senor Agoncillo, the commissioner of the Philippine insurgents at Paris, mad1(e. in conversations on the steanier (hinia, when crossing the Pacific Oce~an fromn Nagasaka to San Francisco, this statement in vindication of Agui-naldo, andI It i s th Ie miost complete, authoritative and careful that exists of the relations hetween Admiiral Dewey and the insurgent leadler: BRIEF NOTES B3Y SEANOR A.GONC\'IljLO. "On the same day that Admniral Dewey arrived at Ilongkong Senor Aoguii.inaldo wa nSnaoe whbither lie had gone fromn IIon0Xoiion, (ind Mr att,1 States Consul-General, under instructions fromi the, saZid Admiira1,l held a con ference with him, in which it was agyreed that Senor AgniinaldJo and other revoliti0iottnrv chiefs in co-operation with the AmericaCn squadron shiotld retuirii to take( nipam against the Spanish goverunment of thme Philippines, thme sole and most lantd;ahle, des,-ire of thle Washington government heing to concede to time Philippine pehthe alnoltite indlependence as soon as the victory against thie Spantishi arms should he h)btai ltied. By13 virtue of this argumient Senor Agruin~aldo proeeeded1 by the ti Vtt e e'to TIongkong for the express purpose of emlbarking1 Oul the Ohupanlvli' gui( ("IP-) tn Manila; hut this intention of his was not realized, becauise the \mlei 1i i 1si nimln left Ilong-kong the day previous to his arrival, Adini ral I )cuvey ln"vin0 mcc11i veil froml li's go0vernieiit an order to proceed] intinediatel\ ' to i\Ltiinl i. TiidJ wh(at Mrli. Wildmnan. LVnited States Cons~ul-C;emie~rfl_ in onalkou() Said to) Senot Ak it ina1ldo In tile niletrview wihich took plaIce bet~ween them. A few daivsiftei lfb Spanish 64 T4ETil P1HIILIPPIN E MISSION. squadron had been totally destroye(l in tle Blay of Manila by the American squadron, the latter obtaining a most glorious triumph, which deserved the fullest congratulations and praise of the P'hilippine public, the McCullough arrived at Iongkong and her commander said to Senor Aguinaldo that Admiral Dewey needed him1 (le necesitaba) in Manila andl that he brouglt an order to take him on board said transport, as well as otlher revolutionary chiefs whose number should be determined by Senor Aguinaldo, and, in fact, he and seventeen chiefs went to Cavite on the McCu(.llollgh. "Seor Aguilnaldo began his caimpaign against the Spaniards the very day that he received tlie 1,902 HMauser guns and 200,000 cartridgegs, which came from Ilongkong. The first victory wlliclh he obtained from the Spaniards was the surrender or capitulation. of the Spanislh ('eneral, Senor Pena, lwho was the Military Governor of Cavite, had his headquarters in the town of San Francisco de Malabon, and his force was composed of 1,5 00 soldiers, including volunteers. "The revolutionary army in six days' operations succeeded in getting possession of the Spanish detachments stationed in the villages of Bakoor, Imus, Benakayan, Noveleta, Santa Cruz de Malabon, Rosario and Cavite Viejo. "On June 9 last the whole province of Cavite was under the control of the provisional revolutionary government, including many Spanish prisoners and friars, 7,000 guns, great quantities of ammunition and some cannon. "At tie samne time that tht e province of Cavite was being conquered other revolutionary chilefs were carrying on campaigns in the Batangas, Laguna, Tayabas, Nueva l;eiza, IBulcan, Batangas Pampanga and M:orong, which were under control of the revolutionary army by June 12, and such progress was made by the Philippine revolution in thle few days of campaign against the Spaniards that by August 3 last it held under conquest fifteen important provinces of the island of Luzon; these provinces are being governed by laws emanating from the provisional revolutionary government and in all of them perfect order and complete tranquility reign. "It is to he noted that the Spanish government has sent to Senor Aguinaldo various emissaries, who invited him to make common cause with Spain against the United States, promising him that the government of the Spanish nation would concede to him anything he might ask for the Philippine people. But Senor Aguinaldo lias invariably replied to those emissaries that it was too late and that he could not consider any proposition from the Spanish government, however beneficial it might be to the Philippines, because he had already pledged his word of honor in favor of certain representatives of the government at Washington. THE PHILIPPINE MISSION. 65 "In view of this positive resolution of Senor Aguinaldo there began forthwith the intrigues of the Spanish enemy directed against the life of Senor Aguinaldo. PEACE CONVENTION OF DECEMBEJ, R, 1896. "Senor Aguinaldo, in his own name and in that of the otiler chiefs and subordinates, obligated himself to lay down their arms, which, according to an inventory, were to be turned over to the Spanish government, thus terminating the revolution. His Excellency the Governor and Captain-General, Don Fernando Primo de Rivera, as the representative of His Majesty's government in the Philippines, obligated himlself on his side (1) to grant a general amnesty to all those under clarges or sentenced for the crime of rebellion and sedition and other crimes of that category; (2) to introduce into the Philippines all reforms necessary for correcting in an effective and absolute manner the evils which for so many years had oppressed the country, in political and a(dministrative affairs; and (3) an indemnity of $800,000, payable at the following (lates: A letter of credit of the Spanish Filipine BIank for $400,000 tgainst tle llongonkong and Shanghai Bank in -Iongkong was to be delivered to Senor Agluilnaldo on the same day tlat he should leave Biak-va-Bato, where he had established his headquarters, and should embark on the steamer furnished by the Spanisll -o(vernment (this letter of credit was in point of fact delivered); $200,000 was to be paid to the said Senor Aguinaldo as soon as the revolutionary general, Senor Ricarle, should receive his telegram ordering him to give up his arms, with an inventory thereof, to the commissioner designated by his excellency the Governor and Captain(eneral, Don Fernando Primo de Rivera; and the remaining $200,000 should be dutie and payable wlhen the peace should be a fact, and it should be understood that peace was a fact when the Te Deumn should be sung by order of his excellency the (Go-e1no alnd Captain-General of the Philippines. "Senor Aguinaldo complied in every respect, so far as he was concerned, with the peace ag'reement. But the Spanish government did not observe a similar conduct, and this has been deplored and still is deeply deplored by the Philippine people. Tlie general amnesty which was promised has remained completely a dead letter. Manly F ilipinos are still to be found in Fernando Po and in various military prisons in Spain suffering the grievous consequences of the punislhment inflicted upon them u1njustly and the inclemencies of the climate to which they are not accustomed. Som(e of these unfortunates, who succeeded in getting out of those prisons and that e(xile, are living in beggary in Spain, without the government furnishing them the necessary means to enable them to return to the Philippines. "In vain has the Philippine public waited for the reforms also promised. After tlie celebration of the compact of June, and the disposition of the arms of the revolu 66 THE PHILIPPINE MISSION. tionists the Governor-General again began to inflict on the defenseless natives of the country arbitrary arrest and execution without judicial proceedings solely on the ground that they were merely suspected of being secessionists; proceedings which indisputably do not conform to the law and Christian sentiments. "In the matter of reforms the religious orders again began to obtain from the Spanish government their former and absolute power. Thus Spain pays so dearly for her fatal errors in her own destiny! "In exchange for the loftiness of mind with which Senor Aguinaldo has rigidly carried out tie terms of the peace agreement, General Primo de Rivera had the cynicism to state in the congress of his nation that he had promised no reform to Senor Aguinaldo and his army, but that he had only given them a piece of bread in order tha ththey might be able to maintain themselves abroad. This was reechoed in the foreign press, and Senor Aguinaldo was accused in the Spanish press of having allowed himself to be bought with a handful of gold, selling out his country at the same time. There were published, moreover, in those Spanish periodicals caricatures of Senor Aguinaldo which profoundly wounded his honor and his patriotism. "Senor Aguinaldo and the other revolutionists who reside in ITongkong agreed not to take out one cent of the $400,000 deposited in the chartered bank and the Hongkong and Shanglai Bank, the only amount which Senor Aguinaldo received fron the Spanish government on account of the stipulated indemnity, but to use it for arms in order to carry on another revolution in the Philippines, in case the Spanish government should fail to carry out the peace agreement, at least in so far as it refers to general amnesty and reforms. All the above named revolutionists, Senor Aguinaldo setting the example, resolved to deny themselves every kind of comfort during tleir stay in IHongkong, living in the most modest style, for the purpose of preventing a reduction by one single cent of the above named sum of $400,000, whi tI hey set aside exclusively for the benefit of their country. LAW SUIT BETWEEl N DON J. ART'ACIO AND DON E. AGUINALDO. "Senor Artacho, induced by tlle father solicitor of the I)ominlicans and the Consul-General of Spain, filed in the courts of that colony a sumnions against Don E. Agiinalllo, asklinlg for a (livision of the above-mentioned $400,000 between those rcvol ltio-nlary clhiefs who resided in Ilongkong. Artacho andl tlree others, who joined the revolution in its last days and rendered little service to it, were the only ones who desired a division of this lnoney; whereas forty-seven revolutionaries, many of wh!omn were most distinguished chiefs, were opposed to it, supporting the resolution whichl Senor Aguinaldo had previously taken in regard to it. Senor Aguinaldo, in order to avoid all se-andal, did everything possible to avoid appearing in court THE PHILIPPINE MISSION. 67 answering the summons of Artacho, who, realizing that his conduct had made himself hated by all Filipinos, agreed in a friendly arrangement to withdraw his suit, receiving in exchange $5,000; in this way were frustrated the intrigues of the solicitor of ihe l)ominican order and of the Spanish Consul, who endeavored at any cost to destroy the $400,000 by dividing it up. 'Artacho is now on trial before a judicial court on charges preferred by various revolutionists for offenses which can be proved; he has no influence in the revoluiiollnarl partyv. PROCLAMATION OF GENERAL AGUINALDO. MAY 24TH, 1898. Filipinos: Thle Great Nation North America, cradle of true liberty and friendly on that a(ccunt to the liberty of our people, oppressed and subjugated by the tyranny and desplotism of those who have governed us, has come to manifest even here a prote(tion which is decisive, as well as disinterested, towards us considering us endowed with sufficient civilization to govern by ourselves this our unhappy land. To maintain this so lofty idea, which we deserve from the now very powerful Nation North America, it is our duty to detest all those acts which belie such an idea, as pillage, robbelr and every class of injury to persons as well as to things. With a view to aivoiding international conflicts during the period of our campaign, I order as follows: \Aricle I. The lives and property of all foreigners, including Chlinese and all Spaniards who either directly or indirectly have joined in taking arms against us are to be respected. Article II. The lives and property of those who lay down their arms are also to be respected. Article III. Also are to be respected all sanitary establishments and ambulances, a 1a likewise tlhe persotns and tilings \hllich may be found either in one or the oilier, including the assistants in this service, unless they show hostility. Article IV. Those wlho disobey what is prescribed in the preceding articles will t)e tried by summary court anld put to deacll, if such disobedience shall cause assassilation, fire, robbery and violation. Given at Cavite, the 24th of May, i898. EMILIO AGUINALI)DO. It is to be remarked of this semi-official statement that Admiral Dewey did not m)(lake any promises lie could not, fulfill to Aguinaldo; did not assume to speak for the President or the army of the ITnited States, blt gave guns and ammunition to the insurgents, who aided hlim in maintaining a foothold on tle shore. 'T'le insur 68 THE PIIILIPPIN-E MISSION. gents did not win Dewey's victory, but aided to improve it. Without the aid of the American army Manila might have been destroyed, but could not have been captured intact. General Merritt settled the question of the status of the insurgent army with respect to the capture of Manila in a summary and sound way when he said there could be but one military authority in a military government, and as the commanding general of the Philippine expedition of the United States, he was that authority. CHAPTER VI. TIlE PROCLAMATIONS OF GENERAL AGUINALDO. June 16th, 1898, Establishing Dictatorial Government —June 20th, 1898, Instructions for Elections-June 23d, 1898, Establishing Revolutionary Government -June 23d, 1898, Message to Foreign Powers-June 27th, 1898, llnstru.lions Concerning Details-July 23d, 1898, Letter From Senor Aguinaldo to General Anderson-August 1st, 1898, Resolutions of Revolutionary Chiefs Asking for Recognition-August 6th, 1898, Message to Foreign Powers Asking Recognition. One of the most critical questions in the situation of the Philippines is the precise position of the leader of the insurgents, General Aguinaldo. His utterances in Ilis official character of leader of the natives who for years have been in rebellion agaiins, Spain, have been but fragmentary, as they have come lbfore tle people. We give for the public information the consecutive series of proclamations. No. 1. To the Philippine Public: Circumstances have providentially placed me in a position for which I can not fail to recognize that I am not properly qualified, but since I can not violate the laws of Providence nor decline the obligations which honor and patriotisml ilnpose upon me, I now salute you, Oh, My Beloved People! I have proclaimed in the face of the whole world tliat the aspiration of my whole life, the final object of all my efforts and strength is nothing else but your independence, for I am firmly convinced that that constitutes your constant desire and that independence signifies for us redemption from' slavery and tyranny, recgaining our liberty and entrance into the concert of civilized nations. I understand on the other hand that the first duty of every government is to interpret faithfully popular aspirations. With this motive, although the abnormal circumstances of the war have compelled me to institute this Dictatorial Government which assumes full powers, both civil and military, my constant desire is to surround myself with the most distinguished persons of each Province, those who by their conduct, deserve the confidence of their province to the end that the true necessities of each being known by them, measures may be adopted to meet these necessities and apply the remedies in accordance with the desires of all. I understand moreover the urgent necessity of establishing in each town a solid and robust organization, the strongest bulwark of public security and the solc 69 i"i PROCLAATIrrioNs OF GENERAL AGUTNALDO. tmneans of securing that union and discipline which are indispensable for the estab)lishment of the Republic, that is Government. of the people for the people, and warding off the international conflicts which may arise. Following out the foregoing considerations I decree as follows: Article 1. The inhabitants of every town where the forces of the Spanish government still remain, will decide upon the most efficacious measures to combat and destroy them, according to the resources and means at their disposal, according to prisoners of war tlie treatmnent mnost conformable to humanitarian sentiments and ao the customs observed by civilized nations. Article iJ. As soon as thlie towvrn is freed from Spanish domination, the inhabitanits ino:4 dclistimn ishedl for highd character, social position and honorable conduct hoth in file center of tlie communit A, CyI nd in the suburbs, will come together in a large m-iieeting in whlich they will prloceed to elect hy a majority of votes, the chief of tile tiown an11d a h~ead manni for each suburb, consideringr as suburbs not only those hi_;thierto kinown-i as such, buit ailso the center of the coimmr.unity. All those inliabitln1-ts woli fulfill tie conditions above named, will have the Tiight to take ptIrt in this nceeting and to be elected, provided always that they are friendly to Philippine independence and are twenty years of age. Article ItT. In this meeting shall also be elected by a majority of votes, three delegates; one of lpolice and internal order, another of justice and civil registry and anothller of taxes and property. Th'le del1egate of police andl internal order will assist the Chief in tile organization (If tftlhe arneli force, which for its own security each town must inaintain, according to the meatsutire of its rCeo-iirccs andi in tIle preservation of order, government and hivuieile of Its pop)ulatioll. Tile delegate of justice andl civil registry will aid the Chief in the formation of courts aiilnd in keepingt books of registry of hirths, deaths tand marriage contracts, nd ( of tile cen-tis. 'Tile delcgate of taxes anmd property will aid the ellief in the collection of taxes, the ilel1 niist rationl of plullic fuinds, ithe openitig of hooks of registry of cattle and r'(ill pIropet', and in all work relatitnig to encouragement of every class of industry. A it ide lV. The Chief, as _Presidenit with the hiead mien and the above mentioned delegates, will constitute the populalr massenIblies who will supervise the exact ful tilllnelllt of tile laws in force and] the p-articular interests of each. town. [ihe heaid m1,1an of tfhe center of the colulnullity will be tile Vice President of the assembllylV amId tHie delegate of justice its secretary. The ilead menr will be deleo'ates of tme Chief within their respective boundaries. PROC.LAMATIONS 01 (G ENIERAL AG TINALDI). 71 Article V. Thle (Cliefs of each town after consulting the opinion of their respective assemblies, will meet and elect by mlajority of votes tile (Clhief of the Province and three councilors for the three branches above mentioned. The Chief of the Province as President, tlie Chief of the town which is the capital of the Province, as Vice President, and the above named councilors will constitute the Provincial Council, which will supervise the carrying out of the instructions of this government in the territory of the Province, and for the general interest of the Province, and will propose to this government the measures which should be adopted for the general welfare. Article VI. The above named chiefs will also elect by majority of votes three representatives for each one of the Provinces of Manila and Cavitc, two for each one of tlhe Provinces classified as terminal in Spanish legislation, and one for each one of tlie other Provinces and Politico-Military commands of the Philippine Archipelago. T1'lhe allove naliliied representatives will guard tle general interests of the Archlipelago a11n til' l)larticular interests of their resplective Provinces, and will con)stitute thle Revolutiollary Congress, which will propose to this government tlhe measlures concerning tlhe preselrvation of internal order, and external security of thlese islaal(ls, andl will be lleard by this government on all lquestions of grave importance. Tlle de(ision of whicll will adllllit: of delay or adjournmilenlt. Article V\II. Persons elected to any ()tlice wl\latsoever in the forll l)re-cril)edl in the lrece(Iilig article canl not l)erform tlhe functions of the same withlou(t tlie previoi)s (oltil'llltioi l 1)\v tllis.aovernmient, whichl will give it in accordance witll tle ce'rtitficates of election. Ileplresentatives will estiablisl tlheir identity by exhibitino the above named e.ertificates. Article VIII. T'lhe Military Cliefs named by thlis government in each Provinee will (not intervene in the governinent and adminiistration of tile Province, but will ooihline themselves to reqluesting of the (Cliefs of Provinces land towns tlhe aid which umay I)e necessary b)oth in men and resources. whichl are not to be refused in case of actual necessity. Nevertlieless, when the Province is threatened or occupied by the enemy in wllole or in part, the military chief of highest rank therein may assume powers of the '( hief of the Province, unitil tlie danger has disappeared. Article TX. The government will namtie for each Province a comllissioner, speci;ally charged witlh establishing therein tile organization prescribed in this decrlee, in accordance with instructions which this government will coi-mmunicate to him. 72 PROCLAMATIONS OF GENERAL AGUINALDO. Those military cliefs who liberate the towns from the Spanish domination are commissioners by virtue of their office. The above namled comlnissioners will preside over the first meetings held in eacli town and il each Province. Article X. As soon as the organization provided in thle decree has been established all previous aippointnlellts to ainy civil office, whatsoever, no matter what their origin or sourcl:e, shlall be -nulll and void, and all instructions in conflict with the foregoil (ii l, ll(cireby annulle((d. GivJnc at (Cavite, tlie 18tlh of June, 1898. EMILIO AGIUINALDO. No. 2. For Itle exe lltioln and proper carryinig out of what is prescribed in the decree of this govern'llll (icolce(nlilng tle 1nc -anlag8ement of the Provinces and towns of the Philipplile Alrcllipl)lag'o, I decree (as follows: IN STRUTCTIONS. Concerning the Management of the Provinces and towns. (''l!en) follow 45 rules concerning the elections, formation of the police, the courtl:; andl Hlie levying and collection of taxes.) Given at (avite, 20th of June, 1898. EMILIO AGTUINALDO. No. 3. ION EMILIO AGUINALDO Y FAiIY, President of the Revolutionary Government of the Philippines, and General in Chief of Its Army. Tllis government desiring to demonstrate to the Philippine people that one of its:ends is to conllbat with a firm hand. the inveterate vices of the Spanish administration, substitutiln for personal luxury and that pompous ostentation which have made it a mere.matter of routine, cumbrous and slow in its movements, another adilinistration more modest, simple and prompt in performing the public service: I decree as follows: CHAPTER I. OF THE REVOLUTIONARY GOVERNMENT. Article I. The dictatorial governmelnt will be entitled hereafter the revolutionary government, whose object is to struggle for the independence of the Phil PROCLAMATIONS OF GENEIRAI AGlUINALDO. 78 ilpines until all nations, including the Spanish, shall expressly recognize it, and to prel)(1a the co(un1try so tlhat a true replublic may be established. Tlie dictator will be entitled hereafter President of the Revolutionary (overnent. Article I. FIour secretlarysllips of goverlnment are created; one of foreignl affalirs, nlavy aini( conmllerce; iianother of wvar and ptb)lic workls; another of police and internal orlder, justice, edtucation and hygiene; and another of finance, agriculture, anIId man I ufacti rn g indtust ry. ThIle goverlinenlt mllay increase this nulmber of secretaryships, whlen it shall find inl prlactice that tlis diistribltion is not suflicient for the multiplied and eomplicaited i:iecessities of time )public service. Artiicle Ill. l]Iahcl secretar'yslipl sllall aid thie I'resident in the adlinistration of Lquestioiis collCCieii i 11t le (ilelrentlt Ilranclles wiicli it coilllrises. At tflie liead of ci eal one shall )e a secretary who slhall tnot b)e responsible tofo tle decrees (f til e Presidency, but shall signl them witlh the ]Presit(ent, to give theil authorit:y. lltf if it sliall appear that the decree has been proinulgatted on the proposition of the secretary of tlhe department, the latter slall be responsible conjointly with the President. Article 1V. The secretaryship of foreign affairs will be divided into three bureaus, one of diplomacy, another of navy and anotler of commerce. Tlhe first bureaut will study an(d dispose of all questiolls pertaining to the management of diplonlatic negotiations witl other powers and tlie correspondence of this government with them. The second will study all questions relating to the formation and organization of our navy and the fitting out of such lexpeditions as the necessities of tle revolution may require; and the third will have clharge of everything relating to internal and external commerce, and the prelimrinary work which may be necessary for mlaking treaties of colmmerce with other nations. Article V. The secretaryship of war will be divided into two bureaus; one of war, properly speaking, and the other of public works. The first bureau will be subdivided into four sections: One of campaigns, another of military justice, another of military administration, and another of mtilitary health. lThle section of campaigns will have charge of the appointment and formation of the certificates of enlistment and service of all who serve in the revolutionalry militia; of thle direction of campaigns; the preparation of plans, worlks of fortification, and preparing reports of battles; of the study of military tactics for the 74 PROCLAMATIONS OF GENERAL AGUINALDO. army and the organization of the general staff, artillery and cavalry; and finally, of the determination of all other questions concerning the business of campaigns and military operations. The section of military justice will have charge of everything relating to courts of war and military tribunals; the appointment of judges and counsel and the determinlation of all questions of military justice; the section of military administration will be charged with the furnishing of food and other supplies necessary for the use of the army; and the section of military health will have charge of everything relating to the hygiene and healthfulness of the militia. Article VI. The other secretaryships will be divided into such bureaus as their branles imay require and each bureau will be subdivided into sections according to tlhe nature and implortance of tle work it has to do. Article VII. The secretary will inspect and supervise all the work of his seeretariyship and will determine all questions with the President of the government. At thle head of each bureau will be a director and in each section a officer provided wiith suctl I humJ1ber of assistants- as may be specified. Article VIII. 'lhe Presi(dent will ap)oint the secretaries of his ownV free choice and in concert witll them will lapp)oint all the subordinate officials of each secretaryshi). In otrder tliat in thle choice of persons it miay be possible to:avoid favoritism, it lmust bhe fully understood' that the good na1me of thle countrylt ant( tlh triumlph of the revolutio.l require the services of persons truly cal)able. Article IX. lThe secretaries may be present at the revolutionaryl congress in orderl tlha tllh\ey may make any -nmotion in the name of the Presidlent or mav be ib - terpolate(d publicly 1by any one of tlie representatives; but when the question which is the lbje(ct of thle mlotion shall be lut to vote or after the interpolation is ended they sliall leave and s ohall not take part in the vote. A.\ticle X. e. l President of tlie government is the personification of the I'lilippinte tpeotle, and in accordance with this idea it shall not be possible to hold him responlsible \wlile he fills the office. Iis terll (, olfice shall last until tle revolution triumphs, unless, under extllourdilary c ilrcunsllincess, hle shallT feel obliged to ofler his resignation to congress, in which cace congress will elect whomsoever it considers most fit. PROCLAMATIONS OF GENERAL AGUTINALDO. CAIPTER II. OF TIlE REVOLUTIONARY CONGRESS. Article XI. The Revolutionary Congress is the body of representatives of the Provinces of tile Philippine Archipelago elected in the manner prescribed in the decrees of the 18tlh, present month. Nevertheless, if any Province shall not be able as yet to elect representatives because the greater part of its towns shall ha]ive not yet succeeded( inl lillerating' tlhemselves from Spaniish domination, the government shall have power to a)ppoint' as provisional representatives for this Province those persons who are most distinguished for high eharacter and social position, in such numbers as are prescribed by the above named decree, provided always that they are natives of the Province which they represent or have resi(ded thlerein for a long time. Article XII. The representatives having met in the town lwichl is the seat of tle revolutionary government, and in the building which may be desigfnated, will pro'ceed to its preliminary labors, designating by plurality of votes a commission comlposed of five individ(uals charged with examining documents accrediting eachl representative, and anotlier commission, composed of tlhree individuals, -who will examine the documents whliich the five of the former commission exhibit. Article XIII. On thle following day the above named representatives will meet again and the two commissions will read their respective reports concerning the legality of the said (documents, deciding by an absolute majority of votes on the character of those whlich appear doubtful. Thlis business completed, it will proceed to designate, also by absolute nmaj,,ity, a President, a Vice President, and two secretaries, who shall be chosen from1 am1ong the representatives, whereupon the congress slall be considered organized, and shall notify thle government of the result of the election. Article XIV. The place where congress deliberates is sacred and inviolable, and )o armed force shall enter therein unless tle President thereof slia1ll ask therefor in order to establish internal order disturbed by those who can neither honor themselves nor its august functions. Article XV. The powers of congress are: To watch over the general interest of tlie Philippine people, and tle carrying out of the revolutionlary laws; to discuss and vote upon said laws; to discuss and approve prior to tleir ratification treaties andi loans; to examine and alpprove\ thle accounts presented annually by the secretary of finance, as well as extraordinarl and otle:r taxes wlich] may hereafter be ir — posed. 76 PROCLAIMATIONS OF GENERAL AGUINALDO. Article XVI. Congress shall also be consulted in all grave and important questions, the determination of which admits of delay or adjournment; but the President of the governmene t slall have power to decide questions of urgent character, but in that case lie slhall give account by message to said body of the decision which he has adopted. Article XVII. Every representative shall have power to present to congress any project of a law, and every secretary on the order of the President of the goviernmenit 1shall have simnilar power. Article XVIII. The sessions of congress shall he public, and only in cases which require reserve slhall it have power to hold a secret session. Article XIX. In the order of its deliberations, as well as in the internal gov. ernment of the ody t ilie instructions which shaill be forlmulated by the congress itself slhall l)e ol)selrv(e. The i resident sliall direct the deliberations and shall not vote except in case of a tie, lwhen lie slhall have the casting vote. Arti ce XX. Tlle President of tile government shall not have power to interrulpt in any m1:laner thle nmeeting of congress, nor embarrass its sessions. Article XXI. Tlle congress shall designate a plerlanent co1mmission of justice which shall be )prcsided over by tlie auxillilary vice president or eacll of the secretaries, and sl1all lie comlposed of those )persons and seven members elected by plurality of votes from amon:g t1ie rlepresentatives. Tllis comm{:llissionl slall judge on appeal the criminal cases tried by the Provincia;l,coill-ts; al(l slhall take cognllizance of andl lave oriTinal jurisdiction in all cases aglainst tl( secretaries of ilhe gove'rment, teli chiefs of Provinces and towns, and the ProviIcia}l judge,' Article XX! I. In tlhe office of the secretary of congress shall be kept a book of )honor, wherein shiall be recorded special services rendered to the country, and consilldered as -sutlch I said body. Every Phlilippino, whether in the military or civil service, ia p)etition conllress for notation in said book, presenting duly accredited documentl s describilig the service rendered by him- on belhalf of the coluntry, since tlhe i)eg'i lin n of tHe p)resent revolution. For extraordinary services, wlhich may be rendered flereaftcrl. tlie government will propose said notation accompanying the proposail xwitl tie Iluceslar do(cumlents justifying it. Article XX III. Tlie congress will also grant, on the proposal of the government rewards in money, whichl can be given only once to the families of those who were;ictims of their dutty and patriotism, a result of extraordinary acts of heroism. Article XXIV. The acts of congress shall not take effect until the President of the government orders their fulfillment and execution. Whenever the said PROCLAMATIONS OF1 GENERAL AGUINALI)O. 77 4r President shall be of tile opinion that any act is unsuitable or agailnst public policy, or pernicious, Ihe shiall explain to congrless tile reasons against its execution, and if the latter sliall insist on its passage the President shall have power to oppose his veto under his most rigid responsibility. CHAPTER III. OF MILITARY COUIRTS AND JUSTICE. Article XXV. When the chiefs of military detachments have notice that any soldier has committed or las perpletrated any act of those commonly considered as military crimes, he sliall bring it to the knowledge of the commandant of the Zone, who shall appoint a judge and a secretary, who shall begin suit,in the forli prescribed in the instructions dated the 20th of the presenlt monthl. If the accused shall be of the grade of lieuitenant or higher, the said coummandant shall himself be hile judgle, and if tlie latter shall be the accused, tle senior commlandant of the PI'rovince slhall name as jllude an officer who holds a higliNe grade, unless the: ille sel(ior ( commandalnt slall himself have brounlht thle suit. Tlhe jdge sliall always belo]ng to tile class of chiefs. Article XXVI. On the conclusion of the preliminary hearing, the senior cointiaa!anlt sliall designate three officers of equal or higher rank to tile judge and tlie Imilitl'ar court shall consist of the said officers, thle judge, tlie councilor and the P'l(-idnllt. Tl'e latter shall be the commandant of the Zone, if tlie accused be of tlie glladle of sergeant or less, and the senior colmman(dant if lie be of tle gradle of liel'et'aunlt or highler. This court shall conduct tile trial il the folrm clst(oina i ll tlle 'ivillncial courts, lbut the judgrent shall be alpeallable to tlhe hiloger collrts f war. Arti(cle XXVII. The superior court shiall be conlposed of six meil1ers, who1 sih11ll hlold rankl not less than brigadier generals, and the judge advocate. If tle num)('' o ge'ierals present in the capitol of the revolutionary governmlent slall tinot ibe saiici.ient thle deficiency shall be supplied by representatives designated and colnmiis-iocid by congress. Tlle president of the court slall be the general having the hlighest rank of all, andl should tlhere be more than one having equal rank, the president sliall be elected from among them by absolute majority of votes. Article XXVIII. The superior court shall have jurisdiction in all cases af'ec(ting thle higher commandants, the commandants of Zones and all officers of the ralnk of major or higher. Article XXIX. Commit Military Crimes: 1st. Those who fail to grant tl.e 78 PROCLAMATIONS OF GI'NEIiAL AGUINALDO. necessary protectioln to foreigners, both in thieilr ersons and property, and those Awlo similarly fail to afford protection to hospitals and ambulances, including persons and effects which may be found in possession of one or the other, and those enigaged in the service of the same, provided always they commit no hostile act. 2d. T'ihose who fail in the respect ldue to the lives, money and jewels of enemies \whlo lay (Iowni their arms, anid of prisoners of war. 3d. 3 Filipinos who place themselves in the service of tlhe (ellnem actiing as slpies or disclosing to them secrets of war and tlie plans of revolutionary positions and fortifications, and those who present themselves ln(ler a flag, of truce witllout justifying properly their office and their personality; an(d ltl, those who fail to recognize a flag of truce duly accredited in the forms prescribed by internationall law. W\ill (Commit also Military Crimes: 1st. Those who conspire against the unlity of thle revolutti)onists, provolhing rivalry between chiefs and forminog divisions and aIred blalds. 2(1. T'ose who solicit contributions without authority of the t-overnell nt a nd(1 Iisap'ro1)riate the llpublic funds. 3d. Those -who desert to the enemy, or are guilty of cowar(dice in tlhe presence of the enemy, being armle(; and, 4th, tlhose who seize the poplerity of any person who ias done no wrong to the revolution, violate woumen andl assassinate or inflict serious wounds on unarmed persons and commit rolbberies or arson. Article XXX. Those who commit the crimes enumerated will be consi(dered as declared enremies of tlle revolution, anld will ilncur the penalties prescriled in the Spanishl penal code(, (and in tle iiglhest oralde. If tlhe crime sha1ll not be found in tlhe said code, tlhe offender shall be ilmpri)soned until tlhe revolution triuimphlss unless tlce result of this slall be an irreparable dalmage, whlich in tlhe judgmtlent of the tribunal shall be a sufficient cause for inlmposing the penalty of death. ADDITIONAL CLAUSES. Tlhe governmen[t will establish abroad a revolutionary committee, composed of a numler not yet determined of persons most competent in tlie Philippine Archipelago. T'lis conmllittee will be divided into three delegations; one of diplomacy, anotlher of tle navy a11d 1another of time armny. The d(lelegation of diplomacy will manage and conduct negotiations with foreign cabilets \witli a view to the recognition of the belligerency and independence of the I'Phili ilpi nes. Tm1e ldclcg'ation of the navy will be charged wvith studying and organizing tlle Ph'ilippine )navy aind preparing the expenditures which the necessities of the revolutijon may require. PROCLAAMATFIONS 012 G-ENE`RAL AG 1I NALDO. T11e delegal tioni of tHie army will sitm1y milita'ry tacties and thec best form of oiganizaqtion for the general staff(, artillery and engineers anil whiatev~er else imay be necessary in order to fit out the Philippine Army under the conditions reqnime1 lby inoderni prog-ress. Article XXXII. The gYovernment will issue the necessary instrulctions,~ for, the proper exeention of the present decree. Article XXXIII. All (lecrees of the dictatorial gYovernment in eomiflict with the foregoing are hiereby annulled. (liven at Cavite, the 23d of Jnne, 1-898. EMILIG AGUtINAEI)0. LN7STPI? TCTIONS. IDcsiring to bring about a proper execution of- fhe decree ilated tHie 23.d of tlme presellt. mionthi, and to provide, that the administrative m-iea(,sures shall iiot resuilt hiereafter in the paralysis of public business, but thiat, on th~e conivo('ry, it shaIll constitute, the best guarantee of the regyularity, lpromlptitlldl 811(1 fitntess in the transaction of 'public business, I give the following instructions, and dlecree: (Then follow ten rules concerning the details of installing the governmnent.) Cavite, the 27th of June, 1898. EMILIO AGW UINTALI)0. MESSAGE OF THlE PRESIDENT OF THlE PHIILIPPINE REVOLTTIONY. If it, is true as it is true, that political revolutions proper'ly undlerstood], arc thie vi-10 lent mjeans whlich people employ to recover thesoecigntv whichi natt r.afllyv luist them, usurped and trnunpled upon by a tyrannical. 011(1 arbitrary governmentCW 110 revolution can be inure righteous than thiat of the Philippinies, beeauise thie 1)c(Il(e hfave head recourse to it after havingT exhausted all the pacific meanis \vhieli reasoni 811(1 experience could stigest. The ancient Kings 'of Castile felt, obliged to considers fhe Philippinies, as a, brothier people, united to the Spanish in a perfect participation of aimsti and interests, so munch el so that whien the Constitution of 1812 wvas promiulgatedl, at Cadliz, on1 a(,count of the War of Spanish Independence, these islands were r~epresenited in tile Spanish Cortez; but the interests of the Monastic (corporations whichi have ii wvl~y fcllnid -unconditional suipport ill the Spanish G overnmcnt, overcame this sacredl dtim y 011(1 the Philippinies renmalncel excluded froum the Spanish C],onstituition, aIo)( the ipeople at the mercy of the discretionary or arbitrary powers of the Governor-Gewneral. In this condition the people claimed justice, begged of the m-etr-opolis tle recog-0 ( nit-ion and restitution of their secular rights lIy means of reforms wh-fich,should 1"ROCLAMATI1ON S OF GENERIA L AGUI1NALDO. assimilate in a grradlual and progressive manner, the Philippines to the Spaniards; but their voice was quickly throttled and their sons received as the reward of their selfdenial, deportation, mnartyrdom and death. T1he rel igious coprtos with whose inlterests, always opposed to those of the Philippine people, the Spanish Governmient has heen identified., scft~ed at thecse pretensionis and answered with the knowledge of that G overnnment that Spanish liherties heave, east hlood. Whiat other recourse then r-emained to the people for initi-gas in duty hound On rega~~ining its formler righlts? NTo a~lterna'tive remained except force and, eonvineed of that, it has hiad recourse to r-evolutiio-n. And now it IS n1ot lim1ited to ask-ing assimilation to the Spanish Political Constituti~on, hut it assa dlefinite separatlon fromt it; it str~uggles for its independence in the firmen helief that ithe1 timew hlas arrived in which it can and ought to govern itself. TI'lcrc has lbeen est ahiis-hedl a lRevol utionary Government.,under wise and jnst laws, suite to the ahnorinal ci rcninstanies tlirongdi wAhich it, is. passing, and which~ inl Prpely tnnle, will i)1'ep'Ir( it, for a t brue Repuhl ic. Thus taking~ as a sole model for its a-cts, reason, for its Sole end, justiUce,, and, for its sole means, honorahle labor. it cal Is ll Philippinos its sons withiout dI istinction of class, and ivtsthem to uniite firmdv w it I the ohject of formiing a nohle society, not hosed upon hlood nor poindpowtit~Jles, huti upon the work and personal mnerit of each one; a free society, whi~ere exist niteg cotisin nor nersonal politics whieh an-nihilate and cruish, nejither envy nor falvoritisml wh iehl dehase,' neither fanfaroniade nor charlatanism whiclh are ri(lictnlolus. -And( it (0111(1 not he otherwise. A people wihich has given p)roofs of sutlering (and valor in trihuilation anil in. danger,. and of h~ard wvork, and study in pe~ace, is not desfile~' o I(, ~ler-1tils pople is called to he grato he one of the strongest armis of Pr~ovidence fin ritling- the (lestinies of mankind;, this people has, resonrces and energy siithfeienlt to l1ibertate itself fromt the rulin ami extinction into wvhich the (-paurish Govermnment. has pilunged it,,and to claim a modest hut worthy place in the concert of free nations. Given at Cavite the 23d of Jane, 1898. EMILTO A(ITTINALDO. TO FOREIGN GOVERNMNA,'1_XTS. The 'Revolutionary Government of the Philippines, on its establishment, explained, throuigh the miessage dated the 23d of June last, the trule causes of the Philippine Revoluition, shoxvingn aeeording to the evidence, that this popular m-ovement 1'1 R0LAA\I ONS OF ( EN EAItL AGU INALD)O. 81 is the result of the laws \vwhichl i regllate the life of a people which aspires to progress and to perfection by the sole road of liberty. The said Revolution now rules in thle Provinces of Cavite, Batangas, Mindoro, Tayabas, LagLuna, lorong, l-ulacan, lBataan, Pampanga, Neuva-Eeija, Tarlac, Panaalsillnl, '1nion, Infanta, and Zaml)ales, and it holds besieged the capital of Manila. In these Provinces conpl)ete order and perfect tranquility reign, administered by tlie autlhorities elected by the Provinces in accordance with the organic decrees date( tlhe 1i8th and 23d of June last. Th'e Revolution holds, moreover, about 9,000 prisoners of war, who are treated in acc(ordance with the customs of war between civilized nations and humliane senltiienit, and at tile end of the war it has more than 30,000 combatants organized in thle forml of a rejgular army. In th]is situation the chiefs of tie towns colmprised in tlie above mentioned Provincs, il:terplretinl thle sentiiments whichl alimlate those who have elected tlhelm, hlave lroclaimed tlie Independence of tlhe I'Plilippines, petitioning the lRevolutiona;ll (Govc(lInnlelnt tllat will entrelat andll obtain fromi foreign (Governments recognition )f its gbelligerency and its independence, in the firm belief that thle Plilippine peopl ];ha-ve already arrived at tlhat state in which they can and oughlt t-o govern themselves. Tllis is set forth in thle accompanyling docum-ents, subscriedl )by tlie alove nam ined chiefs. Wherefore, the undersiogned, by virtue of the powers whilchi })elong to limi as 1President of the Revolutionlary Governiment of tle P'hilipp)l)iles anl1 il tlCe name anld re0pre sentatlion of the Phlilil)line pe()ople, asks the sutpport of all tlhe powers of tlei civilized world, and earnestly entreats tiei r to )rlocee(l to tlie fo(rmal recoglnition (l the belligerency of the Revoluti(on alid tlie Inll(dependelnc te o l iliplines; sin'ce they are the melans (lesoniatedl b) Providen i(c to maintain l time e( ilbriuml leotween peoples, sustaining l he weak anld restrainin tile strong, to tleI end tlait i)s lhese m11eans shiall shilne forth and be realized tlhe most compi)le ( justice ill the dciilinite progress of humanity. Gliven at Bacoor, in thle Provine of Cavite, the 6th (lay of August, 1898. Tlhe President of the Revolutionary Government, EMILIO AGUIINALDO. STATEMENT. The undersigned chiefs of towns comprising the Provinces hereinafter named, elected as such in tile manner prescribed by the decree of the 18t}h and the instruc 82 PROCLAMATIONS OF GINERAL A{(UINALDI)O. tions dated tle 20th of June last, after liaving been confirmed in their respective offices by tle President of the Government and hlaving- taken the prescriled oath before lilm, lave met in full assembly previously called for that purpose for tlle purpose of discussing the solemn proclamation of Philippine independence. The disculssion took place with the prudence and at the lengthl whlieh so important a question ldemands and, after suitable deliberation, the following declarations were unanimiously adlopted: Th1e IP)lilippine Revolution records on tlhe one hand lrilliant feats of arms, realized with singular couragce by an improvised army almalost without arms, and on ithe ottherI the no less notable fact thlat the people, after the comblat, have not entered II)pon ('.eat excesses nor pursued tlhe enemy further; but 1ave treated him, on the coallir;ar, w ith] gellerositv and humanity, returning at once to their ordinary and trainquil life. St (lh dee(ls dellmonistrate, ill an1 inldisputable manner, that tile Philippine people wa; not (created, as all believed(, for tlhe sole purpose of draggino tlie llains of servitude, lbut iat it i1as a plerfect idea of order and justice, shulns a savage life, and loves a civi lized l i fe. lit t wlhat is nmost surprising in tilis people is tlhat it goes on giving prollofs tllh;t it knows ]how to frame laws, commensu)-l rate wit the p rogress of the al'e, to (rc-leci theml l a-nd obley thlem, (demonstratlingl that its national customs are not freplugnant to illis l)ro)''(es'; thla it is not anmlitiiols for power nor lionors nor ric Ihe aside flrom, tihe rational mniid juzst: aspirations for a free and independent life, an 1d ill lpired hvy the Imol lofty idea of )patriotisil an1d 1nt)ional liOn or; and tt i ta e il t service of tIlis idea aind for tile realization of that aspirati()ll it lhas not hesitated in the sacrifice of life a11(1 for:t' uie. 1Tl1ese; ad(lnirlable-and more th tian atlmiralle, tllese wonderfu (leeds necessarily enl'e((leri tIlie imo)st firnh and ineradicable convictions of the iccessitv of leavino- tlle I'lhiliplinels free an:ld indepennde-t, not only )beca (se tj hey des erve it, blut beeause tlhev 'ire 1p'repared to defend, to tlle death, tlleir futli e a(idm their listoiy. Fliliplinos iie fIully onvilced tlhat if imidivi(luals have need of lnaterial, moral and( intel h:eel;ial Iperfecticionl il order to contribtie to tho e welfa re of tlleir fellovlow. pelopils I'reirte to have fullless of life; t(hey ieed lil)erty and independence in order to cotntriblute to tlie iundefinite progress of anltkind. -It lias struggled and will struggle, withl decision and constancy, without ever iturning bad) or retrograding before tlhe obstacles lwhiche may arise in its path, and with iunshakable faith that it will obtain justice and] fuili]l t:le la-ws of Providence. And lneilller w ill it be ttiurlned asi( e froml tle course it has hitherto followed b PROCLAMATI(ONS 01)F (G EN IRAL A(;IINALD)O. 83 the unjustifiable imprisonlment, tortures, assassinaitions, and the other vandal acts (:ollllmitted by the Spaiards against the persons of peacfu i efl ad defnseless ilipi nos. The Spaniards believe themselves released from every legal obligation to,\ard the Filipinos for the sole reason that the belligerency of the Revolution hlas not been recognized, taking no account of the fact that overi and above evelr law, whetlier written or prescriptive, are placed with imlprescriptible characters, eliltitre, national honor and Ihumilanit. No; the liIlpin os have no laeed ever to maklte use of reprisals because they seek indepedendnce witl cIeltntIlre, lil)erty w ithl unconditional res'pect for the law, as tle organ of justice, and a a(111me purified in thle crucile of Iullnan senltimlents. In virtue of the foregoilng considerations the undersigrned, giving voic(e to tle unlanimnouss asl)iratill of tie people whom tley represent, an(d perfo()rmin tlle offices received from them and the duties pertailning to tlie powers witl which thley arce invested, Proclai:lm sol(mllyl inl the face of tle wliole world the Indepllendece of tlie Philippines; Reco(nize and lrespect Senor Don Emilio Aguinaldo y Fltamy as Presidelit of tlhe RIevolunitiolnary (overnInent, organize(l in tlie manner prescribed by decree of tili ' 1l( and instre ctiols of thle 27th of June last, and beg' the said President that lie will;ask alnld ol)tai)ii fr(:)om foreign' (Governiminents t lie recognition of its belligerelcv aod iltepl(endence,:not. oinll because this act constitutes a (lduty of justice, but also )eciiai-e to., (n oiie is it l)ermiitted to contravene natural lawxs nor stitle tile legitimate s(-!il'ltion of a peoiple for its amelioration antd dignificatioli. (Civen in the I'rovince of Cavite thle 1st day of Auigust, of tile year of our Lord 18)98 andl the first year of Philippine indtependencce. Follow the signatures of tlie local Presidents of tile Prioviices of Cavite andi manl t I Iers. The undersigned, Secretary of the Interior, certifies, Tliat the present documienlt is a literal copy of thel original, whichl is deposited int tlie Secretarylship nder lhis Ihlarge; in proof of which he signs it, withl the approval of tlie 'residenlt of the Revoiitionary Government in Bacoor, the Gth day of Augtlst, 1898. El P'lreldente del C. R., M'1 II 0() A( r I NAAL DO. El Secrctlano) del I1 terio(1r, 1LI';ANDR() IBA I\A. 84 8'PROCLAMATIO(NS OF GENERAL \ 11 NI\ IN)O. LETTER FROM SENOR AGUINALDO TO GIGENERIAL ANDI)ER:SON. July 2.3(1 1898. To Brigadier-General T. M. Anderson, U. S. A., etc., etc., (Calite. n111 answer it t he let.ter of your Excellency (date t:cd le 21 ld of tlle presenlt l ontltll, I 1have 1 Ite oit oor to lmaniffest to yol the followilng: Tla!t (ev(en sll)uposing oi tat t: le e(ffects existinl ' il tI I)e sto0rellots t of l)oI A itolio Osori 0 Wer i e stil jI elt to capture. w e 11(l I establ is) ed1 l1ys(lf i l t:l e plaza 1 (tow)) t,f Cavite, Admiiial 11 )Iwv autlthoizted te o (ldis)pose) of e)vertlhiln [at 1 m t igilt (iuld in tI ti ll ame ile lui dill t( a1 whiehll t1e S iishi ls f i t ll ars<Ie al. II a I. t lIt s i( h wa( s awtarse I lhat said leit:cts he)longed to tlie l:persolal ilro:)lriy (,ownersilp) ot a i,'lipino, vwho l( trlded with them iy v vitu of a n. (fcoributo1 1)1 t io 1 lt SIpt i s1 (G io vei1iet. 1. irwould not hlave: tIIoulheld 11lf111: 1l had not t1e 1( 1onerlall I)It(ced t t 01e a1 t V() dis lpositi)e toL tle pturposs of (it wah0. I (a11e1(2 fronlt llug Koig to p)lrr(evelt lIly (ol iotitlmenll 1011om mallkilg (oltollnY (cautei wiith tlhe Spalis ai ga t tIt e111t Nort-l Ame 1rica('(s, (ltgin, ll efo r, Iv wld to Ad -:liiral 1)(ewe to n(ott give p)lace( 1i( (t() allow) any it(ernall (is ()orl hIec(ause (bCeing) a jutldge of thlei deslires I 1lad tht) stroig, (co lNictio thlat I w(oIitld s11 cee( i l )(otlt )ob)jects; establishinig a(1 gOVx(r1 liln t 1 (11 (:1()1(di I, i t(o t(heir de(1sires. T.imus it is i:that at tle IIeginit g I p)roclaim1(ed. thle (li(cttol1rs1i, a. 11a(- t(rwards. when1 somre of the Provinces atl1d allreadl lit)heraIted tlheiselves from Sp1 (lo1ih ation, I establisled( a re volutitr101111 ' overm e 11it th at to-day exists, iX ivin it a (1ea()cratic (and })o)pular c}haraete:r, (as far las the 1 t)1normal (i:ulemst l1ances of war -) llitted. in ordler t hat they (tlie Provinces) ighllt b)e justly reIp)es1ent(d and aIlinistered( to their satisfactioln. It is t rue tlhat IlyV government lias no li leen acknowledge(d by any of the foreiglJl powers; but we ex)(ect that the great Northl Ainericaii 1nation, l1which struggled first for its illdependence and afterwards forl thlie abolitionl of slavery, and is now actuall struggling for thle te ind e)endee of Cuba, Xwould look tupon it with greater benevolence than any ot1her natio. Because of this we lhave (always acknowledged the right of preference as to our gratitude. I)ebtor to the generosity of the North Aulericans, and to the favors which wA\ have received thl[ro(glh Admiral Dewey, and being more desirous than any other ol' preventing any conflict which would ilave as a result foreign intervention whiclt must be extremely prejudicial not alone to niv nation, but also to that of Your Excellency, I consider it nmy duty to advise yout of thte undesirability of disentbarking North Amnerican troops in the places conquered by the Filipinos from tIhe PROCLAMAT'IONS OF GENE RAL AGUINALDO. 85 Spanislh, without previous notice to this government, because as no formal agreement yet exists between the two nations, tlle PI'ilippine people nlight consider tih eeccupation of its territories by Northl Aimelrican troops as a violation of its ri-hllts. I comprellend that wit hout tile destruction of the Span)isll squadron the Phlilitlpine revolution would not have advanced so ra}pidlly; ecause of tlls I take t:lh libeirty of indicatiln to Your Excellency the necessities that before disemblarlling troops vyo should colmnlunicate int writin g to this (overllienlt tfie places tlhat -are to l)e occllied, and. also thle I)ojecct of the occul)ation, tlhat the people 1may be advised in due foirm and (thus) prevent tile coiimmissioi of any tl ansgre.sion agailnst fl iendship. I c((a answer for my people, because they h1ave givell e evident N preoofs of their absolunte confidence inl mly gOovernlenl t, l)but I cannot auswer for that whlicll another nation, whose friendlship is not well guaranteed, nmight inspire in it (the (people) and it is certain that I do t}lis not as a lmeace, I)bt as. ai furthiler proof of tile ttice andl silcere frienldslhi which I lhave always lprofessed totlhe Nortllh Al'imercn people ili tihe complete security that it will find itself completely idenitilied witlh our cause of liberty. I ami, with respect, You,' (,dielt serv;aiit, EMII, I AG U IN'AL 1)0 CHAPTEI VII. INTERVIEW WITH THE ARCHBISHOP OF MANILA. Insurgents' Deadly Hostility to Spanisl Priests —The Position of the Archbishop as Ile 1)efined It-His Expression of Gratitude to the American Army-His C(Iharae-terization of the Insurgents-A Work of Philippine Art-The Sinceritly of the Archbishop's Good Words. 'Tie intense feeling by the P:iilippine insurgents against the Spanish priests made it seem very desirable to see tlhe Archbislop of Manila, and he informed two Alerican priests that he would hlave pleasure in making an expression of his views to mle io b)e placed blefore tlhe people of the United States. Hte 11ad been charged witll ext relne vindictiveness and the responsibility of demanding that tte cityshould be defentlded io tlie last extreitv, when actually, in the consultation of dignitaries that l)oo(.1; place, all tihe surrlender of the capital wvas demanded by Generall Mlerritt and Admiilral DeweNy, le de(lared tilhe sit.uation hlopeless and that it was a plain duty to preven tile t sac.rifice oft life. llie was( overrulled by the peculiar folly tlhat lias caused Spaini ini thlie course (o ti he war to inflict lheavy and avoidable losses upon herself. IImeld,lt. l(e w(lar' o:irilnlted: il the Sp)anlisl state of mind that it xwas neeessa,'vr to open filre ald silhed 1)1(o (1 tl(h' I)ino(r of thle a1'rmis of Sp-ain. The Spanisli ofieers lknew fhcv-t )( ( 1o1( not s<ave Man-1ilal fronl thle hands of tle Ainericanis while the comiandl of I le sea y )i our fleet was i (1 ispu )table and ie 1had unliinited reserves to draw upon to slltreln(Ihen t t land fc es, irrespectivs of te f tl wa rms of insurgents pressilng in the rear 11and i,,eager to tlak( vengIlea(tice for cintIries of inisianageemen t and countless personal grii ac eii(CS. It was t1ie alc 1now\ledmen l of tie Spanisli (Captain-G'eneral, when ie rec(iivod (ie plIremn tolrv sammll(i))aons flrom MlA:erlritt and l)ewey to give up the city, that llere w\as no place of refuge fo(r tlie wonlen and children, tlhe sict and the wounded: an(l yet it was i nsisted ti:)a:i it lie 11hono of Sp1ain required bloodshled-not much, perhlps. 1)ut enoughl l prove iat tole army of Spain was warlike. When the American arm1)v ladt )(een reintorce(l so as o have 8,000() men ready to take the tield, General MAeririit ad Adini ral )Dewevy had a conference and agreed to send the Spaniards in iitliority a formal notification tilat in forty-eight hours they would bombard and( asailI tlIe (defenses of tile city of Maliila if it were not surrendered. The Spanisli rl)ly was( thlat thle Aniericans could commnence operations at once, )but there was no{ place w]here the women and children, thle wounded and the sick could go to find a 86 INTERVIEW WITH THE ARCHBlISHOP1 OF MANILA. 87 place of security. This was tantamount to a declaration that the Spaniards were sliding into a surrender, but wanted to make a claim to the contrary. The residence of the Archbishop is within the walled city and a very substantial edifice, the stone work confined to the lower story and hardwood timber freely used in massive form instead of stone. Iis grace was seated at a small table in a broad hall, witll a lamp and writing material before him. lie is imposing as a n1mn o.f imnlportance and hiis greeting was cordial to kindliness. lie said his acknowl edginen ts were personally due the Americajn people for the peace of mind he had enjoyed during the occupation of the city by the army of the United States, for its establislhment of order and the justice in administration that relieved good citizens from op)pression and alarm. lie was glad to have Americans know hIis sensibility on this subject, and wanted me to convey his sentiments to the President. When asked what it was that caused the insurgents to be so ferocious against the priests and resolved on their expulsion or destruction ihe said the rebels were at once false, unjust and ungrateful. They had been lifted from savagery by Catholic teachers, who had not only been educators in the schools but teachers in the fields. The same Catholic Orders that were singled out for special punishment had planted in tle islands the very industries that were sources of prosperity, and the leaders of the ilrurgents had been largely educated by the very men whom now they persecuted. Some of the persecutors hlad been in Europe and became revolutionists in the sense of promoting; disorder as anarchists. It was the antagonism of the church to muriderous anarchy that aroused thle insurgents of the Philippines to become the deadly einemnies of priests and church orders. It was true in Spain, as in the Philippines,!iat the anarchists were particularly inflamed against the church. HIis grace didl Il(,t seem to have heard of tlhe American anarchist, but the European revolutionist haa received a large share of iis attention. IHe produced a box of cigars, also a bottle of sherry, and chatted colmfortably:and hulmorously. There was one thing then that hie had in his heart-that his anxiety for peace and appreciation of order as enjoyed under tihe American military governmIent should be recorded and responsibly reported to the people of tlhe United States. The American priests had informed him that I was a friend of long standing of President McKinley, and he igain enjoined that I should declare his sentimnents to the President. A beautiful work of wood carving was shown on an easel, whlicll had a frame of hard wood, the whole, easel and frame, with elaborately wrought. ornamentation, cut out of one tree. It was at once strong and graceful, simple and decorative. The picture was a gold medallion, raised on a plate of silver, an excellent likeness of his grace. It was evident that the refine 88 INTERVIEW WITH TlHE ARCHBISHOP OF MANILA. ments of art were known to "these barbarians of the Philippines," for their works testified. His grace announced that he would return my call, and his convenience being consulted, the time was fixed for him to appear at 11 o'clock the next day, Sunday, and he came accordingly, accompanied by three priests, the chaplain of the First California, Father Daugherty who sailed with General Merritt to Manila, and Father Bloyle, the superintendent of the famous observatory founded by the Jesuits, who was a typical Irishman of a strong and humorously hearty type. Father Boyle had one of the most perfect methods of speaking English in the Irish way that I have everI heard, an(d admitted that lie had resided in England long enough to be born there; and this was great fun. It is not too much to say that the institution he repre. sented is illustrious. Tle cathedral of Manila is within the walled city and of immense proportions. It wais shattered by an earthquake, and in its reconstruction wood rather than maiblll was ulse(l for tlie supporting pillars within, but no one would find out that the stately clusters of columns were not from the quarries rather than the forests, unless elsonally conlducted to the discovery. lere 2,000 Spanish soldiers, held under the artic:les of c(plittllati(o, were lquartered, consumlled their rations and slept, Inutchlling and dozing all around the altar and pervading the whole edifice. Tlhe other great churches, five in numlbeir in tle wallled city, were occupied in the same way. The Arlcbislop was anxious tc lave tlhe soldiers otherwise provided witli slhelter, and if not( all of themgl could be restored to their ordinary uses it was most desirable, in his opinionl, tlle cathedral should be. it is estliimated that 2,000 of the American soldiers in the expeditionary force are Catlolics, and Father Dauglherty was anxious to preach to them in English. During the call upon nme by the Archbishop this subject was discussed, and the suggestion mlade thalt thel Ameiiricans lihad tents in great number that they did not occupy and that would 1)rob)abl)y not be preserved by keleping them stored in that hot and trying clim;ate. Th'ey mlighlt be plitceled on tle Luneta, which is beside the sea, and the town t:lius relieved of 13,000 men, wlho, llerded in churches, produced unsanitary condiiionii. Tlis selem ed reasonable, and the policy of the change would have a tendency to dcvelop apin element of good-will not to be despised and rejected. It might be tliat tlle c.latlledral alone could be cleared without delay or prejudice with a pleasant effect, andl if so wiy not? His grace was certainly (iplomatic and persuasive in statinl the case, and lhis attendants were animated with zeal that the Americans Soiiuld hlave the credit of re-opening the cathedral for worship. It was true the Spanish garrison first occupied it, but if tlie necessity that its ample roof should INTIRlVI 1W WITHT TIlE AtRC(IllBSIOOP OF MANILA. protect soldiers from the torrential rains had existed perhaps it had ceased to be imperative. The matter was duly presented to the military authorities, and the objection found to immediate action that the Spanish prisoners of war should not for the time be located outside the walled city. They must be held where they could be handled. Coincident with the call of the Archbishop came Captain Coudert, of the distinguished family of that name in New York, and his grace was deeply interested in tlhat young man and warmly expressed his gratification in meeting an American officer of his own faith. The Archbishop is a man of a high order of capacity, and his influence has been great. His position is a trying one, for it would be quite impossible for him to remain in Manila if the insurgents should become the masters of the situation. The claim of hostile natives that the Spanish priests have an influence in matters of state that make them a ruling class is one that they urge when expressing their resolve that the Friars must go. The Spanish policy, especially in the municipal governments, has been to magnify the office of the priests in political functions. Tie proceedings of a meeting of the people in order to receive attention or to have legal stalnding must be certified by a priest. It is the Spanish priest that is wanted in matters of moment, and the laws lmake his presence indispensable. Tie Spanish priests are, therefore, identified in the public mind with all the details of misgovernment. Thle civilized Filipinos profess christianity and faith in the native priests, carefully asserting the distinction. In his conversation with me, General Aguinaldo repeatedly referred to the necessity of consulting his advisers, and said he had to be careful not to offend many of hlis followers, wlio thought ll head gone very far in his friendship for the United States. lie gave emphasis to the assertion that they were "suspicious" of him on that account. It was my judgment at first that the General, in stopping short when a question was difficult and referring to the Council he had to consult, was showing a capacity for finesse, that he really had the power to do or to undo, though he has not a personal appearance of possible leadership. Now this, even, has been modified. His Council seems to be the real center of power. When I was talking with Ag-inaldo there were two American priests waiting to propose the deportation of his prisoners who were priests, and he had to refer that question. The Council has decided to keep the priests in confinement, and it is remarked that the General desired to give up his prisoners and was false in saying he favored sending them to Spain. There are misapprehensions in this association. He has no doubt thought well of holding fast his most important hostages. If he personally desired to release the priests, he probably would not venture to do it. IIe is not so silly as to believe in his own 90 INTEINV WITH T1E ARCISHOP OF MANILA. inviolability by Ibullets, and digestion of p)oisons; and thlose who are such slavages as to confide in these superstitions are not unlikely to try experimients just to strengthen their faith. TFhe potentiality of Aguinaldo as a personage is not so great as has been irnari'ned, and if lie attempts a rally against the Amnericain flag lie will be found full of weakness. rhie Archbishop, I was told, had much pleasure in meeting an Amterican lie was assured would attempt to be entirely just, anid present him according to his own declarations to the people of the United States. iHe knew very wvell, unquest4ionably, the stories circulated in the Amierican canips, that his voice ha,1d, been lonidlel and last in urging- hopeless war, in telling impossible tales of visionary Spanish reinforcements, and denouincing the Amiericans as ("nigerI'S" and "pigs." It is a fact that Spani-ards have cultivated the notion amiong the rural Filipinos. that Amoericans; are black. mcii, and pigs is their favorite epithet for an Amierican. The radical enemies of His Grace arc, no doubt, responsible for unseiemly -tories about his animosties, for that lie and those around him were sincere in their respect for, and gratitude toward time American army of occupation, for its admirable bearing and good conduct, wvas in itself too obviously true to be doubted. CHAPTER VIII. WITY WE HOLD) TIIEJ PHILIPPINES. The Responsibility of Admiral Dewey-We Owe It to Ourselves to Hold the Philippines-Prosperity Assu red by Our Permanent Possession —The Aguinaldo Question-Chlaracter Study of the Insurgent Leader-How Affairs Would Adjust Tlhlemselves efor Us —Conigress Must Ble Trusted to Represent the Peol)le and Fir'mly lEstablish International Policy. If Admliral I)ewey, after obeving thle order of the President to destroy the Spanisli fleet at Manila, had steamed awray and souight a. station to get coal to drive him s(,mex]ere else, tlhere would hlave been no Philippine question on the other side of ille worldl froim Waslhilton City. t Adliral desired to keep open telegoraphic com!mmu nication, and made a proposition to that effect, but tile Spanish authorities curtly refused. Th en the cabie was cu(tt by order of the Admiral. a section removed, and bloti endls marked by buoys. Rellection caused the Spania-rds to regret that they lhad not consented to keel) open the cable, that it might be used under restric — tions by o(tlh belligerents. Tllhey mentioned their change of mind, and were told they wer e too late. The American Admiral may have been apprehensive, and he had reason to be, that the Spaniards, knowing tley would be cruslhed in the West Indies if they risked a decisive naval engagement there, might send all their available ships of war to tlle Phillipp)ies, and secure a superiority of force, possibly to destroy their enemies at Manila. It is clear now that this is what the Spaniards ouglt to have trie(l to (lo. Tlie Americans were commiitte(l to the blockade of (Cuba, occupying all the vessels of war they lhad at hand, and the whole fleet of Spain could have been in the Suez C(anal, on the way to Manila when the movemient was known to our navy department.. Then Admiral Dewey would, of course, have been warned by way of loll( Kl-ongl andl a dispatclh boat, that lle should put to sea and take care of lis men and shlips. The result might have been the temporary restoration of the Philippines to Spain. (Our Admiral, six hundred miles from Hongkong, the closest cable connection, could not afford to leave Manila in direct communication with Madrid. It was for this reason and not that he desired to keep out of way or orders, as sonme able publicists have kindly promulgated, that the Admiral cut the cable. The gravest of his responsibilities came upon him after lis victory freedl the harbor of declared enemies, and placed the great city at his mercy. If tile Spaniards 91 WHiY WE HOLD TilE PHILIPPINES. used their big Krupp guns against his ships, he could bombard the city and burn it. Ile held the keys to tile Philippines, with Manila under his guns, and the question before him then was the same before the country now. The question that incessantly presses is, whether the Iewey policy is to be confirmed, and the logic of the stay in tle harbor, and tile dispatch of troops to take the town made good. We hold tlhe keys of tlie Philippines. Shall we continue to do so? This question transcends in ilinmedliate importance-inevitable consequence-remote as well as near, all the war with Spain has raised. So broad a matter should not be rested on narrow grounds, nor decided with haste. It ought to be scrutinized in all its bearings, and all sl-.sceptibilities and material affairs regarded, for it will affect all the people for all time. \\hat are the Philippines? They are the richest prize of soil and climate that h11. 1h( alt halzard in the world for many years-one that would be seized, if it could lb d(,le witlhout war, by any of the great nations other than our own without hesitation. The only scruple we need entertain, the sole reason for deliberation, is bec.aucse it s a du ty of tile government to be sure when there are iipl)erial consideratii s to be \wcichlled, that the people should be consulted. It was on this account distiti, til, ttthle Pr'esident knew tlie issue of tle permanency of the possession of tlhe Pl'iiliplinles was (one of peculiar novelty and mlag'nitude, that he permiitted it to exi-t. Splaiii ust have been s s acquiescent in this as in yielding tlLe independcli oLf (ii) i, ~,and tlle concessioni to us without alny intermediate formaility of Porto tico. It is not inlcosistCentl witll tlhe policy of magnaniity that is generally anticipate d after t le victo:ry f (a grea t lpower over a lesser one, t ]at we should hold the iilJpines. \\e have only to keep the power we have in peace, and let it work as a w\lolesomIe lediciii, anlld all t] e islands of the groutp of wliicll MIanila is the celltral point, will be ours witlihoit conflict. 1n our sy;stelli there is healing for wounds, aiil attlraetioll for tlhe otppresse(l. T li olr(ing of tlie islands by Spain would signify t(i1e continuedl slheddilg of blood, 1and dralinage of tle vital resoi'cCS of thle l)pe(linsula. As agtaint Saii thle Pilip,)ines will be united and de)perate unto leatll, while thl( wotull withot coercion walk land in }land with us, (ln( become the 'reatest t of orll pndenlci es —not tat es, but territories. Iit would 1() h ll ai act aof liey Sai to Spii l i icr s oldiers and priests from tilie Pllililppines, homeo. E1venx if we (' cosei(lt tihalt slie nmay. keel) her South Sea possessi)on, shle will lose it a.s sle lias all il(ie rest for tlie story of tHle P'lmilipplines is tiat of Spanisl South aml (Cellt I Americal, and itle modern story of (Culba is tihe o(d ce of all col.intries South and West of tle (Gulf of Mexico and a round by way of the Oceians to Argenltina Mexico, Ven cezuela, Peru, Chlili, and the rest hadl tlie.saire bloody WHY WE HOLD THE PHILIPPINES.3 933 Btream of history to trace, and sooner or later the talc must all be told. Since Spain has already surrendered Cuba and Porto Rico, the record of thc Phlilppiucs is the last chapter of her colonial experiences, by which she has dazzlced and disgusted the world, attaining from the plunder of dependencies wealth th1at she invested in oppressive warfare to sustain a depraved despotism and display a grandeur thtat was tlfoun~ l ~sapping her own strength in colonial enterprises that could not be other than w-itliout profit, because the colonies were the property of the crown, and the prey of ciaste. Thre Spaiiishi nation was forbidden by their government, not of the people or for the people, to profit by the colonies, and the viceroyS, the c~ptain-gcnerals, and thle whole official class were corrupted, and inefficient in all things, except methods of tyranny to procure a lharvest of gold and silver not from the mines of the metals alone, but from) th1e in'Idustries, whatever they wvere. rThe people at large were allowed no share in their own earnings, beyond a subsistence so scanty that deep humiliation ani grievous hiardship were the fateful rewvards of labor. It was because tlie colonial policy of Spain imnpoverishied and degraded the Spaniards at hom1e, through the injustice, greed anid profligacy of those abroad, that the strue l nrc, once so great an imposition upon mankinrinid, a rotten fabric so gilt that the inherent wealkness was disguised, has finally fallen into universal and irretrievable ruin. It is wrcell Spain should retain the Canaries and the Balearic group, for they aire as Spaiiish as iilcl peninsllar province, and legitimately belong therefore to the kingdoiii. Thwe d~ 'aq)iicat ion of this principle excludes Spain from the Philippines, and tliei r deshine been committed by the failure of war to our hands. 'There is no nation thiat will. di(spute our peaceable posscssion of thle Ph)iliipines. Any other nation's proprictorslilp will be chiallenged. Our authoritative plresencie in the islands will he a guaiiiralntiee of peace. Ainy other ass~ertion of supremacy will b~e tlie signtal for wvar. Our assnuiptio of sovereig tyll over the islandns would quickly establish tranquility. Anly otlher disposition of the burning juestions now smoldlering will cause an outburs~t of the flamiies of wa-vrfare. The Spaniards in Manila have been transient. rTliey are not roo0ted in the soil. They all come and (o like Captain-Generals, a mere official. class, with the orders of the Church participating actively in secular concerns, more active a politicians than as teachers of religion. In the native potion it is as indispenisable that tlie, riests of Spain shall return to tlieir native land as thlat the soldijers should io. The deportation of these peop)le would remove elasscs of consumers -nd not affect unfavorably a productive inLnstry, or the i)1'osizeritS of a self-sustaining conununity, and there would be but rare instances of tie severance of faniily ties 94 WHY WE HOLD TIIE PHILIPPINES. It will be said of the affirmation that, the avowal of the possession of the Philippines as a responsibility without end would be a peace measure, and anything else make for war, does not take into account. tlie attitude of the Philippine Dictator, by proclamation, General Agulinaldo, and his followers. We desire to speak with respect of the General, for lie has shown in trying times, under strong temptations, the presence in his character of personal integrity in public matters, and reference is rmade to his refusal to consent to tile division among insurlgents alleged to be leaders, of the mIoney paid by tlhe Spaniards for the disarmament of the rebels, when two years ago tlere was an agreement upotn thle terms of a truce. This money transaction las been referred to as the sale of their cause by Aguinaldo and his associates, as if they, as ilndivid(lals, alld locketed the usnfruc t of the bargain. The money was paid by Spaini as ian earnestIC of Iler sincerity, the Captain-General representing the force an(d good faitll of the kinlgdoml, in granting reforms to the Philippinos. On condition of insurgenit disarmament the people of the island were to be allowed representationI il tllhe Spanish Cortes, t:1e orders of tlle Chlurch were to be removed from relatiols to tl te (covern'ent thlat were offensive to the people. There was a long list of articles of slpee ificlation of thle reform-s that were to be grante(, the usual liberality of words of pl'(omis'e }always bestowed by Spain upon her colonists. The representatives of Spiail) (linied Jinotllgllt' tlhat \ ase askd; and to give weight to the program of concessionl, t i(ere was plid in liand to Ageuinaldo, thlrough a transaction between banks in i I;iln 1nila ld-I IIllo on, fotun liunlred thousand dollars, the first installmlent of eigt hlit, ohl'l tlhousan(l dollars agreed upon.' The Spaniards probably understood i ithlatl. ri they were ribi tlie ilnsurg'ets and Ipalying a moderate sum to lceapl)i c. d ilte wal; and it (lid ( t cost tle au:ltltoriies of Sp(ain anything, for they exacted thie money 1f!ro'l tlie -Manila iuink of S)pain, iand still owe the bank. Aguinaldo's understan(ding, acted lpon, was (di fferent. Ie accepted the money as a war fund, and has ]eld and(1 (tli(tndc-l(e it lor tlie lpurcllhase of arms, and resumeid hostilities iwhen all pr'(oisces of reforll ere brolken, and nothing whatever done beyond the robbery of the bank to bribe tile rebel clliefs, wlich was tlie Spanish translation. Of course, it was claimed by thle enemices of Aguinaldo that he was boughlt and paid for, but lie lhas -mainitained tlhe fund, tlioulgh there were those professors of rebellion, who made clainis to a share of tlhe amoney. The second installhent of the money that the rebels were to have been paid is yet an obligation not lifted, and tihe hostilities were revived as soon as thle craft of the Splan:isll negotiators in promising everything because * In anotherl chapter of tlis story of the Philippines will be found Senor Filipe Agoncello's personal account of this affair. WIHY WE 1101I '111E P IILIPPIINES. they meant to do nlothing, b)ecanmeo obvious. T'lie actt:lal Ilroceedlingsl ill tlis case can be suinled ( p 11 in a sentence: Te S)paniarlds took 1f)ou liun(dre thousand dollar out of tle Ilank of Spainl and gave it to tlhe illisurglnts, for a tcllleP()lorarY 1l llistice. (eneral Al'luinalldo, tlholh lie appl)lear very well in refu(lsin to emplloy thle Illney paid by Spain a1 a brile for lilml, f, hlaS ot tlh eci lemnlts of C iuring s, tieire ti a ih lead1te of tile insurgnts. As (against- the Spaniards lie can ]-keel tlH field, and carlV on1 a ldestrit;ivei guerCill(a iarlar, hopeless onl bothl sil, like tlhat ooi,i onI il (IICi)a, whxvln tIhat;island was invaded by thle America arn 11. Pi Iut;as asai ist Amenrica(n! ruile the PI'ilippio)i ns would( cease to be insurglens. lie isla(lr will lot. controlle(ld l1 sentililc talitsl. (Goverinent )b the t ilted States xvotld di(fer from tlhati y Spaini, -as the two inationls arel (litffcrt iln chlaracter, i in the nat urt orf iteirI poltitia11 iHsistutionl, ill thtir plogsst i ie lovCele(iit. AIIIeric is a1ll acti ve and iree, anid hr treedo) would be exten(lded to t he islandlers. The t ralisfr;tion wo\t(uld le one 1lroi I lie paralysis it de spoi() t t1 e life of li et. The w or(ls Iespot i a( 1fre'do(( w(tIuld instatl l\ have a dii lic( t l llusillCs 111canin; Iake known1 ill tlt (tit of Alnilaiiat l;,th' te Aiericaiis xwill aia;idioi it, and thle reviviiilg hlop es of t1e l, of: allairs x:ouil(t instntll clo le, l t d; ll tlile icpr)ession tlde )epe ilt)(to ispoli) t llt ndi despairL. Let it e the news of tlhe dv tIlhat tlhe Ailei.ans will stay and, ii lligceTi oI l t1 le city woul Id re(a(rd its rel Ideption as asssurcid, eve dr(oii, iiliI 1 I '(vic. 'and11 an tra of prosplcrity nknwn under tle (disali inleoiilc(ei( y Stljil 1pe11 at once. It is legitnim.ate tlit there should be rc l(doill of spee l; to IIe dlta(ils of the iprocce(liigs. 11 our (Governllllent should doI whalt DAdmiidral 1i t lid when lie xxas thle Imaster ot Manilal, because lie iad annl lihili te(l Spanish flet andI0 iad(t thle ower to det t itstroy thl e ity cast antior ad st w le e l in cotllliai(dl-a-tlle taskl is Ileitcler so complex nor costly as its oppolne(ls (la!il. Otur territor(ial systtel is one easy of application to colonlies. \ e ht a Xave lla (Cex ice 1c it f'o()m, t[le first ( favs td our (overlinclet. The re is no conimnantde(llnllotat at Terrii)ry shallt becole a Slatc inL any givel time, r ever. W\e can lholld back a lTerritorl. a wNe have Arizona and INew Mexico, or hasten the cllange to Statehood a cordil1 ) to tie colndlitills, and the perfec(t movemient of tlo e machinery reqpires only the precsence in Conigress of dominiant good sense. Congrcss is easily denolunced, but no one has f[toini a tLubstitute for it, and it is fairly represcltativce of tlhe c)outiltry. Congrses will never gaimble away tlhe inheritance of thle people. It w\ill proba)ly, in splite of all shortcomin0gs, hlave its average of ability and utility kept ti). Coingress may go wrong, lutit will not betray. Our outlying possessions tmust be Territories until they are Atmericanize(d, and we take it Aunericans know what that ord lilteins. If specificration is wanted as a definitionl, we lhave to say the neanLing is j-ust xvlat lias WIlY WE HOLD TilE PiIHILIPPINES. happened in California since our flag was there. In the case of the Philippines, if we stick, and we do not see how we can help doing so, the President will, in regular course, appoint a Tlerritoria] Governor, and as a strong Government capable of quick and final decisions inusmt, be made, the Grovernor should be a military man, and have a liberal grant, by special Act of Congress, of military authority, Ile should be a prompt, and all around competent administrator. lie will not have to carry on war offensive or defensive. Ile need not be in a hiurry to go far from iManila. Ile will not be mnolested there. The country will gravitate to him. The oppondnts of the Republicajn formi of Government, as it is in the United States and the Territories of the -Nation will become insignificant in the Philippines. They will have no grievances, except some of them may not be called at once to put on the trappings of personal potentiality. General Afguinaldo would find all the reforms the Spanish promised when they paid him four hund red thousand dollars to prove their good inteintions, free as the air. Ie could not make war against the benignancy of a GIoverlnment, Repuliican in its form- and its nature, which shimply needs a little time, some yeiars maybe, before erasing the wrongs that have had a growth. of centnries. The American Governor-General needi not send out troops to conquer districtseacIreing the pieople. The people will soon be glad to see the soldiers of the UIitedl St'ates, fibe relpresentatives of the dow-nfall and departure of the instruments of Sp ain. Aguinaldo and his party hiave a, Congress. It might be an approved be-buning of aI Territorial Legislature, and the insurgent. GeCiira might be the pre5iciill~ ollicer. 'IThere xvould be abuindant reason for the auspicious exercise, of all his rughmts in tihe public service. As foir the cost of lihe Philippines under our Governmeat, tbat wouldl fall tpon the treasuiry of the TUnitced States. There can be no doutir theat it wiould he for severnal yealr's a considerable stun, but the public mnen who la\orce(1d lm(ace fomr the liberation of Ctuba, did not mnake counting the cost the miost lm(mminent feaitture of the war they ad-voeated, bnt accepted the fact that the uatioual lhouor and famne, thie glory of heroisin and deeds of daring and sacrifice, are pricelrlcess, aud tdicir aehievemuent beyond price. 'There is to be said under this head, that Ic Phillippine islands aire of natutral riches almost without parallel. The great isle of Euizom teemmis with lprodtietionms that heave miarkets the world over, and it is comoomonplace for tme sav(a-ges in tIme mountains to come out of their fastnesses with nuggeOsts of gold to muake purclmases. C(otton, sugar, mice, hempii), coffee and tobacco, all trop)ical fruits and woods, are of the lirodumets. There is profusion of the riches that awNait the freedom. of labor and the security of capital, and the happiness of the peopile. Under American government the Philippines would p.osper, air it would be one of our tasks to frame legrislation. The laws of Congress would be the higrher WHY WE HOLD TIIE PI'1.'PPINES. 97 code of law, and the Philippines would desire, and be invited, of course, to send their ablest men to be Territorial representatives in the Congress of the United States. In the name of peace, therefore, and in behali of the dignity and authority of this Nation -in mercy to the Spaniards, in justice to the Filipinos, it is due ourselves, and should have the favor of all who would see our country expand with tle ages, and walking in the footsteps of Washington an'l Jefferson, finding the path of empire tllt of freedom and taking our place as a great Power, accepting the logic of our history, and the discharge of the duties of destiny-we shou ld d on to tle Ihilippines-and when the great distance of those islands from this continent is mentioned, remember that the Pacific may now be crossed in as few days as was the Atlantic forty years ago. The labor questions and the silver questions even come into the Phililpp)ies problem to be scanned and weighed. In Eastern Asia, which w ae 11hav invaded, and a p)art of which we have appropriated for a time, the people use silver for the Cmeasure of value, and in the islands that interest us, as they do not d(eal il the my!steries of rupees, but in dollars, the facts in the case are plainly within tile (co)il()lM t understanding. In Manila the Mexican dollar goes in ordinary small cex('l;nges. l)p)aylllent of wages and settlement of bills, for fifty cents; but the banks sell the Mexsicans twenty-one of them for ten gold dollars-an American eagle! So far ias tile lnative people go, labor and produce are counted in silver, and tlle lpturcllaser, or employer gets as much for a silver dollar as for a gold dollar. h'le native will take ten doll(arI in gold for ten dollars only in all settlements of accounts, andl would just ais williingl! -even more so, accept ten Mexican dollars as ten Amnerican dlollars in goll c(oiln. Salaries are paid a1nd goods delivered according to tlle silver standard. Of course, ill due time this state of things wvill pass away, if we hold to the gold standard, but as tlie case stands the soldiers and sailors of our army and fleet, paid under the lhonme stanila1d'(, receive double pay, and get double value received for clotlhingl, toblacoa and Nwhalever they find they want-indeed, for the necessaries and luxuries of life. lhe ldoulle stalndard in this shape is not distasteful to the boys. We have botli theories and conditions confronting us in these aspects of the silver adld labor questions. The Oriental people are obdurate in their partiality for silver. It is tlhe cheaper labor that adheres to the silver stalndlar-l, partially, it is held, lbec(luse silver is the more convenient money for the payment of small sums. But labor (annot be expected, at its own expense, to sustain silver for the profit of capital, or ratlher of the middle man between labor and capital. Labor, so far as it is in politics in tlhis '(0!ultry, should not, without most careful study and deliberatiol, conclldel that its frce in public affairs would be abated, and its policy of advancing wages alltagonized 98 98\VIIY WV II hOLD TlHE, P11 IILlPIN ES. 1by tlhe absorption of the Philipplines in our1 country. On the contrary, the statesIanshlip that, is representative of labor mnay discover that it is a great fact, one of lie greaticst of facts, tlat tlhe various countries and continenlts of tile globe are 1)eing from year to year more and more closely associated(, and that to those iutellioently inlterested, withoiut regartd to the aqpplication of their views of justice or exped iency, in Ilie I labor (and silver qclestions —tfhe convictions, the fana ticisnls, of tile vast silver nations) ----anl( enormous( S multiitdOes Of the pCeople of Asia, touclling' tie silver standardl -— andl tlhe possible progress of labor, as a Muiding as well as plodding ability increases i(cssaiitly ill st, a t 111es, (11 i gw in oinheritance. As\ t Ie conditions of I''r 'essive civilizatiio: aire levelope(l o0r iiterests canmnot be whlolly di ssevered from tlhose (f thie Asiatics. We wo(uld be unwise to contemnplate the situation of to-day as one thai (at(. ai or shonld perpetuafte itself. SuJppose (Scvwe accept, the governing respons'iility iv in t he Philippilnes. I it t not beyond Ithle range of reasonable conjectuire thlat A i i in 1)abor cai ed() ll ( ite tlie laborers of tIlle P1hili ()pi.es out of their stat:e of serviui tde as (cteap lab)orers,, and lead thenm to co-operiate rIatlher than compnlete xvwith us, and inot t go inio tlIie silvter (piestio)t furtiher than to (1onsent that it exists, ad,ii(is in ti]e sinplet folri of stiaiieiint, whetlier tle cliange in tle market value of tHie two miio(niey (ietalIs is nati'iral oir artihficiial. It is necessary in comimon calidor to (state tiati tie o (lst ((complete solution of0 ( t lie 0on0ey inetal emiiarraissienlts would 1 e btlroauii tile co-olpertioni (of Asia and Anmerica. ELtrope is for goldl, Asia lfo silver', and tl he Ame tricas dlividedl. ap!an11, is an objet le]tsson, her ap)proximlati(1 to tile gold standard has caused in thle inllpire an aigentatioi of the ompesat ion o(If labor. T his is noft wlholly ndue t th te chlaIne inll tlhe stIId(lIrd. Thle war with (iina, te increase inl tlie ariy v and navy, aIl tlhe absorption of laborers in lFormosa, ihe new counitrv o) apa n, hIave combined with t lie highelr standard otf vale, to elevate wages. All facts are oOf prinnary excellence in tlie formation of tile policies of nations. CHAPTER IX. THE PHILIPTPiNE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. Area and Population-Climia te-Mi nerali Wealth-Agriculture-Commeree and Transportation-Revenue and Expenses-Spanish Trfoops-Sian~islh NavySpanish Civil Adniinistration-Insurgent Troops-Insurgent Civil Adininistrati~on-U~nited States Troops-United States Navy-United States, Civil Administration-Thec Fu~ture of the Islands. G'eneral Frau fl.A Greene niade aIn exhaustive study of all reports of aIn ofhicial character reoirdino'-fi area, po'ato climatte resources, commerce, revenue and expenses ot the Phillippines Islan ds, and prepared a mnemorandt im for the general information that is thie most- thoroughl and complete ever made, andl is the latest aend highiest authority on) all the subjects to which it relates, and they include thie solid in'fornia"tion. the bus',iuess -men of the IUnited States want respecting our Asiatic associations. TIh'e niemiorandum is herewith submitted in substance., and all the particulars of public concern. AREA AND POPULATION. These islands, including the Ladrones, Carolinas and Palaos, which are all under the G'overmnment, of Milanila, are variously estimated at from 1,200 to 1,300 in number. TPhe grreater portionl of these are small and of no more value than the islands offl the coast of Alask~a. Thie important islands are less than a dozen in number, and 90 per Cent. of the Chlrist~ian population live on Luzon and time tive pmincipal islands of time VisaIyas grouj). The total popu-lation is somewhere between 7,000,000 and 9,000,000. This inclIudes the wild tribes of the mountains of Luzon and of the islands in the extrenme s —outh. The last census taken by time Spanish Government \vas on December 31, 1887, and this stated the Christian population to -be o,ooo,000 (in round numbers). This is distributed as follows: Per Area. Populaition. Sq. Mile. Luzon......... 44,00 3,42t,000 79 Planav.........4,700"" 75,000 155 (Chb........... 2,400 5041000 21-0 Ete..........3,300 29, 00() 71 _Bohol.......... 1_300 245,000 188 Ne gros..........3,300 242,000 7 3 59,800 5,422,000 9 1 99 I -00 TIHE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. The density of population in these six islands is nearly 50 per cent. greater than in Illinois and Indiana (census of 1890), greater than in Spain, about one-half as great as in France, and one-third as great as in Japan and China, the exact figures being as follows: Illinois............. Indiana............ Area. 56,000 35,910 91,910 Population. 3,826,351 2,192,494 6,018,755 17,565,632 38,517,975 42,270,620 383,253,029 Per Sq. Mile. 68 61 64 Spain.......... rance............. i (a pan............. (Cllina............. 197,670 204,092 147,655 1,312,328 The next most important islands, in the order of population, are: Area. Mindanao.......... 34,000 Sanlnar......... 4,800 Mindoro.......... 4,000 No 1)lon.......... 600 Maate........... 1,400 44,800 Varionus smaller islands, including the total area alnd Clhristian population to Population. 209,00 186,000 67,000 35,000 21,000 518,000 Carolinas, Ladrones and 88 189 286 292 Per Sq. Mile. 6 38 17 58 15 11 Palaos, carry the 140,000 6,000,00 36,00, Tlis is considerably greater than the density of population in the States east of the Rocky Mountains. Owing to the existence of mountain ranges in all the islands, and lack of communication in the interior, only a small part of the surface is inhabited. In many provinces the density of population exceeds 200 per square lnile, or greater than that of any of the United States, except Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The total area of the Philippines is about the same as that of Japan, but its civilized population is only one-seventh. In addition to the Christian population, it is estimated (in the Official Guide) that the islands contain the following: (Chinese (principally in Manila)........................ 75,000 Moors or lMohametans in Paragon and Jok............... 100,000 Moors or Mohamletans in Mindanao anld Basilan.......... 209,00 Heatlhen in the Philippines........................... 830,000 IHeathen in the Carolinas and Palaos.................... 50,000 1,264,000 ItE PHIILIPPINE ISLANDIS AS T:EY ARE. 101 The Offcial Guide gives a list of more than thirty diferent races, a different dialect; but fivesixths of the Christian population are eit Visayas. All the races are of the Malay type. Around Manila t some mixture of Chinese and Spanish blood with that of the nativ the Mestizos or H1alf-breeds bhut the number of thlese is not very grea As seein the prosinces of Caxvie ad Mantila, the natives (TagaI ( stature, averaging probably feet 4 inches in height, id 120 pound the men and 5 feet in ieight, and 100 pounds in \ eiglt for the skin is coppery brown, somewhat darker than that of the iitlatto. be industrious and hard-working, although less so tha the Chiese. iards they are considered indolent, crafty, nitriutful, cowardly and each sI her Tac hii tshere li ess, resll a s ieei T) Lr i s) are itn w 'olneB They IBy t., cruel, Il: s t ie Sp lbut the ORIENTAL HOTEL, MANTLA, latred betweena the SI Spanish opinion of tlh and docile, but there dealings with us. Th were hardly any evid( seemned to be abe to figures on this subject liut~ut 11 iie:aniards and thee native' enatives is of little ov n are occasioonal ervidences e bulk of the populatio::anes of amannfactures, e rocin ncir w Irrf'o blnil T Ti V If ) intense and b To us they see1 and ntirttIthfu;'ed in arieultt iling. The gr unable to obtto athlolies, althotl th 10;.t. Ib:. They Iall devout Roila onastie orders. Manila (and doubtless also in Cebu and Iloil( natives, who are merchants, lawyers, doctors a d and ave accumulated property. They iavc 1 to be quite a nurus coly f ric Fili id pri4 [nos8 i] liany thoust: sts. They avel ed nU ea Madrid, (l )f In 102 TIIE PtIILJIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. Paris and London. The bibliography of the Philippines is said to number 4,500 volumes, the greater part of which }have bleen written by Spanish priests and missionaries. The number of books on the subject in the English language is probably less than a dozen. CLIMATE. The climate is one of the )est known in the tropics. The islands extend from 5 to 21 lcg. north latitude,: i( Manila is in 14d. 35m. The thermometer during Jtuly and Aiugust rarely wenlt lelow 79 or above 85. The extreme ranges in a year are said to be (;1 and 97, and( thle annual mnean, 81. Thlere are tree well-marked seasons, temlperate anld lry from November to February, hot and dry from March to May, and( tetilperate and wet frolm June to October. The rainy season reaiches its nmaximum in, uly (aInd Augusllt, whenv the rains are constant and very lheavy. The total rainfall hals beeln as higil as 114 inches in one year. Yelloxwv fever all-ppea(irs to be unknown. The diseases most fatal amonog tle natives are cholera, and smallpox, both of whicll are brought fromn Chlina. Low Jimallarial fetve is b})ro1ulght oft by sleeping on the ground or being chilled by remaining, without excrcise, ill wet clothcs; and diarlrea is produced by drinking bad water or eating excessive lquanltities of fruit. Almost all of these diseases are preventable by 1ropler p)recailutioiis, even by troolps in campaign. The sickness in our troops was very small, Imu(ch less tlanll irl the cold fogs at- (ca,(:i) in San Frdiancisco. MIN ERAL W ' ALTHI. Very little is knownl cocllerningi thie irlileral wealth of the islands. It is stated that there arc(l dclosits of coal, )petroleum, irll, lead, sul)llphur, coXpper and gold in the varliols islan(ds, lbut little or niotllial 11a(s been donle to (develop tl-emn. A few concessions 11ave been g ranlitct for worklinrg mlines, but the outpllut is rlot large. The gold is repoi)ted (on Luzomn, co(al and1 petrol( llm on (1:hu and Iloilo, aln sulphur on LVt ei. Tle i f inlorts of coa] il 1 891 (thti lt est year for which the statistics have bee'l p)ri'i '(ed) were 91.511 t(ons, an(! it camne principally froml Australia an(d Japan. In the il('Ie Yeal tlle,iimi)orts of ironi of all ki nds were 9,632 tons. If thle (Ceb(ul coal p)ovces to be good) (mualit:y tlhere is a large market for it in competition wNith t le coal from Japan and Australia. A I [(T UTI I' IT ft jE. Allthougl a:griculture is tlhe chlief occupation of tle Philipplines, yet only oneninthl of the surtface is nlller cultivation. Trie soil is very fertile, and even after dedc(eting itl(e nmol(utainous areas, it is probable lat tht te area of cultivation can be very largely extli ded, and that the islands can support a population equal to that of Japan (142,000,0(00). r ~~ V CAPTAIN SIGSBEE, C)}OMMANDER OF THE ILL-FATED MAINE THlE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THE1,"Y A.R E.0 1033 The chief prod-ucts are rice, corn, hemp, sugar, tobacco, cocoanutts and cacao. Coffee and cotton were formerly produced in large quantities-tl ie former for export and the latteri for home consumption;; lbnt the coffee plant has been almnost, exterminatedl bydI insects'l and thle bore nia(le cot ton clothes have been (lrivce out by tile conpetit ion of those imported from England. The rice and corn are principally, produced iin Ltuzon andI Mindloro, and are consunmed in the islands; thie rice crop is ahout 765,000 tons; it is insufficient for the dlema nd and 45,000 tolls of rice were imnported in 1894, the greater portion from Sio'o and the rest from loogllhong and Singaplore; also 8,669 tons (say (0,000 barirels) of flour, of wh-ichl morea thtan twothirds come from China and less than one-third fromt the U-nited States. eli cacao is raised in the, southern islands, the best quality of it in Miudanao. r1Tle pr-oduction amounts to onily 150 tons, and it is all made into chiocolate and consuimed in the islands. Thise siigar cane iN raisied in the Visn1aa. Tl'e crop yiehlded, in 1 89 t, about p35,000 tons of raw sugar, of wh1iicih one-tenth was consunedi in the islands and the balance, or 210,000 tons, valued at $11,000,000, was exported, the greater part to China, ( Great B1ritain and Australia. r1The hemp is produeed in southlern Luzon, Mindoro, thle Visayas, and Mindanao. It is nearly all exJ)orted in bales. In the year 1894 the amount was 96,000 tons, valued at $12,000,000. Tooacio is ralsedl in all the isltands, but- the best quality anid the greatest amount in Lozoii. A largoe amnount is consum-ed in the islands, smokin(r beingr universal among thle women as well as the men, but the best quality is exported. The amount, in 1894, was 7,000 tolls of leaf tobacco, valued at $1,400,000, and 1,400 tons of ntmiufactured tobacco, valued at $1,750,000. Spain takes 30 per cent. and Egypt 10 OIei cent of the leaf tobacco. Of the manufactured tobacco, 70 per cent. goes to China and Singapore, 10 per cent. to Elngland, and 5 per cent. to Spain1. Cocoanuts arc grown in southern Luzon and are used;n various ways. The products are largely used in the islands, but the exports, in 189 t, were valued at $2,400,000. Cattle, goats and sheep have been introduced from Spain, but they are not numerous. Domestic pigs and chickens are seen around every hult in the farming districts. The principal beast of burden is the carabac or water buffalo, which is used for ploughing rice fields, as Well as drawing heavy loads on sledges or on carts. Large horses are almost unknown, bit there are great numbers of native ponies, from nine to twelve hands high, but possessing strength and endurance far beyond their size. 104 TIHE PIILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. CO(MMAIAR(CE AND TrlANSPOR'( ATION. Tle interinal comllerce between I\Manila and the different islands is quite large: but I was unable to find a ny official records giving exact figures concerning it. It is. carried on almlost entirely by water, in steamers of 500 to 1,000 tons. There arc 'regular malil steamers, once in two weeks, on four routes, viz.; Northern Luzon, SouthlIern Luzon, Visayas and Mindanao; also a steamer every two nmonths to thec Carolinas and Ladrones, and daily steamers on Manila Bay. These lines are all subsildized. To facilitate this navigation extensive harbor works have been in progress at Manila for several years, and a plan for liighing the coasts has been made, calling for forty-three principal lights, of which seventeen have already been constructed in the most substantial manner, besides sixteen lights of secondary importance. There is only one line of railway, built by English capital, running from Manila north to Dagupan, a distance of about 120 miles. The roads in the immediate vicinity of Manila are macadamized and in fairly good order; elsewhere they are narrow paths of soft, black soil, which becomes almost impassable in the rainy season. Transportation is then effected by sledges, drawn through the mud by carabacs. Tlhere are telegraph lines connecting most of the provinces of Luzon with Maniila, and cables to tlhe Visayas and southern islands, and thence to Borneo and Singapore, as well as a direct cable from Manila to Hongkong. The land telegraph lines are owned by the Government, and the cables all belong to an English company, which receives a large subsidy. In Manila there is a narrow gauge street railway, operated by horse-power, about eleven miles in total length; also a telephone system, and electric lights. (.ommunications with Europe are maintained by the Spanish Trans-Atlantic Company (subsidized), which sends a steamer every four weeks from Manila and Barcelona, making the trip in about twenty-seven days. The same company also sends an intermediate steamer from Manila to Singapore, meeting the French Messagoric each way. There is also a non-subsidized line running from Manila to Ilongkong every two weeks, and connecting there with the English, French and German mails for Europe, and with the Pacific mail and Canadian Pacific steamers for Japan and America. There has been no considerable development of manufacturing industries in the Philippines. The only factories are those connected with the preparation of rice, tobacco and sugar. Of the manufactures and arts, in which Japan so excels, there is no evidence. The foreign commerce amounted, in 1894, to $28,558,552 in imports, and TIlE 1'IPHILIPPlINE ISLANDS AS TIIEI 'Y A: E..-j~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~' I'. I-I 105 $33,149,(984 il exports.S 80 p)er cent. of which goes througl Manila. About (;6 per cent. of the itrale is carried in British vessels, 20 per cent. in Spanish and 10 per cent. in German. The value of the commerce with other countries in 1891- was as follows. IN MILIIONS OF DOLLARS (SILVER). Imports. Exports. Spain.............................. 10.5 2.9 G reat B ritain................................... 8.7 China....................................... 4. 6.8 Germ any.................................... 1.9 Saigon....................................9 United States.............................. 7 7.4: F rance......................................7 1.2 Singapore..................................4.7 Japan................................2 1.2 Australia.................................... 2.6 Other Countries............................... 1.5.6 25.6 33.1 It is interesting to note that next to Great Britain we are tlhe largest customers of the Philippines, and that they export to us nearly three times as mulch as to Spain. On the other hand Spain sells to the Philippines fifteen times as much as we do. The articles of import and their value in 1894 were as follows: IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS (SILVER). Other Ger- UInited (Coun G r Spain. Brit Cotton Goods.... 3.9 Cotton Yarns.... 1.2 Wines........ 1.8 Mineral Oils...... Iron..........2 IRice............. Flour............ Sweet Meats...... 5 Paper............4 Linen Goods...... 1 Hats...........1 Other Articles.... 2.3 eat;ain. China. 4.0.4.9.2 *. *, m11.2.7 1.C....1.1 1.4 2.0 any. States. tries. QJ.3...1...1.1 fRussia..4.8.2. 1.1.1...2.3.:'...2.9.1.9 rotal. 9.3 2.5 *2. 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.1.9.8.7.6.6 7.6 10.5 7.1 4.6 1.9.7 3.8 28.6 106 Til; 1 ' II fII ILIPP'INE ISLANIDS AS TrIlY ARE.:Thre articles of export and thleir value in 1.891 were as follows: IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS (SILVER). Spain. 1emp............ u g'ar............ Man'f. Tobacco.....2 Leaf Tol-bacco..... 1.1 ( ocoallt........ 'Other Articles.... 2.9 ( reat Britain. 2.7.1 8.r7 (Ciina..9 4.0.7.1.1 1.0 6.8 United State.. 6.6.7.1 7.4.,4 Other Alus- (Countra.tlia e. trie l. Total..6 1.1I 14.5 1.9 1.3I 11.0.1.7a 1.3.3 1.4.. A 3.4. 1.3 3.3 2.6 4.7 33.16 "' rincipally to Singapore. i'trincipally to Japan. \With these islands in our possession and the construction of railroads in the interior of Luzon, it is probable that an enormous extension could be given to this commlnerce, nearly all of which would come to the United States. Manila cigars of ^;che best quality are unknown in America. They are but little inferior to the best.of Cuba, and cost only one-third as much. The coffee industry can be revived and lthe sugar industry extended, mainly for consumption in the far East. The mineral iresources can be explored with American energy, and there is every reason to believe that when this is done the deposits of coal, iron, gold and lead will be found very valuable. On the other hand, we ought to be able to secure the greater part of the trade whiich now goes to Spain in textile fabrics, and a considerable portion of that with England in the same goods and in iron. 1I1EVENTUE AN)D EXPENSES. The budget for tlhe fiscal year ending June 30, 1897, was as follows: INCOME. 1st. Direct Taxes................................ $8,496,170 2nd. Indirect Taxes (Customs)....................... 6,200,550 3rd. Proceeds of Monopolies........................ 1,222,000 4th. Lottery..................................... 1,000,000 5thl. Income of Government Property................. 257,000 6th. Sundry Receipts.............................. 298,300 Total...................................... $17,474,020 TlHE PIIIIPPINE. ISLANDS AS TEIY ARE. IEXPENSE'S. 1st. General Expenses, Pensions and Interest......... $1,506,68S 2nd. Diplomatic and C(onsular Service................ 74,000 3rd. Clergy and Courts............................. 1,876,74t0 4th. W ar l)e artment.............................. 6,035.,31G 5th. Treasury )epartntent.......................... 1,392,414 6th. Navy l)epartlmentt............................. 3,5(2,71 7th. Civil A ldministration......................... 2,1 95,37'8 8th. Ed(ucation................................. ( 11,39.5 'Total.......................................$178,15 The I)irect Tlaxes were as follows: 1st. Rleal Estate, 5 pler cent. on income..............$ 140,28 2nd1. In stiry and o erce....................... 1,00,700 3rd. ( 1edalas (Poll Tax)............................. 5,600,00 4th. (hlinese Poll Tax............................. 510,190: 5thl. Trilute frot n Sultiln of Jolo.................... 20.00(0 (ith. Iailroads, 10 per cent. of I'assenler eRccei)ts...... 32,000 7th. Income a x, 10 per cent. on 'Public Salaries........ 730,00 8thn. Sundry Taxe..................... 63,000 Totall.......................................$8,496,170 Indirect T'axces were ac s follows: 1st. Imll ports................................... $3,600,000 2ndl. 1E xports.................................... 1,292,550 3rd. Loadin T'ax........................... 410,000 4th. Unloadin(g Tax............................... 570,00( 5th. Fines and IPealties................... 27,00(( 6th. Special lTax oln i(llluors, lecr, \e getables, 1' lour, Salt and M ineral Oils.......................... 301,000 Total................................. $,00,550 Monopolies: 1st. Opium Contract.............................. 576.000 2nd. Stamped Paper Land Stampsl)..................... 6 (;, tal.................................. 0 0 Lottery: 1st. Sale of Tickets,T Less Cost of Prize..............$ 9( 000 2nd. jUnclailmed Prizes...............................,000 3rd. Sundry Receipts.............................. 6,( T otal....................................... $1, 00,00 0 Inco(me of (Governmntt t Properly: 1st. Forestry Privilegces.....................$ 0,000 2nd(. Sale an( I Rent of Pll)li(c and atldl lIuildilg... 85,000 3rd. Mineral Privileges............................ 2,00) Total....................................... $. 2 7,0i0o 10f 108 T1tE PlHILIPPINE tISLA& )ND tHEY ARE: R1 I tII o) 00,000 98.300 Il, necome is th Ce idino inr thie Ph I~ u. i.C1. tL i t r.>ol1 Ti IesI, whCt ion a pa::. Faili factsi of p * r poss( idelnt * i-)]( 'il 1:r 'n. Ir T 0 d TIEI PHILIPPINE, ISLANDS AS TH2EY ARE. 109 The tax on imports is specific and not ad valorum;l it amounts to about 13 per cent.,of estimated values. The free list is very small, nearly everything of commercial value which is imported being subject to duty. The revenue from imports lias increased from $56g6,1143 in 1865, to $3,695,416 in 189I. It was alout tlhe same in 1897. On the other liand tlec export tax, lwhich was nothing in 1892, the loading tax, wh1ich was nothing in 1893, and tle unlloading tax, wllicl was notling in 1894-, have all been increased in the last few years in order to meet tlhe expen ses of supil)ressing the insurrection. These three items yielded nearly $2,700,000 in 1897. The monopoly of inmporting and selling opiurn is sold, by auction, to tle llhlilest bidder for a term of three years. The present contract runs until 1899, and viel(ds $48,000 per month. Every legal document must be drawn up on paper containing a revenue stamlp, engravled and printed in Spain, and every note, check, draft, bill of exchianioge receilpt or simlilar document must bear a revenue stampIl) in order to be valid. r1'lese stamlps and stampeld pa)er yiel(dled a revenue of $646,000 in 1897. lhe lo(ttery is cond(ucted bv the Governnment-tlie monthlyl1 drawings tallinlg plac)e in tl:e Treasury (hIacienda) )Departmllent. Tlhe sale of tickets yiel(ledt $1,(0)(0,000 over and above prizes in 1897. InI a report to (eneral Merritt, on August 29th, I recommlendedl tliat tlie opilum coiitlact )be cancelled and the lottery abandon(ied durin o our occupatioll of MItlil;: anl as tlie )poll tax and tlic tax on incdustry andi commnerce thad been paid ftor t1he mIost plart ill tlle earl]y lp)art of tlce yeal, our chief sources of (rev1ciie wci (erc frO lie ist()ol 1)1,huse, the sale of stamips alnd stailllled )pa11pe, ant t(lie sale of s1h 1c liciSeis- tIle law allowed( (am tsenments, liquor saloois, etc.), for tlie benefit of tlhe city,of IManila as (listlinlguisllCd from tlhe general revenut. I estimated tlec total at aboult $500),(000 per mo11u tli. 'Tle iexlpelnses of admiinisterinl tlie mi liitarl governlliel t of occup;ltio, (a l)art from tile expenses of the armly) will conlsist of thle cutrrlent exp)eCses of tlie otlice nt tlhe Provost Marshal General's office and its variouls bureaus-at tleic custom hlouse, itlilcrl eirevellue office, and other offices-and tlie salaries of interprcters aitd 1 lilnor emipl)loves lwho 1are anixiouis to resumie work a(s soo()1 (i1 tlhey (dlre do so. Ani estimate of tlies expellses was t)einig prep)arcd at tlie tilme 1 left, but was not comlt)lct(ed. It (- ii1ii ll11 CINc()c()~:~ I(<r harO1ltIl alll1 ill;0lt a)C 1111(U11 1(-4<. T ltll llvc can hardly exceed $200,000 per month amd may be ouch less. This shou]l leave $(00,000 (silver) excess of incoimie per mont, t o, t o )),wa1r(1ds tlhe milit:ry expenses of occupation. As soon as it is decided thlat we arc to retain tle islands it will he Inecessarv to -liake a careful studyv of tlhe sources of reNvenue and items of expense=s for all the 110 T1I E P1t1 1 1PI. 1t I V IX SLA N D kS TrHe AR r01 ighiy u n derstandii be necessary. C'IUI (NC bject, before iinti Ill en thle M mill intr Ike.h S lib Me S1.I Ed Z. / h, I ilu, ions of raos and lab it ar J)1 1b not b It n teen II 1,1 HE PHILIPPI LANDS rAS T: Hant or eiriplovc III L)tlr y atlt 11lly ad] u se d drag somac )f )ken amI his d g: ID ~ t: I, 3IS I: It ip I 1. 1) 112 TIlE PHILIPPINE ISLAXNDS AS TH-EY ARE. a portion of it was us<ed in sending out thle 25000 troops which came from Spain to the lilippines ill the autumn of 1896. Series B was offtered for sale in Mlanlila, but was not t:Laken. An effort was then malde to obtain subscribers in the Provincees, but with little or no success. The Govecrnment t tilen notified the depositors in the Public Savings B:ank (a brancll of the Treasury Dlepartnlent similar to the postal savings bureaus inl othler countries) that their d(eposits would no Ioniger be redeemed in cash, but only in Series )1 bonds. Some deplositors were frighlltened and took bonds, othlers declined( to do so. Then camte thle blockade of Manila and all business was practically suspended. No printedl report lias been made concerning the debt, andl I was unlable to obtain anly satisfactory statement of the matter from the treasury officials. 'The ex-act in regard to tlie Series A bonds can be learned in Madrid; but it will be (litlic(lt to lelarln how many of Series B were issued and wlhat consideration was received (for tieiln. A\s;lre(1ady slt ted, bioth series of bonds rest for security on the receipts of tlie Manila cu(stomlI hlouse. SPANISH TROOPS. T'1h' S}panisih plrisoners of war number about 13,000, includilng about 10)0 officers. TInh in ant'1vry arllus are about 3'()()00(, thle greater part Mauser model 1895, caliber 28, an1d tl le otiers Rlemingrtonss, model 1889, caliber 43. I'lie am lunition is abIout 2,0)0,(0t)(()() 0r()n(l s. rIlTie field artillery consists of about twelve b)rechl-loadigil stiel gtllls.:, li;ir 3 5-10 iinches, land ten b)reeclh-l(oadin IllOulltaiil gln, calib)er 3 2-10 ilcl(t's. Th''cre are six h1ors(e (p}onies) for ea(cll guni, but tle hiar(ness is in l)ad order. Aiimit l _iio, alout sixty iroulds pelr gun, wtitil pos.:ibly mo:re1( ill thle arsenals. There 'ire a)out, 500 cavalry ponies, larger than tlhe average of,native lhorscs, with saddles and elquil)nlenlts cotiplletce. Tltere is l also a battion of engiees. lTe fortifications of tile waIlled city are a finc samlille of the rVatban type, oln wllcll lmilitary enginleers expetinde so) nmuclt in ullllit 150 years a'o, and of whllic Spaill p)ossessed so mlany in her 1'Flllish doi:inions. Th1e first walls of;Lanilla were built about 1590, but tlie lresenllt fortiticationls date fron a short time after tlie cap)t ure and occupation of iic l1)l(Ice vy the IIe Lglistl, in 1()2-6(1. l(They tconsist of bastionlls lland curtains, deep. we\t (it( cl, co(vetred way, l unetti s, demailunes,, hlornworks, 1and all the scientific ace-Csorli(Cs ( t hat l day. T 'hey a're in a gorod( state (if lreservat:io)n, and mount severll lil11ldre(l brolze tgulns,', but thlev are cllicltv of intterest to tlhe anti(quriain. O() the gl'acis tiiting, tlie i( iy, and asio () ialt tlie on1 sl, ac(e just. south of thle walls, are nitited 9-ill bren(ech l)atlers, four in a(1l, tlde at lloihtoria, Sp)airno, in 188I.. 'They are well monn ted, betweei n hiigh traitversest. ill whlich are bomilb-proof Il(maIgazillnes. TItE PITILIPPINE ISLANDS AS TIEY ARE. 113 These guns are practically uninjured, and Admiral Dewey lias the breech blocks. W\lile not as powerful as the guns of the present day of the samle caliber, the\ alre capi)able of effective service. Their location, however, is very faulty, as they are (ol tlhe shore of the bay, with all tile churches, public buildlings an(d most v.nllal)le property immediately behind them. On the day after the naval battle A(Idliral.)ewey sent word to the Governor-General that if these guns fired a shot at any of his vessels Ihe would immediately reply with his whole squadron. Owilg to their location, this meant a bombardment of the city. Tlis threat was effective; tlese guns were never afterward fired, not even during the attack of August 13itt, autl in return the navy did not fire on them, but directed all their shells at tle forits alnd trenches occupied by the troops outside of the suburbs of the city. Witlin thle walled city are the cathedral and numerous churches, convesits and nonasteries, the public offices, civil and military, military workshops and arsenals, barracks for artillery, cavalry and engineers, storehouses and a, few dwtelliiis and shops. The infantry barracks are outside of the walls, four in number; viz.: Neysing, Iortin, C(alzaa and irulita. They are modern and well constructed, and\t w\ill accomllod:lte acbout 4,000 men. Thley are now occupied by the United States troops. TTdr le ti terms of tle armistice the arms laid down by the Spanisill troops on,August 1tllh are to be returned to tlem lwhenever they evacuate the city, or tlhe AmerIican art my evacuates it. All other public property, including horscs, artiller, public flndsl, munitions, etc., is surrlendlered to the United States uncond(it iollll Tlle question of sending back ilie troops to Spain is left labsolultel to, the decision (of tlic autlhorities in \Vasilington. They are all w ithlin ilie \valled (itv,but: 'ts tile public buil(ings are insufflcient to;acconlmlodaite them. they are qla-rtlre(l in tlhe lcurchles and convents. IThese )butildilg'.s are not adlapted for tlhis i u pole(; tiicy have no sinkl, lavatories, kitchlens or sleelpinll )ll'artnll'ts, ad1 there is grleat ldag11'er of an epidemic of sickness if tlie troops are not soonl remloved. Plendingl their re:oval they are bemi, fed witll rations futrnisled l by tle i litied States (omll:niissary I)epartment, and tlie officers receive flrom the [tiited States sufficielit Imoney for t leir supl)port. SP:A\ISI l NAVY. At tlhe outbreak of the war tlie nava-l force in tlie Philipp)ines consisted of 10 (Cr]uise 11rs. 19 Gunbo 1)ats. 4 Arm'idl launches. 3 Trae sl)orts. 1 Survey Boat. 114 1'TH 1 iH'l1LI1PP1NE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. Of these Admiral Dewey destroyed, on May 1st, ten cruisers and one transport, and he has since captured two gunboats. The Spaniards Ilave sunk one transport and two or three unllll)oats in the Pas'ig River. There remain thirteen or fourteen gunboats, wllich are scattered amol,.ng the islands. They are of iron, from 1-10 to 200 tons each, are armed with one breech-loading rifle, caliber 3 6-10 inches, and two to four maclline guns, eachl caliber 11-100 to 1 inch. One of the captured boats, the Callao, unlder colmmand of Lieutenant Tappan, United States Navy, and a crew of eighlteen lmen, rendered very efficient service in the attack of August 13th. These boats woullld all be useful in tle navarl tlolice of the islands. They will, however, probably be scuttled by tlhe Spaniardl s before the islands are surrendered. Thc Navy Yard at (Cavite a i s blarracks for about 1,500 mlen (now occupied by 1U ited States tr ioopsl) (and has sllops and -ways for liglt ]worlk lanid vessels of less than 3,000 to7:. I Many of the gnllboIats.above mentioned were built there. The:siallow de(t)l of \wat:er in Can(acoa or Cavitce l:By w-ould prevent the enlargement of thiis 1na1\l statoion to lacclomnodll:atl e la vesssel, and thle )lan of thee Spaniards was to realite a large navaf-l station in Sulig By,t, on which considerablie money llas already bec,. se l)ent. SPANISISI CIVIL ADM INISTRATION. ThIe (o vernm entlli of1 te ll o ili)line Islands, including tle Ladrones, Carolinas aid Palallos, is vested( ill tlhe (lovern{or-(G:eeral, who, in the laniguage o:f the Spanish O11icial (luide, (l)r 1 11le Boo(k, "is tlCe (l ) le f ad legitimate reprlesentative in these islands of tei sii rcme power of tile G(over ent of the Kiillg f Spain, and, as such, is tli suplirei( head of lll llltranclhes of thle plublic service, and lhas auithori t to inspect ana suplervi-e tlie Isae, not exceptilng the courts of justice." The office is held by a Licitenliant-((enll(ral in tlie Spanish army, and he is also Vice Royal Patron of the I,tlies, exercisingi( s ill these islands tlue ecclesiastical fulnctions conferred on the King of Spain by valriolus Biulls of the Popes of Rome, Captain-Ceneral-in-Chief of tlhe Arniv of the Phil ippiiis, Inspector-(ieneral of all branlhes of the service. Comlan1tlder-in-( ief of tlie Naval Forces, and President of all corporations anid societies lwhich liiartaie of a official character. \Vhat (orr(iespon)(1ds to ]his Cabilet, or _Ministry, consists of (a) Tlhe A3'rc!hbishop (of Manila and fou)lr lBislhops, whlo adIminister ecclesiastical affais ill te ivc dioesesinto wich te i tl slads are divided for this purIose: tlie appointilce of o;i p rl1 i;iests and(l crate, however, is vested in the Governor(G'enleral. T1(he valis relig iouls o(lrds whiich exercis(e so lalrge an ilnfluence in tlie politics and business of itle islands, viz.: Augusiiniians, Dominicans, Recollect. TIHE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. 115 11`5 Franciscans, Capuebins, Benedietines and Jesuits, are all under the management of the Bishops, sulbject to the supervisioni of the 1)op, aiicd the p1rerog(4atives of the 1~incr as Rova-1 Patron, which p rerogatives are exercied. 1iv the G'overnor-Geineral as V icerov. (b) The IIP(1h Court of Justiee in Manila, whieh is the Court of Appeals in civil andc goo-r.,nmenalI eases for all the islands. There are two principal criminal courts in (iebln anid Yigan (iiorthern _Luzon) and appeal in criniiinal cases lies to tliese courts or to the higli C(Iourt of MAlanila. In. everv Provinee there is a court of primary jurisdiction in both civil and criminal cases. (e)The General, second in conmand, who is a General of TDivision in the Spanisi h alrmTy. Ile is the sub-inspector of all b)ranches of the military service, is MAilitai alv Governor of the Provinee and city of Manila and commands all. the troops statione(i. therein, and in tlie absence or sickniess of the Captain General lie cominands all the military forces in the islands.-. (d) The General Commandant of I)ock Yards and Squadron. This post is filled by a Vice Admiral in the Spanish navy, and. he commands the naval forces, ships and establislihments in the islands. (e) The Minister of Finance, or Intendente General dle Hacienda, wxho is chargred with the collection of customs andt internal taxes, the expenditures of public money, and the audit and control of public accounts. (f) The Ministcr of the Interior, or Director General of Civil Administration, whio is cliarged with all public business relating to public instruction, chlarities, health, public works, forests, mines, agriculture, industry and commerce, posts and fclegraphs and meteorology. For the purpose of local adiministration the islands are divided into Provinces and Districts, classified as follows: 19 Civil Governments. 241 Political-MNfilitary G overnments. 23 Politieal-Mihitary Commands. 15 Military Commands. The moit important of the Provinces are Manila, with a population of 400,238,(of whieh 10 per cent. are Chinese), and Cebu, with 50, 076; and the least important districts are Balabas and Corregidor, with 420 and 3-20 respectively. The governor or commandant has supremie control within his!- provinee nr district of every branch of the public service, including the Courts of Justice, and each reports to the Governor General. The Guardia Civ il or Gendarmerie, is subject only to his orders, and for arrests and iiaprisonnienit for political offenses, lie is: re-sponsible, not to the law, but to the Governor General and the King. le1 THE PHILIPPINI1 ISLANI)S AS THEY ARE. The Civil Governments are governed by Civil Governors, of the rank in the Spanishl Civil Service of Chiefs of Adninistration of lie second class. The Political Military Grovernlents an(d Commlands are in clarges of military anl naval officers of varlious grades, according to their size and importance; ranging from General of Division at Mindanao, Brigadier-Generals at Cebu and Iloilo, Captain in the navy at Paragua, down to Lieutenant at Balabas and Corregidor. The Civil or Military Governor is assisted by a secretary, a judge, an administrator of finances, a postmaster and a captain of police. The affairs of cities are managed by a council (Ayuntamiento) consisting of a president, a recorder (Sindico), one or more mayors (Alealdo), six to ten aldermen (Regidores) and a secretary. Outside of tlhe cities each province or district is divided into a number of villages or parislies (Pueblos); the total number of these is 1,055; in each there is a parish priest, a municipal captain, a justice of the peace, a school master and school mistress. Thle number of cities is very small, and the social life of the community depends almnost wholly on the form of government of the Pueblos, or villages. In 1893 tlis was reorganized with the alleged intention of giving local self-government. The schlene is complicated and curious and only an outline of it can be given here. It is contained in full in the Royal Decree of May 19, 1893, a long document, supplemented by still longer regulations for carrying the same into effect. In brief every Pueblo in which there are paid more than 1,000 Cedulas (poll tax) shall have a municipal tribunal consisting of five members, by whom its local affairs and funds shall be managed. The members are a Municipal Captain. Senior Lieutenant. Lieutenant of Police. Lieutenant of Agriculture. Lieutenant of Cattle. And the Village Priest is required to attend all the important meetings. The Captain holds office for four years, and is eligible for indefinite re-election; the Lieutenants hold office for four years also, one-half of them going out of office every two years, and they are ineligible for re-election until two years after the expiration of their term. Both Captains and Lieutenants are elected, on a day dyesignated by the Governor, and in presence of the village priest, and out going Captain, by the Principalia, or body of principal men of the village. The vil, lage is subdivided into Barangayes, or group of about 100 families each, and for each Barangay there is a Chief or Headman (Cabeza), who is appointed by the Governor, TIlE PIILIPPINE ISLANDS AS TIIlEY ARE1'. 117 on the recommendation of tlie Municipal Tribunal. The Principalia is made up oi Former AMunicipal Captains. F1or mer MI iilcip)al Lieutenants. Forller (G obernadorcilles. Chiefs of Barangayes. All inlhabitants paying more than $50 annually in taxes. The Principalia choose the 12 electors as follows: ( from the Chiefs of Iarangayes. 3 from Former Municipal Captains. 3 from tlie largest taxpayers. The electors hold office for six years, and one-third go out of office every two years. The municipal Captain Imust be a resident of the village, more than 2;5 years of age, read and speak Spanish and be a Chief of Barangay. AWile the Municipal Tribunal nominally controls the local affairs, yet the Captain has the right to suspend all its acts wlich lie considers against the public welfare, and report the nmatter to the Provincial Governor, who has power to rescind them; the Captain appoints all village employes, and removes them at i ill; he can also fine and punish them for petty offenses; he issues orders to the police and collects the taxes. Ile holds a commission as Delegate or Representative of the Governor General, and, in fact, he exercises within his little bailiwick tile same supreme power tlhat the governor exercises in the province, and the Governor General in the whole Archipelago. In each province there is a Junta or Council, whose membership consists of The Admninistrator of Finance. Two Vicars. The Public Physician. The latter Four Members must be residents of the Capital of the Province, and they are elected by the Municipal Captains, from a list of names submitted to them by the Junta with the approval of the Governor. The functions of this Junta or Council are solely those of inspection and advice. It watches over affairs of the Municipal Tribunals, and reports to thle Governor its advice and recommendations concerning them. The Municipal Captain is obliged to deposit the taxes in the Provincial Treasury, the keys of which are lheld by three members of the Council; he draws out the money in accordance with the municipal budget, and his accounts must be approved by his lieutenants, countersigned by the village priest, passed upon by the Provincial Council, and finally approved by the Governor. The Governor has power to suspend the Municipal Captain or any of his colleagues for a period of three months, and the Governor General can remove one or 118 TIlE P'IILII PINE ISLANDS AS TIHEY ARE. all of them fro)m office at will; and "in extraordinary cases or for reasons of public tranqluility, tle (over-nor s111ll have power to decree, without any legal process, the abolition of tlIe Alunicil)al Tribunals.'' (_Article 45.) In Dec)eeelllber,, G8(leneral Polavieja issued a decree, suspending the elections w-licl wel're to ltake place tlat mlonth for one-thirdl of the municipal electors, and directed tle ('()verlnors of Provinces to send in namnes of persons suitable for appointlllenlt, tog( ether with the recollmendations of the village priest in each case. An examinlation of this unique schemle of village government shows that one-half of tlle electoLrs are to be chosell from )pelsonls hlolding a subordinate office and appoinlted )by thle (overnor; that the village priest must be present at all elections aln( imlportant lmeetings; that tlhe Captain lias all the responsibility, and he must also 1be of the class hlolding a sbordinate office by appointment of the governor; thtat tlie acts of Municipal Tribum)al can be suspended by the (Cap)tain and rescinded by thle Gove-lor; and, finally, if tlhe Municipal Trilunal is offensive to the Governor Genleraal lie canl either remove its members and appoint others in their place or can abolish it altogether. Such is thle Spanish idea of self-government; the Minister of the Colonies, in subliitting tlie (lecree to the Queen Regent, expatiated on its merits in giving the natives suchl full control of their local affairs, and expressed the confident belief that it would prove "mlost!beneficent to tlhese people wbhom Providence has confided to tlhe,generous sovereignty of thie Spanishl monarchs." 'iii is schelme of grovernmlent by tMunicipal Tribunals was highly approved by tie natives, except tliat feature of it which placed so much power in the hands of the Govlernorn and Governor General. This, however, was the essence of the matter, from tlhe Spanish standpoint, and tlese portions of the Decree were the ones most fully carried out. The natives complained, on the one hand, of the delay in putting tihe l)ecree into operation, and onl the other hand that so much of it as was establisled was practically nullified by the action of tlhe Governors. Seeing that thie Tribunlals lhad really no power, the members soon turned their sessions (which tlle l)ecree reqluired to be secret) into political meetings in favor of tle insurrection. So tlie whlole project is tihus far a failure; and the local administration is in considerahllle disorder, apart from that caused by the insurgents. In point of fact selfgovern\llenl t and representation are unknown in these islands. The Archbishop and tlhe four Bishops are appointed by the Pope; the Governor General, military and naval officers and all officials with a salary exceeding about $2,000 (silver) are appointed by tlie King or the Minister of the Colonies. Yet all the expenses are paid fronl tile Philippine Treasury; the salaries of all officials, military, naval, civil BRIGA DIER-GENERA a"" I_-" % a r. a ~ B -- I bIC w_ ";-::-S ";r.~- ii :i" ~17" z, 1 ~;~:~ i C~~ II gi i ur~ d "sr a —~ r" -t - w ~~_ ~s I: W pn P %;i"" d k br" I '11E IPtHILIPPI IS t 1 AS T71 1 esi astil of th}~e expet ofls nf Col d coslar service in Japan, Chii f tlle C(olonial office:,adrid, an ai anila aidl the pett t:heir ptowers and r the A 1C: 'disapproved by the Go ie islands is 40 per cent. pO)1p Spain, th( represintation in the Cortes. GEN. GREENE'S HEADQUARTERS AT MANILAE -~ --- —- --- (1 120 1Ti0Il Pl I II:,INI ISI.ANDS AS '1 1: AlRE'. tomn ouse andl Internal Rlevenue Office, according to payment or non-l)ayment of presents by merchanlts, the juiges and court officials to have "borrowed" fr;m attorneys larg.e sumls whllich are never paid, and even the Governor General is reported to hlave org:anized a regular system of smuggling in Miexican dollars, the imnportation of whicllh was prohibited( by law, on a fixed scale o:f payment to hlimself. rThe currenlt report is thlat Weyler carried away over $1,000,000 as is savings lduring the three years fromt 1888 to 1891 that he leld the office of (Govcernior General, oln a salary of $t'O0,)000 a year. )f the proof of these reports I Ihave naturally 1n) t)rsonal lknlowledlge,, but tlley are mIatters of co-nmmon talk and belief, and they have beenc stated to mle by responsible persons, wlio have long resided in the islands. As Iabovc statel, the (Governor General is supreme head of every branch of tlle pu)il)lic service, not excepting the Courts of Justice. How this power was exercised is shownl iI tile hllndreds of executions for alleged political offenses, which took place (!llriig tlhe years 1895, 189(6 and 1897, by the thousands deported to Mindanao al(nd ernandlllo I'o, and( by the number of political prisoners in jail at the time of our' entry into M5anila. On the first examination which General McArtlhur, as Military Governlor, iiiade of the jail, about Autgust 22nd, he released over 60 prisoners confilned ftr alleged political ofl'enses. ()ne of them was a woman who had been imnprisone(l for eleven years, by order of the Governor General, but without any clharge> ev\cr liavilr been presented against her; another was a woman who had been in jail for tlree yealrs on a vargue cliarge, never formullated, of having carried a basket of cartr i(1es to an insurgent. T'le (tl y\ of reckoningl for three centuries of this sort of government came wllen: Admiral D)\ewcy destroyed thle 81pa)iislh squladron on May 1st, 18)8. An insurrection had been iln progress from August, 1896, to December, 1897. Unable to sutp)press it the Government had made a written treaty with the insurgent leaders, payin;g them a laIrg'e sum of money and promising to introduce various reforms on conditioli that they wvould leave the country. Hardly had the Spanisl officials recovered froml tllis when the app.lling disaster of the destruction of their fleet occurred under their very eyes. 'Then followed in ral)id succession the naval blockade, the arrival of the insurgent leaders front IHongkong, the raising of the insurgent army, whlich blo(lckaded Matnila on thlie land si(lde nt ii, filly, te American troops. At the end of 10 1 days after lle destruction of tlie Spanlish fleet, thle city sturrendered to a co()iined land and laval aiita-i ()of the] Aiericaii forces. On tlie day a fter tile capitulation, the American C(aimmander iln (:Tiief issuel hiis proclamrlation establishinrg a military government, ap-,iited a Military (lovernior, a Minister of finance, a Collector of Customs, Col — TIHE PHILIPPINE 1SLANDS AS ThIY At iE'. 121 lector of Internal Revenue, Postmaster andl Jtudge of the Provost Cou:rt; took possession of all public funds (about $!)()(,000), and1 all public offices, and as rapidly as possible put tlis government in operation. T'he machinery of tlhe Spanish Government was thoroughly d(lsolrganized w\hlen we entered Manila. The Courts of Justice, except tlie inferior erininal courts, had. not been in session since early in May; the officials had been cut off from commiunication with the other islands and witll Spain for over tlhrce Ionths; ilthere hlla(l been no customs to collect, and, owing to tlie entire stuspension of business, )but little internal revenue; a forced loan of $2,000,000 for military iurpIose ha(d heen extracted from the Spanisl-Philippine Blank, and yet tle troops were several months in arrears of pay; all government ofliees outside the walled city hlad been moved to temporary (quarters within the walls and their records had been lost or thrownr into confusion; the officials seeing the inevitable end in sight, were intent only on planning for their return to Spain. Tr1his disorganization was completed when the American MIilitary officers took charge of tlhe Government, and every Spanish official, witllout exception, refused absolutely to continue in service. They were immediately dismissed and dispersed. Tlhe situation thus created is without precedent in American history. Wlen Scott cal}tured tle City of Mexico it was acknowledged on both sides tllt his oceupation was only to be temporary, and there were no insurgents to deal with. When tle Americians entered California tlley found only a scanty lpolulation, who were soon outnumbered by the American imi ts. fItut in tlie Philippine Islands there is a poptulation-of more than 7,000,000, governed by an alien race, wlhose representatives present in the Islands, including mIilitary antd aval forces, clergy an civil employes do not exceed 30,000 in number. Against tlhis Government an insurrection is in progress, whiclh laims to have been successful iln p lovinees containilng a population of about 2,00(),000. The city and province of I anila, witl a population of 400,000 more, have been captured and occupied by a foreign army, but vwhetlher its occupation is to be tem)poiary or perimanent has not yet been lcide(ld. Finally, the Government officials of all classes refuse to p)erform their functions; tlie desire of most of tlhem is to escalpe to Spain. It was stitulated in tlie capitulation tlhat they should have tle right to do so at their own expense, alnd nunllt)ers of tllhem, as well as friars, have already taken tleir depalrture. The Spanishl officials lha-ve intense fear of tle Insurgents; and tlie latter hate them, als well as tlie friars, witli a virulence that caln hardly be descril)ed. They have fought tliem witl suc(ess, and almost without interruption for two years, aiand tliey.will continue t fiillt them1 with increased vigor and still greate(d prospects of success, if amy attempl)t is THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THIlEY ARE Ia a L. r. X* I",, f TIlE PIIILIIP'IN;l ISLA\N1)S lS TIIY AIIK;. 123 lmacd to restor ie t Sp alisll (i overn l en t Iln it pe t (I isorganizea d conlitiion Iile Spalnisl ((ovOIrn1e111ltt ((could Ilol t sulcceC8essfll.1 c1(pe wit ti 11 hlem; l 1 0 (t)ile r ll(1d, it wo(uld not surrender to tll hem. rTi(e result, tllheirfore, of al attemptielld estoral(tion of Splpanisi polwer in any of tlhe is laniis would siplll I be civil war an(d a na h l,ll leading inev it aly and speedily to inlterventio, n y foreign nations hliose suljects have ]prop)(erly ini tle islan(ds whlich tley would not allow to l)e destroyed. INSUIJ r.N.T T.OOPS. It is very difficult to give figlure, for tlie exac:t 1111111rs of illsurgent trio)ops. In his nmessareg to foreign governments of Au tgust (;ili, asling for reco(gnition of bell i(erenev and ilndependence, Agiuinald o claims to have a force of 830,00)0 len, o1'1 (;llized intlo a regular arl. rThis inc llded tl foce i tle e p'rovi'nces o(f l 1z()L n outside of Manila. Whlat was in evidence around Manila varied from 10,000( t() 1)5,)000. They were com(posed of young men nMd bovs, some as voung a 1 is fiteei year's v 7of ag.,e recruited in thle rural districts, having no0 property and notllilnog' t lo(e iI a civil war. They lhave received 1n pay iand, altlloutgh Aguinaldo speaks in his pliroc(lllmation of his itlten tion and alility to maintain order lwherever Ilis forces l(oniet rati,. vet thel feetliilg is practically universal among the rank and file t:lat thexy are to lbe comIe)('siiated for their tinme ald( s ervi(ces and hardshilps by looting Manlila. Their equipment consists of a gun, lbayonet and cartridge box; their lilfolril of a straw hlat-, rginghlam silirt and trousers and bare feet; their t:ransportation of a few ponies and carts, iLnlpressed for a day or week at a time; for quarters tliy h lave taken thle public building in each village or pueblo, locally known as thle Tn i ilual, and tlie chlurclies and convents; from thlese details are sent out, to Ian tlie tlrenhelies. Tlieir foodl wile on du(lity consists of rice and banana leaves, cooked at t lie (tuiirte's and sent. out to tlhe trenclies. After a few cdaLys or) a week of ac(tiv( servi( tlhey rictiirn to their hollnes [( feed ulp or vwolrk onl tiheir farmis, their p)laces wl)ingo taileil ly o(tlers to wxvli theyll tuln (over theilr guns alld c(iartridges(s. Thleir ais have beeln )1)tainted from various sources, from. piurclhlases in HIongkong, ftroi t lie suppl)}ly whlich Admltir]al I)ewey found in the arsenal at (Cait(, fromn c(aplture made flro tlie Saniardsll. TIeiy ai'e l)aii'tlvy M\lauser's a nid iparttly lReiningtons. TrI lieir amliiinoinition was (,l)tain(!ed in tlie samlle w(iy. T'I'ei' lhave ]],used it, freely an(l tlie slulpplv is inow rai'llicr sl(to ol 'To rep()lenish- it til( ey have est(ablislhed] a cart-rid(ge fa(:tori at tlie viillage of 1,,l1us, about ten ]iiles so()uthi ()f Cavite, whiere they have -10(0 people eg.iaged in re-loadino' carltlrid(es wvitli powder and IteadI f)ountid at (Cavite, or p)'('licase( l ()road1. i'Thely lhave no artiillely, rex(el)t a few.atiqilue (olumbiads obtailled 1t'rm lC (avite, nildl no cavally. Their oetoilli(d ot' wari'fare is to dig a1 tIrenchll in frolnt of tle Spal)is. h posi.ticlon, cover it with nmats as a protectionl against tlhe sun and rain, and during 12 T1llE I'IIIIiP'IINE ISLAND1)S AS TIHEY ARE. tle 1Jl-li t put thleir guns on top of tlHc trencl above tlleir fheads and fire in the gen(rd di r1ctioll of thle enemtyl. When their ammunlllition is exhlausted they go off in a bo(dyv to ((et a fresh supply)l in baskets and then retl lur to the: trenches. ''ie Men iiare of small stature, from 5 feet to 5 feet 6 inches in height, and weigh ft(ill 110( to 1;( ol)()tllls. Comparedl with them our men from Colorado and Califorl:a seelmedl like a race (of giants. ()n afternoon just after we entered Manila a alitllalion o(f tlie ilnsurgents fircd uipon e the olitposts of the Colorado regiment, mistaking tlhem, as they c'lained, for Spaniard.. The outpost retreated to their support, andl tle Filipinos followed; they easily fell into an amnbush and the support, numberin about fifty men, surrounded the 250 Filipinos, wrenched the guns out of their hands and marched tllhem off as unarmed prisoners-all in the space of a few minutes. Sucli a force can hlardly be called an army, and yet the service rwhich it has rendlered should lnot be underestimated. Between 2,000 and 3,000 Spanish native troops surrendered( to it during the months of June and July. It constantly annoyed and iharrassed the Spaniards il the trenches, keeping them up at night and wearing tllhem out with fatigue; and it invested Manila early in July so completely that all:sulpl)lies were cut off and the inhabitants as well as the Spanish troops were forced to live on horse and buffalo meat, and tle Chinese population on cats and dogs. It captured tlie water works of Manila and cut off the water supply, and, if it had been in t le dry season, would lhave inflicted great suffering on the inhabitants for lack of,water. Tlhese results, it is true, were obtained against a dispirited army, containing;a considerable nuinlmber of native troops of doubtful loyalty. Yet, from August, 1896, to April, 1, 9, they fought 25,000 of tlhe best regular troops sent out from Spain, inflicting on them a loss of over 150 officers and 2,500 men, killed and wounded, andl they suffered still,greater losses thenmselves. Nevertheless, from daily contact witil tllrn for six weeks, 1 am very confident that no suclh results could have been obtained against an American army, which would have driven them back to the hills and reduced them to a petty.guerilla warfare. If they attack the American army this will certainly be the result, and, while these guerilla bands might give somle trouble so long, as their ammunition lasted, yet, with our navy guarding the coasts and our army purstuing them on land, it would not be long before they were reduced to subjection. INSURfGENT CIVIL ADMINISTRATION. In August, 189(, an insurrection broke out in Cavite, under the leadership of Ellmilio Aguinaldo, and soon spread to other provinces on botli sides of Manila. It 'tontinued with varying successes on both sides, and the trial and execution of numerous insurgents, until Decentber, 1897, wS1hen the Governor-General, Primo de TIlE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS TAEY ARE. 125 Rivera, entered into written agreement will Aguinaldo, the substance of the documnent, which is in possession of Senor 'elipe Agoncillo, who accompanies me to Washington, being attached hereto and marked "A." In brief, it reluired that Aguinaldo and the other insurgent leaders should leave the country, the Government agreeing to pay them $800,000 in silver, and promising to introduce numerous reforms, including representation in the Spanish Cortes, freedom of the press, amlnesty for all insurgents, and the expulsion of secularization of the monastic orders. Aguinaldo and his associates weent to llongkong and Singapore. A portion of the money, $400,000, was deposited in banks at Iiongkong, and a lawsuit soon arose between Aguinaldo and one of his subordinate chiefs, named Artacho, which is interesting on account of the very honorable position taken by Aguinaldo. Artacho suled for a division of the money among the insurgents, according to rank. Aguinaldo claimed that the money was a trust fund and was to remain on deposit until it was seen whether the Spaniards would carry out their promised reforms, and if they failed to do so it was to be used to defray the expenses of a new insurrection. The suit was settled out of court by paying Artacho $5,000. No steps have been taken to introduce the reforms, more than 2,000 insurgents who had been deported to Fernando Po and other places are still in confinement, and Aguinaldo is now using the money to carry on the operations of the present insurrection. On the 24th day of April Aguinaldo met the United States Consul and others at Singapore and offered to begin a new insurrection in conjunction with the operations of the United States navy at Manila. This was telegraphed to Admiral Dewey and, by his consent, or, at his request, Aguinaldo left Singapore for IHongkong on April 26th, and, when the McCullough went to Hongkong early in May to carry the news of Admiral Dewey's victory, it took Aguinaldo and seventeen other revolutionary chiefs on board and brought them to Manila Bay. They soon after landed at Cavite, and the Admiral allowed them to take such guns, ammunition and stores as lie did not require for himself. With these and some other arms which he had brought from Hongkong Aguinaldo armed his followers, who rapidly assembled at Cavite and, in a few weeks, he began moving against the Spaniards. Part of them surrendered, giving him more arms, and the others retreated to Manila. Soon afterwards two ships, which were the private property of Senor Agoncillo eand other insurgent sympathizers, were converted into cruisers and sent with insurgent troops to Subig Bay and other places, to capture provinces outside of Manila. They were very successful, the native militia in Spanish service capitulating with their arms in nearly every case without serious resistance. On the 1Sth of Juno 126 ETIE P1IILIPPINE ISLANI)S AS THEY ARE. Aguinaldo issued a prolanlation from Cavite estail)lising a Dictatorial Government, with himself as I)ictator. In each village or pueblo a Clief (Jefe) was to h)e elected, and iln acll ward a Nendrur (Cabeza); also in each pueblo tlree delegates, olle of Police, one of Justice, and one of Taxes. T1hese were to constitute thlce Jun-ta, or Assembly, and after consulting the Junta the Chiefs of puehlos were to elect a (Cief of Province and three Counsellors, one of Police, one of Justice. and one of Taxes. They were also to elect one or more Representatives from each Province to form the IRevolutiolnary C(ongress. Tllis was followed on June 20th l)y a decree giviilg 111()r detailed( inlstructions in regard to the elections. On June 23d another decree fllowed(l, c(lanlging tlhe title of the Government from Diectatorial to Revolutionarl(y, and of ttle chief officer from )Dictator to President; announciirn a (Cabinet with a M5inilster of Foreign A-ffairs, Marine and Comimerce, anothler of War and Public Wolrks, another of Police and Internal Order, Justice, Instruction anld Tl iene, and another of 'axes, Agriculture and Manufaactures; the powers of the President and Congress were defined, and a code of military justice was formulated. On the same d(ate a manifesto was islued to the world explaining the reasons and purposes ot' lthe Revolution. On June 2'tlh another decree was issued containingl instructions in regard to elections. On Aunrust (ithi an address was issued to Foreign (1overnmlents, taling tlhat tlle Revolutionary- Government was in operation and( control in fifteen Provinces, alnd thlat in response to tlie petition of tile duly electedl (hiefs of these Provinces an ap)peal is made for recognition of belligerency and independence. Tlranslalitions of thlese vari()us dollllents are all apended, marked "1," "C," "," F. ^ r1 (:, and:r. rlle sellce-ile of Governmen t is set forth in the decree of Jlne 23(d, marked "D." An exallilnation of t:lis d(lollein t slhows that. it provides a Dictatorship of the faTi liar South Amer'icami typle. All l)ower is centered in the President, and he is n)ot re(slposible to i(Inl (c to ()r his acts. Hle is declared to be "tlle personification of th1( I'hliipille p)lliic. ad11( in this view cannot be held responsible while lie hlolds oltllK.. l li tlrm will last n til the Rievoltti ion triumphs." le appoints not only the heads of tflie (lepla1rt'ients, but all thleir sluhordinates, anid without reference to Contr.ess. This b!Io(dy is compl)osed o:f a silngle Chlamber of Representatives from each 'l tvince. T C e ( lect ii(ol is to be colnd(ucted )by an agelnt of tlie Presid(ent, and the quallificaltioils it (cl cto(rs ar 'tllhose inlhabitants most distin~ui-tlied for lligli character, s0ocil psit iol al ii nl h1oralie conduct." Itl a.1y i'roIvilicce is still 1(und:ler Spal isllh rulie its Rep)resentaltive is to 1e appointed by tlie Plresidltln. C(irllelss is to deliberate on "all grave and transeendental questions, who ecisio n de io admits of delay and adjournment, but tle l'resident may THE PttIIIPtP1NE ILANTDS I .128 THE PHlILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. decide questions of urgent character, giving the reasons for his decision in a message to Congress." The acts of Congress are not binding until approved by the President, and he has power of absolute veto. ('ongress was to hold its first session at Saloles about September 28t1h. While this scheme of Government is a pure despotism, yet it claims to be only temporary, and intended to "prepare the country so that a true Republic may be established."l It also provides a rude form of governmental machinery for managing the affairs of the Provinces. To whlat extent it has actually gone into operation it is difficult to say. Aguinaldo claims, in his address of August 6th, that it is in force in fifteen Provinces, whose aggregate population is about 2,000,000. They include the island of Mindoro and about half of Luzon. None of those (except Cavite) have yet been visited by Americans, and all communication with them by the Spanish Governmient at Manila has been cut off since May 1st. In the province of Cavite and that portion of the Province of Manila outside of the city and of its suburbs, which was occupied by the insurgent troops as well as those of the United States, their military forces, military headquarters, etc., were very lmuch in evidence, occupying the principal houses and churches in every village and hamlet, but there were no signs of Civil Government or administration. It was reported, however, that Aguinaldo's agents were levying taxes or forced contributions not only in the outside villages, but (after we entered Manila) by means of secret agents, in the market places of the city itself. At Aguinaldo's headquarters, in 1Bacoor, there were signs of activity and business, and it was reported that his Cabinet officers were in constant session there. Aguinaldo never himself failed to claim all the prerogatives due to his alleged position as tlhe de facto ruler of the country. The only general officer who saw him -or hiad any direct communication with himn was General Anderson. Hte did much to thwart this officer in organizing a native wagon train and otherwise providing for his troops, and he went so far, in a letter of July 23d (copy herewith marked "J"), as to warn General Anderson not to land Americanatroops'on Philippine soil without his consent-a notice which, it is hardly necessary to say, was ignored. The day before the attack on Manila he sent staff officers to the same General, asking for our plans of attack, so that their troops could enter Manila with us. The same request had ipreviously been made to me by one of his Brigade Commanders, to which I replied that I was not authorized to give the information desired. Aguinaldo did not call upon General Merritt on his arrival, and this enabled the latter to avoid any communication with him, either direct or indirect, until after Manila had been taken. General Merritt then received one of Aguinaldo's staff TIHE PIILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. 129 *officers in his office as Military Governor. The interview lasted more than an lhour. General Merritt referred to his proclamation as showing the conditions under whicl the Amecrican troops had come to Manila and the nature of the Military Governnment, whicll would lbe maintained until further orders from Washington. Ile agreed upon the lines outside of the city of Manila, up1 to which the insurgent troops could come, nult n11 frthller with arms in their hands. Ile asked for possession of the water works, whlichi \\wx given, and, while expressing our friendship and sympathy for the Philippine people, he stated very positively that the United States Government had placed at liis disposal an ample force for carrying out his instructions, and even if the services of Aguinaldo's forces had been needed as allies he should not have felt at liberty to accept them. Thel problem of how to deal with Aguinaldo's Government and troops will necessarily be accompanied with embarrassment and difficulty, and will require much tact and skill in its solution. Thle United States Government, through its Naval Commander, has, to some extent, made use of tlem for a distinct military purpose, viz.: to harass and annoy the Spanish troops, to wear them out in the trenches, to blockade Manila on the land side, and to do as much damage as possible to the Spanish Government prior to the arrival of our troops, and for this purpose the Admiral allowed them to take the arms and munitions which lie had captured at Cavite, and their ships to pass in and out of Manila Bay in their expeditions against other Provinces. But the Admiral has been very careful to give Aguinaldo no assurances of recognition and no pledges or promises of any description. The services which Aguinaldo and his adherents rendered in preparing the way for attack on Manila are certainly entitled to consideration, but, after all, tley were small in comparison with what was done by our fleet and army. There is no reason to believe that Aguinaldo's Government has any elements of stability. In the first place, Aguinaldo is a young man of twenty-three years. Prior to the insurrection of 1896 he had been a schoolmaster, and afterward Gobernadoreillo and Municipal Captain in one of the pueblos in the Province of Cavite. tle is not devoid of ability, and he is surrounded by clever writers. But the educated and intelligent Filipinos of Manila say that not only is he lacking in ability to be at the head of affairs, but if an election for President was held he would not even be a candidate. He is a successful leader of insurgents, has the confidence of young men in the country districts, prides himself on his military ability, and if a Republic could be established the post he would probably choose for himself would be Generalin-Chief of the Army. In the next place, Aguinaldo's Government, or any entirely independent Govern 130 THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS 'lATHEY ARE. ment, does not command tile hearty support of the large,bdy of Filipinos, both in Manila and outside, who have property, education and intelli(ience. Their hatred of tlhe Spanisll rule is very keen andl they will co-operate witll Aguinaldol- or tal1 o1ne else to destroy it. But after that is done tliey fully realize that they must ]ave the supportl of some strong nation for many years before they will be in a position to manafge thecir own aflairs alone. The nation to which tlley all turn is America. and their ideal is a Pllilillppine Replublic, under American protectionl —sucl as tlhey h]ave lheard is to be granted to ( Cuba. But hllen it comes to definiung their ideas of protection and the resl)eetive rigbts and duties of eacl under it, what por(tion of the Government is to be administered by tllem and what portion by us; ]how the revenues are to be collected, and in ilwhat proportion the expenses are to be divided; they have no clear ideas at all; nor is it expected that they should lhave, after generations of Splanislh rule without any experience in self government. The sentiment of this class, the ed(ucated native witl plroperty at stake, looks upon tlhe proslpect of.Aguinaldo's Government and forces entering Mlanila with almost as mIuch dread as the foreign merchants or tile Spaniards themselves. 1Finally, it must be remembered that this is purely a Tagalo insurrection. There are upwards of thirty races in the Philippines, each speaking a different dialect, but five-sixths of the entire Christian population is composed of the Tagalos and Yisavas. Tlhe former live in Mindoro and the southern lhalf of Luzon, and t:he latter in CCeb, Iloilo and otlher islands in the center of the group. The Tagalos are lmore numerous thlani tle Visayas, but 1)oth races are about equal in civilization, intelligence and wealtll. It is claimed by Aguinaldo's partisans tl'at thle Aisayas are in sylmpatlly witl hlis insurrection and intend to send representatives to the eongress. But, it is a fact t tht tle isayas have taken no active ]art in tlie present insurrection nor in thlat of 1896, tlhat the Spanisli Government is still in full control at (Cel.u and Iloilo, and in tlie Viscayas islands, and that Aguinaldo laias as yet Imade no etlort to attiack t]lnem. Thle Visayas number nearly 2,000,000, oir about as many as tlie )popllatio1n,of all tlie Taga;lo Provinces, whicli Aguinaldl o claiis to lave captured(. Th'ere is no evidence to show t htat tphey will support his 1)retensions, and many reasolns to )elieve tllat on account of racial prejudices and jealousies and otlier causes tiley will o)ppose him. 1lponl one point all are agreed, except possibly Aguinaldo and hIis imnicdiate adiereits, and that is that no native government can maintain itself without tlie active support and protection of a strong' foreigln lgovernment. This bleilng ad(llitted it is difficult to see how alny foreign governmlent can give this proteetion without taking TIl'E iIIILIPPINE ISIllANDS AS THEY ARE. 131 suchl an active part in the Inamlgement o faflairs a s a l praictically equivalent to governing in its own nlallle anl for its own account. UNITEi' STATE'S TROOP)S AND) NAVY. I assume that tle reports received at the War and Navy Departmentls give all the desired information in regard to the military forces of the IUnited States. At the time I left (August 30th) the Eighth Corps consiste(l of two divisions, numbering in all about 12,000 men, with 16( field guns and 6 mountain rlgun. No wagons or animals ihad then arrived. One reoiment was stationed within the walled city guarding its gates, and tlle captured guns and ammunition; a small force was at Cavite, and thle b)tlk of tlle troops were in Manila, outside of the walled city. They were quarterel in t e Spanish barracks, whicllh were all in good condition, and in convents and private houses. The healtli of the troops was excellent, notwithstanding tlie extraorldilnalr hardslips to which tlhey lad been subjected in the trenlles before enltering Manilla. Admiral l)ewey had under his colmmand tlie Clharleston, Monterey and Monadnmock, which arrived in July and Aiugust, the Callao anld Leyte, which lad lben captured fron the Spaniards, and tie slil:s which were in the saittle (of Mayl 1st, viz: Olympia, Ploston, I)altimore, Raleigh, Concor(, Petrel and IMc( ll,,oIgh The health of the squadcron was excellent. The Olyml)ia and Concord were being d()oc(ked and cleaned at IIongkong. Permission to use the docks at Nagansaki dlring tlhe suspension of hlostilities had beenC declined. 1UN 'ITED STAT.ES CIVIL ADMINISTRATION. We entere(d Manila on the afternoon of August 13th. On thle 1-tll tlie( c:alitulation was signed, and thle same day G(eneral territt issued his p)roclaiti)ol esal)blishiing a. Alilitary C(overnment. ()n the 15t l Genral Alc:\ritlir was i;pl oi)itte'l Alilitaryt (Comm(ander of tlie walled city and P'rovost Marslhal C(leneral of tlie (City of MIanila an(1 its subturbs, and( ot thle 17th I- was appoilited to t ake c(ll'arge of tlhe (duties perforimed by tlhe intendente G(eneral de Ilaciendla, o0r Ministcr ()f litnnce, and 11l fiscal afllairs. Representatives of the Postoffice )Departml ent al 1 arriv(el )1 1o ( ie S('teamsl]ip China in Julv and they i mmedia tel t ook cha rge of lie A1 1,lilh lo',st-,ofice. whlic was (-opened for business on tlie (tli. Tile (usto lll oise was t)ened t, tliHe 18th, wit I,ieutenant-Colonel Whittier as C(ollector, anld the Inltecrllal RI(ev('1tle office, w\ith Major lBement as Collector on the 22nd. Cap)tain (Glass of tlie Nav\y was appoilted Claptain of thle Iort, or Naval Officer, an1d tool (), I (.l e of lie office on August 19th. The collections of customs during te l tir.t li, days 132 TIE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. exceeded $100,000. The collection of internal revenue was small owing to the difficulty and delay in ascertaining what persons had or had not paid their taxes for the current year. The administration of Water Works was put in charge of Lieutenant Connor, of the Engineers, on August 25th, the Provost Court with Lieutenant-Colonel Jewett, Judge Advocate United States Volunteers, sitting as Judge, was appointed and held its first session on August 23rd. The Provost Marshal General has charge of the Police, Fire, Health and Street Cleaning Departments, and the issuing of licenses. The Guardia Civil, or Gendarmerie of the City, proving indifferent and inefficient, they were disarmed and disbanded; the 13th Minnesota regiment was detailed for police duty, and one or more companies stationed in each Police Station, from which patrolmen were sent out on the streets to take the place of the sentries who had constantly patrolled them from the hour of entering the city. T'he sllops were all closed when we entered on Saturday afternoon, the 13th; on Monday soime of them opened, and by Wednesday the Banks had resumed business, the newslpapers were plublished, and the merchants were ready to declare goods at the (-ustoni House, the tram cars were running and the retail shops were all open and (loing a large business. There was no disorder or pillage of any kind in the city. The condunct of the troops was simply admirable, and left no ground for criticislm. It was noted and commented upon by the foreign naval officers in the most favorlable terms, and it so surprised the Spanish soldiers that a considerable number of them applied for permission to enlist in our service. At the tinme I left General McArthur fully established his office as Provost Marslal General, and was organizing one by one the various bureaus connected with it, all with United States military officers in charge; the Provost Court was in daily session, sentencing gamblers and persons guilty of petty disturbances, and a military commnission had just been ordered to try a Chinaman accused of burglary. In various public offices I collected the following Spanish funds: At tie General Treasury............................$795,517.71 At the MIlint.........................62,856.08 At the Internal Revenue Office...................... 24077.60 $882,451.39 Of this aiImount1 there was in Gold Coin.......................................$ 4,200.00 G old Bars,....................................... 3,806.08 Silver (o in....................................... 190,634.81 Copper (oin..................................... 297,300.00 Spanish Banlk Notes............................... 216,305.00 Accepted Checks.................................. 170,205.50 THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. 1331 The money was counted by a board of officers and turned over to Major C. H. Whipple, I'aymaster IT. S. A., as custodian of Spanish Public Funds. A few thousand dollars in otlier public offices were still to be collected. Tle money received at the Custom Touse and other offices is turned in daily, at the close of business, to Major Whipple. Money for current expenses is furnished to heads of departments on tleir requisition, by warrant drawn by the Intendclte General on the Custodian of Spanish Public Funds. The heads of the departments are to submit their vouchers and accounts monthly to an auditing department, which was being organized when I left. All these public offices and funds were surrendered to me only on threat of using force and on grantingr permission to file a formal written l rotest. None of these iadl been received at the time I left, but thle ground of verallr prot('et was that tlie officials recognized no authority in these islands but the (Governor (General appointed by the King of Spain, and without his order thev were unwillirn to surrender tlhem. On tlie otlier hand, I recognized no authority of tlme Sialliss Governor General who was merely a prisoner of war; I acted under tlhe orders of ('e neral Merritt as thle United States Military Governor, and in accorldace with the terms of capitulation. The claim will probably be made by the Spanish officialslr that as we captured Manila a few hours after tie pelace protocol had beetn sinedl at Washington, this property still belongs to the Spaniards. Ilut I believe that the law in such cases was clearly defined in decisions made by the United States Supreme Court in 1815. We captured Manila, and the capitulation (under which tliesc funds became United States property) was signed by botl parties, before either had received any notice of tle protocol of suspension of hostilities. On the opening of the Custom House several important questiolns arose for immediate decision. The first was in regard to Mexican dollars. Tlie importation of these has for several years been prohibited, with a view of forcing tlhe Spanish coinage (which contains less silver) into circulation. The largc Elnglisl hanks represented that there was a scarcity of currency, owing to the amount whlich had been hoarded and sent away during the seige, and they agreed in consideration of beingr allowed to import Mexican dollars free of duty, to guarantee tlie notes and accel)ted checks of the Spanish bank, which shouldl be received by us in p)aym-ent of c(ustomlls up to $200,000 at any one time. The Spanish bank was in difficulty, owing to the enormous amount which thle Government had taken from it under tlhe foru'm of a forced loan, and any discrimination on our part against it would result in its failure, 134 TTIIE PTIII IfPI 'NI ISLANIDS AS THEY ARE. entailing widesIread financial disturbance. As there seemed no reason against allowingl tle importaltionll of 5Mexican dollars anld many in favor of it, I recommended that tlhe Custom)ll loluse contin ue to receiv the i notes and checks of tilis bank in paymlent of customsi (for whlich we were amply protected by the guarantee of the strong English balnlks) and with General Merritt's approval wrote to these banks authlorizing thelll to ilmport Mexican dollars free of lduty until further notice. The next question was in regard to the rate of duties on imports and exports. After a careful consideration of the matter, I recommended that the tariff be not chang'ed until the qlestion had been fully studied and ample notice given. General Merritt approved tllis and the customs are being collected on the Spanish tariff. About a wceek after tle Custom House was opened certain parties came to me representing that Consul General Wildman, of HIongkong, had informed them that ltnitedl States goods would be admitted free of duty in Manila, that acting on this they liad purchased a cargo of American illuminating oil in IIongkong, and thalt the l)aylment of the heavy duty on it ($30 per ton, or about 8e per gallon) would rulin them. On consulting Lieutenant Colonel Crowder, Judge Advocate af the lkighth Army Corps, lie pointed out the language of paragraph 5 of Gencral 2l erritt's )roclalnation, which followed literally the instructions of the President, viz: " 1'1 'Port of Manila will hbe open while our military occupation lmay continue, 1o t1(e commlerce of all neutral nations as well as our own, in articles not contraa},11nd of w\ar. and upon palymenit of the prescribed rates of duty which 1mav be in fo(rce at tl the tine of the imlportation." I lln(er tlis tlhere \was clearly no authority for discriminating in favor of American (o0(dl., eitliher comingii direct froml a United States Port or by transshipment at Ilongkong. The Collector of Customs was directed to act accordingly. Anotlher quest:ion was in regord to tlie importation of Chinamen into Manila. Tihe Consull at. 11) ongklon7g telegrlaplled to know if they would be admitted. As there liad he( n ) ) t i I for Cxab)Ii ig( thI e treaties and laws in force on thlis subl)ject, I repllied( witl ((nel(rl'l Mcritt's lap)proval tlhat for tlhe present it was not practicable to admit (Chinese ll)oels il(to anila. Anotiher very im),port tait (qu(estion which arose was in regard to trade with thlt-' other Ph}ili)l)f)pe islands. (Ne', ll dl tlhe heimp and thle greater part of the sugar t * r: -::,-;_ :-~~ ~ ~:;::.I:_:~: L ----— ; —~~ —:~-:::~-Xa I - i,,,.a,* *,: t::;:x s.,,, ~~- ii4a~ c ) i"~ V a; ~: i -s J 1 'i I '" b: i. a '" t sag %~: i Fs:i "~ RIi $ ii i1 I x i IB p 1,,M f i i, I, ~r :42 na f ai r 1 y 4 *r ri i,! ~a~ I aic c~r, ~ i a i rr,-,, ~~ I";b h r; ~ E* ~-:' i s 4 t "; -*: :p:x II,-ii61 C I-~~~ ---- I " 5~*:. r;-~~ i i:\j. x d::~4; : a i f ' 4-:- 1 1 c t t ~~i-x i i ir 1` e zl "i zr~: " ~e*p *~i% ~i i ui:~ " b r B,-'-a;u i "~ "j g;$l 0-P : v-:~ v; " -? ~ -;c;"~;a"* i "e h~ irrP "r, t ~ Et ~ -1! i F PibI 4 -~;P,( 1 "id:":;iX '-~ r :*;: i:C c~,i if ~I;. -= -r:4: ~i; ::~.B: s~i', F i d i B I i t ~2 *" ~,= r P ~rM 1 i, n i B 9 P~' i I: v t I 1 ::b\4 $-ji s 1 t i i~ -it ?I Y' ~c~ -ds5u a jj _ h; ~ x u~ -~- ~ -, ~r~"=9f: ' ~ w i ux 4". B ~z.i ~ '1" ~ " -~-,I fe,.,, ~-:4 i~~ "ai :$ ": U w "; I bP\ r I to, K~-r~I r 4 4> 4 ei. i; -I `ts: k-: i " " "~ I -;::~ h :i;kl 4" 1 " ii":::$:-:a~~-;;I- ~ I -y1N T4 1 NrI V "! it I; I: >4"1 - 4~ cx,. f z ~1 j./( -j - m Z 7 -11 k ti A,;:I fitsii t WAR DEPARTMENT, - A0JUTANT Ga ERACS OFFIC, MMITARY INFORMIATONI VIViSioIw 41 L A ii rj,4t4;X\ i' li'. Dt ss.,,,.; M @ y iS.s. 8 t A i r 5'i I~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~z -t |^ * A ', ':',,^,,^.l",1^ / \''2 i'',. *;'. ** 11' i!.'. I..-..~~~:;t. r.. S v,,,, 7naefi~tIe-S)0a* i;C..,; "..':,r., *:^, V;-. f-i:: St *............. ^ j'^ 'tS ''.....0 ^:::ssl,. i;. * ^ y,:.,1N; 'V^S ' *^ '( A?:,, kii<0; ':;Eg-.-:', L w^ - 3^'^^ "^ r^ -^-f <.. t-^ ^-: ^.-.. ze,,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4~ ~~: " r ` I~; i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~~~i~~~~~v~~~~Y~~~io OF(IIAL A, I \ P Y TIt W AlR IP>AITENIT OFl III SEI O F WAR IN S11 P1II IAP1l- N;S' THE PItILIPiINJE ISLANT)S AS THEY AIE. 135 is grown in the Visayas. lThe hemp is bought by foreign nerelants in Manila, who bring it tllere from the otller islands, an1id exClort it, Ia viini l.arIe (Idties to thle Mallila (CustoIm House. These mlerclants were anxios to bring' up their stock, of which lalrge amnount had accllmulated luring tihe waand shlilp it ablroadl. The ships engaged in this island tadle were idle in tlhe IPalsi,. Thley b)elonled to a Spanish corporation, owned entirely by Scotch cap)ital, aI had Ia Spanish Register. The owners were ready to transfer tlhem to tlie American flag. Could tlese vessels be allowed to clear for the ports of Cebl and Iloio, -whiclh welre in Spanish possession? The Judige Advocate advised me that they could not, withlout tlic express aiutior:ty of the 'President. I so notified the owners of the slips and tlle hemp mercliaits. The day before I left Manila, hlowever, Admiral I)ewey received a cable from the Navy Departmlent stating that Spanishl sliipl had been gTrantel the privilege of trading to AmLerican ports during the lsuspension of hIostilities, ad( tlhat American slhips could be granted a similar privilege for Spmanish ports. I understood that on the strength of this cable General Otis intenlde(l to allow tle Umiiited States Consul at Manila to grant these vessels an lAmlericani Reg'i-t(er an(l then allow them to clear for the other islands. I do not know what tlie arranolnem t, if any was made, in regard to the payment of export duties at Iloilo. Cllea(ly thle lhemp cannot'pay export duties at both Iloilo and lMaila, anl( tlie Spliaiirlls (aie lnot likely to allow it to leave Iloilo free while we collect an export lduty on it at Manlila. Incidentally, this illustrates the complications and loss tllat will arise if tlhe islands are subdivided. The principal merchants for all tlhe isla1inds are at Mlanil a,l and 90 per clent. of the duties in imports and exports are collected at its Clustonl Ifotse. A large part of the imports are redistributed through tle islands ad ll tll ie lhemp and suglar, which form the principal exports, comie to 1Man;ila from i (otllr islands. If., tllcn, we retain Luzon and give tlic other islands black] to Sp)lil or sonie otl(c'r nation, tlhat nation will impose import and export duties on e(velrytlint g c omlin ( frlo.(l to ManIila. The foreign trade of that city as a distributiing a-nd collectilng pl)mit for a1ll tlle islands will be lost, and its prosperity will be destroyedl; moreover, tle Go(lvernlllent revenue from that trade will be lost. In view of tlhe fact tllat Spanish officials declilned to co-operate or assist in any way in the American government of Manil a, tlIe ease and raplidity withl which ordler was maintained, tle imachlinery of governmlcnt plit in operatioll andl business reestablished, after our entry into Mianila is very remarkable. For every po-ition in the Government service, legal, (dlminlistrati ve, financial, mechanical, clerical], (men could be found in our volunteer ranks wvlec were experienced in just tlhat class of 136 THE IPILIPPINE ISLANDS AS THEY ARE. work ait home, and lll e took charge of their Spanish positions with promptness ant confideince. Even in the matter of language no serious difficulty was encountered, for no less than 30 good( interplreters were found in the California and Colorado regimentts. Tle AMilitary llloverlment as now organized and aldministered, fulfills all the requirements of preserving order and colleetiing tlhe public revenue. The civil eonuri. lhowxever, hlave yet to be organized, and their organization will present many dillicultieC. CHAPTER X. OFFICIAL IIISTORY OF TIlEl CONQUEST OlF MANILA. The Pith of the Official ReIports of the Calpture of Alanlila, by [Major-General Wesley Merritt, Commlanding th e Plilippilne Expe(ition; General Frank V. (- recne, General Artl ur MeArtlur. and( (enerl Thomas Alderson. \VitIl tihe Arti — cles of Capitulatilon, Showing H:iow 8,000 Amlericans (Ca'rie(l an Inltrelnlced City With a Garrison of 13,000 Spaniards, and Kept Out 1.4,000 InsutrentsThe Difficulties of American Generals With Pllilippine Troops. One of the most interesting events in tlhe records of the fall of cities, that carried witlh tihem decisive factors affecting nations, is that of the conqu(est of Manila, 1by th:e army and navy of the United States in tlie m(emorable year of 1898. The victory of aAdial (leorge I)ewy May 1st, n the hay of anila niol (Cavite has been celel)rated in every clie an i a la s, an i ll ln a, nd the great story is related in this book as one of universal fame, an(d iv-len in ouitline and also iln i)en pictures meant to show the local coloring, and thlese are incidents most illlsiltrative that are not familiar. The names of the ships and tlle officers of thle victorio(us fleet, and the force of the contending sqtuadrons in men and gun are herewith presentedl a is indisputable record. Admiral Dewey held on to his command of the bay and city of Manila, braving all dangers-land they were many-and as fast as the army colld 1be organized and equipped, reinforcements were forwarded. General Wesley Merritt was appointed. the Commander in Chief of the expedition to tie Philippines, andl arrived at (Cavite, July 25th. The official hUstory of the operations that forced the surrender of the old Spanish capital in the East Indies has not received thle public attention its unusual and instructive character demands, because tlie reports were not received in the States and given to the public until the Paris peace commission was assembling, and this singularly suggestive detail lias been almost neglected. It is lhere for the first time consecutively arranged. annoiatled and adjusted, so as to tell tlie whole story. The part played by the insurgents is one tliat lias not been stated by authority and with precision combining narrative form withl tie internal evidence of authenticity. The first expeditionary force of the United States to arrive was that of General Thomas Anderson, on June 30, sixty days after Dewey's victory. The second expeditionary force, under General Frank V. Greene, arrived July 17, and the thirdm, 137 38 OFFICIAL HISTORY F01 1 THE CONQUEST OF MANILA, nder General MeArtlhu )und Rear Admiral Geor utside of tle transports mas "'in full control of assed within range of tl ie fire of the enemy." (30th, five days later than General Merritt, wo Cneh ie off Ca) n the railita d his vessel Id I,1 eie1 I I~ 1 Iry s, It( navlgal if I S i1n 1nuIl ed oti Aanila without draw1r risers froml the fire of nin at was, and sonie that wl ib THE SEAT OF WAR IN OAVITE I r 1. spo sed T:s of California e"lpied:the ito; Volunteears; w 7, Third Unitec F'irtst (.'alifornia, krtillerv, Twenty-thi ravite; wile Brigadi:ped with his briga(7 Artillery, Companyy Febraska, Tenth Pen Iti at Ir BIs OFFICIAL IIISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF AIM NILA. 139 sylvania, and Batteries A and B of the Utah Artillery, along the line of the bay shore near the village of Paranaque, about five miles by water and twenty-five miles by the roads from Cavite. The Major General commanding visited General Greene's camp and made a reconnaissance of the position held by the Spanishl, and also the opposing lines of the insurgent forces, finding General Greene's conmmand encamped on a strip of sandy land running parallel to the shore of the bay and not far distant from the beach, but owing to the great difficulties of landing supplies "the greater portion of the force had shelter tents only, and were suffering many discomforts, the camp being in a low, flat place, without shelter from the heat of the tropical sun or adequate protection during the terrific downpours of rain so frequent at this season.' The General commanding was at once struck "by the exemplary spirit of patient, even cheerful, endurance shown by the officers and men under such cireumstances, and this feeling of admiration for the manner in which the American soldier, volunteer and regular alike, accept the necessary hardships of thle work they have undertaken to do, has grown and increased with every phase of the difficult and trying campaign which the troops of the Philippine expedition have brought to such a brilliant and successful concluision." The left or north flanks of General Green's camp extended to a point on the "Calle Ieal," abolut 3,200 yards from the outer line of Spanish defenses of tlie city of Malnila. This Spanish line began at the powder nm1agazine, or old fort San Antonio, witiin a hundlred yards of the beach and just south of the Malate suburb of Manila, and stretched away to the Spanish left in more or less detached works, eastward, tlhroLugh swamps and rice fields, covering all the avenues of approach to the town an(d encircling the city completely.' General Merritt defines with firmness and perspicuity his position regarding the Filipinos in these terms: "Thle Filipinos, or insurgent forces at war with Spain, had, prior to the arrival of the American land forces, been waging desultory warfare witl tlhe Spaniards for several months, and were at the time of my arrival in considerable force, variously estimated and never accurately ascertained, but ptrolbal)ly not far from 12,000 men. These troops, well supplied with small arms, with plenty of ammunition and several field guns, had obtained positions of investment opposite to the Spanish line of detached works throughout their entire extent; and on the particular road called the "(Calle Real," passing along tlhe front of General G eenl's brigade camp and running thlrough Malate to Manila, the insurgents had established an eartlhworlk or i trechl within 800 yards of the powder-magazine fort. They also occupied as well the 140 OFFICIAL IIISTO)IY OF TilE CONQUEST OF MANILA. oacd to the right, lcadillg f rom thll villagte of Pas:say, and the approach by the beach was also in their possession)t. Tlbis aI );nolalous state of afflairs, nanely, hlaving a line of tiuasi-lhostile native trops ()l tween (olr forces and tlhe Spanish position, was. of 0()1t is, very. o})jectiona ) tl, aI t it was (_d l1icult to deal with, owing to tile lleculiar c(rlondlitio) of our rcelitiiol-s witll th i llnurlgenits, whicht nall: be brliefly st4atetd as follows: "Sho tly aftI (eri tile lnavol ti)tle, ()f AIcil M ila I: Ba the principal leander of tlhe in-:.srn 'I'lt, ( (inemll llili.\ Aiiinllo. (caile to Cavite fl'rom Ifong'liong, alnd, with thle onsent of our naval authorlities. 1(gan active work in raising troopis and pushing thl:Spl:lnill'lds inl tlie direct(io of the city otf Ihlanila. Having met. witll some success, and ie nativs itlo1king tlo his lasistance, lie proclaimled anl indcpendeI t overllntit of republican form(l, witi llil lli a pS 0iresidel(,ll and aft e til e it-e of my arrival iII tll Ilands tle entire edifice (,tof exe('cIti've anId (legislative (ldlpart mliets (Iand sludivi si)l )f lerritorv for t(ildmiistratil p)ilo(),s ad( been accimp)lisled, at lea st o)n1 p}})(r a l( the Filipinos) held illitkirv po'sssloa of( many points inl the islalnds otller than tlhose in t lh vicil i t v (of LI n il1 a. "As ( 1eneral Agl i nild( 1did no:t vi i t ie on my arrival, nor i ofl oer his t services as 1 slbor'diate dilitar leader, anid a 1- ii\st rcti(ins froi tlhe President fallv colI laftlaed tlhe o(cculpatiol of tle i-land('s by tfhie IAmerican land forces, and (stated hait 'gtlie li(lpowers of the iiltiaix occlipant are ab solut a I se an snurei minl iliaedlilatelv ope()l te 1upol tile politi(cl (o)e(liti(on of the inhabitnits,' I dlid (ot co)nsider it v'se({() to h(ld dilc(t co()milunlt ti(o with tlh ilnslrgent leader unti I shailld be in ]posscssol o theli cit o(f lIaila, espe)cially as I would lot until tihen be i.1 ositi()on to i<ssue a )1l()1 iMIlll11tio)l an(1, enforce miy authlority, in the event that his <tret enlsiols sholll(l (lash wit 11 liv desi:nils. For these raso.ls tIl ie pre' rations fori tlhe attack on the city were p ire ssed1, mi(l 'ili'. op(l0ctiollus condulctc(cd wit lllhot reference to tlhe sit'ution of tlie insurgeat orces. TIle xVi (om of (i tis c( rsc was slbsequenltly fully estiat)lished by tlle falct that lien tlie t lroops of m1 co1llland.( carrlied(1 tlie Spanish itrclieits, extending i'ro til tle s itsela t lfie Paso. x vl11 onl(l i) on thie ce xtrie me Sl)alish ritgl t, we were under no ob1ligtlltions, by p)earranlged lp, lah;l'. of (m,[ utu;al attack, to tu:hrin to tle rightt and clear tIe f'rn t still IIe d agailst the1 ilsgents, but were able to move forward ait once a1cd occupy t1vlie cit ll(l s Iirbs. (,ciicii"l (Anidlrrso( wvos t)i(, t]i t (oficer of tl}te Americani arliny tco arrive, atld says Admiral )cewey gave him "every pos)sil)l e a.ssist.a ce,' ad1(:1( 1 fa vore((l him "wv ith a clear stateenelit of1 tile sitlatlon." ()l t(e secoi(id (day a:fter lie appeare(l at Cavite, Wvhichi wals one d(oI y v ftci' (.ncicra ll clMerr'ilt's (departure from San l1Francisco, lie had an. interview with{ thle ilsgeil't chic.\g'n, inallo, and learned from him that the OFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE CON(QUEST OF MANILA 141 Spanishl forces 1l(ad withdrawn, driv-n hlack 1hy i alrmyI1 as lie clailned(, to a line of defense inmediatcly around the city a(nd its subl rlls. lie estilmated tlhe Spanish forces at albout 11.00O0 1men, anId his 1on aIt aIbout the samle nlllllube. lie did not:s-eem pl)]e(sed atl tll inlllcolini of our lland tfor( es, lhol ilo, as I believe, tllat lie could tlake th.l citv w:ith hlls owu arllny, with thle co-ope(ratoln of thle A.i lriana flleet. ",elevinCi' l tha"t hloweNver sulcces'lll llie illilurl ' ts lav lhave 1)en iil olauerilla warfaro ag:'in.ls 11te SJloIiardsl thalt tiley c,oul(d nIo(t carry their line< s by salllt or 'educ.e the cii lv si(, and s11 l)ectingl furthier. tlhat a tlharit and ellfetive e o-opera-i f0ion could not te1 extpecte d, I llad at lonce a series of reconinai-sanies mitle to exactlv locate thle e111y's lines of ldefense 1and to as-certain their stlrelltlh." 1The d(rte of tlile 050 ipression ae otn Genierl Andelorslls ilad as to tlie displecastre oft.A1,julinald is ilip(ortatli. Th]e 1ins1r1'e lit chielf wou ld l;ave ptref0erred Tite nilitary' (istilecti0,n)1s to lhave tbeen reslerved for hlimself. Gene ral An\derson says of the S -ialislh ttac(:ls oln (Gonral Greene's lines: "11Thee (colnlic:ts beg)a(1 oil tile 1nihtilt of itly lI31, (as soon as. t lle (cI(:nelv lad rea1lize(l T!lhat Nwe a1Id(l takenl tile 1)lace:> of tlie LI il)inosl, and hegan a s..lste o ear(l; (;:thlwor\ks tfo the fIrolt o l liltO i old lile. It 1lia have (ee1n mierely eoiaeidnlt, iut those alttaks I I orIti s bega ati t1( tile tile title (-at }ain (ien cerl of: a)llila w r lieved by1 his.i second illn c001l1111d. For 11101ore t illlan six we\eks tle ins'ellts ha!l ket u) a lickcriigea illfaii ntry 1ir e Son t rl e S)anisll relells, i1ring' oca(sio(1lly se olt -ie( e lie(es a tli)tlld 1)( Ad(liral )Dewey at C(avitoe an1d g ive t o A\g:, tltill(I(o. Tl ese (,)o01 llIts were oCevor Cerious, a1111. tlle Splaniards, so far 1as I k1(w, madllle no s)orties 11po)11 t1ilel. B;lult there is no doubt of tile fact thilat tlhe Spa 1 lir(lds attalkled( o(lt lil s w\itil force.and vindictiveness, until tlley w0ere informed ttlat tlie b'ingingll ) () of a ellCi';l ennlge'lement would lead to a bombarldlIment of tlie city. After illis tlIdee was for several days a tacit sus])peision of hlostilities." As to thle situation of (en(racl (Creene, Brigdier (enetal Merritt -s' 'Tlie difil:ujlty ill galining all a110eClile of apl)itro((rIh to tile Spal)isi linie lay iln tile fact of my dlisilcliatlion to ask G(clenial A(guila:ll()o to withillraw til'l( tile beachlt and t.he 'Calle eal,' so tlIat Grecne c()oul( move ot rwair(lId. Tl iis wa1s OVerc(1 1 y l)l instructions to General Greene to arrailge, if possible, witli tlie illnsliret l'igT(adc co1mmandeor in Illis immllediate Yiciilit to move to tlie r'igllt and allow tlie A eric(1ian forces tuInobstructed control of thle roads ill their imlllllliate tfront. No ol(je( tionfl was made, and accordingly Genera1 1 (tee10's brigade tlt'oe w forward a1110\ (v iutipost line on the "Calle Heal" and tle )0eaell0 and constiructed a treinc Ill, in vllil( (1 pIcrtiotx of the guns of tle 1Utalit latteries was placed. "The Span iishI, observing this activity on our part, madle a very 01 arp 1 attack with 142 OFFICIA HISTORY 0] 'HE CONQUEST OF MANILA, ( I 116' '2,4J h fax Sd, clef~~~~~~~~~~ ^.1 In 1 # II Ij OFFICIAL ITISTORY OF THE CONQUESST OF MANILA. 143 iniantry and artillery on the night of July 31. The behavior of our troops dluring this night attack was all that could be desired, and I have, in cablegrams to the War Department, taken occasion to commend by name those who deserve special mention for good conduct in the affair. Our position was extended and strengthened after this and resisted successfully repeated nilght attacks, our forces suffering, however, considerable loss in wounded and killed, while the losses of the enemy, owing to the darkness, could not be ascertained. "The strain of the night fighting and the heavy details for outpost duty made it imperative to re-enforce General Greene's troops with General MacArthur's brigade, which had arrived in transports on tlie 31st of July. The difficulties of this operation can hardly be overestimated. The transports were at anchor off Cavite, five miles from a point on the beach where it was desired to disembark tle men. Several squalls, accompanied by floods of rain, raged day after (day, and tle only way to get the troops and supplies ashore was to load theim from the shilp's side into native lighters (called 'caseos') or small steamboats, move thleml to a point opposite the camp, and then disembark them through the surf in smiall )boats, or by running the lighters head on to the beach. The landing was finally aecomplishied, after days of hard work and hardship; and I desire here to e-xpress again my (ad-mirtion for the fortitude and cheerful willingness of the men of all commands enllgaed in this operation. "Upon the assembly of MacArthur's brigade in supp)ort of Greene', I lad about 8,500 men in position to attack, and I deemed the timne had coine for final action. During the time of the night attacks I had comlmunicated my desire to Admiral Dewey that lie would allow his slipls to open fire on tlie righlt of thlle Slanish line of intrenchments, believing that sueli action would stop tile night fi'irinl and loss of life, but tlle Admiral had declined to order it unless we w\ere inl (dangIer(l of losing our position by the assaults of the Spanish, for tlie reason that, in lis opillion, it would precipitate a general engageient, for wlichl lie was not relady. Now, lbowever, the brigade of General MacArthur was in position and the Monticl(ry had arrived, and under date of August 6 Admiral I)ewey agreed to my siuggestion tlat we should send a joint letter to the Captain General notifyingll lhinm that lie lshould remove from the city all non-combatants witllin forty-eilght hours." The joint note of General Merritt and Admiral l)ewev was s as follows: IIEADQUARTERS U. S. LAN) ANI) NAVAL FORC'ES, Manila Bay, Plilippine Islands, August 7, 1898. The General in Chief Commanding Spanish Forces in Manila. Sir: We have the honor to notify your excellency tlat operations of the land 144 OFFICIAL IIISTORY O OF T CONQUEST OF MANILA. and naval forces of the United States against the defenses of Manila may begin lat any time after tihe expiration of forty-eiglht hours from the hour of receipt by you of this conlMunnication, or sooner if made necessary by an attack on your part. Thiis notice is given in order to afford you an opportunity to remove all noncombatants from the city. Very respectfully, WEIS LY 11ME t lr T, Major-General, Un:itld States Arlny, Commanding Land Forces of tile lulnited States. G(IEORiGE D I'WI EY, Rear-Admiiral, United States Navy, Commanding United States Naval Iorces on Asiatic Station. 'The notable wor(ls ill this are tlhose l' lagoaist tle (c efelnses of Mallnila,' iintead of a;alinlt tle city itself-thle usual wayy-the city was to be spared if possible. Manila, August 7, 1898. lThl (;ovcrn o)-(leneral and Captain-General of the 'lliippines to tile Maljor-(leneral of: tlie Ar niv a i( tile hear Ad(iliral of the Navy, commuanding, respectively, the AMilitary ai ild Naval 1Forces of the t nitced States. (leit leimen I 1lave the lhonor to ilnforlm ' y)lur excellencies tlhat at lhalf-past. 12 ito-dayl I.rcei\.ved tle notice withl wh\ich y ou favol)r m(:, that: aifter forty-eihllt hours hfavti (lapsd yvol'' ) beCgin o)peratios aainst tis ortc i i fied city, or at an earlier hour Jif tie torcs miider your command are attanced by mmie. A\s Vyour no1 ( ic e is sent fo tile p)ill)pose otf providingi for the safelt (of nlon-coimh})allais, I give thlialks to yo(ur excellencies tfor thIe lu mliiane senltiment xyou have stowi,\\ l, a stdte thl;l t, fiiin dinll' 1elf st rroulndel d by insulrrectionary forces, I amn wltmilllt plce(s( of 'refutge for tlie ilcreased numbers of wounded, sick, i women, and chil(dien' who 1are now lod(ged win th e iall s. \Vry r1Cesectfully, and kissing the hands of your excellencies, 0) RMI I RE J1A U ) IENE' S, Governor-General and Captai;n-General of the Philippines. 'The sec(oni 1 ila',l(lraaph of tle Cco(ver nor-G eneral and Clptain-GCeneral's letter indicateli;n ( scic ( t,, lessness, a(d (re t its tlhe insurgents with surroundling thle city so that there wa\\(s o icftl(t. Aig l stt l 9lth there was 1a seconld joint note fronm Maljor( en(eral Alerrilitt and Rear, A(ldmiral Dewey, in tlhe teris followin(g: 'TThie (overlor-lleeral and" 'apltail-(eneiral of tIle li lippilnes. "Sir: 'The icvitall e isu:tlcringl in store for tlie wounded, sick, \omen, an1l childlren, in tlle cvent fllat it 1 Iccoe!1i(s our duty to relduce t he defenses of tlie lwalled town in which they are gathlered, will, we feel assured, appeal successfully to tlhe OFFICIAL IIIHSTORY OF TIlE CONQUEST 01 MANILA. 145 sympathlies of a general capable of making the determineld aii( prolonlged resistance whichl your excellency ias exhiblited after tlie loss of your naval forces ani without 1hope of succor. "We thlerefor e, submit, without prejudice to tlHe high sentilments of honor and duty whicll your excellency entertains, that surrounded on every side as you are by a conimsti il increasing force, witli a powerful fleet in yolur f'roit and deprived of all prospect of reinforcemenlt adl assistance, a most useless sacrifice (of life wolul(l result in tlie event of an attack, and therefore every consildeiation of llthum itv nialcs it imlperative that you slholld not stu)ject yonur city to the 11orlrors of a Iom)(;l)(llme llt. Acordiglllv, we demand the surrender of tlce city of Manila and hlle Sl)paisll forc)es ulndel r your (co an1'(l dlld. The Captain-G(Jneral wanted tille to hob'r f aroill Mnd!rid, an(d wa-a reltsled. TIhe lantlua(Il e of ()eneral (treenle, in stating the fact that lie t)ook posscssion of tlhe iintrel ichlienlts of ti he illnsurglts, is ill these wor ds: "On tile oingiii (of Juiii 29, in co0l)lianee witl vwrt)ial isti 1e(tionll ree',ived tlhe previous (lay f(m tlle Ad.juitint-G(leneral o(f t li'e vihth \lAmxy (Coips. I o(-cc(i)ieCl the insurgeneit ti(liiel( t raiomn tihe beaici to the Calle eai. with mi iattaIlioll Eiilitelthi lnlit(ed Staltes Ifantrll, ioie bi(itilio In 'ist Ciol i(adol In lantiy ialdiilc fouin1 uilstwo riom eh, iL of tIhe Utah lbatteres- the ti "chi es ii g) v I It ( t imn rell |uest b) tlhe inulrgent tfo(ces 1111delr Blrig:dier-(Gnieral Nolil. A, s tlies tle n lies were badi( loca ]()(td an i itsufitienit inl size and sirengt1(1 I ()dered(1 ano()t lile o nlrlicted about )100 iard; in advance of themi, nd tlills work was conp(te i, 1, 11111in l)v hv the l-irst C, lorao, (d i tuing tile lliglt of.Ju til 9 -30. The le-gtlh of ilis lit e was only 20() vard(s, and lon its ri(lit were a few barrnicaes, not contilinuotus, o()(cct1id l by tlie ilnsLurgients, extending over to the large rice sxwamp,) just east of tile ra)adl a'o i aI'lsay to P1aco (shown on tlie accompavingi map). acingl tlese was at strong Spanish line, colnsisting of a stole fort, San Antonio de Abad, near the bea:i, I i ltlrne ie lllts of sand(bags and (eart about seven feet higih and 10 feet tiick, exteildiig iln a cureid direct:ion for bot 1, 20?()0 yards and terminating in a fortified blockihous()e, 1ktinow(n as No 14, beyoand outr 'ilght on the Pasay road. It faced our froiit 111(1l enveloped our righ lt llan1k.' G(eneral Greene, reporting the fighting on his front, says of the Spanishl po)sition and first attack. Moiunted in and near the stone fort were seven guns in all, viz., three 1)bronze field gunsii (f 3.6 inches caliber, four bronze mioulntail (tguns of 83.2 illeles calli er. adll in tlie vicinity of Bllockhouse No. 1i were two s;eell( illtaill us of 3.2 ill(ies caliber. 46 OFFICIAL tIISTORY 01 TLHrEx CONQUEST.;5 OF MAN ILA. THE C1t Oautl -' E "'J1 11v2'9 I U A.3 4 OFFICIAL IIISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. 14' The line was manned throughout its length by infantry, with strong reserves at Malate and at the walled city in its rear. Shortly before midniglht of July 31-August 1 the Spaniards opened a heavy and continuous fire with both artillery and infantry from their entire line. Our trenches were occupied that day by tlie two battalions of the Tenth Pennsylvania Infantry, one foot battery (II), nearly 200 strong, of the Third Artillery, and four gLtuns, two of Battery A and two of Battery B, Utah Artillery. For about an hour and a lhalf the firing on botl sides, with tll atier nd infantry, was very heavy and continucus, our expenditure of ammunition being 160 rounds of artillery and about 60,000 rounds of infantry. rlThat of the Spaniards was nearly twice as much. The American loss was ten killed and forty-three wounded. General Greene says: "Major Cuthbertson, Tenth Pennsylvania, reports that the Spaniards left tleir trenchles in force and attempted to turn our right flank, coming within 200 yards of his position. But as the night was intensely dark, with incessant and heavy rain, and as no dead or wounded were found in front of his position at daylight, it is possible that he was mistaken and that the heavy lire to which he was subjected came from the trenches near Block House 11, beyold llis riglt flank, at a distance of about 700 yards. The Spaniards used smokeless )powverl, the thickets obscured the flash of their guns, and the sound of the AIauser billets penetrating a bamboo pole is very similar to the crack of the rifle itself. "This attack demonstrated the immediate necessity of extending our intrenchments to the right and, although not covered by my instructions (\which were to occupy the trenches from the bay to Calle Ieal, and to avoid precipitating an engagement), I ordered the First Colorado and one battalion of the First (alifornia, which occupied the trenches at 9 a. li., August 1, to extend the line of trenches to the Pasav road. The work was begun by these troops, and continued every lday by the troops occupying tlhe trenches in turn, until a strong line was completed l1) August 12, about 1,200 yards in lengtli, extending from the bay to tlie east side of thle Pasay road. Its left rested on the bay and its righlt ion a:n extensive rice swam\p, practically impassible. The right ilank vas refuise(l, because tile only way to cross a smaller rice swamn), crossing the line about 700 yards fronml the beacli, was along a cross-road in rear of the general line. As finally completed tihe works were ve\r strong in profile, beino five to six feet in height and eight to ten feet in thickness at the base, strengthened by bags filled with earth. "The only material available was bllack soil saturated with water, and without the bags this was washed down and ruined in a day by the heavy and almost incessant rains. The construction of these trenches was constantly interrupted by the enenmy's 148 OFFICIAL HISTORY OF TIlE CONQIUEST OF MANILA. fire. They were occupied by the troops in succession, four battalions being usually sent out for a service of twenty-four hours, and posted with three battalions in thle tlln(es, land one battalion in reserve along the crossroad to Pasay; Cossack posts being slet (out from tlhe latter to guard the camp against any possible surprise from tlle nlirtlleast and clast. 'The service in the trenches was of the most arduousl character, thle rain being allmost incessant, and the men having no protection against it; tlhey were wet dnling the entire t-enty-four lhours, and the mud was so deel) that tlhe slioes were ruilned and a considerable number of men rendered barefooted. Until thle nloti 'e of obiIardmicint was given on August 7, any exposure above or )behlind the trenchell s I)promptlly brought tlhe encmy's fire, so that the men had to sit in the mud under cover a1nd k1eep awvake, prepared to resist an attack, during thle entire tour of twent y-foulr llouirs. "Aftier one Iarticularly Ileavy rain a portion of the trench contained two feet of water, in whichI thie I mien ]had to remfain(I. It, could not be drained, as it was lower than an ad(ljuoi il ng rice sw\amlp, in wllich thle water had risen nearly two feet, the rainfall bei (l' mor( tlha foIur ilnches in twenty-four lours. These hardships were all endiitred by tlie men of the dilferen t regiments in turn, withl the finest possible spirit iand w\ithouIt;a murmur of conmplaint." TIlis is a vivid picture of lhard service. ('en1eral Greene continues: "AugusI t 7 the notice of bombardment after forty-eiglht hours, or sooner if the Spanist1 fire continued, was served, and after that d(ate not a shot was fired on either side unltil tlie assault was miade oln August 13. It was with great difficulty, and in some cases not withlout force, that tlie insurgents were restrained from opening fire und tllus drawing tlic fire of tlhe Spaniards during this period. "Owing to tlIe heavy storm1 and high surf it was impossible to communicate tpromlptly with tlie division commander at Cavite, and I received my instructions (direct fromi the major-general commanding, or his stati oficeers, one of whom visited my camp.) every day, and I reported direct to him in the same manner. AM instructions were to occupy tlie insurgent trenches near tlie beach, so as to be in a good position to advance on Manila when ordered, but meanwhile to avoid precipitating 1 enlgagement, not to waste ammunition, and (after August 1) not to return the enemy's fire unless convinced that he had left his trenches and was making an attack ill force. hllese instructions were given daily in the most positive terms to the officer coninmanding in the trenches, and in the main they were faithfully carried out. "More ammunition than necessary was expended on tile nights of August 2 and 5, but in both cases the trenches were occupied by troops under fire for the first time, and in the darkness and rain there was ground to believe that the heavy fire indicated OFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. 149 a real attack from outside the enemy's trenches. The total expenditure of ammunition on our side in the four engagements was Iabout 150, 000 rounds, and by the enemy very much more. "After the attack of July 3.1- August 1, I communicated by signal with the captain of the IT. S. S. Raleighl, anchored about 3,000 vards southwest of my camp, asking if he had received orders in regard to the action of his ship) in case of Inother attack on my troops. He replied: "Both Admiral Dewey land General Merritt desire to avoid rgeneral action at present. If attack too strong for you, we will assist you, and another vessel will colme and offer help. "In repeating this message. Lieutenant Tappan, commanding-1. S. S. _. allao, anchored nearer the beach, sent me a box of blue lights, and it was agreed that if I burned one of these on tle beacl the Raleigh would at once open fire on thle Spanish fort." General Merritt speaks of the Colorado skirmishers leaving tlheir brecastworks when the navy ceased firing on tllhe 13t of August, and advancinig swiftlyv, fil(linll tle Spanihll trenches deserted, 'lbut as tllhe passed over the Spanisl works tley were net by a sharp fire from a second line, situated in the streets of Mlalate, by ]whichi a n11nher of men were killed and wounded, amlong others thle soldier who pulled downl tlhe Spanishl colors still flying on the fort and raised our own." General Greene is conmplimentary to the officers and whlo conducted the reconnaissances while lie was at Camp Dewey twenty-five days, and states: "Captain Grove and Lieutenant Means, of the First C(olorado, had been Tparticularly active in this work and fearless in penetrating, beyond outr lines and close to those of thie eneimy. As the time for attack approa(led, tlhese officers nide a c(areful examination of the ground between our trenches a(nd Fort San Antltolio d( Abad, and, finally, on August 11, Major J. F. Bell, United States Voliunteerl En'gineers, tested the creek in front of this fort and ascertained not only tliat it vwas tfor(rlale, but the exact width of the ford at the beach, and actually swain in thle bay to a ploint from which he could examine the Spanish line from tlhe rear. With tlie information thus obtained it was possible to plan the attack intelligently. Tlie positioDn assigned to my brigade extended from the beach to the small rice swamp, a front of about 700 yards. "After the sharp skirmish on the second line of defense of the Spaniards, and after (reene's brigade moved through Malate, meeting a shuffling foe, the open space at the luneta, just south of the walled city, was reached about 1 p. m. A white flag was flying at the southwest bastion, and I rode forward to meet it under a heavy fire 150 OFFICIAL HISTORY OF TIlE CONQUEST OF MANILA. from our rigllt and rear on the Paeo road. At the bastion I was informed that officers reprceentilng General Merritt and Admiral Diewey were cli their way ashore to receive the surelnder, and I therefore turned east to tlhe Paco road. The firing ceased at this tilmc, and on reaching this road I found nearly 1,000 Spanish troops who Iad retreated fromI Santa Ana througilh Paco, and coming tip the I'aco road had been firing( on oour flank. I held the conmmanding officers, but ordered these troops to narchll into tlie walled city. At this point, the Californi't regiment a short time before iad(l nmet some inlsurgents \whlo had fired at the Spaniards on the walls, and the iatter in returning the fire had caused a loss in the California regimnent of 1 killed and ' \woundied. "'4y instructions were to marcll past the walled city on its surrender, cross the bridge, ocicl)py the city on the north side of the Pasig, and protect lives and property there'. \While the whlite flag was flying on the walls yet, very sharp firing lad just taken place outside, and there were fronm 5,000 to 6,000 men on the walls, with arms in their hlands, only a few yards from us. I lid not feel justified in leaving this force in mly rear until the surrender was clearly establisled, and I therefore halted and `assellbled:1my force, lrelared to force e th ates if tlere was any more firing. The Eightecnuth infantry ai.ndFlirst California were sent forward to hold the bridges a few yards aleadl, tbt the second battalion, Third Artillery, First Nebraska, Tenth Pennsylvania, and First Colorado were all assembled at this point. While this was being done I received a note froin Liieutenant-Colonel Whittier, of General Merritt's stalr, w-rilten fro:ll ille Calptain-Gelneral's offite within the walls, asking me to stop the firing outside, as neg(otiations for surrllnder were in progress." And (General (reene continues: "I then returned to the troops outside tle walls and sen C(laptain }irk]hilicr's battalion of the Third Artillery down the Paco road to prevenlt auy insturgenlts from entering. Feeling satisfied that there would be no attack fotiol the Spanisl troops liningl the walls, I put the regimenlts in motion toward tlhe bridg(-es, bruslling aside a considerable force of insurgents who liad penetrated tllc (it iy 1ro1 tle direction of Paco, and were in the lmalin street with their flag expeetin-g to march into thle walled city and plant it on the walls. After crossilgX the irildges the Eigtlicenthl United States Infantry was posted to )patrol the rincipal streets 1near [lie bridge, tile First Calliforlia was sent up tle Pasig to oceut y (Qtiaipo, Sanl M iguel, and Malacanan, and witli the First Nebraska I marched dowln the river to the Captain of tlIe Port's office, where I ordered the Spanish flag hauled down and the American flag raised in its place." The insurgents were disposed to disregard thle wllite flag and the process of the capitulation, but "a considerable force" of them was 'brushed aside." General vOFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. 15 H~~~~~~~ 21 I T tit o 152 OFIFIC IAL IISTORYT OF TIIE CONQUEST OF IMANILA. (Grene 's loseos blefo li re Man illa w ere (GG koil1ule(d a 6 ded; lbis force 5,100. Ite reimarks: "l'l he 'elsi stance enlcounl(tered onl tle tLll was m u cll l tess tll n antici pated a11n1 1planned for, lbult 11l(d tHle resistance 1)eell (irciter1 tile resilt \would 1l(ave beeni tll: sa(1e, 01l? te1 l1(h, would haxve been g'1reat lcr. Fo(rt unately, tie 1'reat resllt of calptllinl) tlis citv, tlie seat of Spl:isil 1)wer in tlie F(ast fo r0 more tliian tllree hundre(1 yes(, w(l ~((Cmpl)lislled with a loss of life comal)(rat1ively,\, i, igtiilii((lant." (alptai 1'. 1T. I Mott, detache(d fi(ro) (leneral Maoerritt's (oitemporarily, served on Gelneal (I reenlloes st(1li', and rccei\ved tlis mlentionl: "'i p)()ostil1,' t l'oops in tlie trenl1clih;es, iln malllki1g reconrloissances, in tralnsmitting orderl's undle fire, a11( in makin,(g el)po()ts, le hlas uliformly lexNlilited Coulrage, 1m1ilitary alilit v. llnd son()dll( judgnlient, the (j:qualitites il sll't, \in i(: c are. most valuable i; a stafll ollficlr. C(11)talinl 1ites(,, jieltelnalllt; Sclieflie, and (Capftain 1). F. 5Millet, art-ist l(and (aut1or, are i)raist(l o(r a(cttivity, initliogolenee an('d valualble service. MAillet was wit lh (l reellnc!)efl'o( l l(ev,;a, dulriln thle I.lu(ss-T isl Callll)ai. (le(nle was apploitedl t scntlio ia;l)r of thlt comnittee to accangL te tellrls of t lc ci).tulation.tl ( alenelral A\nd(llsi, lhdll(l instruti(lls to extend ],is line t(o c)w(ld tlle i 1slungent- s oilt 1 o tl eir tle(1 (lIes x it tleir i co1( )sent, 1blu t tlioi s Ias 1(ot tairte(ite (, tol!llat xvol(ld (have llougllt (In aii (Igageel'llllet peiatii'ely. Alidel'sn lid pll1 las(l \vie-cutter'with insulated ha 1(les in San l'raiecisco, an( tley were soeflll. Andecs oi had his trenhe01s( xi 1111 i i ie i's lge u(nts. lcA't l ur'sdivisionl was 1)(ooreo a "c'irc1Eulated line of ea( tdoIks faced, itli sand ilagsc., 1nd tlie p)robtlei of thle a(lvance xwas 1:m11e (liffi cult b)ecaus "we 1 co(lli1 il)ot 'e Iue wlltlierlc o' t ircst atI'tak 1xvws to )b telltative o(r serios, t lls (lel)(1en(ling o1) ac()I:t(i(nl of tlie,navy; seCC(lond flom):l our or0(erls noft to diplace thle insurl'glent withllout tlheir cons(lit from t(heir positionl to thle right of their guns on tllc I';aay r1(,aId. ' hiis to lle vCV last t he ti tl insurg t lea(les )ositively rel!fse(l to ive. Yet. i ' we could l ot. go) fir enlou(gh to thle rio'lt to silence thleir tield ous alld ca,(.x tlihat part of thleil lilne, thvey w(ould have 8a fatal c ross fire onl tro(o s attacking }11(ok lo(o(ose N o. 1-1. I1 tlerelfore (lircoloted General Alac(Arlliur to )put tlhe three 2.10( l(lih nuls o(f att(lev I -, lItahl Volunteer Artillery, ill thle empl)acellntt of the insur-,get iln and.11 to p(lace l(e Astor latitery? bellilld a / ]liI gardc'(lt1 wall to tlme rilght of thle lasv '(oad, to he held t(here sub ject to orders. "I ass1(ed( t (hat when) tlie action becanme l)ot at this point, as I knew it would be, thalt t e isn ie,'(tllts wo()ld voltiuntarilv fall back froimi their advanced position.( and talti tie Astoi) llatIey! alnd its suppo)l)lts could take position withiout opposition.l (etleral A i neri(t'sn 'ot a; messalge from Goeradl JMaeA 'til: 'hr.L' "Iknew from this that he wilshed to p)usl the insurgents aside and put in the Astor Battery. 1 then OFFICIAL IISTORY OF TIIE CONQUEST OF MANILA. authorized biim to attack, whlich he did, and, soon after, the Twenty-tlird Infantry anld( tile Thirteenth Minnesota carried tlle advance line of tlie enemy in the most gallant mannler, the onle gun of the Utahl Battery and the Astolr Battery lending most effective a';sistanc"e." It was General Andi(erson's opinion that MacArtliur should counter march and go to Ialalte by tlie beachl, but he hlad g(one too far, for '"tie (ouns of thle Astor Battery hlad been d(ragged to the front only after the utmost exertions, an(1 were about beiln put into battery. At the salme timee 1 received a telcgram stating that 1he insurgentts were threatening to cross the banl:)oo bridge on our riglht; 'and to prevent tlhis and guard our anmIunition at Plasay, I o(rdered anl Idallo battalionl to thllat point. Again the insurgents were makinlg miclichief, andi (Xencral Anderson, as well as General (Ireene 1had the experience of tlie continuanc of fire wheni thle whlite flag wxas flvying'. The loss of (Ieneral A ndersoll in lthe talkirig of tile city was nlieteen iment killed andl( one hlun(dre(d an(d thrlee wounded(. Ile conicludes bv sa!in: "T'le opp)osition we meICt iln battle was not sutiicielt to t tst tle travery of our soldiers, but alol sho bravery a nd( dash. lThe losses show tlIt tl il lea(lingr regimenits of tlhe First B riglade-TlI hirteentii I Mi nneso(ta, Twen ty-t lird In(1 tan try, and. the Astor BI:lttery —llet the most serious oppositionll 1111 ('deserve cred(it for their success. TI ( Col orado, (aliforn ia, an(d Oregon( re(gimc1t tl, tle 1cgu lIars, an(d all tihe batteries of the SeconId Brigade showed stuchl zeal that it seemls a pity that they did not llect foemcen wortlly of their steel." (eneral MacArtilurl says: "Several hours before the operations of the day were intenlded to c(noiiIence, there was cosi(leralble d(lesliltorv t firing from tlie Sl)anis line, both of canlnon and small arnms, provoked n(o donubt, bIy 1 ililino soldiers, whio insiste(d upon mlaintaiiingl a general fusilale alon tlheir liies." Gciieral M\acArtllur's personal mnention is Ire:n1arkally lspirite(, and makes stirriln readin(. W\e [quote: "The combat of Singalong can hIardly be classified as a great imilitary event, butt thle involvedl terrain and tle p)r(olonied resIistance created a ve ry tryillg situation, lanl (aflor(de(l an unusual scope for tlhe displiy of mlilitlar qualities by a large Inunmber of indivilduals. "Tle invincible composure of Colonel )vensliine, during ani exposure in dangerous space( for m1ore tIhai an lour, \\was conspi)uoLus anl very ilnspirin to tlle tlroops; and tlie eflicicnt ianlner in which lie took advantage of opportutitfies as they arose (liring the varying aspects of the fighlt was of great practical value in determining tlie rcsult. "The cool, determined, and sustained efforts of Colonel Reeve, of the Thirteenth 154 OFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. Mlinnesota, contributed very materially to the maintenance of the discipline ani rlarked efficiency of his regiment. "The brilliant manner in which Lieutenant March accepted and discharged the responsible and dangerous duties of the day, and the pertinacity with which, assisted by his officers and men, he carried his guns over all obstacles to the very front of the firing line, was an exceptional display of warlike skill and good judgment, indicating the existence of many of the best qualifications for high command in batttle. "The,gallant manner in which Captain Sawtelle, brigade quartermaster, voluintecred to join the advance party in the rush; volunteered to command a firing line, for a time witllout an officer, and again volunteered to lead a scout to ascertain tle presence or absence of the enemy in the blockhouse, was a fine display of persoInal in trel)idity. "'lTe tfficienlt, fearless, and intelligent manner in which Lieutenant Kernan, 'Tcwenty-first ITlited States Infantry, acting assistant adjutant-general of the brigade, and Second Lieultenant Wllitworthl, Eighlteenth United States Infantry, aid, executed a series of dangerous and difficult orders, was a fine exemplification of staff work under fire. "Te'lie splendid bravery of Captains Bjornstad and Seebach, and Lieutenant Lackore, of the Tllirteenth Minnesota, all wounded, and, finally, the work of the s(oldiers of tlhe first firing line, too, all;vent to make up a rapid succession of individ ual (actions of unusual merit." Major ('eeral ierritt's accoIunt of the capture of the city must be given in fill, for there are no words wasted, and he clears the field of all confusion. "Thle works of the second line soon gave way to the determined advance of (Ilreclle's troops, and tlhat officer puslied lis brigade rapidly tb' muolI Malate and over h}le,rides to( o((,cculpy Biliondo and San Miguel, as contemllated ill is instructions. In tle meantille tlle bl rigade of General MacArthur, advancilnl simultaneouslyv () 'the P'asaFy road, encountered a very slar1) fire, conling froml tlle l)lockllhouses,.Atrclless, land lw ools in his front, positions wlich it \was very difficutlt to carry, owing to tlhe swa\plly condition of the ground on botlh sides of tle roads, and the.heavy nderg'rowtl concealing thle enemy. Witll Iuch gallantry and excellent judgment on tli part of the lrilgade colmmander and the troops engaged these difficulties were overcoime with a minilum loss (see report of brigade commander appended), and MacArtlhur advanced (d ha leld the bridges and the town of Malate, as was eontelmplateC in his instructions. "The city of Manila was inow in our possession, excepting the walled town, but OFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. 155 shortly after the entry of our troops into Malate a white flag was displayed on the walls, whereupon Lieutenant-Colonel C. A Whittier, United States Volunteers, of my staff, and Lieutenant Brumby, United States Navy, representing Admiral Dewey,. were sent ashore to communicate with the Captain-General. I soon personally followed these officers into the town, going at once to the palace of the Governor-General, and there, after a conversation with the Spanish authorities, a preliminary agreement of the terms of capitulation was signed by the Captain-General and myself.. This agreement was subsequently incorporated into the formal terms of capitulation, as arranged by the officers representing the two forces, a copy of which is hereto appended and marked. "Immediately after the surrender the Spanish colors on the sea front were hauled down and the American flag displayed and saluted by the guns of the navy. The Second Oregon Regiment, which had proceeded by sea from Cavite, was disembarked and entered the walled town as a provost guard, and the colonel was directed to receive the Spanish arms and deposit them in places of security. The town was filled with the troops of the enemy driven in from the intrenchments, regiments formed and standing in line in the streets, but the work of disarming proceeded quietly and nothing unpleasant occurred. "In leaving the subject of the operations of the 13th, I desire here to record my appreciation of the admirable manner in which the orders for attack and the plar for occupation of the city were carried out by the troops exactly as contemplated. I submit that for troops to enter under fire a town covering a wide area, to rapidly deploy and guard all principal points in the extensive suburbs, to keep out the insurgent forces pressing for admission, to quietly disarm an army of Spaniards morethan equal in numbers to the American troops, and finally by all this to prevent entirely all rapine, pillage, and disorder, and gain entire and complete possession of a city of 300,000 people filled with natives hostile to the European interests, and stirred up by the knowledge that their own. people were fighting in the outsidetrenches, was an act which only tie law-abiding, temperate, resolute American soldier, well and skillfully handled by his regimental and brigade commanders, could accomplish. The trophies of Manila were nearly $900,000,000, of which $240,000,000 were copper coin, 13,000 prisoners and 22,000 arms. Three days after the surrender, General Merritt received news of the protocol, and~ soon was ordered to Paris. In parting he says of the insurgent chief that he had written communication with him on various occasions, and "he recognized my authority as military governor of the town of Manila and suburbs, and made profession~s 156 OFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. of his willingness to \itlldraw his troops to a line whclih I might indicate, but at the same time asking certain favors for himnself. lThe lmatters in this connection had( not been settled at the date of my departure. Doubtless much dissatisfaction is felt by the rank and file of the insurgents that they have not been permitted to enjoy the occupanecy of Manila, andl there is some ground for trouble witll thlemi owing to tllat fact, but notwithstlanding miany rumors to the contrary, 1 amn of lthe opinion that the leaders will le able to prevent serious distulrbances, as they are sutficiently intelligent a'-,nd dclllc.ated to know tlat for theml to antagionize the United States would be to destroy their only chance of fututre political improvement. 'The (omm(nalding General's persona l acklnowledgmenllts are very handsome, as fe]llows: h'Ilr;tigadier-(General R. P. Ilughles, my inspector-general at San irancisco, was especially nloticeatble in accomiplishling tlhe instructiol of tlie green troops tliat came t) tlhe city!, mIany of them withoult arms, clothing, or eqllip)lentl of any kind. Iis scriviccs will unlllonl)tedly be duly recognized by Major-General Otis, with wllom I left him to continue thle good work. "I desire esilecially to exlpess 1m acknowledgents to Brigadier-General BIabcock,:l1y a(djltanillt-g eneral and chief of staif, for his i most valuable services from tihe inclletioll (of the campaign in San Francisco to the close of tilhe work at te presenti tiinme. lThis othlier is too well known to require special mention of his services ill any oe direction. lie was my right arm, not only in the office but in the field, a11(1 1cli ( of tie sticcess tliat has attended the expedition is due to his individual effoarts. "I desire especially to mention Mlajor [McClure and Major 1Whipplle, of the pay depliartlllet, w\lo volnlint(ered their services after they had completed their legitimate d1 iiti e, (and lpl'tormld c cellleit work whlenever called upon. Major McClure was pc-}C(.ialllyi ill)port;lit in hlis services imninediately after the surrender, taking long rile's l(ndr 1my ord llrs to tle Spanish lines, and bearing instructions to tlhemn which resulted- i n c, c eti'e wtlllli ithdratl wal is in such manner as to prevent tIle incursion of tile insurgents in the northern portions of the city. Other officers have been named in yl special reports and (ll have been recoimlmencded for brevets and promotion. "I especially call attention to the services of Captain Mott, as mentioned in the report of lriga(dier-Glneral (Greene. lie was cheerful, willing, intelligent, and energetic in tile discllharge of tlie multifarious duties imposed upon him in connection with our troops and trenches duriing' thle rainy season, and in the final action showed those rare characteristics wlhic stamp him as a very superior soldier." hi I Ii kF I 0 FORT SANTIAGO AT MANILA LERE THE.G 158 OFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. TIlE TFIIMS OF CAPITUIATION. The undersigned having been appointed a commission to determine the details of the capitulation of the city and defenses of Manila and its suburbs and the Spanish forces stationed therein, in accordance with the agreement entered into the previous day by Major General Wesley Merritt, United States Army, American commnander in chief in the Philippines, and Ilis Excellency Don Fermin Jaudenes, actinr General in chief of the Spanish Army in the Philippines, have agreed upon the following: 1. The Spanish troops, European and native, capitulate with the city and its defenses, withl all the lonors of war, depositing their arms in the places designated by tle authorities of tlie Unite(d States, and remaining in tlle (quarters designated and tindelr tlie orders of their officers, and subject to the control of the aforesaid United States authorities, until the conclusion of a treaty of peace between the two belligerent nations. All pl)erIsons iiiclcded in the capitulation remain at liberty, the officers remaining in their respective homes, lwhichl slall be respected as long as they observe the regulations prescrilbed( for their government and the laws in force. 2. Officers sliall retaili their side arms, horses, and private property. 3. All public holrses an(d lpublic property of all kinds shall be turned over to staff officers designated by tlhe United States. 1. Complete returns in duplicate of men by organizations, and full lists of public property and stores shall be rendered to the United States within ten days from this date. 5. All questions relating to the repatriation of officers and men of the Spanish forces and of their families, and of the expenses which said repatriation may occasion, shall be referred to tle Government of the United States at Washington. Spanishl families may leave Manila at any time convenient to them. The return of the arms surrendered by the Spanish forces shall take place when they evacuate the city or when the American Army evacuates. G. Officers and mIen included in the capitulation shall be supplied by the United States, according to their rank, with rations and necessary aid as though they were prisoners of war, until the conclusion of a treaty of peace between the United States. and Spain. All the funds in the Spanish treasury and all other public funds shall be turned over to the autlorities of the United States. 7. This city, its inhabitants, its churches and religious worship, its educational OFFICIAL HITSTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MANILA. establishments, and its private property of, all descriptions are placed under the special safeguard of the faith and honor of the American Army. F. V. GREENE, Brigadier-General of Volunteers, United States Army. B. P. LAMBERTON, Captain, United States Navy. CHARLES A. WHITTIER, Lieutenant-Colonel and Inspector-General. E. II. CROWDE1R, Lieutenant-Colonel and Judge-Advocate. NICIOLAS DE LA PETIRA, Auditor General Excmo. CARLOS, Coronel de Ingenieros. JOS IE, Coronel de Estado Major. The Spaniards wanted a long array of specifications as to what the Americans might and should not do, but finally were struck with the sufficiency of the shining simple words, "under the special safeguard of the faith and honor of the Americar Army." CHJAPTERii XI. TrJE' A DM lNIST'lfAI'ON OF' G EiN ERAL MERRIITT. 'The Otiiial Gazetc-ts 1s~ned a,-t Ma nihi-Orders, and Proclam-ationis Showincr the Pahv ad I)etil f te AnnmI raIn ofMjor-('eneral \\esley Merritt, Nv ho. a (am~ Cimi a1-der at the Phfilipp~ine lExpedi tion, 1 Becaline. Under the Cirenji~ m ctaees af the Captture at Mani~la, the Governor of That City. GEINTItAIAL M- IE 1iB1ITT'S PRfOCLAMATION TO THE FILIPINOS. Headquarters Department of the Pacific, Augrust 14, 1898. To the People of the Philippines: 1. War ha,-s existed between the United States and Spain since April 21 of this year. Since, that date yon hiave witnessed the destruction by an American fleet of the Spanishi navall power in these islands, the fall of the principal city, M~anila, and its defenses, (and the surrender of thie Spanish army of ocenpatioti to the forces of the ijnited States.. if. The commander of the United States forces now in possession has instructions fromt his~ (Governmnent to assure the people that he has not come to wage war upon theta, nior uipon any part or -fa-ction among11 thlem, but to protect them in thbeir homes, in thliJr enmployinents, and in their personal and religions righlts. All persons who Iby aetive aid or honest suibmission, co-operate, with thle U~nited States in its effortls to give ffcl~c to this beneficent purpose, will receive tb,_ reward of its support and protectionl. 11 T le governm-ent establishedl among you by the United States is a governinent of military occupation; and for the present it is ordered that the municipal laws silcl as affect private rights of persons and property, regulate local institutions, and lprovidle for the punishment of criine, shall 1)e considered as continuing in force, so far as compatible with the purposes of military government, and that they be administered through the ordinary tribunals substantially as before occupation, but.by officials appointed by the government of occupation. IV. A Provost-Marshal-General will be appointed for the city of Manila and 160 TH I AD MI)NIrSTRlATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. 161 its outlying districts. T}is territory will be divided into sub-districts, andl tiere will 1e (asigned to ea ch a I)Deptty-Pro vost —Marshll. Thie duties of the Irovos t-Marshal-General and his deputies will he set forth in dletail in filture orders. IIn a general wayH tley are charlged wtithl tile iduty of making arrests of militalry, as w ell as civil oflenlders seli(intg suchll of the f(ormer class as are triallle bly colurts-inali;ll to their I 'prop(er colllands, with statemlts (of tlheir ol'ienses ald1(1 names of w\itni(esses, 1ant( (letaninlin ill custody all other offendlers ftor trial b)y ollilitary c(()lmissio, lrvost courts, or nlative criminatl courts, in accordance witl law and tlle ilnsiructions hIercafter to be issulc(l. V. 'The port of Mlanila, and all otller ports and places in the Phillilpplines wliclh ima.v bec in thle actual possession of oulr land an(l naval forces, will be open., while o:lr Illitary occupation may continue, to the collmmerce of all neutral nations (as well as o-lr own, in articles not contraband of war, and u1lon palym ent of the prescrib(ed rates of dutty wlich lmay be in force at the time of tle i1)mpo'rtation. VI. All c ehrches and places devroted to religiou(s w(orshili) and to the arts and cieclles, all educational instititions, lilbraries, scintific collections, and iuseums( are, s( far as possible, to cbe proteted; and all destruct;ionl or intentional defacement of suell places or properi.ty, of ]istorical mlonulents, arclhives, or works of science and art, is prohibited, save wcien reqIired by urgent military necessity. Sevee ptuishment will be mecte(l out for all violations of this regulation. 'lle custodians of all p)roperty of the character mentioned in this section will nake prolmpt returns thereof to these headquarters, stating character and location, and embodying stuchl recommendations as tlhe y av tlhink proper for the full protection of the properties ninder their care and custody, tlhat l)roper orders may iss-ue enjoining the co-operation of both military and civil authorities in securing such protection. VII. The Commanding General, in announcinag the establisliment of military government, and in entering upoin his duty as -Military (overnor in pursuance of his appl-ointmlent as such by tle governnment of the United States, desires to assure the people that so long as they preserve the peace and perform their duties toward the representatives of the United States they will not be disturbed in tlieir persons and property, except in so far as may be found necessary for the good of the service of the United States and the benefit of the people of the Philippines. WESLEY MERRITT, Major-General, United States Army, Commanding. The general orders following are full of curious interest, as they declare the true 162 THE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. intent and meaning of the Philippine Expedition, and define the situation at Manila, with extraordinary precision, and are in the strictest sense by authority: HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE PACIFIC AND EIGHTII ARMY CORPS Manila Bay, August 9th, 1898. GENERAL ORDERS, No. 3. 1. In view of the extraordinary conditions under which this Army is operating, the Commanding General desires to acquaint the officers and men composing it, with the expectations which he entertains as to their conduct. You are assembled upon foreign soil situated within the western confines of a vast ocean separating you from your native land. You have come not as despoilers and oppressors, but simply as the instruments of a strong free government, whose purposes are beneficent and which has declared itself in this war, the champion of those oppressed by Spanish misrule. It is therefore the intention of this order to appeal directly to your pride in your position as representatives of a high civilization, in the hope and with the firm conviction that you will so conduct yourselves in your relations with the inhabitants of these islands, as to convince them of the lofty nature of the mission which you come to execute. It is not believed that any acts of pillage, rapine, or violence will be committed by soldiers or other in the employ of the United States, but should there be persons with this command who prove themselves unworthy of this confidence, their acts will be considered not only as crimes against the sufferers, but as direct insults to the United States flag, and they will be punished on the spot with the maximum penalties known to military law. By Command of Major-General Merritt: J. B. BABCOCK, Adjutant-General. Official: BENTLEY MOTT, Aid. HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF TIIE PACIFIC AND EIGHTH ARMY CORPS. Manila, P. I., August 15th, 1898. GENERAL ORDERS, No. 4. 1. In addition to his duties as Division Commander, Brigadier-General T. M THE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. 163 Anderson, U. S. Vols., is hereby assigned to the command of the District of Cavite and will remove his headquarters to that point. The garrison of the District of Cavite will be augmented upon the arrival of the next transports containing troops for this command. 2. In addition to his duties as Brigade Commander, Brigadier-General Arthur MacArthur, U. S. Vols., is hereby appointed Military Commandant of the walled city of Manila, and Provost-Marshal-General of the City of Manila, including all the outlying districts within the municipal jurisdiction. General MacArthur will remove his headquarters within the walled city and will bring with him one strong regiment of his command to take station within the walled town. The Commanding Officer of the 2nd Oregon Vol. Inf., now stationed in the walled city, will report to General MacArthur, and the Companies of the 2nd Oregon Vol. Inf., now at Cavite, will, upon being relieved by other troops, be sent to Manila to join the regiment. General MacArthur will relieve the Civil Governor of his functions, and take possession of the offices, clerks and all machinery of administration of that office, retaining and employing the present subordinate officers of civil administration until, in his judgment, it is desirable to replace them by other appointments. 3. Colonel James S. Slmith, 1st California Vol. Inf., in addition to his duties as RIemimental Commander, is appointed Deputy Provost-Marshal for the Districts of the city north of the Pasig River, and will report to General MacArthur. Colonel S. Ovenshine, 23rd U. S. Inf., is appointed Deputy Provost-Malrshlal for the districts of the city, including Erinita and Malate, outside of the walled town and south of the Pasig River, and will report to General MacArthur. 4. lUnder paragrlaps "3" and "4" of the terms of capitulation, full lists of public property and stores, and returns in duplicate of the men by organiizations, are to be rendered to the United States within ten days, and public horses and public property of all kinds are to be turned over to the staff oflicers of the United States designated to receive them. Under these p)aragralphs the C(iief of Artillery at these headquarters, and the Chiefs of the Stair Departments, will take possession of the public property turned over as above, pertaining to their respective departments. T'le returns of the prisoners will be submitted to the Miilitary Comlnandant of the City, who will assign the men for quarters in such public buildings and barracks as are not required for the use of United States troops. The horses and pIriviate property of the officers of the Spanish forces are not to be disturbed. The Chief Paymaster at these headquarters will turn over such portion of the Spanish public funds received by him, by virtue of this order, to the administration of his office. 5. All removals and appointments of subordinate officers of civil administration, 164 THE AIM INISTRATION OF GENERA1L IM l ITT. and transfers of funds autllorized by tlis order, nmust receive the approval of the Co()mln dul(lin11 (ee( l '(1a], I)efore action i:s taken. (). T'le ('Clief (QIarter'l'lllaster and Clief f Commissary of Subslistence at tlese lleadqluart(rs will establish: dep(ts of supply in ManIila with as little delay as possible. Quarteralll ster aind Subsistence depots will also be retained at Cavite. By Command of Major-General Merritt: J. B. 3I:ABCOCK, Ad j utan t-( eneral. )ilicial: AN D 11I(IGTI[ A IMY CORP'S. Manila, P. I., August 17th, 1898. GE1NlEA1- \ 1)ORIDIS No. 5. 1. In aIliti(o Io HI( (m i m111d of Iis B:ri'gad, gadier-G(eneral. Y. GrCeen 1T. S. Yt(Is., will )el(rlr1 te duties llitllerto perforlied(l 1,y the ntitendeiite General de 11acie(nda, anni d wiill 11aive ca111(e, suljeect to instruetioIs of t Mhe AlMjor (- eneral Commal-nd1(i, ( of ill tisc( al a TaiT s of th.]e G(overn1ent of Man(:ila.?. ieltei.nant-C((ol(l (1. A. \VWlittier, U. S. ols., is appointed Collector of iCuP iu, and tlle ( lie0f Pi a c(a'ster, Department of tihe Pacifie, will designate a bondd c(licteer (o thle 1';iy I)l Dertlient as custodianl of all ]lpublic funds. Both of thlse o(,ieCrs will report to Brigadier-G(eneral Greene for instlructions. By Command of Major-Gen erall Merritt: J. B. BABCOCK, Adj utant-General, O)lti:ial' I IX:NTL,;EY MOTT, Aid. IIIEADQIUARIITIERS DEPARTMENT OF THE PACIFIC AND EIGIITH AIAMY CORITS. Manila, P. I., August 17th, 1898. GNF ()I)I IS, NoS. 6. Tlie la.(jor-((ener'al (IComltand(lin desires to congratulate the troops of this commlllnd 1l)o their brilliant success in the capture, by assault, of the defenses of MaI TI1-E AI)MINISTRATION OF GENERAL I ERRITT. 165 nila, on Saturdlay, August 13, a date hereafter to be Imenlorable in the listory of.Amlerican vi7ctoriess. After a journey of seven thousand miles by sea, the soldiers of the Phililppiine Expeldition elcounltered miost serious dificutiets il llanllillii, due to protracted( stornis raising highl surf, thlrouglh which it was necessary to p)ass the small boats wh1iclh afllordedc the only mneans of disemlbarlkin thle Iarm' anlld its supl)llies. Tllis:eat task, and( the privations and hlardships of a camplcaign duringl the rainyl seasoln il i rpicidal lowluands, were accolmpllished and endured 1)y all the t:roops, in a spirit; of soldierly fortitude, whiclh has at all times duriln tliese days of tiall, iciven tdie Co illmadinl (lencral tlle most heartfelt pride and confidence in bis mcn. Notllint g coulld be tiier thati the patient, uncompl)tainuing devotion to dulty T wlili ill liave siowvu. Now it i is hi s)lcasure to announce that ritin t l ice weeks aft er te arr'ival ii the Philippines of the greater portion of the forces, the capital (ily,o tlie Sp;ilislh 1 o sscsioIns ii tle EaI st, held 1b Spanish veta, la flln i n to o r ll lidsl a(, l{l ie feels assured tilat all offi(ces and men of tlHis c()omand lav ' }( reason to 1)e proud of tlic: success of tlic ex )pel iti(ol. Tb']e (Comllmal(ingl- (('enleral will hereafter take oceasiol ii to lmel tio (l toa the flime (()overnmentrs, 1(11 an(llie organ izatiol, ito whlom special credit is d(ue. J. B.;BAI(BOC(K, \d utait-Genoeral L\(l j 1_tll t 11 |-(pi le 'l'dltl (O)ticial: I:BEN;TLEY _ I-OTT, Aid. I EAI)QJART IlIS 01' T HE II()OST-MA USIIAL-( EN A NI ) MILITAY (MMAN)ANT'l'. Cit o(f Ani l a, Iah. I., Aluglut. 1Silh, 1898. (INEIRAL OIRDERS, N(. I. In obedience to tle provisions of General Or(ders, No. 3. (da ted (ead ( arters )epl)artment of tile Pacific and EligItl i Army (Corps, Manila, P. I., A\Iigi st 15tllh 1.S9S, the undersigned hlereby assunles tlhe office and (d uti(s, f MIilitary (Co(mmandlant of tlie walled city of Manila: Ir(ovost-MIarslial-(cneral of tlie city of Manila, inclu(:Idin tlie outlying districts within the municipal jurisdiction, and also tle functions of (ivil Governor. 2. intil further orders tlie preservation of law and order throughout the city will be malitined according( to the arrangements wlich now obtain. illl' C i CLV C 11_( 166 THIE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. 3. The location of these Hleadquarters will be at the office of the Civil Governor, corner of San Juan de Letran and Anda Streets, and to the above address will be referred all papers requiring action by the undersigned. To insure prompt investiga. tion, all claims, complaints, and petitions should be presented in the English language. 4. Major IIarry C. Hale, Assistant Adjutant-General U. S. Volunteers; aide de camp to the Commanding General, having been assigned for temporary duty at these HIeadquarters, is hereby appointed Adjutant-General to the undersigned. 5. Colonel S. Overshine having been appointed by proper authority Deputy Provost-Marshal of the districts of the city (including Erimita and Malate) outside of the walled town and south of the Pasig river, will organize and establish his office as soon as possible, and report the location thereof to these Headquarters. 6. Colonel James S. Smith, 1st California Volunteer Infantry, having been app)ointed by proper authority Deputy Provost-Marshal of the districts of the city notlh of the 1Pasig river, will organize and establish his office as soon as possible and report location thereof to these ecadquarters. (Sgd.) ARTIIR MACARTIIUR, Brigadier-General LT. S. Volunteers. Military Commandant and Provost-Mlarshal-General. The Official Gazette of Aug. 23 is a record of the organization of the Military Gove-rnment of ManLila. OFFICE CIIEF OF POLICE. MANILA, P. I. 01I)IElt No. 1. By- commland of Brigadier-General MacArthur and Military Commandant, the Tliliteentllh Regiment Minnesota Volunteer Infantry is designated to perform tlle )police d(tty of this city and the commandl(ing officer thereof is appointed Chief of Police, 1lald Major Ed. S. Bean, Inspector of Iolice. (Col)anies D, G, J and S are hereby detailed to at once take charge of the police stations and perform the necessary duties pertaining to the position of police and maintenance of order. C. MeC. REEVE, Colonel 13tih Regiment Minnesota Volunteer Infantry and Chief of Police. Aug. 22d, 1898. THE SIiLTAN OF JOLO IN MIN DANA0. A BEHEADED SPANNIARD —SIGN THE ORDER {OF KIATIPUNAN THE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRI, TT. 167 OFFICE CIIEF OF POLICE. MANILA, P. I. ORDER No. 2. I. The following is published for the information of the police of tllis city: 2. Bulletin boards will be kept in all stations and all orders issued from this office will be posted thereon. 3. Armed native and Spanish soldiers must be disarmed before being allowed to pass through gates, either way. 4. Arrest drunk and disorderly persons. 5. Spanish officers are allowed to wear their side arms. 6. Commanding officers will ]ave their respective districts patroled at least once each hour during the day and night. 7. Shoes must be blacked and all brasses bright and slhining at all times. S. Be courteous in your contact with both natives and Spaniards and see that all soldiers of other commands observe this rule. 9. Particular attention must be given by men at the gates to tlhe saluting of officers in passing through, and particularly so to the general officers. ED. S. BEAN, Major 13th Regiment Minnesota Volunteer Infantry, and Inspector of Police. Aug. 22d, 1898. Approved, REEVE, Colonel 13th Regiment Minnesota Volunteer Infantry and Chief of Police. IIEADQUARTERS OF TIHE PROVOST-MARSITAL AND MILITARY COMMANDANT. Adjutant-General's Office, City of Manila, P. I., August 22nd, 1898. GENERAL ORDERS, No. 3. Colonel McCo Reeve, 13th Minnesota Volunteer Infantry, is hereby directed to relieve the Commandante of the Guardia Civil Veterana of his functions, and will take possession of his office and will employ such officers and soldiers of his regiment as mlay be necessary for the adequate police protection of this city. By Command of Brigadier-General MacArthur, Provost-Marshal-General and Military Commandant, IIARRY C. IIALE, Assistant Adjutant-General. 168 TIE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. ORDER No. 3. OFFICE CHIEF OF POLICE. MANILA, P. I. To Commanding Officer. STATIONS. Notify all livery stables and other places in your districts, depositing large quantities of manure and other refuse in the streets, that they must cart it away daily, themselves. Failure to do so will result in the arrest of the offending party. ED. S. BEAN, Major 13th Minnesota Volunteers, and Inspector of Police. August 22d, 1898. Approved REEVE, Colonel 13th Minnesota Volunteers, and Chief of Police. HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE PACIFIC AND EIGHTH ARMY CORPS. Manila, Philippine Islands, August 22nd, 1898. GENERAL ORDERS, No. 8. I. For the maintenance of law and order in those portions of the Philippines occupied or controlled by the Army of the United States, and to provide means to promptly punish infraction of the same, Military Commissions and Provost Courts, composed and constituted in accordance with the laws of war, will be appointed from time to time as occasion may require. II. The local courts, continued in force for certain purposes in proclamation from these headquarters, dated August 14th, 1898, shall not exercise jurisdiction over any crime or offense committed by any person belonging to the Army of the United States, or any retainer of the Army, or person serving with it, or any person furnishing or transporting supplies for the Army; nor over any crime or offense committed on either of the same by any inhabitant or temporary resident of said territory. In such cases, except when Courts Martial have jurisdiction, jurisdiction to try and punish is vested in Military Commissions and the Provost Court, as hereinafter set forth. III. The crimes and offenses triable by Military Commission are murder, manslaughter, assault and battery with intent to kill, robbery, rape, assault and battery THE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. 169 with intent to rape, and such other crimes, offenses, or violations of the laws of war as may be referred to it for trial by the Commanding General. The punishment awarded by Military Commission shall conform, as far as possible, to the laws of the United States, or the custom of war. Its sentence is subject to the approval of the Commanding General. IV. The Provost Court has jurisdiction to try all other crimes and offenses, referred to in Section II of this order; not exclusively triable by Courts Martial or Military Commission, including violations of orders or the laws of war, and such cases as may be referred to it by the Commanding General. It shall have power to punish with confinement, with or without hard labor, for not more than six (6) months, or with fine not exceeding Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($250.00) or both. Its sentence does not require the approval of the Commanding General, but may be mitigated or remitted by him. V. The Judge of the Provost Court will be appointed by this Commanding General. When in the opinion of the Provost Court its power of punishment is inadequate, it shall certify the case to the Commanding General for his consideration and action. By Command of Major-General Merritt: J. B. BABCOCK, Adjutant-General. Official: BENTLEY MOTT, Aid. HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE PACIFIC. AND EIGHTH ARMY CORPS. Manila, P. I., August 22nd, lS9.8. SPECIAL ORDERS, No. 32. 1. Upon the recommendation of the Intendente General de Hacienda, Major R. B. C. Bement, Engineer Officer, U. S. Volunteers, is hereby appointed Adininistrator de Hacienda (Collector of Internal Revenue), and will report without delay to Brigadier-General F. V. Greene, U. S. Volunteers, Intendente General, Manila. 2. The following orders are confirmed: Special Orders No. 5, Headquarters Second Division, Eighth Army Corps, August 6th, 1898, placing First Lieutenant W. G. Haan, 3rd U. S. Artillery, in command of a separate battery to be organized 170 TIIE ADI)MINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. by details from batteries of 3rd U. S. Artillery, to man the Iotchkiss revolving cannon brought on the transport Ohio. 3. Private 11. J. Green, Company E, 2nd Oregon Volunteer Infantry, detailed on special duty at these headquarters, will be paid commutation of rations at the rate of sevcety-five cents per diem, it being entirely impracticable for him to cook or utilize rations. lie will also be paid commutation of quarters at the usual rate. Both commutations to be paid while tlis maun is employed on his present duty and stationed in this city, and to date from and inclusive of the 16th inst. 4. Corporal Jerome Patterson, Company II, 23rd U. S. Infantry, Corporal James Maddy, Company F, 2nd Oregon Volunteer Infantry, Private Emmett Manley, Company I), 23rd U. S. Infantry, Private Robert AI. Nichols, Company A, 1st Idaho Volunteer Infantry, Private P. II. Sullivan, Conpany F, 23rd U. S. Infantry, are hereby detailed on special duty at these Headquarters, and will report at once to tlhe Adjutant-General for duty. 15. Lieutenant-Colonel Charles L. Jewett, Judge Advocate, U. S. Volunteers, is hereby appointed Judge of the Provost Court, for the city of Manila. lie will hold the sessions of his court at the headquarters of the Provost-Marshal-General. The Quartermaster Department will provide the necessary offices and office furnit-ure. Tlie Provost Court will be attended by one or more Assistant Provost-Marshal, to be detailed by the Provost-Marshal-General, who will be charged with the duty of enforcing its orders and executing its processes. The form of accusation in the Provost Court will be substantially the same as that used in Courts Martial, and a record of all cases tried, assimilated to that of the summary court, will be kept. 6. Upon the reecommendation of the Chief Commissary of the Department of the Pacific, the issue to Spanish Prisoners by Major S. A. Cloman, C. S., U. S. Vols., Depot Commissary, Cavite, P. I., of one (1) box of soap (60 lbs. net) is hereby confirmed. 7. Sergeant Cllarles TI. Burritt, Company C, 1st Wyoming Volunteer Infantry, will report to Lieutenant MIorgareidge, 1st Wyoming Volunteer Infantry, on board Stealer Ohio, for temporary duty in unloading commissary supplies. Upon completion of this duty Sergeant Burritt will rejoin his Company. 8. Lieutenant Charles IT. Sleeper, 1st Colorado Volunteer Infantry, is hereby appointed Deputy Collector of Internal Revenue, and will report to Major R. B. C. THE ADMINISTRATION OF GCENERAL MII:lERRITT. 171 Bement, U. S. Vols., Administrator de IIaciena (Collector of Internal Revenue), for instructions. 9. Lieutenant-Colonel Charles L. Potter, U. S. Vols., Chief Engineer Oificer, Eighth Army Corps, will assume charge of the water supply of this city, and will report to Brigadier-General Arthur MacArthur, U. S. Vols., Military Commnandant of Manila, for instructions. By Command of Major-General Merritt: J. B. BAB-COCK, Adjutant-General. Official: BENTLEY MOTT, Aid. The responsibilities of General Merritt in his Manila campaign were graver than the country understands, and his success was regarded as so much a matter of course that there has been forgetfulness to take into account the niany circumstances that gave anxiety preceding decisions that seem easy now that they have been vindicated by events. The departure from San Francisco of the Major-General commanding the Philippine expedition was as well known to the Spanish as to the American cabinet, and there is reason to think tlhere were no important particulars of the sailing of the third division of our Philippine soldiers unknown to enemies. There were in gold coin, a million and a half dollars in the strong box of Merritt's ship, the Newport. The Spanish spies were not as well posted as an average hackman, if they did not report the slipment of gold. It would have been a triumph for Spain to have captured the commanding general and the gold, the Astor Battery and the regular recruits with the headquarters ship. Tle Spanisli were known to have a gunboat or two lurking in the islands within striking distance of our transports, unarmed vessels-except a few deck pieces of field artillery-with more than a thousand men on each. General Merritt wanted the escort of ships of war to make all secure, and application to Admiral Dewey to send one of his war boats, brought the statement that he could not spare a ship. Just at that time he heard of the run by Camara with the Cadiz fleet Eastward on the Mediterranean, and soon he had word that the Pelayo and her companions were in the Suez canal. General Greene had not arrived at Manila at that time, and the monitors Monterey and Monadnoek were getting along slowly. Dewey knew he would have to evacuate the scene of his victory in case Camara was fully committed to go to Manila, and wait for the Monitors, and when he got them he said lie would return and sink another Spanish fleet, but that was something it might be critical to 172 THE ADMINISTRATION OF GENERAL MERRITT. explain, and General Merritt, after leaving San Francisco, did not get any news for twenty-six days. All that time he would have had no justification for surprise if he had been attacked by a Spanish gunboat, and if the Spaniards had pushed on their Rapide-the converted German liner the Normania-she could have been handled to cut off the American reinforcements on the way to the camps of the little American army already landed. When General Merritt reached Cavite, he found the situation difficult for the army and pushed things as the only way to get out of trouble. IHe had two armies to deal with, one the Spaniards, fiercely hostile, and the other, the Filipinos, factional and jealous, each outnumbering by five thousand the American forces withl which the city was assailed and finally captured. There was no time lost, and if there had been any delay, even two days, the peace protocol would have found our army in the trenches, and the city belonging to the Spaniards. It was the energy of General Merritt, heartily shared by his division commanders, that prevented this embarrassment, which would have been a moral and military misfortune. We have given tle General's orders to his troops and the Filipinos after the fall of the cityalso his original statement of policy, and noted how cleverly they supported each other, and how smoothly the work of organization and administration is carried on the world is well aware. The orders deputing the officers to discharge certain duties are plain business. There was no departure from the strict, straight line of military government, and tile threatened entanglements firmly touched passed away. There was nothing omitted, or superfluous, and the purpose and programme of policy was made clear by events. The confusion overcome by the genius of common sense there was order, all rights respected, the administration was a success from the beginning andi continued, and is to be continued-security is established, there is public confidence in the air-the "faith and honor of the army" are inviolable, Manila is ours, and there is peace. If war comes in that quarter of the globe we shall stand on ground that earthquakes cannot shake. CHAPTER XII. THE AMERICAN ARMY IN MANILA. Why the Boys Had a Spell of IIome Sickness-Disadvantages of the Tropics-Admiral Dewey and his Happy Men-How Our Soldiers Passed the Time on the Ships-General Merritt's Headquarters-Wahat Is Public Property-The Manila Water S upply-iEngland Our Friend-Majo)r- General Otis, General M\erritt's Successor. The American soldiers in the Philippines were most devoted and cheerful, patient under hardship and pleasantly satisfied that they were as far to the front as anybody and seeing all there was to see during the siege of Manila. They were out in tropical rains, and the ditches they waded were deep with mud unless filled with water. They were harassed by the Spanish with the long-range Mausers at night and insufficiently provided a part of the time with rations. At best they had a very rough experience, but kept their health and wanted to go into the city with a rush. They would rather have taken chances in storming the place than sleep in the mud, as they did for twenty days. When the defenders of Manila concluded that the honor of Spain would be preserved by the shedding of only a little blood in a hopeless struggle and fell back from very strong positions before the advance of skirmish lines, and the American columns entered the city, keeping two armies-the Spaniards and the insurgentsapart. and, taking possession, restored order and were sheltered in houses, it soon began to occur to the boys, who came out of the wet campaign looking like veterans and feeling that they had gained much by experience, that they were doing garrison duty and that it was objectionable. The soldiers who arrived on the Peru, City of Pueblo and Pennsylvania were shocked that they had missed the fight and disgusted with the news of peace. They had made an immense journey to go actively into war, and emerged from the ocean solitade to police a city in time of peace. It was their notion that they lacked occupation; that their adventure had proved an enter prise that could not become glorious. The romance of war faded. Unquiet sensations were produced by the stories that there was nothing to do but go home, and they would soon be placed aboard the transports and homeward bound. Besides, the climate was depressing. The days were hot and the nights were not refreshing. The rations were better and there were dry places to sleep, but there was no inspiring excitement, and it was not a life worth 173 174 THE AMERICAN AlJLMY IN MANILA. living. War-"the front"-instead of offering incomparable varieties, became tedious -it was a bore, in fact. Iow could a crowded city and thronged streets be attractive in a military sense, or the scene of patriotic sacrifice, when the most arduous duty was that of police? Was it for this they had left homes in Oregon, Montana, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Tennessee, Nebraska, Utah, California and Colorado? There came an episode of homesickness. It was about time in a soldier's life to contrast it with the farms and the villages, the shops, mines and manufactories. They were kept busy on guard and in caring for themselves, in activities as the masters of a strange community, but the novelties of the tropics lost their flavor. What did a man want with oranges when there were apples? Whrat was a rice swamp compared with a corn field? Think of the immeasurable superiority, as a steady thing, of an Irish potato to a banana, or a peach to a pineapple! What was a Chinese pony alongside a Kentucky horse, or a water buffalo with the belly of a hippopotamus and horns crooked as a saber and long as your arm to one who had seen old-fashioned cows, and bulls whose bellowing was as the roaring of lions? The miserable but mighty buffaloes were slower than oxen and, horns and all, tame as sheep-the slaves of serfs! As for the Chinese, if there were no other objection, they should be condemned because too numerous-faithful, perhaps, in a way, but appearing with too much frequency in the swarming streets. And the women, with hair hanging down their backs, one shoulder only sticking out of their dresses, the skin shining like a scoured copper kettle; a. skirt tight around the hips and divided to show a petticoat of another tint, a jacket offering further contrasts in colors, slippers flapping under naked heels, faces solemn as masks of death heads-oh, for the rosy and jolly girls we left behind us in tears! Iow beautiful were the dear golden-haired and blue-eyed blondes of other days! The boys wanted at least tobacco and aerated waters to soothe themselves with, and if there was not to be any more fighting, what was the matter with going home? They also serve, however, who only stand and wait-there are no soldiers or sailors in the world who are in a position of greater interest and usefulness than those of the American army and navy who hold fast with arms the capital city of the Philippines. The army, though much exposed, has not suffered severely from sickness. There has been an intense and protracted strain upon the men of the ships, but they have recovered from the amiable weakness for home, and they are not merely well; they are more than plain healthythey are hearty and happy! There is the light of good times in their faces. One thing in their favor is they have not been allowed to eat unwholesome food, and the TtlE AMERICAN AMIY IN MANILA. 175 floors of the warboats and every piece of metal or wood that is in sight is polished and glistening with cleanliness. The soldiers will feel better when the postoffice is in working order and they will do better by their organs of digestion when they are not deluged with fizz-that is, pop, and beer made without malt, and the strange, sweetish fruits that at first were irresistible temptations. "Comel with me and see the men of the Olympia," said Admiral Dewey, "and see how happy they are, though they have been shut up here four months." And the men did look jolly and bright, and proud of the Admiral as he of them, and they were pleased when he noticed, kindly, the hostile little monkey, who is the mascot, and the other day bit the Captain. The health of the boys was preserved at sea by systematic exercise. Not a transport crossed the Pacific that was not converted into a military school, and each floating schoolhouse had about 1,000 pupils. They were put through gymnastice and calisthenics when, as a rule, they were barefooted and wore no clothes but their undershirts and trousers. There was even a scarcity of suspenders. The drillmasters were in dead earnest, and their voices rang out until the manifestation of vocal capacity excited admiration. The boys had to reach suddenly for heaven with both hands and then bring their arms to their sides with swinging energy. Then they had to strike out right and left to the order "Right!" "Left!" until the sergeant was satisfied. Next each foot had to be lifted and put down quickly at the word of command; then it was needful that the legs should be widely separated in a jump and closed uip with vigor; then the spinal columns swayed forward and back and all the joints and muscles had something to do. This was no laughing matter to any one, though it was funny enough from the ordinary standpoint of civil life. This medicine was taken day after day, and seemed to vindicate itself. It was esteemed a good thing for the boys to perspire from exercise. There was no trouble, though, when south and west of Honolulu, in having substantially Turkish baths in the bunks at night, and there were queer scenes on deck-men by hundreds scantily clothed and sleeping in attitudes that artists might have chosen to advantage for life studies. It was necessary for those who walked about, during the hours thus given to repose, where the enlisted men took their rest with their undershirts and drawers around them, to be careful not to tramp on the extended limbs. Once I feared I had hit a soldier's nose with my heavy foot when stepping over him in a low light, and was gratified that my heel had merely collided with a big boy's thumb. He had gone to sleep with his head protected by his hand. I paused long enough to note that the sheltering hand if clinched would have been a mighty and smiting fist; and I was doubly pleased that I hlad not tramped on his big nose. L- L V)LV1II JL`U IIU~ IUI~UClir J~v1ri nr 176 TTIlE AME'RICAN ARMY IN MANILA. Not infrequently, when we ere steaming along the 20th parallel of north latitude-that is to say, well in the torrid zone-and were wafted by the trade winds that were after us at about our own speed, heavy showers came up in the night and spoiled the luxurious content of those who were spread on the decks. The boys got in good form through the longest journey an army ever made-for the distance is greater from the United States to the Philippines than from Spain-and every week the skill of a soldier in acquiring the lessons of the climate and the best methods of taking care of himself will become more useful, and the tendency will be to settle down to the business of soldiering, make the best of it and accept it as educationalan experience having in it the elements of enduring enjoyments. "The days when I was in ATanila, away down in the south seas, but a little way from the island from which came the wild man of Borneo," will be pleasant in remembrance, and there will be perpetually an honorable distinction in identification with an ambitious yet generous enterprise, one of the most remarkable a nation can undertake —not excepting the Roman conquests all around the Mediterranean, and that touched the northern sea, invading England. In the later days of August there were in the prisons of Manila, which answer to the penitentiary and jail in the American States, 2,200 prisoners, one of whom was a Spaniard! The prisons are divided only by a high wall and contain many compartments to assist in classification. There are considerable spaces devoted to airing the prisoners, and one in which the privileged are permitted to amuse themselves with games. The guard consisted, when I visited the place, of sixty-three soldiers from Pennsylvania. There were many women imprisoned. One who had been shut up for more than a year was taken into custody because she had attempted rather informally to retake possession of a house of which she had been proprietor and out of which she had been fraudulently thrown. Her crime was a hysterical assertion of her rights and her uninvited tenants were Spaniards. One of the buildings contained the criminals alleged to be desperate, and as they stood at the windows the chains on their right legs were in sight. It was plainly seen in several cases that the links of the chains used were about three inches long and that three or four turns were taken around the right ankle. In a group of prisoners waiting for supper to be handed them in pans in the open air a large number wore chains. Many of the prisoners were incarcerated as insurgents, having offended by refusing to espouse the Spanish cause or by some other capital criminality In that line of misconduct! A commission was investigating their cases and the Filipinos who had not satisfied the Spanish requirements were represented by an able lawyer. who was well informed and disposed to do justice. Sixty-two of the inmates of the TIlE AMERICAN ARMY IN MANILA. 177 penitentiary held for (discoiient witli tlie Spanish system of government were to be discharged as soon as the )apers could be made out. Many most interesting questions arise in connection with the capitulation of the Spanish army. It was agreed that the Spaniards, upon surrendering and giving up the public property, should be entitled to the honors of war. It was expressly understood that the arms the troops gave up were to be retained. In case the Americans abandoned the islands or the Spaniards departed the rifles should be given them, and usage would seem to determine that this return of wapons must include the Maulsers in the hands of the troops now prisoners of war and the cartridges they would c.arry if they took the field. Tlen arises a difficulty as to the precise meaning of the words "public property." There were laid down by the Spaniards about 12,000 Mausers and Remingtons, and there were 10,000 in the arsenals-22,000 in all. It is admitted that 12,000 personallv surrendered rifles go back to the Spaniards, whether they or we go away from the islands-as one or tile other is sure to do-but the 10,000 stand of arms in the arsenals comle under the head of "public property," and so should be retained permanently by the Americans. The number of ball cartridges a soldier starting out to make a march carries is 100. There were surrendered more than 500 rounds to the man. The public money was public property, of course, and General Greene demanded the keys to the vault containing it. The Spanish authorities objected, but yielded after presenting a written protest. The money consisted of Spanish and Mexican dollars, a lot of silver bars and change fused into one mass, and some gold in the same state, also $247,000 in copper coin, which was regarded, under the old dispensation, good stuff to pay poor wages to poor men and women. There are some fine points about customs. The American flag floats over the city, and the importers and exporters want to know what the charges are and how much the private concessions must be. Some of these people ran around for several days wiih the object of placing a few hundred Mexican dollars in the hands of officials, where they would do the most good, and could not find anybody ready to confer special favors for hard casl. These pushing business men had been accustomed to meet calls for perquisites, and did not feel safe for a moment without complying with that kind of formality. They turned away embarrassed and disappointed, and were surprised to learn that they were on a ground floor that was wide enough to accommodate everybody. It should be mentioned in this connection, also, a Mexican dollar passes in Manila for 50 cents American. The price of Mexican dollars in the banks of San Francisco and Honolulu is 46 and 47 cents. The way it works is illustrated in paying in a res 178 THE AMERICAN ARMY IN MANILA. taurant for a lunch-say for two. If the account is $2. you put down a $5 United States gold piece and receive in change eight Mexican dollars. If you buy cigars at $40 per 1,000 a $20 American gold piece pays the $40 bill. There is now pretty free coinage of Mexican dollars and they answer admirably as 50-cent coins. That is one of the ways in which free coinage of silver removes prejudices against the white me:tal; no one thinks of objecting to a Mexican dollar as a half-dollar, and our boys, paid in American gold, liave a feeling that their wages are raised because all over the city one of their dollars counts two in the settlement of debts. These useful American dollars are admitted free of duty. The headquarters of the American administration in Manila are in the city hall, situated in the walled city, with a park in front that plainly has been neglected for some time. It also fronts upon the same open square as the cathedral, while beyond are the Jesuit College and the Archbishop's palace. Just around the corner is a cclossal church, and a triangular open space that has a few neglected trees and ought to be beautiful but is not. A street railroad passes between the church and the triangle, and the mule power is sufficient to carry at a reasonable rate a dozen Spanish officers and as many Chinamen. The fare is 1 cent American-that is, 2 cents Philippine-and the other side of the river you are entitled to a transfer, but the road is short and drivers cheap. There is a system of return coupons that I do not perfectly understand. The truth about the street railway system is that there is very little of it in proportion to the size of the city, but the average ride costs about 1 cent. If the Americans stay there is an opening for a trolley on a long line. There is no matter of business that does not depend upon the question: Will the Americans stay? If they do all is well; if they do not all is ill, and enterprise not to be talked of. The most important bridge across the Pasig is the bridge of Spain. The street railway crosses it. The carriages and the coolies, too, must keep to the left. It is the thoroughfare between the new and old cities, and at all hours of the day is thronged. It is a place favored by the native gig drivers to whip heavily laden coolies out of the way. A big Chinaman with powerful limbs, carrying a great burden, hastens to give the road to a puny creature driving a puny pony, lashing it with a big whip, and scrambles furiously away from a two-wheeler whirling along a man able to pay a 10-cent fare. In other days when one passed this bridge he faced the botanical gardens, which had a world-wide reputation, an attraction being a wonderful display of orchids. There were also beautiful trees; now there are only stumps, disfigurements and desolation-some of the horrors of war. The gardens were laid waste by the Spaniards TIHE AMERICAN ARMlY INT MANILA.. 179 as a military precaution. As they seem to have known that they could not or would not put up a big fighlt for the city, what was the use of the destructivelness displayed in the gardens, parks and along the boulevards? The fashion of tlakilar a garden and making a desert of it and calling it one of the military necessities of war is, however, not peculiar to the chieftains of Spain. Crossing the bridge of Spain to the walled city and turning to the riliht there are well-paved streets bordered with strips of park beside the river, thllat is rusIling the same way if you are going to headquarters; and tlhe object that tells where to turn off to find the old gateway through the wall, with a drawbridge over the grassy moat, is a AIonument to Alphonse, whose memory it is the habit of these people to celebrate. Approaching the city hall (headquarters) there is a white-walled hospital to note; then comes a heavy mass of buildings on a narrow street, and the small square already styled in this article a park, and we arrive at tile grand entrance of the official edifice. The room devoted to ceremony is so spaciotus that one must consent that magnitude is akin to grandeur. There is the usual double stairway and a few stone steps to overcome. On the right and left under the second lift of stairs were corded the Spanish Mansers and Remingtons and many boxes of cartridges. I have several times noticed soldiers tramping on loose cartridges as though they had no objection at all to an explosion. You can tell the Mauser ammuniition, becausethecartridgesare in clips of five, and the little bullets famous for their long fliglht are covered with nickel. The Remington bullets are bigger and coated with brass. Something has been said to the effect that the Remnigton balls used by tile Slpniards are poisonous and that it is uncivilized to manufacture them. Tlhe object of the Mauser and Remington system in covering the bullets, the one with nickel and the other with brass, is not to poison, but to prevent the lead from fouling tile rifles. The point is almost reached in modern guns of 2,000 and 3,000 yards range where the friction of the gun barrel and the speed of the missile at the muzzle are sufficient to fuse unprotected lead, and at any rate so much of the soft material would soon be left in the grooves as to impair accuracy and endanger the structure of the arm. Right ahead when the first stairs are cleared is a splendid hall, with a pair of gilded lions on a dais, and some of the boys had adorned these beasts with crowns of tlheatrical splendor. The arms of Spain are conspicuous, and in superb medallions illustrious warriors, statesmen, authors, artists and navigators, look down from the walls upon desks now occupied by American officers. Above this floor the stairs ar!e blocks of hardwood, the full width of the stairway and the heigh]t of the step, and this earthquake precaution does not detract from the dignity of the building, for 180 THE AMERICAN ARMY IN MANILA. the woodwork is massive and handsome. A marvelous effect might be produced in some of the marble palaces of private citizens in our American cities by the construction of stairways with the iron-hard and marble-brilliant wood that is abundant in Puerto Rico, Cuba and Luzon. The hall in which the city council met, now the place of the provost-marsllal's court, is furnished in a style that puts to shame the frugality displayed in the council chambers of our expensively governed American cities, where men of power pose as municipal economists. In the elevated chair of the President, faced by the array of chairs of the Spanish councilmen, or aldermen, sits the provost-marshal judge, and before him come the soldiers wlio have forgotten themselves and the culprits arrested by the patrol. On the wall above him is a full-length likeness of the Queen Regent-a beautiful, womanly figure, with a tender and anxious mother's solicitous face. She looks down with sad benignity upon the American military government. There is also a portrait of the boy king, who becomes slender as he gains height, and rather sickly than strong. It may be that too much care is taken of him. In the corner room at the end of the corridor Major-General Otis received at his desk the news that Generals Merritt and Greene were ordered home, and that he was the major-general commanding and the chief of the civil, as well as the military department of the government. He had already found much to do and tackled the greater task with imperturbable spirit and a habit of hard workwith, his friends say,no fault but a habit that is almost impracticable of seeing for himself almost everything he is himself held responsible for. If he has a weakness of that sort he has a rare opportunity to indulge it to the full extent of his personal resources. Ile certainly dispatches business rapidly, decides the controverted points quickly and has a clear eye for the field before him. His record is a good one. When the war of the States came on he was a New York lawyer-his home is at Rochester. Near the close of the war he was wounded on the Weldon road, along which Grant was extending his left wing to envelop Petersburg. He was struck by a musket ball almost an inch from the end of the nose, and the course of it was through the bones of the face under the right eye, passing out under the right ear. He was "shot through the laead," and suffered intensely for a long time, but maintained his physical vitality and mental energy. His face is but slightly marked by this dreadful wound. He has been a hard student all his life, and is an accomplished soldier, as well as an experienced lawyer. Iis judicial services in court-martials have been highly estimated. Altogether he is well equipped for executing the various duties of his position. He will "hold the fort in good shape." In an adjacent room, Assistant Adjutant-General Strong, son of the ex-mayor of New York, a young man of much ex THE AMERICAN AR:IMY IN MANILA. 181 perience in the national guard and a sharp shooter, sticks to business with zeal and knowledge, and in a very few days established a reputation as a helper. So much has been said in disparagement of the "sons of somebodies" that it is a pleasure to put in evidence the cleverness and intelligent industry of Captain Strong, late of the 69th New York, and of Captain Coudert, of New York. General Merritt took possession of the palace of the governor-general, overlooking the river, a commodious establishment, with a pretentious gate on tle street, a front yard full of shrubbery and rustling with trees, a drive for carriages anld doors for their occupants at the side and a porte cochere, as the general said witih a twinkle of his eye, for the steam launch which was a perquisite of the Governor. Th'e coinmanding general of the Philippine expedition enjoyed the life on the river, along which boats were constantly passing, carrying country supplies to the city and returning. The capacity of canoes to convey fruit and vegetalles and all thiat the market called for was an unexpected disclosure. There were unfailing resources up the river or a multitude of indications were inaccurate. The General's palace is more spacious than convenient; the dining room designed for stately banquets, but the furniture of the table was not after the manner of feasts, though the best the country afforded, and the supply of meat improved daily, while the fruit told of the kindly opulence of the tropics. There was a work of art in the palatial headquarters that the commanding general highly appreciated-a splendid but somber painting of the queen regent in hier widow's weeds, holding the boy king as a baby on her right shoulder, her back turned to the spectator, gloomy drapery flowing upon the carpet, her profile and p)ale brow and dark and lustrous hair shown, her gaze upon the child and his young eyes fixed upon the spectator. This picture has attracted more attention than any other in Manila, and the city is rich in likenesses of the queen mother and tlie royal boy, who, without fault have upon them the heavy sorrows of Spain in an era of mnisfortune and humiliation; and it will take some time for the Spanish people, highly or lowly placed, to realize that the loss of colonies, as they have held them, is a blessing to the nation and offers the only chance of recuperation and betterment in Spain's reputation and relations with the world. The governor-general's palace, with General Merritt for General, was a workshop, and the highly decorated apartments, lofty and elaborate, were put to uses that had an appearance of being incongruous. The cot of the soldier, shrouded in a mosquito bar, stood in the midst of sumptuous furniture, before towering mirro-r in showy frames, and from niches looked down marble statues that would have been more at home in the festal scenes of pompous life in the sleepy cities of dreamy lands. 182 TIlE AMEIRICAN ARMY IN MANILA. There was no more striking combination than a typewriting machine mounted on a magnifieeni 'table, so thick and resplendent with gold that it seemed one mass of the precious metal-not gilt, but solid bullion-and the marble top had the iridescent glow of a sea shell. This was in the residence of the General, his dining and smoking rooms and bedrooms for himself and staff, the actual headquarters being next door in the residence of the secretary-general. Iere was a brilliant exhibition of mirrors, upon some of which were paintings of dainty design and delicate execution, queerly effective The tall glasses stood as if upon mantles. There were other glasses that duplicated their splendors; through the open doors down the street, which was the one for the contemplation of the gorgeous-and down the street means into the modern end of the city-was the residence of the Spanish Admiral of the annihilated fleet, Montijo. It had been the property of and was the creation of a German, who got rich and got away in good time with $1,000,000 or more, selling his house to one of the rich Chinese, who had the fortune, good, bad or indifferent, to become the landlord of the Admiral whose ships disappeared in a vast volume of white vapor on the May morning when the Americans came and introduced themnselves. General Greene's headquarters were in the house the German merchant built, the Chinese millionaire bpught, and the Admiral, without a fleet since the 1st of May, rented. Tile furnishing was rich; there were frescoes that were aglow with the tropic birds and window curtains that were dreams. The vast mansions of the ex-officials were not, however, such as would have been sought as accommodations for the management of the military and other affairs, and there was much lacking to comfort; but as the hotels after the siege were not tolerable, the officers had to discover houses in which they could develop resources, and the public property was that of those who conquered to the extent to which it had belonged to those displaced. The Americans got out of the chaotic hotels soon as possible, for there were some things in them simply not endurable. They rent houses and employ servants and set up housekeeping. The newspaper correspondents have been driven to tllis, and they are comparatively happy. They have found ponies almost a necessarv of life, and food that is fair is attainable, while tile flowing hydrants remove a good deal of privation and apprehension. The water is from an uncontaminated stream, and though slightly roiled after heavy rainfalls, it is not poisonous, and that is lwhat many American and European cities cannot truthfully say of their water supplies. The demand for houses by the Americans has raised the views of the proprietors. The street on which the official Spaniards meant to flourish, as Weyler, Blanco and others had done before them, and had not time to reap a harvest of iElIERlCR Itfr(mm \41111 IIf I / Ie" l "'$1/t,. Oef,~cfa (ictif~ {J p0095i: 7,t-I / MILITAtY Eit O:)E S ANT Photo of "Roosevelt CFopyrighlted biy ioc(wood,):hfoto of Shafter Coi::nrii'htted bla (Cthas. Parker.) AND Pu){TO RICO, ANTS. JPt'.'vtaaQ RI(-JO' D,7rI 1, KA, L as~~~ THE AMERICAN ARMY IN MANILA. 183 plunder before the days of doom came, would be called by the citizens of Cleveland, 0., the Euclid avenue of the town. It runs out to the old fort where the Spaniards made their stand "for the honor of the arms of Spain." The English a:nd German and Chinese successful men reside in this quarter. The majority of those who rhave provided themselves with houses by the river and fronting on the street most approved, looking out through groves and g ardens, are Chinese halfcastes, claimling Chinese fatlers and Philippine mothers. These are the most rapacious and successful accumulators, and they would all be glad to see the Americans stay, now that they are there, and have shown themselves so competent to appreciate desirablel opportunities and understand the ways and means, the acquirements and tlie dispensations of prosperity as our troops entered the city by the principal residence street, it was noticed that guards were left at all the houses that displayed the British flag-a reward for English courtesy, and the feeling of the troops that the British are our friends. CHAPTER XIII. THE WIITlE UNIFORMS OF OUR HEROES IN THE TROPICS. The Mother Hubbard Street Fashion in Honolulu, and That of Riding AstrideSpoiling Summer Clothes in Manila AMud-The White Raiment of High Officers —)rawing the Line on Nightshirt-Ashamed of Big Toes-Dewey and Merritt as Figures of Show-The Boys in White. Recent experiences of the United States excite attention to the fashions of the tropics. In Florida our soldiers who invaded Cuba were in a degree and sense acclimated for the telmperature of the island that has been for so long "so near, and yet so far," so wet and yet so hot. But the troops of the Philippine expedition were not prepared by the chilly blasts from the mountains of California for the exceedingly soft airs of Hawaii, though Ilonolulu was a pleasant introductory school to Manila. Our new possession two thousand miles from the continent, has been preparing for the destiny realized for two generations, and the American ladies who dwell in the islands of perpetual summer in the Pacific, have not submitted wholly to the dominion of the climate and composed themselves to languish in loose and gauzy garlments when on the streets. But the IIonolulu women, in general, who largely are in the possession of luxuriant proportions, are enveloped in the blandishments of Mother Hubbards, and do not even tie strings about themselves to show where they would have spectators to infer their waists ought to be. They go about flowing and fluttering in freedom, and have all the advantages due the total abandonment of corsets, and suffer none of the horrors of tight lacing recorded in medical publications. The Mother Hubbard gown is not without its attractions, but we can hardly say they are too obvious, and slender figures are lost in voluminous folds that are billowy in the various ways and means of embracing the evolutions of beauty. And the native singers seem fully justified in throwing the full force of their lungs and the rapture of their souls into the favorite chorus, "The Honolulu Girls Are Good Enough for Me." The refrains of the Hawaiian songs are full of a flavor of pathos, and there is the cry of sorrows, that seem to be in the very air, but belong to other ages. The Honolulu females of all races have flung away side saddles with their corsets, and bestride horses and mules with the confidence in the rectitude of their intentions that so besets and befits the riders of bicycles. People would stare with disapproval in Honolulu to see a woman riding 184 THE WHITE UNIFORMS OF OUR EIROES IN THE TROPICS. 185 with both legs on the same side of a horse, and those wandering abroad in the voluminous folds of two spacious garments disapprove the unusual and unseemly spectacle. It is as hot in some parts of Texas, Arizona and California as in any of the islands of the seas of the South, but we had not been educated in the art of clotliing armies for service in the torrid zone, until the Philippine expedition was undertaken, and we were making ready for challenging the Spaniards in their Cuban fastnesses, when it speedily was in evidence that we wanted something more than blue cloth and blankets. The Spanish white and blue stuff and straw hats were to our eves unsightly and distasteful, and we began with a variety of goods. Our army hats were found good, but we tried nearly all things before holding onto anything as sufficient for trousers and coats. The officers on long journeys speedily resolved, if we may judge from the results, that the suit most natty and nice for wear within twenty degrees of the Equator was the perfect white, and so the snowy figures below shoulder straps became familiar. This did not, of course, indicate acute stages of active service. Never were campaigns more destructive of good looks in clothing, than those in assailing Santiago and Manila, in which the thin stuffs were tested in torrential rain and ditches full of mud. The compensation was that the volunteers fresh from the camps of instruction, put on in a few days the appearance of veteran campaigners. In Manila there was an edifying contrast between the Spaniards who had surrendered and the Americans who did not pause when the Mausers were fired into their ranks, not with the faintest hope of successful resistance, but for the "honor of Spain." The Spanish soldiers had been well sheltered andl canle out in fairly clean clothes, while the soldiers of our nation closed up dingy ranks, suited for hunting in swamps and thickets, their coats, hats and trousers the color of blasted grass and decayed leaves. The passage of the line from the new to the old clothes was sudden, and the gallant boys in blue were not in the least disconsolate over the discoloration of their uniforms, having reached the stalge where it was a luxury to sleep on a floor or pavement, without wasting time to find a soft or quiet spot. The sombre taste of the Spanish ladies in dress, so famous and effective that the black mantillas and skirts, and the fans that do such execution in the hands of the dark-eyed coquettes, as to have sway where empires have been lost and woncontrol Cuba, but does not dominate the Philippines. The Pope of the period, it will be remembered, divided the new worlds discovered by the navigators of Spain and Portugal, awarding to the best of his knowledge, by a line drawn south from the southern shore of the Caribbean Sea. Portugal holding that to the eastward and 186 THE WHITE UNIFORMS OF OUR HE-ROES IN TIHE TROPICS. Spain that to the westward. Hence the separation of South America between Brazil and the rest of the central and south American states, to await the inevitable end of the evolutions that were the revolutions of independence. Magellines, a Portluguese, who, being slighted in his own country, went over to the Spaniards, and pointed out that 1by sailing west the east would be attained, and so found the straits that b)ear his name, and the Ladrones and Philippines, annihilating the Papal boundary liHce by taking and breaking it from the rear. rile conqulest of the Philippines by the Spaniards has not been complete as a military achlievemlent or the enforcement of the adoption of customs and costumes according to the habits and taste of the conquerors, who have nibbled at the edges of the vast archipelago, greater in its length and breadth and its natural riches than the West Indies. The Spanish ladies in the Philippines are dressed as in the ancient cities of their own renowned peninsula. The Filipinos are of the varied style, tlhat adorn Africans and the Asiatics. They are gay in colors and curious in the adjustment of stuffs, from the flimsy jackets to the fantastic skirts. The first essential in the dress of a Filipino is a jacket cut low, the decolette feature being obscured to some extent by pulling out one shoulder and covering the other, taking the chances of the lines that mark the concealment and disclosure of breast and back. There is no expression of immodesty. The woman of the Philippines is sad as she is swarthy, and her melancholy eyes are almost always introspective, or glancing far away, and revising the disappointed dreams of long ago. Profounder grief than is read in the faces of bronze and copper no mourning artist has wrought nor gloomy poet written. Below the jacket, the everlasting blazer, is a liberal width of cloth tightly drawn about the loins, stomach and hips, making no mistake in revelations of the original outline drawings, or the flexibilities which the activities display. There are two skirts, an outer one that opens in front, showing the tunic, which is of a color likely to be gaudy and showing strangely with the outer one. The feet are exposed, and if not bare, clothed only in clumsy slippers with toe pieces, and neither lheels nor uppers. Women carry burdens on their heads, and walk erect and losed( as if for snap photographs. The young girls are fond of long hair, black as cannel coal, and streaming in a startling cataract to the hips. It seems that the crop of hair is unusually large, and it shines with vitality, as the breeze lifts it in the sunshine. The Philippine boys are still more lightly clad than the girls, who have an eye to queer combinations of colors, and the revelation of the lines that distinguishl the female form without flagrant disclosure. There is much Philippine dressing that may under all the surroundings be called modest, and the prevalent expression of the Filipino is that of fixed but bewildered grief. The males are rather THE WHITE UNIFORMS OF OUR IIEROES IN THE TROPICS. 187 careless, and display unstinted the drawings of legs, that are copper-colored and more uniform in tint than symmetry. Two or three rags do a surprisingly extensive service, and all the breezes cause the fluttering of fantastic but scanty raiment. It is a comfort to return to a country where people wear clothing not as a flimsy and inadequate disguise. What will be the influence of our armies sent to the tropics, upon the dress of Americans? It is a question that may be important. The "wheel" has introduced knickerbockers and promises to result in knee breeches. On the transports that have traversed the Pacific the soldiers were fond of taking exercise in undershirts and drawers only and they swarmed from their bunks at night, to sleep on deck, sometimes condescending to spread blankets to take the edge off the cruelty of the hard wood, but reluctant to be encumbered with undershirts. Their favorite night dress was drawers only, and tihey acted upon the false theory that one cannot take cold at sea. The authority of officers was often necessary to impress the average soldier that he ought to have an undershirt between his skin and the sky. The boys were during their long voyage very sparing in the use of shoes and stockings, and it has perhaps never before occurred in American experiences that there was such an opportunity to study the infinite variety of the big toe, and, indeed, of all the toes. In active army service the care of the feet is essential. The revelations on shipboard disclose the evils of illfitting shoes to be most distracting. One of the claims of West Point for high consideration is in teaching the beauty of white trousers, and our tropical army experiences will extend the fashion. When General Merritt and Adlliral I)ewcy parted on the deck of the China in Manila harbor, both were clad in spotle- s white, their caps, coats and trousers making a showy combination. There was also a group of sea captains who had gathered to give the Captain of the China a good send-off, and they with the staff officers, were all in radiant white. There was not a boy in blue among them. The illustrious General and Admiral reminded inc of Gabriel Ravel, when in his glory as The White Knight. It would be lard to say whichi w\ore the nattier cap, but that of the Admiral was of the more jaunts cult, while the General-gold cord for a band and gold buttons, especially becalle his blue eyes. If the officers of the army, navy and transports could be photogra)phed as they stood in dazzling array, as if hewn from marble, the fashion plate resultinlg would be incomparably attractive, and in the summers to come we sliall find anmoiig the influences of our tropical adventure and possessions a heightening of the colors \worn by American ladies, and a whitening of the suits of gentlemren, involving the necessity of "calling in" white coats, as well as straw hats on stated days in early September. CHAPTER XIV. A MARTYR TO THE LIBERTY OF SPEECH. Dr. Jose Rizal, the Most Distinguished Literary Man of the Philippines, Writer of History, Poetry, Political Pamphlets, and Novels, Shot on the Luneta of Manila-A Likeness of the Martyr-The Scene of His Execution, from a Photograph-Ilis Wife Married the Day Before His Death-Poem Giving His Farewell Thoughts, Written in His Last Hours-The Works That Cost Him His Life-The Vision of Friar Rodriguez. There is history, romance and tragedy in the martyrdom of Dr. Rizal, whose execution by shooting on the Luneta two years ago is a notable incident of the cruelties of Spanish rule. This was on account of the scholarship, the influence, the literary accomplishllents, and the personal distinction of the man. Dr. Rizal was easily the foremost writer his race and country has produced. Ie was a poet, novelist, political essayist, and historian, and his execution was for the crime of loving his country, opposing the Spaniards, criticising and lanpooning the priests. I-e is called the Tagalo Martyr, for he was of the tribe of Malay origin, the most numerous and rebellious in the Philippine Islands. Iis fate was shocking. lie was an intelligent, learned man, an enthusiastic patriot, who had been educated in Spain and France. For writing a book against Spanish oppression he was exiled to the Island of Dapitan. There he met a young womnan of Irish parentage, with whom he fell in love. They were engaged to be married, when, on some pretext, the Doctor was brought back to Manila, sent to Madrid to be tried, and then sent back to Manila. The unhappy girl to whom he was betrothed tells the rest of the story: "Everyone knew that Dr. Rizal was innocent. All that could be brought against him was the publication of his book, and the Spanish officials who tried him had never even read it. Nevertheless, he was condemned to death. I then asked perniission to be married to him, and they granted my request, thinking to add to the horror of his martyrdom. The marriage was celebrated by a friar the same day on which he was sentenced. I passed the whole night on my knees in prayer before the prison door, which shut my husband from me. When morning dawned, the Doctor came out, surrounded by soldiers, his hands bound behind his back. They took him to the Luneta, the fashionable promenade of the city, where all military executions take place. The lieutenant in command of the firing party asked my 188 IREPAA LOADING BtJFFALO17ES ON WITH PRODUCE, I I~ I THE P IIP I ITEIOR- T)XMARTYRt, HIS W FE AND IIS EXECIlTIT A MARTYRI TO TIHE1 LIBITY OF SPI'EECICI. 189 husband where he would prefer to be shot. ITe replied 'Through the heart.' 'Impossible,' said the lieutenant. 'Such a favor is granted only to men of rank. You will be shot in the back.' A moment after my husband was dead. The soldiers shouted, 'Hurrah for Spain,' and I, 'Iurrah for the Philippines and death to Spain.' I asked for the body. It was refused me. Then I swore to avenge his death. I secured a revolver and dagger and joined the rebels. They gave me a Mauser rifle, and the Philippines will be free." In his poem, filled with his last thoughts-his exalted dreams that had faded, his patriotic sentiments that were bloody dust and ashes, his love for the woman lie was allowed to marry a few hours before he was shot, his woeful love for his troop of devoted friends, who would have died for him and with him if the sacrifice then and there had not been hopeless-it will be discovered that lie was a true poet, and we give one of his stories that was hostile to the orders of the Church, and a satire on Spanish rule, showing why lie was a martyr. The following is a prose translation from the Spanish of the poem Dr. Rizal wrote the night before he was executed: MY LAST THOUGHTS. Farewell! my adored country; region beloved of the sun; pearl of the Orient sea; our lost Eden! I cheerfully give for thee my saddened life, and had it been brighter, happier and more rosy, I would as willingly give it for thy sake. Unhesitatingly and without regret others give thee their lives in frenzied fight on the battlefield. But what matter the surroundings! Be they cypress, laurel or lilies, scaffold or open country, combat or cruel martyrdom, it is all the same, when for country and home's redress. I die while watching the flushing skies announce through dark mantle the advent of a day. Should it need purple to tint its dawn, here is my blood; I gladly will shed it if only it be gilded by a ray of new-born light. My dreams while only a boy, and when of vigor full, a youth, were always to see thee, jewel of the Orient sea! thy black eyes dry, thy frownless face uplifted. and spotless thine honor. Dream of my life! My fervent anxiety! Shouts the soul that soon is to depart, I-ail! It is glorious to fall to give thee flight; to die to give thee life; to die under thy skies, and in thy maternal bosom eternally to sleep. Shouldst thou find some day over my grave, a lonesome, humble flower, blossom 190 A MARTYR TO TIEI IIBERTY OF SPElECIH. ing through the dense foliage, take it to your lips and kiss my soul. Let me feel upon my forehead under the cold tomb your warm and tender breath. Let the moon with her soft and silent light watch over me; let dawn spread its fulgent splendor; let the wind moan with solemn murmur. And should a bird descend and repose upon my cross, let it there proclaim a canticle of peace. Let the burning sun evaporate the dew, spreading through space the notes of my songs. Let a friendly being mourn my early end, praying on calm evenings, when thou also, oh, dear country! should pray to God for me. Pray for all those who died unhonored; for those who suffered unequaled torments; for our poor mothers who silently grieve; for orphans and for widows;; for prisoners in torture; and pray for thyself that thou mayest attain thy final redemption. And when the dark shades of night enwrap the cemetery, and the dead are left alone to watch, do not disturb their rest, do not disturb their mystery. Shouldst thou hear chords of a zither, it is I, beloved country! who sings to thee. And when my grave, by all forgotten, is marked by neither cross nor stone, let the ploughlman scatter its mould; and my ashes before returning to nothing will become the dust of your soil. Trlhen, I will not mind if thou castest me into oblivion. Thy atmosphere, thy space, thy valleys I will cross. A vibrating, limpid note I will be in your ear; aroma, color, rullor, song, a sigh, constantly repeating the essence of my faith. My idolized country! grief of my griefs! My adored Philippines! HIear my last farewell. I leave them all with thee; my fathers and my loves. I go where there are no slaves, no oppressors, no executioners; where faith is not death; where He who reigns is God. Farewell! fathers and brothers, parts of my soul! Friends of my infancy in the lost home. Give thanks that I should rest from the fatiguing day. Farewell, sweet stranger, my friend, my joy. Farewell, beloved beings. To die is to rest. JOSE RIZAL. TIlE VISION OF FRIAR RODRIGUEZ. Comfortably seated in an arm chair one night, satisfied with himself as well as with his supper, Friar Jose Rodriguez dreamed of the many pennies that the sale of his little books was drawing from the pockets of the Filipinos, when suddenly, and as if by enchantment, the yellow light of the lamp gave a brilliant, white flash, the air was filled with soft perfume, and without his being able to explain how or wherefrom, a man appeared. A MARTYR TO TIIE LIBERTY OF SPEECII. 191 This was an old man of medium height, dark complected and thin, whose white beard was a contrast to his glittering vivacious eyes, which gave his face extreme animation. Over his shoulder he wore a long cape; a mitre on his head and a crosier in his hand gave him the aspect of a Bishop. At sight of him, Friar Rodriguez yawning, murmured: "Dreams of my fertile imagin-!" The vision did not permit him to finish the exclamation, but gave him a whack between the shoulders. "Eh! This is no joke!" exclaimed Friar Rodriguez, stroking with one hand the afflicted part while with the other he rubbed his eyes. "I see! It is no dream! But partner!" Incensed at such familiarity, the strange personage began poking Friar Rodriguez severely with his crosier on the stomach. The latter, satisfied by this tlie that the thrashing was in earnest, exclaimed: "Here! Here! Friar Pedro (Peter)-Is that the way you cancel indutlgencies? That was not the agreement." The strange Bishop, aroused to a hilgh pitch of anger, stopped his poking and started to knock Friar Rodriguez on tlhe head, believing it to be a more sensitive part. Unfortunately, Friar Rodriguez's head was too hard for anything, and the crosier fell, broken in two pieces. At last! said the poor friar, who, pale and deadly frightened, had fallen on his knees and was trying to creep away on all fours. At sight of his pitiful condition, the stranger sec-nmed satisfied, and, placing on a table the broken crosier, said with contempt: "Homo sine homine, membra sine spiritu! Et iste appellatur filius iieus!" At the sound of that potent voice and language, unknown to himn, Friar Rodriguez appeared confounded. The stranger could not be Friar Pedro (Peter) nor any brother in disguise! Impossible! "Et tamen (the stranger continued), tanta est vanita vestra, ut ante me Patrein vestruml-sed video, loguor et non audis!" And shaking in disgust his head, the vision continued speaking in Castillian, but with a foreign accent. "And are you they who call themselves my sons? Ias your haughtiness reached such a degree that you not only pretend to be feared and worshiped by governors and governed, but neither recognize nor respect Iime, w-hose name you dishonor, and whose condignity you abuse? Tow do I find you? Insolent, with tlhe unfortunate and cowardly towards those who do not fear you! Surge et audi!" 192 A MARTYR TO TItE LIBERTY OF SPEECI. His voice was so imperative and his command so expressive, that Friar Rodriguez, although shakincg with tremor, made every effort to stand against a corner of the room. Moved by this proof of obedience, so rarely found amongst those who make a vow of humility, the stranger, full of contempt, repressed a sigh and proceeded in a more familiar manner, but without losing dignity. "For you and for your nonsense I have been obliged to leave that region, and come here! And what trouble I had to distinguish and find you amongst the others! With but little difference, you are all alike. 'Empty heads and replete stomachs!' UP TIHEIIE, they did not cease to tease me about you all and most especially on your account. It was useless to appear unconcerned. It was not only Lopez de Recalde (Ignatius of Loyole) who with his eternal smile and humble looks made fun of me; nor Domingo (Dominic) with his aristocratic pretensions and little stars of false jewelry on his forehead, who laughed at me; but even the great simpleton of Francisco (Francis), do you understand? tried to poke fun at me; at me, who has thought, argued and written more than all of them together! "Your order is great and powerful," said Ignatius, bending his head. "It resembles one of the Egyptian pyramids; great at the base (you are the base), but the higher it goes the smaller it becomes-what a difference between the base and the apex!" hle murmured, while walking away. "Doctor," said Dominic, "why did you not do with your science as I did with the nobility I left as inheritance to my sons? We would all be better off!" "Mon ami, came and said Francis. If God should order me again to earth, to preach as before amongst brutes and animals, I would preach in your convents." And after saying this he roared in such a manner that although small and thin, it seemed as though he would bur-t.;In vain I answered them that their sons were no better than you are, and that were we to look for skeletons in the closets, we had better wall every crevice. But of no use. Iow could I argue against three, moreover, having you to defend! Three, did I say? Why! Even Peter, the old fisherman, attracted by the laughter, left his porter's lodge and came to upbraid me for the trick you have played on his priests, taking away from them all their parishes, regardless of the fact that they had been in these islands long before you, and that they were the first to baptise in Cebu and in Luzon. Of course," lie said, "as my sons are lazy and in dissension among themselves, UTrNTED STATES PEACE CO:'MMISSIONER FLOWERS OF TII PHILIPPINES A MIARTYR TO THE LIBERTY OF SPEECH. 19a.and yours lie and shout louder, they make themselves believed by the ignorant. But I shall be glad when my descendants are extinct." "And so shall I! And I! I wish it was all over with mine!" shouted at once several voices. "But old Peter's revenge did not stop at that. Yesterday he played a hard joke on me. IHe not only confiscated a package that a Tagalo (*) brought with him, but instead of directing him to the imbecile's department, he took him where we all were. The poor Tagalo carried with him a large collection of little books written by you, which were given him by his Priest, who told him they represented so much indulgency for his next life. As soon as the Indian had arrived everyone IP THERE knew he had brought books written by an Augustinian monk, and they were snatched away. I tried to hide myself, but I could not. What laughter and what jokes! The little angels came in a body; the Celestial Father's Orchestra lost its time; the Virgins, instead of watching their music sheets read the books and sang most discordantly, and even old Anthony's little pig began grunting and twisting his tail. "I felt ashamed; I could see every one point their finger at me and laugh. But, in spite of all this Zarathustra, the grave and serious Zarathustra, did not laugh. With a humiliating pride he asked me: "'Is that your son, he who pretends that my religion is paganish, and that I am a pagan? Iave your sons degenerated to such a degree as to confound my pure religion, root of the most perfect creeds, with Polytheism and Idolatry? Do they know that paganism is derived from pagani, which means inhabitant of the fields, who always were faithful to the Greek and Roman Polytheism? You may answer that they do not know Latin! If so, make then speak more modestly. Tell them that paganus comes from pagus, from which the words pages, payes, paien, paese, pais (country), are derived. Tell those unfortunate that the Zend-Avesta religion was never professed by the rural inhabitants of the Roman country. Tell theni that my religion is monotheist, even more so than the Roman Catholic religion, which not only accepted the dualism of my creed, but has deified several creatures. Tell them that Paganism in its widest and most corrupted sense, duly meant Polytheism; that neither my religion nor that of Moses nor Mohammed were ever Pagan religions. Tell them to read your own works, where in every page you refer to the Pagans. Repeat to them that which you said in speaking of the religion of the 2Manechees (a (*) Tagalo.-Name of one of the tribes of Indians inhabiting the Philippine Islands.-Trans. Note. 194 A MARTYR TO THE LIBERTY OF SPEECi. corruption of my doctrine by you professed) which influenced your works and prevails yet in your religion, and which at one time caused the Roman Catholic Church to vacillate. Yes; I linked the principle of Good and Evil together-Ahura-Mazda; God! But this is not to admit of two Gods, as you, yourself said. To speak of health and sickness is not to admit two healths. And what? I-ave they not copied my principle of evil in Satan, prince of darkness? Tell them that if they do not know Latin to at least study the religions, since they fail to recognize the true one!' "Thus spoke Zarathustra, or Zoroaster. Then, Voltaire-Voltaire, who had heard what you were saying about his death, accosted me, and grasping me by the hand, effusively thanked me. "'Why so?' I asked him. "'Your sons, mon cher Docteur de l'Eglise,' he answered, 'have proved and continue proving by facts, that which I maintained. And what was it that you maintained? That besides being ignorant, they were liars. "To this I could not reply, for he was right. You should know that he died when 84 years of age, possessed of all his faculties, and with so lucid a mind that when nearing, his end and being importuned to make confession, he said: 'Let me die in peace'-and died. But the worst of it all is, that Voltaire has been pleading with God to take you to Ieaven alive and clothed, and when asked why so, he answered 'So that we may have some fun.' "On learning of all the indulgences that the Archbishop had allowed on your books, to allure buyers, old Peter, thumping his bald head, exclaimed: "' Why did I not think of granting indulgencies with the fish I sold, when a fishlercnan? AWe would have been rich, and Judas, instead of selling the Master, would Ilave sold sardines and tinapa! (*) I would not have been obliged to cowardly al)ostatizc, and woulld not have suffered martyrdom. Verily, I say, that 1my friend down 1B,11,OW leaves me behind in the matter of knowing hlow to make money; an(d yet I a111 a Jew.' 'Of course, don t youS know tlat your frienld TELOW is a Gallego?' (*) Said a (*) Tlinaa.-Sialla] wllite-bait fish, which, mixed with rice, constitutes the daily diet of the lower class of natives in the Pliilippine Islandis.-Trals. Note. (*) Callcgo.-Native of Galicia, northwestern Province in Spain. On account of tlheir healthy and robust constitution, tile lower class of (^allego are found employedl in tlhe hardest worl tllrouhllout tle countir, wllcre physical strength is necessary, altholugh fihe are considered slow and lazy. Their predominant characteristic seems to be an insatiable greed of hoarding money.-Trans. Note. A MARTYR TO THEIl LIBERTY OF SPEECH. 195 little old man who had been UP TiERiE but a few years. Iis name was Tasio, and, addressing himself to me, he continued: "'You are a great Doctor, and although you have contradicted yourself many times, I hold you as a privileged character of vast erudition, for, having written yourh books, Retractationum, and Confesiones; and since you are so different from your sons who try, when defending themselves, to make black appear white, and whlite green, I will state my complaints, so that you, as their Father, may put a stop to it all. "'There exists on earth an unfortunate, who, amongst many foolish acts, has committed the following: " 'st. lte holds solidary of all that I have said during my earthly life, an Indian called Rizal, only because said Indian has quoted my words in a book that he wrote. As you can see, should we follow such a system of reasoning, Rizal would also agree witl the views expressed by friars, policemen, etc., and you, yourself, Holy Doctor, would also be solidary of all that you ascribe to heretics, Pagans, and above all, to Manichees. "'2nd. He wants me to think as he himself does, since he quotes me as saying 'The Bible and the Holy Gospel.' It may be well that he, as all fanatics, should believe that these are one and the same thing. But I, Laving studied the original Iebraic Bible, know, that it does not contain the Gospel. That the Jewisli Bible, being a history of creation, treasure and patrimony of Jewish people, the Jews, who do not accept the Gospel, should be authority. That as the Latin translation is incorrect, the Catholics could not lay down the Law, notwithstanding their habit of appropriating everything to themselves, and of misconstruing to their advantage the translation of the original text. Besides, the Gospels, with the exception of that written by Saint Mathew, were written in Greek later than the Bible, and conflict in every respect with the Law of Moses, as proved by the enemity between Jews and Christians. How, then, could I, knowing all this, express myself as a fanatic, or as an ignorant monk? I do not exact from any monk the speech of a free-thinker and therefore, they should not exact that I express myself as a monk would. Why do they want me to consolidate under one name two distinct things, which, to a certain extent contradict each other? Let the Christians do so, but I must not, and cannot. If I call them separately, it is in accordance with the thought inspiring two works, two legislations, two religions, on which they want to found the Catholic Religion. Your son, moreover, reasons 196 A MARTYRI TO THE LIBUIERTY OF SPEECII. finely, when he says: 'I did not know that the Gospels were different from the Bible, and not a principal part of it.' Tell him, Holy Father, that in every country a part, no matter how principal may it be, is always different from the whole, for instance: The principal thing in Friar Rodriguez is his habit; but his habit is different from Friar Rodriguez, as otherwise there would be one dirty Friar Rodriguez, another shining, another creased, another wide, short, long, greasy, etc. On the other hand, the habit is different from the monk, because a piece of cloth, no matter how dirty, could never be presumptuous, despotic, ignorant or obscurautistic. "'3d. To prove the existence of a Purgatory, he quotes: 'Saint Mathew says in Chapter twelfth, thirty-sixth verse-.' But he quotes wrongly, as from that verse cannot be derived the existence of a Purgatory, nor anything of its kind. The IIebrew text says: 'Wa 'ebif 'omar lakam kij 'al kal abar reg ashar idabbru 'abasehim yittbu heschboun bionl hammischphat'; the Greek text, 'Lego de hynun hote pan recna argon, ho can lalesosin hoi anthropoi, apodosousi peri auton logon en hemera kriseos.' All these translated into Latin say: 'Dicto autem vobis, quoniam olnne verbum otiosum quod locuti fuerint homines, reddent rationem de eo in die judicii,' which, translated into English means, 'AND I SAY TO YOU, THAT OX THE DAY OF JUDGMIENT, MEN SHALL HAVE TO ACCOUNT FOR EVERY IDLE WORD.' From all these texts, you can see, Holy Doctor, that the only thing to be derived is that on the Day of Judgment, Friar Rodriguez will have to give such an account of himself, that very likely it will take him two days to account for all the nonsense he has said. "'I imagine that your son, instead of the thirty-sixth verse, meant to quote the thirty- second, which says: "And all who shall say word against the son of man will be forgiven; but he who says word against the Holy Ghost, shall not be pardoned; neither in this life nor in the next." From this they have tried to derive the existence of a Purgatory. What a fertile imagination! "'4th. Because Saint Ireneus, St. Clement of Alexandria, and Origenes, three in all, although not being the first Christian, had some remote idea of Purgatory, it does not follow that the Christians of the first century did believe in it, unless it could be previously established that three persons represent a totality, even if amongst such a totality existed, contradictory ideas. But, as a proof that was it not so, you, yourself, Holy Doctor, being their father, having flourished in the fourth and fifth century, and supposed to be the greatest amongst the Fathers of the Church, denied most emphatically, in various instances, the existence of a Purgatory. In your CCXCV cermon, beginning by: 'Frecuenter charitatem vestra,' etc., you said A MARTYR TO TtIE LIBEIRTY OF SPEECH. 197 very decidedly: 'Nemo se slecipiat fratres; )DUO enini LOCA sunt et et lTElUS non est ullus. Qui curn Christo reguare non meruerit, cuni diabolo ABSQUE DIUBITATIONE ULLA perebit.' This translated means, 'Do not deceive yourselves, brethren; there are but two places for the soul and there is no third place. Ile who should not deserve to live with Christ, UNDOUBTEDLY will perish.' " 'Further on, in de Consolatione nortuorum, you say: 'Sed recedus anima quoe carnalibus oculis non videtur, ab angelis susciptur et collocatur, aut in sinu, Alrahae, si fidelis est, aut in carcerio inferni custodia si peccatrix est.' This nmeans. 'l3ut at the departure of that soul which the eyes of the flesh cannot see, the angels will receive and carry it to the Bosom of Abraham, if it has been faithful: or to Hell, if sinful.' On the other hand, I could quote a large number of your own texts showing that for you, Purgatory was not an impossibility. Add to all this what Saint Fulgentius, who flourished after you during the fifth and sixth century, says in Chapter XIV., of his 'de incarnatione et gratia,' etc.: 'Quieumnque regnulm Dei non ingreditur, poenis oeternis cruciatur.' Tliat is to say, 'He who could not enter the Kingdom of God, will suffer eternal punishment.' "'5th. Your son either cannot read, or else acts in bad faitlh; otherwise, how could he, from my estatement, 'The Protestants DO NOT BELIEVE in it; neither do the Greek Fathers, because they miss,' etc., try to make 'The Greek Fathers DID NOT believe in a Purgatory?' " 'How could lie deduct from a present, a past tense and twist the sentences to make from it 'The Holy Greek Fathers?' "'I used 'BELIEVE,' the present tense, although in my time the IIOLY GRE EK F'AThIERS did not exist, but simply the fathers belonging to the Greek Chlluix:. Moreover, as I was following an historical order, how could I refer to the Protestants, first, and to the HIOLY GREEK FATHERS afterwards, who believed whlat they wished, and who at the time of my earthly life were a past to me? "'And enwrapped in such bad faith, he dares to qualify as a slanderer, imposter and ignoramus, the man who only quoted me! "'But such proceeding is worthy of Friar Rodriguez, who, following his system of confusing a part with the whole, tries to condemn another's book, and mistakes the rays of the sun for the sun itself, all with the purpose of slandering the author and calling him Freemason. "'Tell me, Holy Doctor, after what I have told you, who is the real ignoramus, impostor and slanderer? "'6th. Instead of accusing others of ignorance, and presuming to know every 198 A IMARTYR TO THE LIBERTY OF1' SPEECHI. thing, he should be careful. because he has not even read your books, notwithstanding you are his father, and that it is his duty to know what you have said. Should he have done so, he would neither have written so much nonsense nor would lie have shown the shallowness of his knowledge, which, by the way, he derives from some little books, which, to propagate and maintain obscurantism, were published in Cataluna, (*) by Sarda y Salvany.' "Thus was old Tasio expressing himself, when the voice of the Almighty was heard summoning me to IIis presence. "Trembling, I approached, an(l prostrated myself at His feet.' "'Go to Earth,' said the voice, 'and tell those who call themselves your sons that I, having created millions of suns, around which, thousands of worlds, inhabited by millions of millions of beings, created by my infinite Mercy, gyrate, cannot be an instrument to the fulfilment of a few ungrateful creatures' passions, simply handfuls of dust caried away by a gust of wind; insignificant particles of the inhabitants of one of my smallest worlds! " 'Tell them that my Name must not be used to extend the misery or ignorance of their brothers, nor shall they restrain in my Name, intelligence and thought, which I created free. That they must not commit abuses in my Name, cause a tear, nor a single drop of blood to be shed. That they must not represent me as being cruel, revengeful, subject to their whims and executor of their will. Not to represent me, The Fountain of Goodness, as a tyrant, or an unkind Father, pretending that they are the only possessors of Light and Eternal Life. IHow? I, whlo have given to each being air, light, life and love, that he may be happy, could I deny to one of the most transcendental, true happiness, for the sake of others? Impious! Absurd! Tell them that I, who am All, and apart from whom nothing exists, nor could exist, I lave not and cannot have enemie:. Nothing equals me, and no one can oppose my will! "'Tell them that their enemies are not my enemies; that I have never identified Myself with them, and that their maxims are vain, insensible, blasphemous! ell11 tlellm thlat I pardon error, but punish iniquity; that I will forgive a sin against lie, but will prosecute those who should torture an unfortunate. That being infinitely Powerful, all the sins of all the inhabitants of all the worlds, thousands of times centuplicated, can never dim an atom of my glory. But the least in-,ury to the poor and oppressed I will punish, for I have not created man to make him unhappy nor tile victim of his brothers. I am the Father of all existent; I (*) Cataluna.-Province of Spain. wllich capital is Barcelona.-Trans. Note. In *wl Al~~~~~~~~~~~ %1 it Piz, DIIN OO I ENRA ERIT' PLCEATMNIA TIClTIMS REP(RTED DEAD AlFTER AN EXECUTION. iN EtECUTION ENTERTAINI MNT ON THE A MARTYR TO THE LIBERTY OF SPEECH. 199 know the destiny of every atom; let me love all men, whose miseries and needs I know. Let each one perform his duty, tlat I, Tlhe God of Mercy, know nmy own will.' "Thus spoke the Almighty; and I came here to fulfill his command. Now, I say to vou: "That the miseries of the unhappy Indian whom you have impoverished and stupefied, have reached the Throne of the HIighest. TIHEIIR have arrived so many intelligences obscured and impaired by you! The cry of so many exiles, tortured, and killed at your instigation! The tears of so many mothers and the miseries of so many orphans, combined with the noise of your orgies! Know that there is a God, (perhaps you doubt His existence, and only use His name to advance your ends) who will some day call you to account for all your iniquities. Know that Ile needs not the money of the poor, nor is it necessary to worship IIi by burninIg candlles and incense, saying masses or believing blindly what others say, contrary to common sense. "No! HIIs luminary is greater than your own sun; His flowers more fragrant than those on earth. I-e suffices to llimself. Ile created intelligence for no subservient purpose; but that with its use, man could be happy in raising himself to Him. IIe needs no one. He created man, not for Ilis sake, but for man's own. IIe is happy for all eternity! "You obstinately uphold the existence of a Purgatory, using even the most iginoble weapons and means to defend your belief. Why, instead of wasting your time in affirming the existence of that whiichl ou never saw, do you not preach and practice love and charity amongst yourselves? Why not preach words of comfort and hope, to somewhat soothe the miseries of life, instead of frightening your brothers by tales of future punishment? AWhy? Because Christ's True Doctrine would bring you no earthly wealth, and all that you look for is gold, and gold! And to satisfy your end and bleed the timid souls, of money, you have invented a Purgatorv! Why affict orphans and widows with dreadful tales of the next life, only to extort from them a few cents? Have you forgotten what the Apostle said? 'Nolo vos ilnorare, fratres, de dormientibus, ut non contristenuni, sicut qui spem non lhabent,' which means, 'I do not wish Nou to ignore, brethren, that which concerns those who sleep, that you may not be saddened, like those who have lost all hope.' Also, that I, myself, have said? 'HIoec enim est Christianoe fidei summla: vitam veram expectare post mortem,' that is 'Here is then the summary of the Christian faith: to hope for a true life after death.' But you, lacking in charity- and for 200 A MARlTYRI TO TIE LIBERTY IOF SPEECH. a vile, greedy interest, live in opposition to Christ, and pretend to be able to mould Divine Judgment. All the strength of your philosophy seems to be derived from your own theory, which denies the existence of souls sufficiently sinners to be condemned, or pure enough to enter the Kingdom of God! By whose authority do you pretend to oppose the judgment of lim who weighs and considers the smallest thought? Who knows it is impossible to expect perfection from beings made of clay, subject to the miseries and oppressions of earthly life? Who told you that Ie will judge as you, with your narrow, limited intelligence, do? That the miseries of this life are not expiations of sins? "Cease in your avaricious hoarding of wealth! You have now enough. Do not wrench from the poor his last mouthful of bread. "Remnember nwhat Saint Fulgentius said: 'Et si miithetur in stagnum ignis et sulpit ris qui; nudum vestimento non tegit, quid passures est qui vestimnento crudelis expoliat? Et si rerum suarem avarus possessor requiem non habebit, quomodo aliaenarum rerum insatiabilis raptor?' Meaning, 'And if he who never clothed t]he naked. is sent to the pond of fire and sulphur, where will he, who cruelly stripped them, go? And if the greedy possessor of his own wealth may never rest, howshall it b'e withl the thief, insatiable in his greed for the wealth of others?' "Preachl then, tlhe religion of IHope and Promises, as you, above all, are in needC of pardon and forgiveness. Do not speak of rigor, nor condemn others, lest God should hear and judgle you according to the laws by you formulated. Blear always in mind Christ's words, 'Vae vobis scribae ct Plarisae hlypocrite qui clauditis regnum coelorum ante l1oinilies; vos non intratis, nee introeunts sinitis intrare!' This means. 'Woe to Aou, Scrible and Pharisees, who close to men the Kingdom of God, and neither enter nor allow others to enter!' "Now, to you personally, I will say: You are an unfortunate fool, -who speak numibelrless absurdities, although I could not expect aught else from you, and would not punislh you' for them. But you have had the audacity of not only insulting others, by wlhichl you forgot truth and charity, but praised yourself and called attention to your own praise. "I'eferring to yourself, you said. This Father, whom I well know (liar, you do not even k\now yourself), although he may appear a little hard headed (a little hardheaded? \sk my crosier if your head is not harder than stone), never speaks in vain (tllis is true; every word you say causes as much laughter on earth as in Ieaven), nor uses words without first thinking (if such is true, your intelligence is very limited). A MARTYRR TO THTIE LT,:IlETY T SPIE', CII. 201 "For such foolish vanity I ought to punish you severely, so that you would stop forever your senseless writings, saving me the trouble of coming to reprimand you at every instance. "Were I to judge you according to your own theory, you should at least go to your Purgatory. But, after all, you are not so bad, as many learned persons are made to laugh at your writings. "It would be well for your pride if you allowed the Indians to pass by you without taking off their liats or kissing your hand. But then, they would be imnprisoned or exiled, and it would not do to increase the wrong you do them. "Shall I make you lame and ldulmb? No! Your brothers would claim it was a trial of your forbearance, to which God had submitted you. No; you won't catch me on that! "Wlhat shall I do with you?" The old Bishop meditated for a few moments, and then, he exclaimed: "Ah! Now I know! Your own sin shall be your punishment! "I condemn you to continue saying and writing nonsense for the rest of your life, so that the world may laugh at you, and also, that on the Day of Judgment you may be judged according to your deserts!" "Amen!" replied Friar Rodriguez. The vision then disappeared; the light of the lamp regained its yellowish flame, and the soft perfume dispersed. On the following day Friar Rodriguez started writing greater nonsense, with renewed energy. Amen! JOSIE RIZAL. Note.-The foregoing admiral),e translations from the writings of Dr. Rizal were made by MIr. F. MI. de Rivas, of Chicago. CHAPTER XV. EVENTS OF TIlE SPANISHI-AMERI(CAN WAR. No Mystery About the (C(alse (of the War —Thle 1Expectedl and the Inevitable TIas liapp)ened-T'le Tragedy of tlie Maine-Vigilant Wisdonm of President MeKI inley —l)ewey's l'Pronlpt 'Triullmph-IThe IBattles at Manila and Santiago Colll)ared-(Gelneral Sllafter Tells of the Battle of Santiagoo-Report of Wainwrigllt Board oln Movellents of Samllpson's Fleet in the I)estruction of Cervera's Squtadron-Stars and Stripes ltaised Over Porto Rico-Alerie(an and Spanish I'leets at Manila (Conparedl.-Tlext of Peace IProtocol. The war between Spain and tlhe United States was a long time coming, and there is no more mystery about its cause than doubt as to its decisions. It was foretold in every chapter of tlhe terrible stories of the conflicts between the Spaniards and their colonists, largely of their blood, in Central and South America. The causes of war inl Cuba, and the conduct of warfare by Spain in that island were the samne that resulted inl revolutionary strife in Mexico and Peru, and, indeed, all tle nations in tile Americas tliat once were swayed by tlie sovereignty of Spain. Thle last;of tlhe islands of tlle Spanish possessions in thle hemisphere introduced t th te civilized world by Columbus were lost by t11e westernt peninsulal of Europl)' symbolized:and personified in the Croi+n, as the first crumbling fragments of tlle colonial empires of Spainl fell away frolm her. Only in teli case of (Cuba tlere was the direct intervention of tle United States to establish "a stable government" in the distracted island, desolated by vwar, pestilence and famine, thalt liad evolved conditions, of terrible mIiscry incurable fronl w\ithlin), and of inllllane oppression that should be resented by all enlightened pecople. It had long been realized by the thoughtful men of Spain capable of estilating tlie currents of events, that the time must come, and was close at hand, wllen the arms of the United States would be directed to tlie conquest of Cuba. It was not only in the air that this was to be, it was. written in the history of Spanish America, and more than that, there was not an Atlas tlat did not proclaim in the maps of the continents of the Western world, that Cuba would and in the largest sense of right should, become a part of the United States, and must do so in order to be redeemed from the disabilities deeply implanted, and released from having thle intolerable burdens imposed by the rule of Spain. The consciousness of the Spaniards, that the shadow of the United States lowered over the misgovernment of Cuba, and that there was a thunder-cloud in the north that 202 EVENTS OF' TIlE SPANISII-AMEIIRICAN WA.T2. 203 must burst —witl more than the force of the hurricanes thsat spin oii their dizzy \way of destruction from the Caribb)ean Sea-arollsed the fury of passion, of jealous hatred and thirst for revenge, in anticipation of the inevitable, that caused the catastroplhe of the blowing up of the Maine, and kindled with tle flame of the explosion, the conflagration of warfare in the Indies West and East, that hias reddened the seas and tle skies with the blood of Spain and the glow of America's victory both in the Antilles and the Philiphpines, wiping fronl the face of the earth tlhe last vestiges of the colonial imlperialism of Spain that gave her mediaeval riclhes and celebrity, for whiich-as the system always evil became hideous witlh malignant growth, so that each colony was a cancer on the mother country- there hlas been exacted lpunishment of modern poverty, and finally the humiliation of the lhaulghty, with no consolation for defeat, but tlie fact that in desperate and forlorn circumstances thlere were seen glimpses of the ancient valor in Spanish soldiers,!liat was once their liigll distinction amongl the legions of embattled lEurope. T'lie Ilited States was not ready for war. Our regular arniv was a 1( to:12) Spanish troops in Cuba, our field guns I to G3 of Blanco's batteries, our sie(e train 1nowhere, and fortified cities to assil; and the ability and industry of tlie Spaniard.s as well as tlheir skill and strengtlh ini surveying and fortifying military lines, anll tlheir food resources were dangerously undervalued. The war was ruslled upon tlle country, colltrary to the calm executive judgmnent of the l'resident. The army and navy were admlirable lbt faulty in lhasty equipment, the navy a perfect machline inl itself, but w\ithlout docks and arsenals in tlie riglit place for tlie supply of a fleet in the old battle field of lEuropean navies, tlie West Indies. TI'le energies of tle (G)vernment were put fortlh as soon as tlhe war was seriously thitrealtened, and thle mighty people arose and swiftly as tle api ttitudes of Americanls in em.lergen{cies: could be appliced, deficiencies were supl)plied. Tlhe first strolke of armns camle as a (azzliig flas fr10 tlhe far soutihwest, i thle st:ory of tlle sm]lashling victory of 1)ewey at Manila. Thlat splendid officer, gentleimtan and lhero (did not signal Iiis fleet as Nelso(n at 'irahalg'ar, that every nmai was expected to do his duty, Ilbut lireported that eve(ry 1(man did his (ldlt; lan1d tlH( East Ilndialn fleet of Spainii vanlisl1hed, sIlmaslhed, l)1 irn(ld and s1lll1\ken by a tluidlerbl)(t! T'l l(e tleo\ry of w\ar counteiianc(cd 1)b tll(e il-mpetuouls and1( (1lem.ai(ded l)v the preslumplllttoals, was tlhat oIur' aggress<ive forces i1ist aittaclk llavalna. Ili and arouilld thal (ity were an c(ionlioir s arrisonl, abulndasnt iiiilitary stoires, for iy v iiles of trencilles,Iefended 1y sixty tl(o)ilsaod l'en; and:far miore to t) l)e (d11'c(e(ld 1 (1 deadly clinalte, tlme overwi'el('miig rains1, tlhe de, el) rank soil soaked n11d(er tlie tl'liceal sun and tlie lense vegetation, and still moire tlihe p)estilence-tile g(Nliastl\e YCl()\Vw ever, ,204 EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. and scarcely less poisonous and fatal pernicious malarial fevers, and dysenteries that exhausted as fast as fever consumed. Fortunately, it was decided that the place to attack Hfavana was Santiago, and there the regular army, with the exception of the regiments sent to the Philippines, was ordered and in due time reinforced by volunteers, safely embarked and disembarked, to become the winners on bloody fields and receive the surrender of the Spanish garrisons of the city and province of Santiago. The vaunted fleet of Cervera, having attempted flight, perished-the wrecks of his fine ships strewing the southern coast of Cuba, where they remain as memorials, like and unlike the distorted iron that was the Maine, in the harbor of Havana, and as the shattered and charred remnants of the fleet of Montejo, at Manila, still cumber the waters of the bay off Cavite, telling the story of the glory of our victorious heroes there. The responsibility of the Chief Magistrate of the United States in the late war was remlarkable. Everything of moment was referred to him from the Cabinet officers of the Government, and he gave all the closest attention, making, after conscientious consideration, the decisions that determined the course of action taken. This was true in unusual measure of the Treasury, State, War and Navy Departments. It is well the President resisted while he could the "rush line" in Congress, that strove hleadlong for war, and strenuously urged in the time gained essential preparations, and tliat lie pressed the war the day it was declared with a hurry message to Admiral Dewey, who won his immortal victory on the other side of the world within a week of his orders by cable to "destroy" the squadron of the enemy that ]night be found somewhere on the west coast of Luzon. Nearer home there was a harder task. The Spanish army in Cuba was much more formidable on the defensive than in the offensive. There were greater numbers of soldiers of a better class in the service of Spain on the island, than had been supposed, and they did not lack, in the degree believed, discipline, ammunition or provisions. The Spaniards had an effective field artillery, more than one hundred guns, and their Mauser rifles were excellent, far-reaching; and, in field ammunition, they were ahead of us in smokeless powder. Our regiments would have given way before the Spanish rifles, that told no tales except with bolts, that flew invisible, fatal arrows, from the jungles,if theAnlerican soldier had not been of stuff that was like pure steel, and marched unflinchingly through the deadly hail, regarding the bitter pelting as a summons to "come on" and carry the trenches and ambuscades by storm. The incapacity of the Spaniards to put down the Cuban Rebellion caused grave mis EVENTS OF TIHE SPANISII-AMERICAN WAlR. 205 *apprehensions, both as to the-Spanish and Cuban soldiery, for few American' s understand the conditions of the interminable guerilla warfare, tlie particular military accomplishment of the Spanish race, impotent in all save the destructive effect upon those not engaged in it. In Congress no imlpression could be made of the real feebleness of the Cubans, except in bus-lhwhacking, and it is still a puzzle that the imm-ense masses of Spanish troops should be so helpless against the insurgents, and yet so troublesome in harassing invaders. The Cuban army was not a myth, certainly, but it has been a disappointment to those whlo were swift in shouting its praises, upon information given by the Cuban Key West BJureau of News novelettes. It. was well that the attack on Spain in the West Indies was direceted upon Santiago and Porto Rico. The former manifestly was a point that commandeda tlie central waters of the West Indies; recently there have been expresslio-ns of z surprise that tlhe expedition to Porto Rico, finally and handsomely leld by Major CGeneral Miles, commanding the army of the United States, was so delayed. Investigation fronm the inside will duly determine that no harm was done in that case by loss of tiile. Santiago was pointed out by many circumstances as the vital spot of Spanispill lower in America, where a mortal blow might be delivered. It was in the province where the insurgents had greater strength than in any other part of tlie i laidl. It was so situated that our fleet in that locality was close to tle Windward Passage. east of Cuba, where Columbus was at once perplexed and triumphant, and to Ilayti, Jamaiea and Porto Rico; and there were several landings where it would be possilble to disembark troops, protected by the fire of our ships. More than that, Sanltiago is the old cap)ital of Cuba, the place where tile hlead of the Cuban cllurc]l abides(. and tlie scene of the Virginius Massacre-altogetlher having a place in hlistory allmost eq(ualt to that of Iavana. It was not doubted the sanitary situition of tlie c(at end of Cuba was better than that of the west end. Experience shows tlat tlis easy assumption was questionable. If we omit the great plague splot, tlie city of I:avana, it will aplpear tlat Santiago is in a region as pestilential as c(an e )fou(nd il thie provinces of Iavana and Pinar del Rio. More than all other associations, amild (onlspic)uities, the attention of the world was directed to Santiago because (C'rverra'o elusive fleet, short of coal and provisions, and overmatcheld )y tlhe United States lavy, took refuoe in tle deep harbor, hoping to clean his ships, get supplies a(i(d esc(ape with c(,,al enough to open a new career. The Spaniards were too slow, a(lnd tle only ships of Spain that showed a sign of the spirit of enterprise and( tlhe c apacity of adventure, were bottled up by,a relentless blockade. Lieutenant Ifobon l ecalle falmous in a night in his most hazardous effort to use the Merrimac as a cork for 206 2EVENTS OF THE SPANIStI-AMERICAN WAR. the bottle, but fortunately left a gap throughl which the Spanmiards made haste to their doom. When the second fleet of Spain was destroyed, all chance of disputing our suplremlacy at sea, or o f doing anything to guardt Spanish interests eitlher in the East or West Indies, was extinguished. There ]las been no marked features of contention as to the battles of Manila, excce)t in the case of tile gratuitous observations of critical persons, whose feelings have been disturbed, that the storming of the town was not bloody enough. The victoilr, however, was all the greater, for the casualty lists were not long, owing to the managlement of the Commanding General and the heroic Admiral, who won a battle famous as that at New Orleans, with less bloodshed, but as Jackson's victory was not belittled because he lost but half a dozen men killed, the victories at Manila should not be slighlted. The Santiago battles, however, have stirred controversies and there is a great mass of literature, official and other, subject to endless examination, and }perhaps so voluminous as to confuse readers for some generations. The leading and indisputable facts are, that the Spaniards fought well on land, but were ineffectual afloat, in their attempts to inflict injuries, though they put to sea. in dashing style, and did not flinch in efforts to evade a superior force, until the fire of the Americans cruslhed them. In the incidents of warfare on the hills around and thle waves before Santiago, it is fair to say that the Spaniards redeemed themselves from imputation of timidity, and fougllt in a manner not unworthy of the countrymen of tlie (arrison of Morro Castle, aIvana, whose gallantry in resisting the armny and fleet of England, in 1I62, commanded the respectful regard of their conquerers, and is a glorious chapter in the story of Spain. The Santiago events were most hlonorable to American arms, and it would lessen the splendor of the reputation of t]le Americian soldiers if one failed to do justice to the sturdy fighters they overcame. It is too early or too late for participation in the debates whether civil or acrilnonious, as to tle lmerits or faults of tlose engaged at Santiago, further tlhan to quote that golden sentence from tile report of Commodore Schley, that there was "glory enoughl too go around." We, whatever is said, remember what was done on tliose hills that lave an everlasting place in history. There forever is to be application of marvelous propriety, of tile mournful and noble lines of Kentucky's poet, Theodore O'Ilara: 'i()i lamIe's etelrnal caniping ground Their silent tents areI Sprea(d, And1 (Glorvy 1gua1rds wvithi solemn round Tlhe bivouac of tlhe dead."' There was a speedy realization by the country, and all tle intelligent peoples EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMEIIICAN WAR. 207 of the earth, when our troops were embarked for the Santiago campaign, tlat the crisis of the war was at hand. No American thought of failure. The only questions were as to the power of the defense of Cuba by Spain, and the cost to us in men and money to overcome the defenders. Those who knew tlle most about the conditions in Cuba ]lad the least confidence in the efficiency of the Cuban Army. The only body of organized Cubans of importance was that under command of Garcia, and it was the province of which he was in partial occupation that we invaded in force. The public had been considerably interested and entertained by the rousing accounts of the various naval bombardments of Spanish shore fortresses. But the firing from our ships had not materially shaken the Spanish defenses. Tlie sea power had not shattered the shore lines, but found abundant occupation in guarding transports and protecting the troops when landing. It would have been an act of the most gross imprudence and incompetency to have put an army ashlore unless the supreml cy of tlhe navy on the sea was absolute. More than that, our own cities had to be assured tliat they were secure from attack. On the 31st of \-lay orders were issued for tle enbarkaltion of the arrmy of invasion as follows: 1. The Fifth Army Corps. 2. The Battalion of Engineers. 3. Tle detachment of the Signal Corps. 1. Five squadrons of cavalry, to be selected by the commanding general of the cavalry ldivision, iI accordance with instruction previously given.. Foulr batteries of ]iglt artillery, to be commaindecd by a majorj, to l)e selected by tlle commanding officer of the light artillery brigade. (. Two batteries of heavy artillery, to be selectce lby thle colmmiandillig officer of tle sie(g artillery battalion, witl eight (8) siegte:guns alnd ci (it (8) field l mortars. '. Thle Battalion of Engineers, the infantry, anld cavalry. will )e supllplied with 500 rounds of ammiunition per man. 8. A1ll troop will carry, in laddition to the fourteen (11) days' field rations now on 1hand, ten (10) days' travel rations. 9. The minimuim allowance of tentage and ])baggage as prescril)ed in G1eneral Oi(rders 54,. A.. 0., current series, will be taken. 10. Tn addition to the rations specified in paragrarph 8 of tllis order, the chief commis-:ary will provide sixty (GO) days' field rations for tlle entire com(lmand. 11. All recruits and extra bargage, the latter to be stored, carefully piled and covered, will be left in camp, in charge of a commissioned officer, to be selected by 208 EVENTS OF TIEII SPANISHI-AMIERICAN WAAR. the regimental commander. Where there are no recruits available the necessary guard only will be left. 1;2. Travel rations will be drawn, at once, by the several commands, as indicated in pagrgLrapl) 8. Th1i was by comnmand of Major-General Shafter. There were delays on account of inadequate facilities for cmbarkation at Tampa and Port Taimpa. Orders for General Shlafter to move witli not less than 10,000 men were issued on the 7th, and there was delay on account of reports of Spanish slilps of war ready to strike a blow at the transports. Twelve squadrons of cavalry not mounted were added to the troops designated in tlhe general order, and June 14th the expedition sailed with 815 officers and 16,072 enlisted men, and had a smooth and uneventful passage. There were several demonstrations for the deception of the enemy, in one of which 500 Cubans were elmployed. General Shafter was committed by the movements and the ground, as lie siays in llis official report: "To (approach Santiago from the east over a narrow road, at first in some places not better thln a trail, running from Daiquiri tlrough Siboney and Sevilla, and making attack from that quarter, was, in my judgment, the only feasible plan, and subsequent information and results confirmed my judgment." The disembarkation commenced June 22nd, and all men were ordered to carry "on the person the blanket roll (with shelter tent and poncho), three days' field rations (witl coffee, ground), canteens filled, and 100 rounds of ammuniition per man. Additional.ammunition, already issued to the troops, tentace, ba(ggage, and company cooking utensils left under charge of the regimental quartermaster, with one non-commissioned officer and two privates from each company," Two days were occuplied in getting the troops ashore, and thle first engagement was on tlie morning of the 21-thl, General Young's brigade taking the advance, andl finding, a SpaInish force stronogly intrenclied on the Santiago road three miles from Sibolney. Young's force was 964 officers and men. The enemy were driven froml tlhe field. Our loss, 1 officer and 15 men killed, and 6 officers and 46 men woniv(de(d. Spianish loss reportedl 9 killed and 27 wounded. General Shafter says the engag(lent liad "an inspiring effect" upon tie men, and "gave us a wellwatered c(,l;lliitry flllr ter to the front, on wlli(ch to encampln our troops," and the rest of the monthl wa s occupied in attempntinll to land rations enoughl to have a reserve, and "it was not until nealrly two weeks after the arnim landed that it was possible to plalc(e on shlore three days' supplies in excess of those required for the daily consumption." EVENTS OF TIIE SPANISII-AMERIICAN WAR. 209 General Shafter reconnoitered, and formed his plan of battle June 30th, and reports that in the opening of the engagement on July 1st "the artillery fire from El Pozo was soon returned by the enery's artillery. They evidently had the lange of this ihill, and their first shells killed and wounded several men. As the Spaniards used smokeless powder it was very difficult to locate the position of their pieces, lwhile, on the contrary, the smoke caused by our black powder plainly indicated the position of our battery." The advantages the Spaniards had in the use of smokeless powder were conspicuous throughout the scenes of fighting both at Santiago and Manila. We had, however, at Santiago a war balloon of the actual service, of whiech GCeneral Shafter says: "General Kent forced the head of his column alongside of the cavalry column as far as the narrow trail permitted, and thus hurried his arrival at the San Juan and the formation beyond that stream. A few hundred yards before reaching the San Juan the road forks, a fact that was discovered by Lieutenant-Colonel Derby of my staff, who had approached well to the front in a war balloon. This information he furnished to the troops, resulting in Sumner moving on the right-hand road, while Kent was enabled to utilize the road to the left." General Shafter officially makes the following reference to his illness at the time: "My own health was impaired by overexertion in the sun and intense lieat of the day before, which prevented me from participating as actively in the battle as I desired; but from a high hill near my headquarters I had a general view of the battlefield, extending from El Cancy on the right to the left of our lines on San Juan Hill. My staff officers were stationed at various points on the field, rendering frequent reports, and through them by the means of orderlies and the telephone, [ was enabled to transmit my orders. "After the brilliant and important victory gained at El Caney, Lawton started inis tried troops, who had been fighting all day and marcling 1tmuch of tlhe night before, to connect with the right of the cavalry division. Night caom1e on before this imuovement could be accomplished. In the darkness the enemy's pic(ets were encountered, and the Division Commander being uncertain of tle ground and as to whalit might be in his front halted his command land reported tlie situation to me. I'lhis information was received about 12:30 a. m., and I directed (IGeneral Laxwton to return by my headquarters and the El Pozo Itouse as the only certain way of gaining his new position. "''This was done, and the division took position on the right of tlie cavalry early 210 EVEI'NTS 0 THE I SPlANISit-AMEIIICAN WAR. next morning, Chaffee's brigade arriving first, about half-past 7, and the other brigades before noon." ()f the llottest of the figllt on lhe 1st of July, General Shafter reports: "Great credit is due to Ir1igadier-General 11. S. Iawkins, who, placing himself between his regiments, ulrged tllem on by voice and bugle calls to the attack so brilliantly executed. "In this fierce encounter words fail to do justice to the gallant regimental commanders and their heroic men, for, while the generals indicated the formations and the points of attack, it was, after all, the intrepid bravery of the subordinate officers and lmer that llalliedl our colors on the crest of San Juan Hill and drove the enemy from his trelncles and lIloclhouses, thus gaining a position which sealed ile fate of Santtiago. "In this action on this part of the field most efficient service was rendered by Lieutenant John I. Parker, Thirteenth Infantry, and the Gatling gun detachment under his commnandl. The fighting continued at intervals until nightfall, but our men held resolutely to the positions gained at the cost of so much blood and toil. "I am greatly indebted to General Wheeler, who, as previously stated, returned from the sick list to luty during the afternoon. IIis cheerfulness and aggressiveness made itself felt on tllis part of the battlefield, and the information he furnished to me at various stages of the battle proved to be most useful."' The report of the General Commanding of the further fighting is a model of forcible brevity, in these paragraphlls: "Soon after dayligllt on July 2 the enemy opened battle, but because of the intrencllments made during the night, the approacll of Lawton's division, and the presence of Bates' brigade, lwhichl had taken position during the night on Kent's left, little alpprehlension was felt as to our ability to repel tlhe Spaniards. "It is proper here to state that General Bates and his brigade had performed most arduous and efficient service, having marched much of the night of June 30 -July 1, and a grood part of the latter day, during which lie also participated in the battle of El Caney, after which lie proceeded, by way of El Pozo, to the left of the line at San Juan, reaching his new position about midnight. "All day on the 2d the battle ragedl wi-th more or less fury, but such of our troops as were in position at daylighlt held their ground, and Lawton grained a strong,and commanding position on the right. "Alboult 10 1p. m., the enemy nmade a vigorous assault to break through my lines, but lie was repulsed at all points. EVENTS OF THE SPANISIT-AMERI{TCAN WAIR. 211 "On the morning of the 3d the battle was renewed, but tle eneniy seelmed to have expended his energy in the assault of the previous nighlt, and tle firing along the lines was desultory;" and this was stopped by a letter sent by General Shafter, saying lie would be obliged to "shell Santiago," if not surrendered, and non-coImbatants would be given until 10 o'clock July 4th to leave the city. The reply of the Spanish General was that he would not surrender. Then foreign consuls came Nvithin our lines asking more time to remove the women and children. The language of (General Shafter reporting the situation at the tinme and the events following, is here reproduced as of permanent interest: "Mv first message went in under a flag of truce at 12:30 p. m. I was of the opinion that the Spaniards would surrender if given a little time, and I thought this re-;ult would be hastened if the men of their army could be made to understand they would be well treated as prisoners of war. Acting upon this presumption, I determined to offer to return all the wounded Spanish officers at El (Caney who were able to bear transportation, and who were willing to give their paroles not to serve against the forces of the United States until regularly exchanrged. Tlis offer was lmade and accepted. These officers, as well as several of the wounded Slanishl p)rivates, 27.n all, were sent to their lines under the escort of some of our mounted cavalry. Our:roops were received with honors, and I have every reason to believe tle return of the Spanish prisoners produced a good impression on their comrades. "The cessation of firing about noon on the 3d practically terminated the battle of tlantiago. "A few Cubans assisted in the attack at El Caney, and foughlt valiantly, but their numbers were too small to materially change the strength, as indicated above. The enemy confronted us with numbers about equal to'our own; they fought obstinatelv in strong and intrenched positions, and the results obtained clearly indicate the intrepid grallantry of the company, officers and mene, and the benefits derived from the careful training and instruction given in the company in recent years in rifle practice and other battle exercises. Our losses in these battles were 22 officers and 208men killed, and 81 officers and 1,203 men wounded; missing, 79. The missing, with few exceptions, reported later. "The arrival of General Escario on the night of July 2, and his entrance into the city was not anticipatel, for although it was known, as irevioutsly stated, that General Pando had left Manzanillo with reinforcemelnts for tlle garris-on of Santiago, it was not believed his troop)s could arrive so soon. (leneral Garcia, witlh l)etween four and five thousand Cubans, was intrusted with the, duty of watching for and 212 EVENTS OF THE SPANIST —AMERICAN WAR. intercepting the reinforcements expected. This, however, lie failed to do, and Escario passed into the city along on my extreme right and near the bay." On tlie 11th, when the firing ceased and was not resumed "the sickness in the army was increasing very rapidly, as a result of exposure in the trenches to the intesie heat of the sun and tle heavy rains. Moreover, the dews in Cuba are almost equalC to rains. The weakness of the troops was becoming so apparent I was anxious to bring the siege to an end, but in comn on with most of the officers of tlle Iarmy I1 did not thillk an assault would be justifiable, especially as the enemy seemed to be acting in good faith in their preliminary propositions to surrender. "Jtlly 12 I informed thle Spanish Commander that Major-General Miles, Comlander-in-Chlief of tle Amlerican army, had just arrived in my canip, and requested himl to grant us,a persolnal interview on the following day. lie replied lie would be p)leased to meet us. The interview took place on the 13th." The Spanlishl raised mnany points, as is their habit, and were tenacious about reta-iuinig their alrms, but yielded, and "the terms of strreinder finally agreed upon ilcutlded about 12,000 Spanish troops in the city and as many more in the surrendered district." July i thl "we met midwlay between the representatives of our two armies, and the SpIanlish Commallinl der formllally consumnliated the surrender of the city and tlie 2-4,000 troops in Sanilti, o and the surrendered district. "After tlis c'eremiiony I entered the city witlh nmy staff and escort, and at 12 o'clock 11(oo) tlte A'\mericlani flagi was raised over the Governor's palace." I'lie men and mlaterial suirrendered )by tle Spaniards (lat Santiago largely exceeded tile two Englislh larmies and their equipments at S:ratoga arnd Yorktown. Tlie yellow fever alppeared in tlie iAmerican camp at Siboney July 4th, and the fact was sooln kn1own to the armyl. General Shafter says of the wounded and sick: "'lThey received every attenltion tat it was possible to give them. The medical officers witllout excesption worked night and day to alleviate the suffering, whicl was no greater thant ilvarial)ly accompanies a campaign. It would ihave been better if we 1had more ambulances, buit as -ianv were taken as was thought necessary, judging from previous camailign.s. General Joe Wiheelerl' report of the action of July 1st is a paper full of striking points. The moveument into battle began in wading the San Juan river under hleavy fire, and the General says: "We were as mucll under fire in forming thle line as we would be by an advance, and I therefore pressed the command forward from the covering which it was formed. EVENTS OF TIHE SPANISII-AMERICAN WAPR. 213 It merged into open space, in full view of the enemy, wlho occupied breastwsorks and batteries on the crest of the hill which overlooked Santiago, oflicers and men falllill at every step. The troops advanced gallanty, soon reaclhe( tle foot of tile liill and ascended, driving the enemy from their works and occupying ltiem on the crest of the hill. "Colonel Carroll and Major Wessels were both wounded during tthe chlarge, but Major Wessels was enabled to return and resume command. General Wyckoff, comnmanding Kent's Third Brigade, was killed at 12:10. Lieutenant-Colonel Worthl took colmmand and was wounded at 12:15. Lieutenant-Colonel Liscum then took comnmand and was wounded at 12:20, and the command then devolved upon LieutenantColonel Ewers, Ninth Infantry. 'Tlpon reaching the crest I ordered breastworks to be constructed, and sent to the rear for shovels, picks, spades, and axes. Thel enemy's retreat from tlhe ridge was precil)itate, but our ien were so thoroughly exhausted that it was implossible for thelm to follow. Their shoes were soaked with water by wading the San Ju1an Eiver; they liad become drenched with rain, and when they reached the crest they were absolutely unable to proceed further. Notwithsatnding this condition these exhausted men labored during the nigllt to erect breastworks, furnished details to bury the dead and carry the wounded back in improvised litters." Wheeler's loss was 6 officers and 40 men killed, 29 officers and 2S8 men wounded, and 10 men missing-total 372, out of a force of 127 officers and 2,536 men. General Bates says that after his brigade remained for some time in the first cross road after wading the San Juan river: "We moved to the righlt to assault a small hill, occupied upon the top by a stone fort and well protected by rille pits. General Chaffee's brigade charged them froim the right, and the two brigtades, joining upon the crest, opened fire from this point of vantage, lately occupied 1)y the Spanislh, lupon the village of El Caney. "Fronm this advantageous position the Spanish were easily driven frolm 1)lace to place in the village proper, and as fast as they sought shelter in one lbuildiigii were driven out to seek shelter elsewhere. The sharp-slooters of my conuland were enabled to do effective work at this point. The town prolper was soon pretty thllioron'glly cleaned out of Spanish, though a couple of blockhouses upon tlhe hill to tlht iiliht of the town offered shelter to a few, and some could be seen retreating alonr a mounta.in road leading to the northwest. A part of these made a stand in a field (lmn' soic bowlders. General Lawton observes: "The light battery first opened on a column of Span 214 EVENTS OF THE S1'ANI1SI-AMI 1RICAN WAVA. ish troops, which appeared to be cavalry moving westward fromn 1 ('Canev, and about 2 miles range, resulting, a s as afterwards learned, in killing 16 in the column." The General has much to say of a pleasing personal nature. The report of General Kent is of extraordinary merit for the exact detail and local color. Colonel MIclernand, he says, "pointed out to me a green hill in the distance which was to be my objective on my left," and as he moved into action, "I proceeded to join the head of my division, just coming under heavy fire. Approaclling thle First Brigade I directed them to move alongside the cavalry (which was halted). WNe were already suffering losses caused by the balloon near by attracting fire and disclosing our position. "The elnemy's infantry fire, steadily increasing in intensity, now came from all directions, not only from the front and the dense tropical thickets on our flanks, but froml sharpshooters thickly posted in trees in our rear, and from shrapnel apparently aimed at the balloon. Lieutenant-Colonel Derby, of General Shafter's staff, met me about tlis time and inforlned me that a trail or narrow way had been discovered from the balloon a short distance back leading to tile left to a ford lower down the stream. I lastened to tie forks made by this road, and soon after the Seventy-first New York Regiment of IIawkins' brigade came up. I turned them into the by path indicated by Lieutenant-Colonel Derby, leading to the lower ford, sending word to General Iilawkins of this movement. This would have speedily delivered them in their proper place on the left of their brigade, but under the galling fire of the enemy the leading, battalion of this regimnent was thrown into confusion and recoiled in disorder on the troops in the rear." The Second and Third Battalions "came up in better order," but there was some delay, and General Kent says: "I had received orders some time before to keep in rear of the cavalry division. Their advance was much delayed, resulting in frequent halts, presumably to drop their blanket rolls and due to the natural delay in fording a stream. These delays under suec a hot fire grew exceedingly irksome, and I therefore pushed the head of my division as quickly as I could toward the river in column files of twos parallel in the narrow way by the cavalry. This quickened the forward movement and enabled nme to get into position as speedily as possible for the attack. Owing to the congested condition of the road, the progress of the narrow columns was, however, painfully slow. I again sent a staff officer at a gallop to urge forward the troops in rear." The Second Brigade and Third "moved toward Fort San Juan, sweeping through a zone of most destructive fire, scaling a steep and difficult hill, and assisting in I II I. I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I" AGUTINNALDO ANTI HIS COMPATRIO)TS. (GIRL'S COSTUME TO) SHO W )NE SIIO ULDEl. SAVAtE NATIVE iTXNTERS. EAENTS OF TITE1 SPANISII-AM;RICAN WAll. ' 215,capturing tie enemy's strong position (Fort San Juan) at 1:30 p. nm. Thlis crest was about 19.5 feet above the general level, and was defended by deep trenches and a loopholed brick fort surrounded by barbed-wire entanglements." General Ilawkins, after General Kent reached the crest, "reported that the Sixth and Sixteenth Infantry had captured the hill, which I now consider incorrect. Credit is almost equally due the Sixth, Ninth, Thirteenth, Sixteenth, and Twentyfourth regiments of infantry. Owing to General Hawkins' representations, I forwarded the report sent to corps headquarters about 3 p. im. that the Sixth and Sixteenth infantry regiments captured the hill. The Thirteenth Infantry captured the enemy's colors waving over the fort, but, unfortunately, destroyed them, distributing the fragments among the men, because, as was asserted, 'It was a bad omen,' two or three men having been shot while assisting private Arthur Agnew, Company II, Thirteentlh Infantry, the captor. All fragments which.could be recovered are submitted( with this report. "I have already mentioned the circumstances of my Third Brigade's advance across the ford, where in the brief space of ten minutes it lost its brave commander (killed) and the next two ranking officers by disabling wounds. Yet, in spite of these confusing conditions the formations were effected without hesitation, although under a stinging fire, companies acting singly in some instances, and by battalion and regincents in others, rushling throughl the jungle, across the stream waist deep, and over the wide bottom tiickly set with barbed wire." General Kent says: '"Tle bloody fighting of my brave command can not be ade(quately (lescribed in words. The following list of killed, wounded, and missing tells tle story or their valor: 'TJul 1st the loss was 12 officers and ii men killed. 3? officers ald i( 13 men woun(ded, 58 men missing. Total loss, 642'." The following day the Spaniards restumed the battle, and the losses of Kent's comnlmand on the 2nd and 3d of July lmade u:p a total loss in three da1y of 99 killed andl 5,9 wounded, and 62 missing. General Sllafter said tlhat before closingr hii report he desired to dwell upon "the natural obstacles I liad to encounter, and whlich no foresirght could have overcome or obviated. The rocky and precipitous coast afforded no sheltered landing places, the roads wer re mer ile idl aths. the effect of the tropical sun and rains upon unacclimated troops was deadly, and a lread of strange and unknown diseases had its effect on the army. "The San Juan and Aguadores rivers would often suddenly rise so as to prevent 216 EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. the passage of wagons, and tlen the eiglht pack trains with the command liad to be depended upon for tle victualing of my armly, as well as the 20,000 refugees, who could not in the interests of lumrnanity be left to starve while we had rations." During the Chicago Peace Jubilee, (General Shafter made an address at the Armory of the First Illinois Volunteers, and, released from the continual forls of official reports, added much of interest to the story of Santiago. Ile says of the send-off: "We were twice embarked and twice taken back to Tampa and disembarked. On the first occasion the cause was the appearance of Admiral Cervera's fleet; it requiring the entire navy tlhat was disposable to go after that fleet, and the second time by a report that afterwards turned out to be incorrect, that in the St. Nicholas channel, throlugh which we would thave to go, some Spanish cruisers lad been seen." When ordered to Taml)a to command the first (Cuban expedition, lie continued: "I took the troops thlat I thought best fitted and prepared for tlhat service. There were some 1magnificent regiments of volunteers, but to part of them I had issued armis only two or three (lays before. 'They were not properly equipped, and(1 lacked experience. As I hlad the clloice, I took all of the regulars that were tlere. and with tlhem three regiments of volunteers. They were magnificent men. as perfeet as men could be, but, as you know wlho served in '61, poorly prepared to take care of themselves at first. You recollect it was months before we were prepared,.and we made nunmerous mistakes lhat led to sickness and death. The ae ame things have occurred again, and they always will continue with troops that are not used to the field, and in this campaign men were taken directly from tlheir camps immediately after being mnustered in, and put into the most difficult campaign of modern military history. '" pra ically had thle entire regular army of tIle lInited States, twenty of the twentl-five regilmlents of infantry, five of t te ten regiments of cavalry, and five batieries of artillery. with thlree regiments of volunteers, the Seventy-first New York, tlie Sec (onll Massachluseltts, and the regiment known as Roosevelt's routhl riders. The l at we \\-t('Iactically seasoned soldiers. They were men from the frontier. lmen wh\o lia(l 1eenl accustomled for years to takinto a little sack of corn meal on iteir sacdles, and a iblankeit, and going out to sleep out of doors for a week or ma mlcuilh at a tiie. ()f coiurse, 11iey knIew Iow to care for ithemlselves in camp. 'I;1rly in Jun1 e I was callted to the telephone in Tampa,1 and told from t1he l'resiient's mansion in Washlington to proceed immediately with not less than 10,000 mtli to Santia'o;' that news lad been received tlihat day that tlie fleet of Cervera was,.iel: EVENTS 01F THE SPANISH1-AMERICAN WAR. within that harbor, and tlmt if 10,000 men could be placecd there at once the fled: and the city could he cdpturred in forty-eight hoours. The horses and mules biad.itl been taken off from the ships as well as the men, and the time consumed in reloadlinii the horses and mules allowed me to embark 17,000 men nearly. That was very fortuntye for me and our cause." On arrival off Santiago, ie, "withi Admiral Samp'son, went down the coast about, twenty miles, and saw General Garcia, and asked hini his opinion of the couintry, what his force was, and whether hie was disposed to assist. I found himn, very willing and very glad to offer his services at once, with 3,000 men that lie had with himi and another thousand that he had up the country a little further, which were to join us immediately. In sailing along the coast, looking for a landing place, I selected two places-Siboney, a little indentation in the coast about twelve or thirteen itiiles cast of Santiago, and another little hay about eiglit miles furfthfer east, wheMre smnall streamflls entered into the sea, making a valley and a sandbar about I)$O to 200 yards in extent. All the rest of the coast is ahrupt, perpendicular walls of rock from ten to thirty, feet higlh, against which the waves were dashing all the time, and where it is utterlv imnpossible to land. "W\\e had the earnest and able support of the navy and their assistance in disembark-ing, and the next morning were bom-barding the two little lplaces and d1riving the few hundred Spanish soldiers that were there away. We began disembarking, and hefore the end of the day thie men were on sliore, with 2,000 horses and mules that we had to thirow overboard to get eashore, and the artillery." The General noted the loss of 17,000 troops out of 2 1,000 in the English armvy that besiegyed 1avana in 1762, at the sane time of year that he lauded at Sanitiago, and remarked: "I knew that my entire army would be sick if it stayed long enough;- that it was sim)ly a question of getting that town just as soon as possible. I kn11ew tHie s!4t'ei rnth the courage, and the will of my men, or I thoughit I did, and the result show's that I was not mistaken. It was a question of starting the moment we landed and not stopping until we reached.the Spanish outposts, and, therefore, as soon as a division was put on shore it was started on the mnarch. "On the 24th the first engagement took place, in which we hlad between -,00 and 900 men on the American side and p)robably 1,000 or 1,200 on the Spnish. The enenly was strongly intreuchied, showio\6mg ouly their hieads, while the Ainurtica —n.Lorees hlad to march exposing their whiole bodies to tlie fire of the enern;'. "It is announced by military experts as arn axiom that trained troops armed with '218 EVENTS OF TI-IE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. the present breech-loading and rapid-firing arm cannot be successfully assailed by any troops Nwho simply assault. Of course you can make the regular approaches and,dig up to thern. The fallacy of that proposition was made very manifest that day uhen the men composing the advance marched as deliberately over those breastworks as they ever did when they fought with arms that you could only load about twice in a minute and of the range of only 200 or 300 yards. "This army was an army of marksmen. For fifteen years the greatest attention has been paid to marksmanship, and I suppose four-fifths of all the men in that army wore on their breasts the marksman's badge. I had given orders, knowing that the noise of firing is harmless and that shots put in the air are harmless-I had given the strictest orders to all officers that their men should be told not to fire a shot unless they could see something moving, and the firing was to be by individuals, what is called file firing, individual firing. The Spanish troops, not so well drilled in firing as oturs, used volleyfiring, which is very effective against large bodies of troops massed and moving over a plain, but utterly inefficient when used against skirmishers moving over a rough country. In that battle, which lasted two hours, less than ten rounds of ammunition per man was fired by my men, and the losses, notwithstanding my men were exposed, their whole bodies, while the enemy were in trenches, where only their heads could be seen, were about equal. "I saw the commander of that force a few days later in Santiago, and in talking about it the said to me: 'Your men behaved very strange. We were much surprised. They were whipped, but they didn't seem to know it; they continued to advance (laluglter and applause), and we had to go away.' He was quite right about it. They did have to go away. "On the 29th we had reached the immediate vicinity of the peaks in front of Santiago, about a mile and a half from the city. On the 30th I carefully reconnoitered the ground as mnuch as one could in the dense undergrowth, and determined where I would make my attack, which was simply directed in front, and to make a direct assault. There was no attempt at strategy, and no attempt at turning their flanks. It was simply going straight for them. In that I did not misjudge my men, and that is where I succeeded so well. (Applause.) If we had attempted to flank theml out or dig them out by regular parallels and get close to them my men would lave been sick before it could have been accomplished, and the losses would have been many times greater than they were. "The only misfortune, as I judged it, of the first day's fight,but which I have since learned was for tlie best, was that immediately on our right, and what would be in F -i;i i:;~;..~?:-::,:;:;~:: ~ ~; gs:::'E:::::;:- ~:: I.:-:;::-,~::::::..;:;; z -~~: u~:: J-:,~ $ F —::::: ~ ~:::::ixi::: a~ s a,;" "i ~i:~~-i i::::: — ~-~iC~ I ~ar~-~~, P~( o; is ~II~~ -;:::::~~;; -; P 1)": ~i~~ 8- b -— _ r: "ki i86:'"''. aal,s, :-:: ::: ptr8lril B:ILLIINCS IN MAh'l&il3, EVENTS 01i' TrfI P SPANISH-AMERIICAN WAR. 219 onr rear when we attacked tle town, was a little village called El Canev, four mliles -ad a lhalf froml Santiato, and whence the best road in tle country connected with Santiago. I did not know the exact force there, but it was estimated to be 1,000, and pl)erhaps a little mnore, and it would, of course, liave been very hazardous to have left tllat force so near in our rear. "Instead of finishing the affair by 9 o'clock, as we expected, it took until 4:30 o'clock in the afternoon before the last shot was fired, and then after a loss of nearly a liundred killed and 250 wounded on our side and the almost total annillilation of tle force opposed to us. They had an idea that tley would be killed, andl when mlen believe tlat it is hard to capture themn. Just at the close of tlie blattle tllre or foul hundred did attempt to escape, but ran out in front of a brigade tliat thiey (lid not see, and in the course of about tllree or four hulndred yards most of theml wer(e dead or mortailly wounded, so tllat probably not more than twenty mien on tlie oilter side escaped froml tlat battle. It wasi a most desperate striuggle. "Men were killed in tie trenclies 1y being knocked on the hcead withl nmuskets, and one man I was shown two days later with what would be called( a tiremendoull hlead on hlimr, and the interpreter asked himll how tlhat liad occurred, land lie doubleld up his fist and spoke of the soldier tliat liad hlit hlim as a. black man, tflat lie hlad dropped ]lis guin and hit himl in tle liead witih his is it. Tlat was pretty close work. "Mcealnw1il te tlbattle in front of Santiago progressed, with tlree (ivisions on our si(le, one of dismounted caval R and(1 two off i nfanltry. It was 1)ea(1ti fully fougllhlt. Eve\ry mian knew what lle liad to (o, d, (ad so did every officer. r'The or(lers wei(f tlat:immelldiately upon being (deployed they were to attack. They did it. lvery man keplt goinig and whelln one's comrade d(lropped the rest kept. going. 'I'lle resulit was tliat in about two liours tlie line was taklen, and practically tliat:a ftfernoon 1lie battle of Santiago was ended, for those men never advanced beyond tliat point. "I)uring the night I broughlt up the division of General Lawton thalt hllad been on the right at tCaneay and put tilem on the extrelme riglht, wlhere 1 1lad iitenlded to hlave telln thie day before, and wherie, liad they leen, we shou(ld probably lthve talkce the town a':l have gotten only the men that were tlere, and not tle 1?2,(000 tliat wler far beyond our reachl wlio were surrlendred a few (ays later. "On tlie morning of the 2d a \weak aftll ti)t was mlade upo'n our lines. IlI tliat tlhe Spaniards liad to expose tllhemselves, while miy imen were covered. T'lle tiglt lasted but a little while, and thley retreated. "Oil tile morning of J lly 3 I tliouglit we lad so imuchl of an aldvantage tllat I could notify the enemy, first, that I wanted a surrender. and, second, if they declined. 220 21Vl ' NTS 01_' TE S1 AJ ISn-A2j:RICJAx WAR. to se iun'(lreii dc "it t Owhe could have twenty-fouir hoiurs to get the women aid children O~t o tow. Of~cnis civlize peo leo not fire on towns filled with wome iid chi61(lrei if HIey xviii come out if it can be av-oided. The Spanish commander dee't,,iied xeiv 1) i 10 m))t1 iv) stosirrender, bhut said lie woulld notify the wvoimen and clildrell and thlose Hatt decsired to go, but lie wunted twenty-four hours more, and said flicie were (a great manpeop.le to go outt'. 'I'They began to stream out (at once, and for forty-el gut hours old melln, womiien, and children poulred out until it xwas estimated that at least 20.000 people passed through our hines and out into the woods in the rear. Of course, there wvas an immniense amount of sufferingf, and numbers died., specially of tfle 01(. Fortunantely we were enabled to give them some food, enough so that tfhey existed, hut at that tinie, with the Cuban forces that I had, I was issuing daily 1-5,000 rations. F"orty-five ithlou.sand people are a good uany to feed xvhen you have such fearful roads and food could only be carried on the backs of mules. "On thiat inorning of the 3d, about an hour after the time for surrendering, Cerverca's fleet left the harbor, and xvent out, as you know, to total annihilation. it rvxas not 11more tha"In twenty or thirty minutes after they left thIe mouth of the harbor before, so far as we could hear, the firing had ceased, and 1,700 men were prisoners, 4300 wvere killed, and three or four battleships and some torpedo boats were either on the rocks or in the bottomn of the sea-a most xvonderfl victory, never equaled be-fore in naval Iiistory, and due mainly to the mnagnificent inarksmanship of our men, xwbhic covered the Spanish decks with such- 1 a hail of iron that no sailors on earth could stand against it. T'w'oi days after thIs I saw General Toral, and I was convinced from conversation with him that lie was going to surrender. I had no one but myself to take the responsibility, in fact, I did not want anyone else to do it, but while I was convinced nivself it xas hard to convince others. I knev that ve could capture the toxn at any time, that we had it surrounded so that they could not possibly get axay, although on the nighit of July 2 2,800 men marched in. I had understood there were 8,000, but xwhen we counted themn a fex days afterxvard there were only 2,800. I knew that if we carried that toxn by force a thousand men at least would be lost to the American army, an(1 a thousand good American men arc a good many to expend in capturing a Spanish toxwn (applause), and I did not proposes to do it if I could possibly talk themn out of it. "General Toral knew just as well as I did that I knew just what he had-thAt be was on his last rations, and that nothing but plain rice, that we had his retreat cut off, that we had the town surrounded, that he could not hurt us, while we could EVENTS OF THE SPANISIt-AMEIRI(CAN WAR. 221 bonmbard him and do some little damage, perhaps, and that it was only a question of a fewv days. "I found out a few days later what the hitch was which caused the delay, for General Toral had told Ime that he had been authorized by Blanco, the GovernorGeneral, to enter into negotiations and make terms for surrender, and in Cuba you know General Blanco was in supreme command. Iis authority was such tliat he ecould even set aside a law; of Spain. Knowing that, I felt sure that after very little delay they would surrender. They desired to get permission from the Madrid government to return to Spain. It was that w that dtelayed them. Imediately upon receiving the permission to return to Spain they surrendered. "I had in line when the fighting was going on, about 13,000 men-not more than that at any time. Inside the Spanish trenches there were about 10,000. There were 11,500 surrendered, and I think about 1,500 of them were sick. The disproportion, considering the difference of situation, is not very great. In fact, I think that 10.000 American soldiers could have kept 100,000 Spaniards out had they been in the same position (applause), although I do not wish to disparage the bravery of the Spanish troops. They are gallant fellows, but they have not the intelligence and do not take the initiative as do the American soldiers; and they have not the bull-dog pluck that hangs on day after day. "Toral made the first proposition to surrender. lie said if I would let him take his men and such things as they could carry on their persons and on a few pack mules that they had and guarantee him safe conduct to IhGlguin, which was fiftytwo miles away to the north and in the interior, they would march out. I told him, of course, that was out of the question; that I could not. accept any such terms as that, but I would submit it to the President. I did so, and was very promptly informed that only unconditional surrender would be received, but I was at liberty to say to General Toral that if they would surrender they would becarried, at the expense of the United States government, back to Spain. When that proposition was made to him I could see his face lighten up and the faces of his staff, who were there. They were simply delighted. Those men love their country intensely, they had been brouht to Cuba against their will, and had stayed there three years, poorly clad, not paid at all, and not well fed, and the prospect of going back to their homes had as much to do with conforming their views to our wishes as anything that was done during the campaign. "Meanwhile ten or twelve days had elalpsed and I had received quite a number of volunteer regiments-two from Michigan, the First District of Columbia, a Masachu 222 ]'2EVEINTS 01F TlHTE SPANISTI-AMEltRICAN WAR. setts regiment, and an (hio regimlent, the liglltll (Oio ---ll silei(lid troolps and well e(ui)pped, and while they wvere not there at tile hardest of tlie fighting they were tlere during the suftering, and everything that soldiers were called upon to do they did like ilen. "It is a great deal harder to stand up dayr after (lay and see companions go, from sickness and disease than it is to face the perils of battle. '\"lien I told ('enrlcral Tral that we would carry his men hack lie saidl: 'oes tlat includ(le my entire colmmanmd?' I said: 'What is your comrllmlnd and wchere are tilhe?' He replied tile I'ourtilh Arly Corps; 11,500 imen in the city, 3.000 tweiity ]liles in the rear of us; 7,500 lie said were up the coast less than sixty mliles, and ah)out 1,50() -125 to 1 )0 miles off on the northeasterni coast. ''There were 3,440 odd, and at a place less than sixty miles east tilere were 7,500) and a few over, because we counted tilem atnd took thleir arms. Trle result of tlia t sur'render' wa\s as unexlected to us a:s probably it was to (everyv person in the I'nited: States. Thiere was simply a. little armyl tlere, which had grone (lown to assist lthe nav in getting tlhe S)panish fleet out and capturing tlhat town, and we expected no otilier result frolm it tihan victory at the s)pot at t1le lutmiiost, hlt in atta]ckin(r tile limil) we (got tlie wllole body. It was expected tilat, beginning al)out the fi rst of (Ocitober tli ci ol je(tive poilnt of tlie canipaign was to )e lIavanla, whlere we knew tllere \were from( 125,),000( to 150,000( mIen, and it was expected thalct lab)ott tlhe first of )Octobe, r a larg e (armv woul\\ d be sent over there, and the battle that would decide tiie waI r would be fo()llglt in tlie vicinity of Havana. I think that was tlie universal feeling. Tlie loss of tlaIt (it ai ()f those 24,000 men —:3,37(;, to be accurart-so (lislirited thelm tihat witilin a week tile lproposition of Spain to clo.e the war was ina(lem and, tl, appily, tlie \war iwas ended. "Tlie ditliculties of t ihalt (cal)aign were:lot i1 the fighting. That was t lie easiest part of it. T1'1e di nicuiltie(, were ill gettilng food and Imedicine to tile front. ' 1here was but a sinl,( e road, a Iuldd v a I d te rrible road, and withl five or six wat(ons oi i over it tlie sixill wagonl would tbe onl the axle tree, and in taking ul) sOIie artillery I lad fou (t1ee horses oi one alttery i hat was usually drawn bly fotr, and even with tihat null1hller it went out of sight, and we liad to leave it -aiid dig it out after tlie water hlad sul)sided. Admirail:Sal Samilllpson report, dated AXougust 3dl, was l)published October 2:3d, and covers tlie condluct of tlie fleet under his colmnllld, in its operations ii tlie West Indies, for abo()li tw-o l)onitlis plrior) o tlie dest rcti(o) ( of A lAdiral (crvera's ships on July 3. It was imade l pl largely of officiall displatches and tlie lmovements of tlhe EVENTS OF TTE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. 223 fleet, with explanations and comment by the Admiral, and begins with a statement of the determination readiled by the Navy department to send a squadron to the Windward P'assage for tile purpose of observation, because of the information received of the sailing, on April 29, of Admiral Cervera's squadron from the Cape Verde Islands. On the vo-age eastward from the naval base at Key West, wlicll blegan on AMay 4, Admiral Sampson reports there was experienced endless troul)le andl delay because of the ilefliciency of the two monitors accompanlying tle otlier sli)s, and which liad to be taken in tow. Their coal su11ply was so small that it was at once evidenlt that they lusltt citier frequently c(oal or be towed. The Admiral says: lltad the sea been rough, or liad tlhe enemly appeared at this junctlur, the squadron would hlave been in a il uchl better lposition for an engalgement 11lad tlie monitors been elsewhere. Subsequently, when en(g'agiing thie batteries of San Juall it was evident that their s]hooting wa(s bad. "OwingC), to the quick rolling of tilese vessels, even in a moderate sea, they wvere unable to fire w ith any de>gree of accurlacy. Amolng1 tlle telegoran1s received bv the Admiral from the (departmet at Washingtion wlhen )t (iCe lav IItit n was tlhe following: \Vlashlinti()on 1). C., Muiav (,. —I)o lot risk or cripple your vessels against tfortifications as to pirevent from soo)l alfterwards successfullvy figliting Spanislh flect, coinlosecd of P elavo. (Car os V., () quentdo. Vizcava, Maaria Teresa, Cristolal (olon, fo()l r deep sea to:pedo( boats, if they should appear on tlhis side. LON(. It was determinined to go to Porto Rico, andi tle s(quadron arrived off S: Juallon on tle mnornilim of tle 12th and tlie bomnbardmnent of tlhat place ensued, Regarding his. action at tlis lplate the AdmHiral says: "It was clear to my own 1lind tihat tle squadron would not hlave (anv great difItciliv in forcingi' tilhe snr,'Irender of tlhe pl)ace, but thle fact tlhat we slioul(l be 1(he1( sev(eral days in (completiing arrang'emenits for holding it; tliat plart of our force woul](l ld haxe t() 1be left to ( await tlie arrival of troops to garri so it; thia tlte I (movemenit:< ()of (fle Spanllish qu(ladron our main objective, were still unulk)owin; thlat the flyingi ( sq(ll(lloi was still nort1l a(d not in a position to render any aid; thlat Itlavaa, (!e'ver's nati ltll object tive, was tI us open to ent ry by suchl force as lis, \while we were a; tlo(lusao1 d niles distant, made our immediate movement towar(d HIavana ilmperativkye. 1' tlitus reluctantly gave p the project against San Juan anl stood( westwar t':,r HaI vana." Several telegrams are here presented, based on reports that Cervera's sqa':,ron g224 EVENTS OF THEI SPANIS:-M-IrLCAN T4AR EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. had returned to Cadiz and they had in view "to return and capture San Juan, the desire to do so and occupy the place being assurea in the event of Admiral Cervera's failure to cross the Atlantic." Shortly after inews was received that the Spanish fleet had appeared off Curacoa, West Indies, and the squadron under orders from the department proceeded to Key West, to whllich place the flying squadron under Commodore (now Admiral) Schley had already been ordered. Arrangiiements were then hurriedly made and the flying squadron, augmented by the other vessels under Commodore Schley, was senr off Cienfuegos, where it was believed the enemy would go, in whieh case an effort was to be made to engage and capture him. Sampson was given the choice either of the command of the block-.ading squadron off Iavana or at Cienfuegos, Schley in either case to remain with his own squadron. From messages received by the Admiral from the department about May 20 it appears that reports had reached the United States that the Spanish fleet was at Santiago, so the department advised Sampson to send immediately word to Sehley to proceed to that place, leaving one small vessel off Cienfuegos. On May 21 instructions were written by Samnson for Commodore Schley and sent to him via the Marblehead regarding the possibility of the Spanish fleet being.at Santiago. They are in part as follows: United States Flagship New York, First Rate, Key West, Fla., May 21.-Sir: Spanish squadron is probably at Santiago de Cuba-four ships and three torpedo boat destroyers. If you are satisfied they are not at Cienfuegos proceed with all dispatch, but cautiously, to Santiago de Cuba, and if the enemy is there blockade him in port. You will probably find it necessary to establish communication with some of the inhabitants-fishermen or others-to learn definitely that the ships are in port, it being impossible to see into it from the outside. The Admiral said he felt much concerned as to the delivery of these orders and sent a duplicate by the Hawk with an additional memorandum. The Admiral suggested that if the information did not reach Commodore Sehley before daylight of May 23 to mask the real direction he should take as much as possible. IIe adds: "'Follow the Spanish squadron whichever direction they take." The Admiral off Havana gives copies of orders of battle which were to be followed in the event that Cervera left Santiago on the approach of Schley's fleet from Cienfuegos and attempted to cruise around the coast to Havana, in which case the Havana squadron would attempt to intercept him by going east about 200 miles be EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERIICAN WAIl. 225 yond the junction of Santiren and Nicholas Channels. Strict orders were given for screenin1g liglhts and to see that none were accidentally shown. The squadron was to cruise generally to the eastward in the day and westward during the night. On May 23, as shown by the report, Commodore Scley expressed the belief that the Spaniards were at Cienfuegos. On the 27'th the Admiral sent word to Sciley, directing lim- to proceed with all possible speed to Santiago because of information received that tlie Spaniards were there. The same time orders were sent to have the collier Sterling dispatched to Santiago with an expression of opinion that the Conmuodore should use it to obstruct the channel at its narrowest part leading into tle harbor. The details of the plan were left to the Commodore's judgment, as he (Sampson) had "the utmost confidence in his ability to carry this plan to a successful conclusion, and earnestly wished him good luck." Sampson aplarently felt certain of tlhe presence of the Spaniards at Santiago and urged that the harbor must be blockaded at all hazards. Schley in the meantime had proceeded to Santiago, althouglh it appears not the same day Admiral Sampson expected. At one time (omminodore Sclley contemplated going to Key West with the squadron for coal, but this was abandoned, his collier having been temporarily repaired, and the necessity for a trip to Key West being avoided Santiago was then blockaded. Admiral Sampson arrived at Santiago June 1st. June 8 the Admiral urged upon tle department, as lie had previously done, to expedite the arrival of the troops for Santiago, the difficulty of blockading the Spanish ships daily increasing. In a memorandum dated June 15, the Admiral says: "The Commander-in-Chief desires again to call the attention of the commanding officers to the positions occupied by the blockading fleet, especially during the daytime, and it is now directed that all ships keep within a distance of the entrance to Santiago of four miles, and this distance must not be exceeded. "If the vessel is coaling or is otherwise restricted in its movements it must nevertheless keep within this distance. If at any time the flagship makes signal which is not visible to any vessel, such vessel must at once approach the flagship or retreating vessel to a point where it can read the signal. "Disregard of the directions which have already been given on this head has led to endless confusion. Many times during the day the fleet is so scattered that it 226 EV E'INTS OF THE SPANISII-AMERICAN WAR. would be perfectly possible for the enemy to come out of tle harbor and meet xith little opposition. '"The (omlllna elr-in-Chief hopes that strict attention will be given this order.'" In the or(ler of battle incidental to the landing of Shafter's army corps June 22, whenr shlips were sent to shell the beach and cover the landing of the men, the following occurs: "The attention of commanding officers of all vessels engaged in blockading Santiago de Cutba is earnestly called to the necessity of the utmost vigilance from this time forward, lboth as to maintaining stations and readiness for action and as to keeping a close watch uponl the harbor mouth. If the Spanish Admiral ever intends to attelmpt to escape that attempt will be made soon." The Admliral says trouble was experienced in the landing of Shafter's army on account of the wNandering proclivities of some of the transports. The progress of the disem11ibrkaiotion wa:s rendered someiwhat difficult 1)y a heavy sea, thle heaviest during the three weeks tile fleet had been stationed there, owing to a stiff blow off the coast of Jamaica. According to a dispatch to Secretary Long, dated June 26, tile channel at Snntiago not having been obstructed by the sinking of the Merrinlma, Admiral Samnpson was preparai(ngT a torpedo attack to hasten tlie destruction of tile Spanish vessels, althillo- lie regretted resorting to this method because of its difficulties and small chance of sutcess. He would no1t do tlis., lie says, were te le present force to be kept there; as it tlhen ilsurted a capture, which lie believed would terminate the war. Tlhere -was contemplated at this time sending a fleet to tile Spanish coast; and this expedition was to consist of the Iowa, Oregon, Newark, Yosemite, Yalnkee, and Dixie, alnd thley were to go to tlie Azores for orders, en route to Tangier, Morocco. The colliers were to join the fleet at the Azores. On June 30 thle (Adliral received a communication from Maljor-General Slafter annoluncing tliat lie expected to attack Slantiago tile following morning, and asking that lie (Salmpson) bom1bard tile forts at Aguadores in suplport of a regiment of infantry, and Inmake such de(inonstrations as lie thought proper at thle harbor's mouth, so as to keep (1s malyl y of the eiieeney there as possible. Tlis retquest nwas colmplied with, (and on July 1 General Shafter asked that the Admiraiil 1keep unp his figllt on tlIe Santiago water front. On July 2 the following was received f'rom GCeneral Shafter. "Terrible figllt yesterday, but my line is now strongly intrenched about threefourths of a mile from townv. I urge that you make effort immediately to force tlie i ) ~~~~~~~~~ w 0, z E c-i U W t W O ~P" 1 W U "11a ": !I-"iBB1 iZ X i —i a Q —i C-I -~~ i Id i$~;p!i..._.l_.___;______ __ EVENTS OF THE SPANSIH-AMERICAN WAlR. 227 entrance to avoid future losses among my men, which are already heavy. You can now operate with less loss of life than I can. Please telephone answer." A reply was telephonled General Shafter from Admiral Sampson, through Lieutenant Stanton, which said the Admiral had bolmbarded the forts at the entrance of Santiago and also Punta Gorda battery inside, silencing their fire, and asked whether he (Shafter) wanted further firing on the Admiral's part. The explanation was made that it was impossible to force an entrance until the channel was cleared of mines -a work of some time after the forts were taken possession of by the troops. To this General Shafter replied: "It is nimpossible for me to say when I can take batteries at entrance of harbor. If they are as difficult to take as those which we have been pitted against it will be some time and at great loss of life. I am at a loss to see why the navy cannot work under a destructive fire as well as the army. My loss yesterday was over 500 men. By all means keep up fire on everything in sight of you until demolished. I expect, however, in time and with sufficient men to capture the forts along the bay." On the 2nd of July, Sampson wrote to Shatter. "An officer of my staff has already reported to you tlhe firing lwhich we did this morning, but I must say in addition to what lie told you that the forts which we silenced were not the forts which would give you any inconvenielnce in capturing the city, as they cannot fire except to seaward. They cannot even prevent our entrance into the harbor of Santiago. Our trouble from the first has been the channel to tlie harbor is well strewn with observation mines, whlich would certainly result in the sinking of one or more of our ships if we attempted to enter the harbor, and by the sinking of a shlip the object of attempting to enter the lharl)or would be defeated by the preventing of further progress on our part. "It was my hope that an attack on your part of these shlore latteries from the rear would leave us at liberty to drag the channel for torpedoes. "If it is your earnest desire that we sllould force our entrance I will at once prepare to undertake it. I think, however, that our position and yours would be made more difficult if, as is 1)ossible, we fail in our attempt. "We have in our outfit at Guantanamo forty countermining mines, which I will bring here with as little delay as possible, and if we can succeed in freeing the enirance of mines by their use I will enter the harbor. '"Tlls work, which is unfaniliar to us, will require considerable time. "It is not so much the loss of men as it is the loss of shlips whlicl hasI until now deferred me from making a direct attack upon the ships witlin the p)ort." 228 EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. The Admiral says lie began making preparations to countermine, and, with the object of arranging an attack upon the batteries at the entrance a visit was arranged to General Shafter, so that the matter might be thoroughly discussed, and combined action take place. Ile adds: "I hiad in view the employment of the marines for an assault on. citller the Morro or Socapa battery, while at the same time assaulting the defenses at tlhe entrance with the fleet." 'The Admiral says of the sortie and destruction of Cervera's fleet: "This event closes the purely naval campaign, crowning with complete success the anxious work of almost exactly two months." The error of Commlodore Schley as to the location of Cervera's fleet, his hesitation in accepting the report of the Spaniards' presence at Santiago, appears to have causedt the advancement of Admiral Sampson and subordinated Sehley. Out of this caine differences of opinion about facts among the close friends of the two distilng uished officers. Schley was close at hand when Cervera's run from Santiago took place, wlbile Sampson was out of the way on other duty, and Schley has been charged with an evasive movement of the New York just then that lost valuable time. It is related by the Washlington staff correspondent of thle Chicago Times-Herald that just after the battle of Santiago, Commodore Schley went aboard the Iowa and hailed Captain rEans with the remark that it had been a great day for the American navy. "IBt why didn't you obey orders and close in on the mouth of the harbor instead of heading out to sea?" inquired Evans. Commodore Sclley's reply was that lie was afraid the Vizcaya would ram the Brooklyn. This colloquy referred to a striking maneuver of the flagship Brooklyn early in the engagement at Santiago, whicl has been commented on before. In justice to Commodore Schley the navy department officers admit the Spanish officers after the battle said that it had been their purpose, on emerging from the harbor, to have the Vizcaya ram the Brooklyn, believing that the Spanish cruisers could outrun the remaining vessels in the American fleet, most of which were battleships, supposed to be of a lower rate of speed than the Spanish cruisers. The action of the Vizeaya as she headed toward the Brooklyn indicated her determination to carry out this programme. But the remark of Captain Evans to the nominal commander of the squadron would under ordinary circumstances have been an act of insubordination and only illustrates the feeling of some of the captains of the fleet toward the Commodore. EVENTS OF TIlE SPANIShI-AMERICAN W1AR. 229' It has been said that Schley, being ordered to Key West when Cervera appeared in Cuban waters, "proceeded to Cienfuegos, whlich was thought to be the destination of the Spanish warships. That port commanded the only direct railroad connection with hIavana, and had the Spanish fleet gone there Admiral Cervera could have relieved General Blanco with money and munitions of war and received in return supplies necessary for his squadron. It is believed even now tliat liad lhe Spanish ships been properly supplied and equipped they would liave gone to Cienfuegos instead of to Santiago. But subsequent developments have shown that Admiral Cervera was permitted to take only enough coal to carry himn to the nearest port, Santiago." Schlev credited Cervera with knowing enough to know tliat Cienfuegos was the better port for his purposes, and therefore adhered to his opilioin, and SInip)on was made his superior officer. So important have the differences ce'med tliat the Wainwright Board was convened to investigate the parts taken in the Saiitiago naval battle respectively by Admiral Sampson and Admliral Schley. But inl o(clii:l lphrase this board -as convened for the purpose of determining the position and couirses of the ships engaged in the action at Santiago July 3, and reporting to the Secretary of the Navy. The report is: "U. S. 1. S. New York, First Iate, Navy Yard, New York, Oct. 8, 1898.-Sir: In obedience to your order of Sept. 2, 1898, appointing us a board to plot the positions of the ships of Admiral Cervera's squadron and those of tlie United States fleet in the battle of July 3, off Santiago de (uba, we hlave tlie lonor to submit the following report, accompanied by a chart, showDing the positions of the sliips at seven different timies. "'These times, as taken by the United States ships engaged, with the incidents noted, are as follows: "No. 1, 9:35 a. an.-Maria Teresa came out of the harbor. "No. 2, 9:50 a. ml.-Pluton camel out. "No. 3, 10:15 a. im.-Maria Teresa turned to run ashlore. "No. 4-, 10:20 a. m1.-Oq(uen(do turned to run ashore. "No. 5, 10:30 a.. —Furor blew up and Pl]uton turned to run ashore. "No. 6, 11:05 a. m.-Vizcaya turned to iun asllore. "No. 7, 1:15 p. m.-Colon surrendered. "The chart selected by the board for plotting is II. 0. chart No. 716, 1885, West Indies, eastern part of Bahalma Islands, witlh part of ('ba and nortl coast of San '230 230 EVENTS OF THIE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. 1)oniintro. This selection was imade after a careful comparison with all other charts at hand, as tlihe ositious of the principal headlands and inlets and the distances between them on it agfree more nearly with the observationi of members of the board hman those given byv any othfer. "Th'le )OS'itihofil of the United States ships were established by known bearings.and distances from the alorio at No. 1 with.the exception of the New York, whose position is plottedl by the revolutions of its engines during a run of forty-five minutes east from its ~position, southeast half south of the Morro, 6,000 yards. Position at No. 2 is plotted by all ships according to their relative bearings from each other, the operations of their engines from 9:35 to 9:050, the evidenee of the officers on board them, and the ranges used in tiring at the Spanish ships. Position No. 3 is plotted from observations of the offleers of the -United States ships, with regrard to their iiearness to each other, and relative bearings of themselves from Teresa, with ranges in use at the time, the performance of the engines, and general heading of the ships. Position No. 4 same as No. 3, substituting Oquendo for Teresa. Position N os. 5, 6, and 7i are plotted on the same general plan. "IBefore plotting the se positions the board took each ship separately and discussed 'the datai for tlIC position under consideration-this (lata beincg obtained from the report of the commandincy officers notes taken during the action, and the evidence of the memnbers of the board. In reconciling differences of opinion in regard to distances, hearings, ranges, etc., full liberty was given to the replresentative of the shrips under discussion to bring in any argument or cLata lie considered necessaryes, and the boarrd submits this report with a feeling that, under the circumstances, it is as ne arly ~corrct as is possible so long after the engagemnent. Very resjpeetfuhlv\ "RICHARD WAINWRIGIT, "Lieutenant Commander., U. S. N., Senior Memnber. "l S. P). COMLY, "Lieutenant, 17. 5. N. "L. C. IIIILNEOi, 'Lieutenant, t 11. 5. N. "W. If. SCI[LTTZE, "Lieutenant, U. S. N. "A. C. IIODGSON, "'Lieutenant, U. S..N7. "W1. If. ALLEN, "Lie-utenant, U. S. -N. "EDWARI) E. CAPEI AIER T, "Lieutenaut, U. S. N. "'Jio tihe Comma nder-in-Chief." EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. 231 Measurements upon thi chart showing the positions of the vesseis at the specified timies namned in the report will give as fair an idea of the work of the board as can be made without the chlart itself. 'Position No. 1, 9:35 a. in. WN-hen the Maria Teresa came out of the harbor the New York was nine miles east of Mlorro, accompanied by the Ilist and Ericsson. Tlie Brooklyan was tliree miles southwvest of Morro, being two and two-tenthis mriles from the shor'e West of the mouth of the harbor. The Texas was eighlit-tenths of a mile cast of the Brooklyn; the Iowa one and eight-tenthis miles cast and south of the Brooklyn, and the Oregon a half inile east of the Iowva, the Iowa being three miles directly south of Morro. TlielIndiana was two and two-tenths miles soutLhIWest of Marro and time Gloucester one mile almost directly north of the Indiana, a mile and fourtenthis fromn. Morro. "Position No. 2, 9:50 a. in. When the Pluton came out all the Spanish vessels had conme out of time harbor and their positions were: Mlaria Teresa two and a half imiles southwest of Morro, time Yizcav a-, Colon and Oquendo, in the order named, behind the Teresa and from four-tenths to hialf a mile apart. The position of the Amierica11n vessels were: The New York biad moved up two an(I one-tenth ifles westward. Thie B~rooklvy had started north, swerved to the northeast and toward the inouth of the harbor, and Was turning east on the swincg it maie to the rigrht and around to time \vestwvard course; it was eight-tcnths of a mile froni th[le izeaya At position No. 2 the Texas first went east a half nile, swinging toward the harbor, then turning to the left it is at No. 2 a half mnile directly north of thIe first position. TIme Iowa moved by a varyig course northwest and was a mile and four-tenths from the Yizcaya, the Oregonii being two-tenths of a. mile behind tIme Iowa, the Indiana three-tentlis behind thle Iowa. The Gloucester's first start was half a mile directly away fromt the ha(,irbor, but swiuoinic to the riglit, had aidvaniicied toward the Spanish ships, being one and seven-tenths mniles from the nearest, tthe Oqiuendo. "Position No. 3, 10:15 a. in. Maria rTcresa turned to rutn ashore. It Was five and one-half miles fromn Morro. TIle Vizcaya was two and three-tenthis miles westward from thiie Tei'esa the OqCtuendo one and two-tenths miles, and tIme Colon one and four-tenthis miles in aidvance of tIme Teresa. Thie Aierican vessels were as follows: Thie New York had come, witin three m-iles of Mlorro, heino' southeast of that l~~~~~~~~~oint. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~(1(~~l T niad t~mekl~, amidj wras pon.The Brooklyn had Inieits swvingr to the wesstward], erossimm its tracad~la two and one-half miles south and west of the Teresa, and one and three-tentlis miles directly south of tme Colon, and one and one-tenth miles amid a little behind the Vizcaya, one and three-tenths miles and a little in advance of the Oquendo. The 232 EVENTS OF THE SPANISIH-AMERICAN WAR. Texas was one and two-tenths miles from the Teresa, a little behind it, and one and four-tenths miles from and behind the next Spanish ship, the Oquendo. The Iowa was one and one-tenth miles from the Teresa and a little closer in, but not quite as far west as the Texas. The Oregon had pulled up and passed the Texas and Iowa, being a little further in shore than the Texas and a little further out than the Iowa. It was in advance of the Teresa, being one and seven-tenths miles from that vessel, six-tenths of a mile from and directly in the line of the Oquendo, seven-tenths of a mile from the Colon, and one and two-tenths miles behind the Vizeaya. The Indiana was two miles from the Texas and two and six-tenths miles from the Oquendo, the nearest Spanish vessel. The Gloucester had moved up six-tenths of a mile and was just a mile directly south of Morro. "Position No. 4, 10:20 a. m. Oquendo turned to run ashore. Only five minutes elapsed from position No. 3. All vessels had been running westward without material changes in their positions. The Colon had run one and three-tenths miles, the Vizcaya about one-tenth of a mile less, and swerved to the left, bringing it to within one and one-tenth miles of the Brooklyn. The Iowa was the same distance, but almost directly astern, and the Oregon was one and three-tenths miles from the Vizcaya, but farther out to sea. The Iowa was eight-tenths of a mile from the Oquendo, the Oregon nine-tenths of a mile from the same vessel, and both somewhat in advance of the doomed Spanish ship. The Indiana had advanced eight-tenths of a mile and was two and six-tenths miles away from the Oquendo, the nearest Spanish ship. The New York had advanced nearly a mile, but was not yet abreast of Morro. The Gloucester had run over two miles and was now well west of Morro, but five miles east of the Oquendo. "Position No. 5, 10:30 a. m. Furor blew up and Pluton turned to run ashore. This is ten minutes later than position No. 4. The Gloucester had run a little more than two miles, and was four-tenths of a mile from the Furor and but little further from the Pluton. The New York had run two and two-tenths miles, and was three and three-tenths miles from the Furor, the nearest Spanish ship, and two and twotenths miles south and a little west of Morro. The Colon had run two and ninetenths miles, and the Vizcaya two and seven-tenths miles. The Brooklyn had run two and three-tenths miles, and was one and two-tenths miles from the Vizcaya and one and six-tenths miles from the Colon, which was running nearer the shore. The Oregon had sailed two and a half miles, and was one and one-half miles from the Vizcaya, and about the same distance from the Colon. The Texas was one and two EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. 233 tenths miles astern of the Oregon, two and four-tenths miles from the Oregon. The Indiana was one and one-half miles astern of the Texas. "Position No. 6, 11:05 a. m. Vizcaya turned to run ashore. In thirty-five minutes the Vizcaya had sailed about seven miles, and was off the mouth of the Aserradero River. The Colon had run five and one-half miles further, and was more than that distance in advance of any of the American vessels. The Brooklyn was one and three-tenths miles distant from the Vizcaya and slightly behind it. The Oregon was one and a half miles from the Vizcaya, but nearer the shore and somewhat more astern of the enemy. The Texas was two and seven-tenths miles from the Vizeaya and directly astern of the Oregon. The Iowa was three and two-tenths miles directly astern of the Vizcaya. The New York was five miles behind the Iowa. The Ericsson had kept along with the New York all the time, and was, at this position, one-half a mile in advance of it. The Indiana was nearly four miles behind the Iowa. "Position No. 7, 1:15 p. m. The Colon surrendered. In the two hours and ten minutes from the last position given the vessels had coursed westward a great distance. The Colon had run twenty-six and one-half miles and was off the Tarquino River. The Brooklyn was the nearest American vessel. It had sailed twenty-eight and one-half miles and was three and four-tenths miles from the Colon. The Oregon was four and one-half miles from the Colon and more in shore than the Brooklyn. The Texaswas three and four-tenths milesbehind the Oregon. TheNewYorkwas nine andonehalf miles from the Colon. No one of the other vessels had come up save the Vixen, which was abreast of the New York. This little vessel in the beginning of the fight steamed out to sea and sailed westward on a course about two and one-quarter miles from that of the nearest Spanish ships. "The tracings of the chart show that the Spanish vessels sailed on courses not more than three-tenths of a mile apart until the Oquendo ran ashore. Then the Vizcaya veered out to sea and the Colon kept nearer the shore, their courses being about seven-tenths of a mile apart. Up to the time the Oquendo went ashore the Iowa, Indiana, Oregon, and Texas sailed on courses within three-tenths of a mile of each other, the Iowa being the nearest and the Texas the farthest from the course of the Spanish ships. The Brooklyn's course was from three-tenths to one-llalf of a mile outside that of the Texas. The swing to the right whlich the Brooklyn made at the beginning of the engagement slows an oval four-tenths of a mile across. It crossed the courses of the Texas, Oregon, and Indiana twice while making the turn, blt before these vessels had gone over them. The course of the New York after passing Morro was nearer the shore than any other United States vessel except the Glouces 234 EVENTS OF TIHE SPANISII-AMERICAN WAR. ter, and a mile behind whlere the Oquedo turned to run aslore it passed inside the courses of the Spalnishl vessels. Ten miles west of tile Vizcaya disaster it crossed the Colon's track, but followed close the course of that vessel until the latter surrendered. "llle Iowa, Indiana, and Ericsson did not go further west than where the Vizcaya ran ashore. Tle Gloucester stopped by the Maria Teresa and Oquendo, as also did the l1ist. The latter vessel was not able to keep pace with the New York and Ericsson, the vessels it was with at the beginning of the battle." Mal;jor G(eneral Nelson A. Miles was carrying on, as a master of the art and science of war, a prospering campaign in Porto Rico, when the protocol of peace between tlhe United States and Spain was signed, and "the war drum throbbed" no llnger. It is tlce testimony of those who have studied the management of the invasioll of Porto 1Rico by thle military head of the army, that it was going on guided witli conllsummalte skill when the war closed. The American forces had the pleasure in P'orto Rico of moving in a country that had not been desolated as Cuba was. The islan(d wvas a tropical picture of peace, only the glitter of armies breaking the spell. The defenders h]ad the help of good roads, by which they could, on the inner lines, shift tleir colunns witli rapidity and ease. But the Porto Rico people were largely favorable to United States sovereignty-just as the Cubans would be if it were not for tlle selfishnes and jealousies, hatreds and scheming, regardless of the favor or prosperity of tlle people, that the most deplorable warfare known in tlhe later years of the earthll as engendered. It was on October 18, 1898, that the American flag \was raised over Stan Juan de Porto Rico. The telegram of the Associated Press contained( tllis announcement of the ceremony and symbol by which was announced the glorious initial chapter of a new dispensation that adds to America's territory one of tle loveliest islanrds of the sea: San Juan de Porto Rico, Oct. 18.-Promptly at noon to-day the American flag was raised over San Juan. The ceremony was quiet and dignified, unmarred by disorder of any kind. The Eleventh Regular Infantry, with two batteries of the Fifth Artillery, landed this morning. Tihe latter proceeded to the forts, while'the infantry lined up on the docks. It was a holiday for San Juan, and there were many people in the streets. Iear Admiral Schley and General Gordon, accompanied by their staffs, procee(ed to tlle palace in carriages. The Eleventh infantry Regiment and band, with Troop IT of tlhe Sixth United States Cavalry, then marched through the streets and formed in the square opposite the palace. EVENTS OF TIIE SPANISIT-AMERICAN WAR. 235 At 11:40 a. m. General Brooke, Admiral Schley, and General Gordon, the United States Elvacuation Commissioners, came out of the palace, with many naval officers, andl formed on tlle righlt side of tlle square. Tlle streets behind the soldiers were thronged with tovwnspcople, who stood waiting in dead silence. At last thle city clock struck the hour of 12 and the crowds, almost breathless and with eyes fixed upon the flagpole, watched for developments. At the sound of the first gun from Fort Morro, Major Dean and Lieutenant Castle, of General Brooke's staff, loisted the Stars and Stripes, while the band played tlhe "Star Spangled Bann ( r.' All heads were bared and the crowds cheered. Fort Morro, Fort San Cristobal, and tlhe United States revenue cutter Manning, lying in the harbor, fired twenty-one guns each. Senor IMunoz Rivera, who was President of the recent autonomist council of secretaries, and other officials of tlie late insular government, were present at the proceedlings. Congratulations and handshaking among the American officers followed, Ensign King hoisted the Stars and Stripes over the intendencia, but all other flags on the various pIublic buildings were hoisted by military oficers. Simultaneously with the raisi-ng of the flag over the Captain General's palace many others were hoisted in different: parts of the city. WIashilngton, D. C., Oct. 18.-The War Department has received the following to-dlayT: "SIan Juan, Porto Rico, Oct. 18.-Secretary of War, Washington, D. C.: Flags hlave been raised on public buildings and forts in this city and saluted with national salutes. The occupation of the island is now complete. "BROOKE, Chairman." Tlhe two Spanish fleets-of the East and West Indies, were annihilated, the foriier iMay ist, and the latter July 2nd, two months and two days between the events. The respective fleets in Manila bay were as follows: AMElRIICAN FLEET. Men and Name. Class. Armament. Officers Olympia..............Protected Cruiser...Four 8-in., ten 5-in., 24 R. F..............466 Baltimore.............. Protected Cruiser... Four 8-in., six 6-in., 10 R. F.............. 395 Boston................. Par. Ptd. Cruiser... Two 8-in., six 6-in., 10 I. 1'............... 272 Raleigh............... Protected Cruiserl.. One 6-in., ten 5-in., 14 R. F..............295 Concord....G........ Gunboat............Six 6-in., 9 R. F.................150 Petrel..............Gunboat...........Four 6-in., 7 R. F......................00 McCulloch.............. Revenue Cutter.....Four 4-in........................ 180 236 EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. SPANISH FLEET. Men ane Name. Class. Armament. Officers *Reina Cristina......... Steel Cruiser........ Six 6.2-in., two 2.7., 13 R. F..............370 Castilla................Wood Cruiser.......Four 5.9, two 4.7, two 3.4, two 2.9, 12 R. F..300 Don Antonio de Ulloa..Iron Cruiser........Four 4.7, 5 R. F.......................... 173 Don Juan de Austria...Iron Cruiser........Four 4.7, two 2.7, 21 R. F.......... 173 Isla de Luzon.........Steel Ptd. Cruiser... Six 4.7, 8 R. F.......................... 164 Isla de Cuba...........Steel Ptd. Cruiser... Six 4.7, 8 R. F........................... 164 Velasco................Iron Cruiser........ Three 6-in., two 2.7, two R. F........... 173 Marques del Duero.....Gunboat............One 6.2, two 4.7, 1 R. F.................. 98 General Lezo.......... Gunboat............One 3.5, 1 R. F........................... 97 El Correo............. Gunboat............ Three 4.7, 4 R. F........................ 116 Quiros......... Gunboat...........4 R. F................................... 60 Villalobos..............Gunboat......... 4 R F.................................. 60 Two torpedo boats and two transports. The American squadron was thus officered: Acting Rear Admiral George Dewey, Commander-in-Chief. Commander B. P. Lamberter, Chief-of-Staff. Lieutenant L. M. B3rumby, Flag Lieutenant. Ensign II. II. Caldwell, Secretary. OLYMPIA (Flagship). Captain, Charles V. Gridley. Lieutenant-Commander, S. C. Paine. Lieutenants: C.. Calkins, V. S. Nelson, G. S. Mlorgan, S. MI. Strite. Elnsigns: M. M. Taylor, F. B. Upham, W. P. Scott, A. G. Kavanagh, H. V. Butler. Medical Inspector, A. F. Price; Passed Assistant Surgeon, J. E. Page; Assistant Surgeon, C. 11. Kindleberger; Pay Inspector, D. A. Smith; Chief Engineer, J. Entwistle; Assistant Engineer, S. II. DeLany; Assistant Engineer, J. F. Marshall, Jr.; Chaplain, J. B. Frazier; Captain of Marines, W. P. Biddle; Gunner, L. J. G. Kuhlwein; Carpenter, W. Macdonald; Acting Boatswain, E. J. Norcott. THE BOSTON. Captain, F. Wildes. Lieutenant-Commander, J. A. Norris. Lieutenants: J. Gibson, W. L. Howard. En-signs: S. S. Robinson, L. H. Everhart, J. S. Doddridge. Surgeon, M. H. Crawford; Assistant Surgeon, R. S. Balkeman; Paymaster, J. R. Martin; Chief Engineer, G. B. Ransom; Assistant Engineer, L. J. James; First Lieutenant of Marines, R. McM. Dutton; Gunner, J. C. Evans; Carpenter, I. H. Hilton. EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. 237 U. S. STEAMSHIP BALTIMORE. Captain, N. M. Dyer. Lieutenant-Commander, G. Blocklinger. Lieutenants: W. Braunersreuther, F. W. Kellogg, J. M. Ellicott, C. S. Stanworth. Ensigns: G. H. Hayward, M. J. McCormack, U. E. Irwin. Naval Cadets, D. W. Wurtsbaugh, I. Z. WAettersoll, C. M. Tozer T. A. Karney; Passed Assistant Surgeon, F. A. IIeiseler; Assistant Surgeon, R. K. Smith; Pay Inspector, E. Bellows; Chief Engineer, A. C. Engard; Assistant Engineers, II. B. Price, II. I. Cone; Naval Cadet (engineer), C. P. Burt; Chaplain. T. S. K. Freeman; First Lieutenant of Marines, D. Williams; Acting Boatswain, II. R. Brayton; Gunner, L. J. Conrelly; Acting Gunner, L. J. Waller; Carpenter, 0. Bath. U. S. STEAMSHIP RALEIGII. Captain, J. B. Coghlan. Lieutenant-Commander, F. Singer. Lieutenants: W. Winder, B. Tappan, II. Rodman, C. B. Morgan. Ensigns: F. L. Chidwick, P. Babin. Surgeon, E. H. Marsteller; Assistant Surgeon, D. N. Carpenter; Passed Assistant Paymaster, S. R. Heap; Chief Engineer, F. II. Bailey; Passed Assistant Engineer, A. S. IIalstead; Assistant Engineer, J. R. Brady; First Lieutenant of Marines, T. C. Treadwell; Acting Gunner, G. D. Johnstone; Acting Carpenter, T. E. Kiley. THE CONCORD. Commander, A. S. Walker. Lieutenant-Commander, G. P. Colvocoreses. Lieutenants: T. B. IIoward, P. W. Iourigan. Ensigns: L. A. Kiser, W. C. Davidson, O. S. Knepper. Passed Assistant Surgeon, R. G. Broderick; Passed Assistant Paymaster, E. D. Ryan; Chief Engineer, Richard Inch; Passed Assistant Engineer, II. W. Jones; Assistant Engineer, E. II. Dunn. THE PETREL. Commander, E. P. Wood. Lieutenants: E. M. Hughes, B. A. Fiske, A. N. Wood, C. P. Plunkett. Ensigns: G. L. Fermier, W. S. Montgomery. Passed Assistant Surgeon, C. D. Brownell; Assistant Paymaster, G. G. Siebe.l; Passed Assistant Engineer, R. T. Hall. 238 EVENTS OF THE SPANISII-AMERICAN WAR. The marvel of the naval engagements that disarmled Spain iln both the Indies, is that only one American was killed in the Santiago action, and tlhe onl-y mlanl who lost his life on Dewey's fleet was overcome by heat. The Spaniards were deceived as well as surplrised at Mlanila, the deception beiing tllir lependcence upon thle belief tlat the Almericans would take it for grantedl tlht the falsified official charts we re correct, and stand oIt. The course of the American flcet, finding with the lead on the first round 32 feet of water where the clart said 15, dismayed the eniemy. The Spanish had but one chance to cripple )cDrcey, and that was by closing with hlin, I)ut tiley never seem, except in tlhe case of the flagship, to have contemplated taking lthe offensive. In thle course of the war crowded with victory, two Spanish fleets were destroyed, two Spanish armies surrendiered, thirty-six thousand soldiers an sailor of Sain Ilmade 1prisoners of war, the only heavy losses of Am-lericans were at Santiago, and they lappelne(d because in tlie terrible climate of Cuba in sulmmer, for those unaccustomed to it anld forced to be in tire rain and sleep on the ground, it was necessary to carry thle enemly's liles of CdefensL e by assault, becaunse it was certain that delay would be destruction of tlh troops. The campaign was hurried and slort, but such was the effect of tllc few weeks spent in Cluba thati, bloody as were tlie first days of July, the weeks sulcceeding witnessed the death from sickness of mnore soldiers tlan fell in battle. Not until November 5, 1898, did the State )Depi)rtment make public the complete text of tle Protocol between tle United States iand Spain for tlhe prelimlinary settlement of tlie war. A copy wras cabled( to this coun-try fromn tle French translation, but the depla1r:tlment ]here never gave out the text of the document in official form.l TIle Protocol textually is as follows: "Protocol of agreement between the United States and Spain, embodying tlie terms of a basis for tle establislhment of peace between thle two countries, signed at Waslhington Aug. 12, 1898. Protocol: William l. Day, Secretary of State of the lnlited States, and hIis Excellency, Jules Camblon, lAal)ssador Extraordinar y and Plenipotenltiary of tlie Republic of France at AWNasingoton, respectively possessing for this purpose full authority from the government of tlie TUnited States and tlie govcriiiient of Spain, lhave concluded and signed the following articles, embodying the terms on which the two governments have agreed in rtespect to the matters hereinafter set forlth, having in view the establishment of peace between the two countries — that is to say: EVENTS OF THE SPANISH-AMERICAN WAR. ARTICLE I. "Spain will relinquish all claim of sovereignty over and title to Cuba. ARTICLE II. "Spain will cede to the United States the Island of Porto Rico and otler ishaids now under Spanish sovereignty in the West Indies, and also an island in the Ladtrones, to be selected by the United States. ARTICLE III. "The United States will occupy and hold the City, Bay, and IHarbor of M[anila, pending the conclusion of a treaty of peace, which shall determine the control, disposition, and government of the Pllilippines. ARTICLE IV. "Spain will immediately evacuate Cuba, Porto Rico, and other islands now under Spanish sovereignty in the West Indies, and to this end eaclh go(ermellent will, within ten days after the signing of tlis protocol, appoint collmissiollc(lr, anlld tlhe commlissioners so appointed sl!all, within thlirty days after the signingi of tl;s protocol, meet at Iavana for the purpose of arranging and carrying out tle details of the aforesaid evacuation of Cuba and the adjacentt Spanish islands; and each government will, within tcen days after the signing of this protocol, also aploint other conmmissioners, who shall, within thirty days after tlhe signing of tliis protocol, meet at San Juan, Porto Rico, for tle purpose of arranging and clarryilng otut the details of the aforesaid evacuation of Porto Rico and other islands now under Spanish sovereignty in the West Indies. ARTICLE V. "The United States and Spain will each appoint not more tllan five co:llissioners to treat of peace, and the co-mmissioners so appointeld slall meet at Paris not later than Oct. 1, 1S98, and proceed to the negotiation alnd conclusion of a treaty of peace, whlich treaty slall be subject to ratification according to the respective constitutional forms of the two countries. 240 EVENTS OF THE SPANISIH-AMERICAN WAR. ARTICLE VI. "Upon the conclusion and signing of this protocol hostilities between the two countries shall be suspended, and notice to that effect shall be given as soon as possible by each government to the commanders of its military and naval forces. "Done at Washington in duplicate, in English and in French, by the undersigned, who have hereunto set their hands and seals, the 12th day of August, 1898. "WILLIAM R. DAY. "JULES CAMBON." CHAPTER XVI. THE PEACE JUBILEE. The Lessons of War in the Joy Over Peace in the Celebrations at Chicago and Philadelphia-Orations by Archbishop Ireland and Judge Emory SpeerThe President's Few Words of Thrilling Significance-The Parade of the Loyal League, and Clover Club Banquet at Philadelphia-Address by tie President-The Hero Hobson Makes a Speech-Fighting Bob Evans' Startling Battle Picture-The Destruction of Cervera's Fleet-The Proclamation of Thanksgiving. The lessons of war-that which has been through it accomplished for the country -the new lands over which our sovereignty is established-the gain in the national character-the increased immensity of the outlook of destiny, found impressive expression in the peace jubilee, the President of the United States participating and interpreting history with dignity, in great Chicago, the giant of the West and North, and Philadelphia, the holy city of Independence Iall and the liberty bell. Of the celebrations of Peace with honor and victory, the first was that at Chicago, and it will be memorable for remarkable speeches in which many. orators rose to the height of the occasion, their speeches worthy of celebrity and certain to give imperishable passages to the school books of the future. We have to pass over much of meritorious distinction, and confine ourselves in the selections for these pages, to the utterances of the President-Archbishop Ireland, whose golden periods of Americanism ring through the land, and the Southern orator, Judge Emory Speer, of Georgia, whose patriotism springs forth and elevates the nobility of his thought, and touches with sacred fire the ruddy glow of his eloquence. "Lead, my country, in peace!" was Archbishop Ireland's passionate exclamation, the key-note of his oration. He said: "War has passed; peace reigns. Stilled over land and sea is the clang of arms, from San Juan to Manila, fearless and triumphant, floats the star spangled banner. America, 'Be glad and rejoice, for the Lord hath done great things.' America, with whole heart and soul, celebrate thy jubilee of peace. "Welcome to America, sweet, beloved peace; welcome to America, honored, glorious victory. Oh, peace, thou art heaven's gift to men. When the Savior of humanity was born in Bethlehem the sky sang forth, 'Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace and good will to men.' Peace was offered to the world through 211 242 THEll PEACE JIUILEE. Cllrist, and when the spirit of Christ is supreme, there is universal 1peace-peace amniong men, peace amnong nations. "01h peace, so precious art thou to lhumanity that our highest ideal of social felicity lmust ever b)e tlhy sovercignty upon earth. Pagan statesmanlship, speakiCng tllrouL1 p)agan poetry, exelaills: 'T1c behst of thlings which it is given to know is peace; better than a tlousand triumplls is the simple gift of peace.' The regencratel d world sliall not lift up sw-ord against sword; neither slhall tiley be exercised any mo()e ii1 war. 'Peace is the normal flow of liiumanity's life, thle healtlhy pulsation of hlumanlity's social olrganliSm, the vital condition of humanity's growth and lal)pinCess.; '() first of I lliman blessings and suprelme, Fair Peace! how lovely, how deliiltful tliou. Oil peace! thlou s(oul ald source of social life, l:,eneatll whlose calmn inspirilng influence Scienclce his views enlages, art refines, And swellilng col' ( merce opens all her ports. Blessed be tle man (divine wlio gave us thee.' "Tlhe praise of pe(ace is plrocaillmed beyond need of other words, when men confess thalt the only possible justification of war is the establishment of peace. Peace, we prize tliee. iJ ',utl the better thou, T'lie richler of delight, som:letime tle more Inevi tablle walr.' "'LPasis imponero mioremr-to enforce the law of peace: this, the sole moral argitieiici lt which God and hunianity allow for war. 0 peace, welcome a(gin to America. '"\War —liow dlreadful th1ou art! I shall not, indeed, declare thee to 1)e ilmmoral, ever uinnecessary, ever accurlsed. No; I shall not so arraign thee as to mete plenary colnde(alti)on to thle whole past hlistory of nations, to the wlole past history of ny (own Ailllrica. lBut tlhat thou art ever dreadful, ever barbarous, I slall not deny. W\air! 1 it l)y cunilig design-in order to hide from men thy true. nature tlat plo)ii ( and circlum stance attend tIhy march; that poetry and music set in brigltest colo)rs, tlle rays of lightl strugglingr through thy heavyy darkness, that history weaves into thlreads of richest glory the woes and virtues of thy victims? Stripped) of thy show aiid tinsel, what art thou but the slaying of men?-thle slayi o of mnen by tle thousands, aye, oftein by the tens, by thle hundreds of thousands. "Wi, h tle steady ail and relentless energy taskiing science to its utmost ingenul TIIE:PEAChl JUBILEE. 243 ity, the multitudes of men to their utmlost endurance, whole nations work day and night, fitting ourselves for the quick and extensive killing of menl. Tis p)rellatio l for war. Armies meet on the field of battle; shot and sheIll rend tle air; len fall to the ground like leaves in autumnal storms, bleeding, agonizing', dving; the earth is reddened by lhuman blood; the more gory tlle earth beneatl tlhe tread of one army the louder the revel of victory in the ranks of the otllher. This, tlic acetal conflict of war. FIrom north to south, from east to west, throulgh botli countries whlose flags were raised over the field of battle, homes not to be numbered mourned in soulwrecking grief, for ]nsbhand, fatler, son or brotller who sank beneathl the foemalls steel or yielded life within tile fever tent, or who, surviving shot an(d malady, earries back to Ilis loved ones a maimed or weakened body. This, the result of war. "Reduced to the smallest sacrifice of liuman life the carnage of the battlefields, some one has died and some one is bereft. 'Only one killed,' tlie hleadliine reads. The glad news speeds. Tlic newsboys cry: 'Killed only one.' 'lIe was my son. What were (a thousand to this one-my only son.' "It vwas Wellington who said: 'Take my word for it, if you liad seen but one day of war you would pray to Almighty God that you might never see such a tling again.' It was Napoleon who said: 'The sight or a battlefield after tile fi'lit is enough to inspire princes with a love of peace and a hlorror of war.' "War, be thou gone froim my soul's sight! I tlank the good God that thy ghastly specter stands no longer 1upon tlhe thresholds of tlie hlomles of mily fellow countrymen in America, or my fellow beings in distant Andalusia. When, I lask heaven, shall iumanity rise to such leighlts of reason and of religion thalt [war sh;all be impossible, a(nd stories of battlefields but the saddening echoes of primitive ages of the race? "And yet, while we await that blessed:(day, when embodied justice sliall sit in judgment between peoples as between individuals, from time to time conditions nimore repellant than war may confront a nation, and to remove such co-nditiolls as the solemn dictates of reason and religioni impose was as rightelos and obligatory. Let the life of a nation or the integrity of its territory be menaced, let the honor of a nation be assailed, let the grievous crime against humana ity be pelrpetrated withlin reacll of a nation's flag or a nation's arm, reiterated appeals or argument and diplomacy failing, what else remains to a nation which is not so base as to court deathl or dishonor but to challenge the fortunes of war and give battle while strenmgth remainsi in defense of 'its hearthstones and its altars'? War, indeed, is dreadfull; but let it come; the sky may fall, but let justice be done. War is no longer a repudiation of come milD~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 244 THE PEACE JUBILEE. peace, but the means to peace-to the soul peace a self-sacrificing people may enjoy -peace with honor. "A just and necessary war is holy. The men who at country's call engage in such a war are the country's heroes, to whom must be given unstinted gratitude and unstinted praise. The sword in their hands is the emblem of self-sacrifice and of valor; the flag which bears them betokens their country and bids them pour out in oblation to purest patriotism the life blood of their hearts; the shroud which spreads over the dead of the battlefield is the mantle of fame and of glory. "Happy the nation which has the courage of a just war, no less than that of a just peace, whose sons are able and willing to serve her with honor alike in war and in peace. Happy the nation whose jubilee of peace, when war has ceased, is also a jubilee of victory. "'We love peace, not war, but when we go to war we send it the best and bravest of the country.' These words, spoken a few days ago by the chief magistrate of America, embody a great principle of American life. Six months ago the congress of the United States declared that in the name of humanity war should be waged in order to give to the island of Cuba a stable and independent government. Magnificent patriotism of America. The people of the United States at once rose in their might. They argued not, they hesitated not. America had spoken; theirs was not to judge but to obey. In a moment the money of America, the lives of America, were at the disposal of the chief magistrate of the nation, whose embarrassment was the too generous response to his appeal for means to bring victory to the nation's flag. America had spoken. Partisan politics, sectional disputes instantly were stilled beneath the majesty of her voice. Oft it had been whispered that we had a North and a South. When America spoke we knew that we were but one people; that all were Americans. It had been whispered that social and economic lines were hopelessly dividing the American people, and that patriotism was retreating before the growth of class interests and class prejudices. "But when America spoke there was no one in the land who was not an American; the laborer dropped his hammer; the farmer turned from his plow; the merchant forgot his counting-room; the millionaire closed the door of his mansion; and side by side, equal in love of country; their resolve to serve her, they marched to danger and to death. America can never doubt the united loyalty of her whole population, nor the power which such united loyalty puts into her hand. "And what may I not say in eulogy of the sentiment of humanity, that in union with their natriotism.swayed the hearts of the American people, and in their vision THE PEACE JUBILEE. 245 invested the war with the halo of highest and most sacred duty to fellow-men? I speak of the great multitude, whom we name the American people. They had been, told of dire suffering by neighboring people-struggling for peace and liberty; they believed that only through war could they acquit themselves of the sacred duty of rescuing that people from their sufferings. I state a broad, undeniable fact. The dominating, impelling motive of the war in the depths of the national heart of America was the sentiment of humanity. The people of America offered their lives through no sordid ambition of pecuniary gain, of conquest of territory, of national aggrandizement. Theirs was the high-born ambition to succor fellowmen. "What strength and power America was found to possess. When war was declared, so small was her army, so small her navy that the thought of war coming upon the country affrighted for the moment her own citizens and excited the derisive smiles of foreigners. Of her latent resources no doubt was possible; but how much time was needed to utilize them, and, meanwhile, how much humiliation was possible. The President waved his wand; instantly armies and navies were created as by magic. Within a few weeks a quarter of a million of men were formed into regiments and army corps; vessels of war and transport ships were covering the seas; upon water and land battles were fought and great victories won, from one side of the globe to the other. I know not of similar feats in history. What if in this bewildering rush of a nation to arms one department or another of the national administration was unable to put in a moment its hand upon all the details which a thoroughly rounded equipment required? The wonder is that the things that were done could at all have been done, and that what was done so quickly could have been done so well. The wonder is that this sudden creation of such vast military forces was possible, even in America "What prowess in action, what intellect in planning, what skill in execution, were displayed by soldiers and seamen, by men and officers. Magnificent the sweep of Dewey's squadron in Manila harbor. Magnificent the broadsides from Sampson's fleet upon Cervera's fleeing ships. Magnificent the charge of regiments of regular infantry, and of Roosevelt's riders up the hills of El Caney. Never daunted, never calculating defeat, every man determined to die or conquer, every man knowing his duty, how to do it-the soldiers and seamen of America were invincible. Spanish fleets and Spanish armies vanished before them as mists before the morning sun; the nations of the earth stood amazed in the presence of such quick and decisive triumphs, at what America had done and at what, they now understood, America could do. 246 TIE PEACE JUBILEE.:The war is ended. It would ill become me to say what details shall enter into the treaty of peace which America is concluding with her vanquished foe. I stand in the presence of the chief magistrate of the republic. To him it belongs by right of official position and of personal wisdom to prescribe those details. The country has learned from the acts of his administration that to his patriotism, his courage, his prudence, she may well confide her safety, her honor, her destiny, her peace. Whatever the treaty of Sapin, America will be pleased when appended to this treaty is the name of William McKinley. "What I may speak of on this occasion is the results of the war, manifest even in this hour to America and to the world, transcending and independent of all treaties of peace, possessiing for America and the world a meaning far mightier than mere accumulation of material wealth or commercial concessions or territorial extension. "'lo do great things, to meet fitly great responsibilities, a nation, like a person, mulst be conscious of its dignity and its power. The consciousness of what she is and whlat she may be has come to America. She knows that she is a great nation. The elements of greatness were not imparted by the war; but they were revealed to ]her by the war, and their vitality and their significance were increased through the war. "To take its proper place among the older nations of the earth a nation must be known as she is to those nations. The world to-day as ne'er before knows and confesses thle greatness and the power of America. The world to-day admires and ir(csl(cts Amllerica. Tie young giant of the West, heretofore neglected and almost despised in his remoteness and isolation, has begun to move as becomes his stature, the world sees what lie is and pictures what he may be. "All tllis does not happen by chance or accident. An all-ruling Providence directs thle mnovements of humanity. What we witness is a monentous dispensation fromn tlie master of men. 'Magnus ab integro sacclorum nascitur ordo-with the revolution of centuries there is born to the world a new order of things,' sang the MIantuian poet at the birth of the Augustan age. So to-day we proclaim a new order of tlilngs las appeared. "America is too great to be isolated from the world around her and beyond her. She is a world power, to whom no world interest is alien, whose voice reaches afar, whose spirit travels across seas and mountain ranges to most distant continents and islands-and with America goes far and wide what America in the grandest ideal represents-democracy and liberty, a government of the people, by the people, for the people. This is Americanism more than American territory, or American list d;",, f r` 1"~6, ; I; " * s:i 51 P i t" a 1 i `i: jl ri:: i.EU,:~ 'I ~D r I r~~:: i,3p -d 9 r Y i"; i gk% Is;~ cidr i OLIT"IPIA ii Ji.~ d i' a- Ei i ~: -"i7 i~ 'ta 9 I, _.2, P ii ndP al lit )N THI X I THE PEACE1 JUBILEE. 247 shipping, or American soldiery. AWhere tlhis grandest ideal of American life is not held supreme America has not reached, where this ideal is supreme America reigns. The vital significance of America's triumphs is not understood unless by those triumpnhs is understood the triumph of democracy and of liberty. "If it was ever allowed to nations to rejoice over the result of their wars, Amlerica may rejoice to-day. Shall we then chant the praises of war and change this jubilee of peace into a jubilee of war? Heaven forbid! 'We love peace, not war.' The greatness of America makes it imperative upon her to profess peace-peace to-day, Ipeice to-morrow. Her mission as a world lpo\wcr demands that she be a messen'ger, an advocate of peace before the world. Fain wodll( we makle her jubilee of peace a jubilee of peace *for all nations. At least the meUssage from it to the world shall be a messiage of peace. "That at times wonderful tlilngs come tliroug' h war, we must admlit; but that they come through war and not throlughi the methods of peaceftil jilstice, we mulst ever regret. When they do come throgll war, tleir )beauty and grallndur are dinmned by the memory of the sufferitngs alnd carnage whichll were teir price. "We say in defense of war that its puriose is justice; )lut is it wortlly of Cll'istian civilization that there is no other way to justice than war, tlht nations are foIrced to stoop to the methods of the animal and savage? 'Tiei was w\ le indil(vid(als gave battle to one another in the name of justice; it was the time of social barbarism. Tribunals have since taken to themselves the administration of jut:tice, and bow mucll better it iis for the halppiness and pi1rogress of mankind. "It is force, or cliance, that decides tlie issue of the battle. Justice herself is not heard; the decision of justice is wihat it was before tle battle, the judcmilent of one party. IMust we not holpe that with the \wideniing influence of reason and of religion allmong men, the lday is laplproachiini w\hen justice shall be enthronled upon a great international trilbunal, before which nations shall )bow, demanrding from it judgment, and peace? Say \wat we will, our civilization is a vain boast. " 'Till tlhe war drumn throbs no longcer, an(l tlie blattle fltags are furled In tlie 1)ar:liament of man, tle federation of tlie world. Thlere tlie common sense of imost shall holdl a fretlflll redalm inl awe, And tlhe kindly earth shall slumber, wrapt in universal law.' "It is America's great soldier who said: "Thougll I have been trained as a soldier, and have participated in many battles, there never was a timne when, in my opinion, somne way could not have been found of preventing the dravwing of the sword. I look forward to an epoch when l 248 THE PEACE JUBILEE. court, recognized by all nations, will settle international differences, instead of keeping large standing armies, as they do in Europe.' Shall we not allow the words of General Grant to go forth as the message of America? "Some weeks ago the Czar of Russia said: 'The maintenance of general peace and possible reduction of the excessive armaments which weigh upon all nations present themselves in the existing condition of the whole world as an ideal towards which the endeavors of all governments should be directed,' and in accordance with those views he invited all nations to send representatives to an international peace congress, in which the question of reducing the armaments of the several countries of the world and otherwise preparing some plan for the prevention of wars might be discussed. "Shall not America send to St. Petersburg a message of good will, a promise of earnest co-operation? America, great and powerful, can afford to speak of peace. Words of peace from her will be the more gracious and timely, as they who do not know her say that, maddened by her recent triumphs, she is now committed beyond return to a policy of militarism and of conquest. "Lead, my country, in peace-in peace for thyself, in peace for the world. When war is necessary, lead, we pray thee, in war; but when peace is possible, lead, we pray thee yet more, lead in peace; lead in all that makes for peace, that prepares the world for pecac. "America, the eyes of the world are upon thee. Thou livest for the world. The new era is shedding its light upon thee, and through thee upon the whole world. Thy greatness and thy power daze me; even more, thy responsibilities to God and to humanity daze me-I would say affright me. America, thou failing, democracy and liberty fail throughout the world. "And now know, in the day of thy triumphs and victories, what guards democracy and liberty, what is thy true grandeur. Not in commerce and industry, not in ships and in armies, are the safety and the grandeur of nations, and, more especially, of republics. Intelligence and virtue build up nations and save them; without intelligence and virtue, material wealth and victorious armies bring corruption to nations and precipitate the ruin of liberty. "And now, America, the country of our pride, our love, our hope, we remit thee for to-day and for to-morrow into the hands of the Almighty God, under whose protecting hand thou canst not fail, whose commandments are the supreme rules of truth and righteousness." The Archbishop was followed by Judge Speer, of Georgia: THE PEACE JUBILEE. 249 "Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen: Spain had long been our near and dangerous neighbor. Its people have a degree of reverence almost superstitious for monarchy, and regard republican institutions with great disfavor. It has been said of Spain that some incurable vice in her organization, or it may be in the temper of her people, neutralizes all of the advantages she ought to derive from her sturdy hardihood, her nearly perfect capacity for endurance and the somber genius alike for war, for art and for literature, which has so often marked her sons. While this seems to be true, the Spaniard is not only a formidable antagonist, but there is a wealth of interest and charm in his rich, romantic history which commands the admiration of a generous foeman. This must be accorded, whether we contemplate that ancient people as they alternately resist the aggressions of Carthage and of Rome, the fierce cavalry of Hamilcar, the legions of Scipio, of Pompey and of Caesar, for in more recent times the achievements of their renowned infantry which broke to fragments the best armies of Europe, or the infuriated people in arms against the hitherto unconquered veterans of Napoleon, or but now as with patient and dogged courage, with flaming volleys, they vainly strive to hold the works of Caney and San Juan against the irresistible and rushing valor of the American soldier. In art the Spaniard has been not less famous. In the royal collection of Madrid, in the venerable cathedrals of Seville, in the Louvre, in the London National Gallery, the lover of the beautiful may be charmed by the warmth of color, the accuracy of technique, the rounded outline and saintly salvation of Murillo. "Many a quaint moralist, many a stately poet, many a priestly chronicler attests the genius of Spanish literature, but if these had not been, Don Quixote and Sancho Panza had been its title to immortality. The admirable attributes of Spanish character nowhere found warmer appreciation than with our own countrymen. What Prescott did for the statecraft, and stern martial renown of the Spaniards, Washington Irving, with melodious prose and gentle humor, surpassed in his kindly portrayal of Spanish character in his charming romance, The Conquest of Granada. It is perhaps due to the drollery and Addisonian humor of that gifted American that we have never been able to estimate the Spaniard quite so seriously as he estimates himself, or, indeed, as his stern and uncompromising nature deserves. The truth is, Spanish policy has ever been insidiously and persistently inimical to the American people, and has culminated in deeds more atrocious than those which have rendered infamous the baleful memory of Pedro the Cruel. "We all know how in 1492 his holiness, Alexander VI., in order to prevent unseemly collisions between Christian princes, published a bull by which he as THE PEACE JUBILEE. ignced to Spain all discoveries lying west of an inmaginary line drawn 300 leagues to the -wetw-ard of the Cape Verde islands. All discoveries to the east were ccnfined to Portugal. "All of South America save Brazil and the two Guineas, all Central America, Mexico, the entire territory west of the Mississippi, now embraced by the United States, beautiful Cuba, from whose eastern province of Santiago Ponce de Leon across tle lucent wa\ves of the tropical sea coveted the ambrosial forests and fertile mealows of Porto ico, \ whence hle \as to sail to the floral empire of Florida. But this was,not all of Sp)ai's iumagnifilent dolmain. Far across the waters of the South I'Pacific was the now flamllous cluster of islands bearing the name of the Spanish king. And froml their great cities, via Guam, and IHawaii,and San Francisco, to Acapulco, sa;iled the f1amous MIanila fleet, huge galleons, loaded to tle gunwales with the sillklen al(nd golden wealltil of tlie orient. Where are lier colonies now? The declaration of the senior senator froi) the noble state of Illinois has been fulfilled: No race outside of her own borlders, even if Spanishl by origin, has ever been able to endure her reign, and evcry race which has resisted her ultimately succeeded in witlhdrawing from her control. "In tile meantinime tilhe Americans, as declared by tlie German philosopher, Lcsing, were bulildiing in thle new wor\ld tlce lodge of llimaniity. Tlhe deterlined malignity of tlhe Sl)aniat d towarll tlie alvenlturlous m-en of our race wlo w'ere fring ing thei Atlalntic coast wNill sparsely Ipeopled and widely separated settlements was promptly disclo:s(e. T'hey liad thlreateuled to send an arled slip to remove the Virginia planlte<. Tley laid claim to Carolina, and they directed powerfiul armted expeditions against tIle youlg colony of Geo'rgia. Thiey were now to meet, not the helpless sav c gs wllo had beenl tleir victimls, but men of that same figllting strain who in this good year breasted tlie hail of death, swarmed up the heights and planted the colors oil tle lltreIlhllmenlts of Santiago. "Thlat fiel( wllere tie (leorgian and Spaniards on that momentous day in 171:2 met is vet called tlie Blood lM\arshl. Trle commander of our colonial forces was James I\Edward Oglethorpe. To his military genius and tle lheroisml of his slender force ii due tlhe fact that the southern territory of tlhe United States was not added to the detpendencies of Spain. That illustrious Englishman should ever live in the memory and veneration of the iAmerican people. lie did more to exclude the Spaniards from American soil than any otller mlan of the Englisll speaking race, save that successor of Washing'toln, tile president, wllo evinces his fervid love of country and graces the occision by his presence to-day. TIlE PEIACE J UBILEE. 251 "Defeated in their scheme of invasion, the Spaniards remained intensely inimical to onr fatlhers. What more strikingi demonstration of tlat superintending( plovidence, which adiinisters justice, not only to individuals, but to lnations, tlalln tlie spetlacle in this mighlty city, )builded on tile lherlitage of whlielh Sain wonld 1(1 1ve deprived this people of tills gatlerilng of Amiericans to malrk the epoch wh-lle the last Slanisl soldierl has been driven froml tile last foot of soil of thalt ]leli tlphre discoverled y (Colut.llts. y we not ji'tlly excla:id:l with tle p)sanist t o ld: 'Oh, (l11a your lands, all ye peoplew; shout unto od vith tlhe v-oice of triuiphl.' "It is pellaps impossible for Aniericans of tlis (day an(ld ile to conceive hIow vastwas the control Spa in l ighit h]ave exerted over tlhe destiiies o(f o()r repi l)bli c.!I' le independencc of the U1 lited States liad been recognized, t le constitlltion llad (1 c1 aloptled I1d tl1e goverCnl' ent organizedC, and yet fo' many years she claimed wit hout (lisppute tile peninslula of Flofida, thence a strip allon thle 'gulf extend(linL to (ad1 includcing tle ci-ty of New (Orleanls, a1ld she held a(ll of that terrlitorv wes\t o,( tlie Mississippi extendling fl'oln tile Fatiler of \\Waters to) tlie Pacific ocean(, a11d 1 r'(,oi ti Gulf of Aexico lnortlihwa\ld to tlie unldefilled boun(ldaris of thle Britilsh losescsiolls. "Even as it is to- tla tat Cepi'e Ilentio:Iled iln llhop Berkely's opl()llei stanza, 'Westward the course of elmpire takes its way,' w\llicl sprarn into beillg wili the first slot of the simple, God-fearing liusbandmen on the green at LexiLngton extends more than half way across the Pacific ocean, and the miner or tlhe fisllerlllman standing on the ultimate island of Alaska and gazilng eastwardl across tle icy wa\\te' may with the naked eye behold tlhe dominions of tlie czar. Nor in this (lo we illcl(lde those distant islands, lwhere one ILMay lorllning, ever to be famous ill tlie 1analls of our race, the spicy breezes that blow o'er MAllaila bay \\ere rent by tlle glluns of tilh noble Dewey as they proclaimed tlhat the (enitus of lilerlty hlad come to rid of cruelty and avarice and crime that elarm;ning land 'where every prospect pleases and only man is vile.' "In this connection may it not be well for us a(nd for some of our distini'ulisleid relresentatives now in Paris to consider if it caln be ever possible for men w\itlli tell American and Spanish ideas of government to live in proximity and iln p)eac? Contrast tlhe character of the average American citizen with tllat of the Spal)ali((d. The native and distinctive modesty of tlhe nl lii()l character for:iids nme to tpol-o(illlce an extravagant eulogium upon the American citizen, but behold him and see xlv;it he has done anl can d(o. "While the Iuman intellect ihas been ll:lill prodi:ious and unheard-of stri(('s, while tlhe world is ringing with the noise of intellectual achievements, Spain sleeps 252 TIlE PEIACE JUBILEE. on untroubled, unheeding, impassive, receiving no impression upon it. There she lies at the farther extremity of the continent, a huge and torpid mass, the sole representative now remaining of the feelings and knowledge of the middle ages. And, iwhat is the worst symptom of all, she is satisfied with her own condition. Though she is the most backward country in Europe she believes herself to be the foremost. She is proud of everything of which she ought to be ashamed. "clow incompatible is the temperament of the American and the Spaniard. "May the worn and wasted followers of Gomez and Garcia come to appreciate the blessings of liberty under the law. No other wish is in consonance with the aims of the American people. We would not, if we could, be their masters. The gigantic power of the country has been put forth for their salvation and for their pacification. Connected with them by bonds of genuine sympathy and indissoluble interest, we will labor with them to secure for them established justice, domestic tranquility, general welfare and the blessings of liberty to themselves and to their posterity. For the cormmon defense, in the blue ether above the beautiful island of Cuba is poised the eagle.' 'Whose golden plume Floats moveless on the storm and in the blaze Of sunrise gleams when earth is wrapt in gloom.' "It was not enough, however, for the American people to recognize the independence of the Spanish-American republics. It soon became our duty to notify the world that in certain eventualities it was our purpose to defend their national existence. The holy alliance, as it was termed, had been formed. The great powers who signed the famous compact declared its purpose to maintain as Christian doctrine tle proposition that useful or necessary changes in legislation, or in the administration of states, can only emanate from the free will and well-weighed convictions of those whom God has rendered responsible for power. Whom had God iade responsible for power? What is a well-weighed conviction? These are questions about which the irreverent Americans might perchance differ with royalty. We lad been lead to believe, and yet believe, that the voice of the people is the voice of God. When, therefore, the absolution of the holy alliance, not content with sinothering a feeble spark of liberty in Spain, initiated a joint movement of their arms against the Spanish-American republics, it gave the people of our country the gravest concern. In the meantime our relations with Great Britain had grown cordial. That they may grow ever stronger and more cordial should be the prayer of every man of the English speaking race. An unspeakable blessing to mankind of THE PEACE JUBILEE. 253 the struggle from which we are now emerging is the genuine brotherly sympathy for the people of the United States flowing from that land. "And it is returned in no unstinted measure. But two months ago the flagship of Admiral Dewey steamed slowly into the battle line at Manila. As she passed the British flagship Immortalite its band rang out the inspiring air 'See the Conquering Hero Comes,' and as the gorgeous ensign of the republic was flung to the breeze at the peak of the Olympia there now came thrilling o'er the waters from our kinsmen's ship the martial strains of the 'Star Spangled Banner.' "Finally, when our gallant seamen, reposing in fancied security in the scorching blast of the treacherous explosion were cruelly and remorselessly slain, and calm investigation had developed the truth, we had been despicable on the historic page had we not appealed to the god of battle for retribution. The pious rage of seventy millions of people cried aloud to heaven for the piteous agony, for the shameful slaughter of our brethren. Our noble navy was swiftly speeding to its duty. Poetic genius bodied forth the spirit of our gallant seamen as the mighty ships sped on their way. "Let the waters of the orient as they moan through the shell-riven wrecks at Cavite, the booming waves of the Caribbean as fathoms deep it sweeps over Pluton and Furor and breaks into spray on the shapeless and fire-distorted steel of Vizcaya and Oquendo, tell how the navy has paid our debt to Spain. Nor is the renown which crowns the standards of our army one whit less glorious. Nothing in the lucid page of Thucydides nor in the terse commentaries of Caesar, nothing in the vivid narrative of Napier or the glowing battle scenes of Allison, can surpass the story how, spurning the chapparal and the barbed wire, pressing their rifles to their throbbing hearts, toiling up the heights, and all the while the machine guns and the Mausers mowing the jungle as if with a mighty reaper, on and yet right on, they won the fiery crests, and Santiago fell. Well may we exclaim with the royal poet of Israel: "'Oh, sing unto the Lord a new song, for he hath done marvelous things; his right hand and his holy arm hath gotten him the victory.' "America! Humane in the hour of triumph, gentle to the vanquished, grateful to the Lord of Hosts, a reunited people forever: "'Great people. As the sands shalt thou become; Thy growth is swift as morn, when night must fade The multitudinous earth shall sleep beneath thy shade.'" The band burst into the strains of "Dixie" in honor of the Southern birth of Judge Speer, as he concluded his oration. President McKinley, as on other occasions during the program, joined in the hearty applause. Cries of "McKinley," "Mc 251 THE PEACE JUilI ILEE. Kiniley," "The President," "Thle President," were heard all over the hall, and in a moment it was seen that the I'resilcllt was going to respond. Every one stood up. Ex-Governlor O)glesly ai)proache(d the front of the box, and said, "I have the honor to introd(uce thle guest of the occasion, the President." "Leaning forward," we quote the Tribune, "from his box in the eatrnuestuemS of his utterance, spe)llng in tlle tones of emlotion lhaving birth in the fnlllne s, of heart, President W\illialm lMKinle1y, at thc udilitorium jubilee meetino yesterday lnorni(ll1g gave to tlhe people a message of simllple tlhanlks and significant augultry. Save for a wave of applause at tle mention of American cllarity, the terse, reverenlt. address wi:s lheard in silence. An added hush fell uplon tle intent thlrong when the President b)egan tlle portentous concluding paragrapll, and when lie ceased speaking an(d stood before tlhem grave and masterful, the quiet was breathless, tense nllder iIhe force of repression. Thenl tlie meaning of tlle words of tle Executive coursed froIm lheart to brain, and lmen's minds grasped the fact that they had hIeaird tle President's lips declare tlat he had seen the direction of the flow of tlhe currents of destiny, tlat lie recognoized tlheir mnajesty, and that his purpose was in harmnony witl the comlmon will-tlhe force working for the retention of the conquered islands in the distant Pacific and for the policy (,f national growth. "Tlce applause broke the louder for tlhe preceding calm and the deeper for the inspiring motive. Ilats were swu-ng and handkerchiefs waved. Men clilmbed on chairs to lead tli cheering and women forgot gloved hands and applauded with energy. At tle last, ex-Governor Riehard J. Oglesby, who had a seat in the President's box, led:in three cheers." The message of the President was: '"My 'ellow Citizens: I have been deeply moved by this great demonstaration. I have beeni deeply touched by the words of patriotism that have been uttered by tlhe distinguished men so eloquently in your presence. It is gratifying to all of us to know tliat tis has never ceased to be a war of humanity. The last ship that went out of the harbor of Havana before war was declared was an American sllip that liad taken to the suffering people of Cuba the supplies furnished ly American elarity, and( tle first ship to sail into the harbor of Santiago was another American ship bearing food supplies to the suffering Cubans. "I am sure it is tle universal prayer of American citizens that justice and 1lumanity and civilization shall chlaracterize the final settlement of peace as they have distinguished the progress of the war. "My countrymen, the currents of destiny flow through the hearts of the people. TIE PEACE I JlTILEE.I. 255 \Vho will chec them? Whllo will divert tleml? AWho will stop them? And(l the mcvemrents of men, iplanned by the master of men, will never be interruptc(ed 1y the A mlerican people." Trle Pllilla(lclplhia celebration was a scene of a deinonstratitonI of -)oplular illteterct 1and patriotic tcfeeling (am1azing in its n11i t itl(dinou lls lnthillsia. lThe l.val Iat 0was ont in full forec, tloe pairadle was a prodi!gy of displla, 1and1 the Clover ('ltll) gave a lrilliant diincer, and the cleverness of tlie President's speech carried tlie club by storm. lie sai(: "I cannot forego makinrg acklnowledgcment to this far-faiied club for tlce permission it lias granlted me to meet wlitl on l here to-night. You do not seem h:dlf so bad1 at thlis stlage as yon llave been plictured. No one can unfold tlhe futurei ' of the Clover C.lub. (Laugliter.) It h;as been so gratifyingi to me to iparticipate with the )eol)le of tlie city of Pliiladel)hia in tills great pat riotic celebraltion. It was a pageant the like of whlich I do not believe lias been seen since thle close of, tlhe great Civi;l W\,ar, wlhell tlhe:army of Grant, Shecrm anL h, a(l Sheridan, 1lld( the lnavy of I)upont, 1l)algren a(nd Porter gave the great review in the capital city of tlhe nation. Andl I know of no lmore fittinge place to llave a patriotic celebration tllan in tllis great city, hllich witnell ed tlie first consecration of liberty and of tlie Rel)ublic. As I stood on tlue great reviewing stand, \-itnessioin tlhe soldiers andl sailors passinlg 1), 1my lhalrt.was filled onl w-ith gratitude to the God of battles, who hlas so favored us, andl grathitde to tlle lbrave soldiers and sailors wlho lhad won such signal victories on land and on sea, and had given a new lieaiing to American valor. "It 1Ias been especially gratifving to me to participate not only witli thle people of Plhiladelplia, 1)1t witl tl te ]pe()le of tile great lWest, wllcre I l~have recently visited, ill doing hlonor to the ALme'i rican1(11 a1d the Americt1an navyl. No 11ollecr s(dl(liers or sailors ever assembled undelr any flag.. You ld witl you to-day t[lie leaders of Slantiago, Porto Rico and Gualltanamo. We ilfo)rtlnately hiad none of tlie lie(oes of Man1ila witll us. But I am sure that our learts go out to themli to-riglit (lld to the brave DeIwey and Otis and Mecrritt, adll( all tHle otller gallant ienl tlhat are 1now sustailnig( tle flag in thle harbor city of Manil a." (A voiee, "I ow about ITobson?") "The American pieople are always ready for any emergency, and if the Merrilmae is to be sulnk, there is an American offl:er to do it. IIe succeeded in doing what our foe lias been unable to do, sink a111 Americal slip. (Applause.) "I ask you, gentlemen of the Clover Club, to unite withlme in toasting tle 256 THIE PEACE JUBILEE. Army and Navy of the United States, without whose valor and sacrifice we could not celebrate the victory we have been celebrating to-day. Not only the men at the front, not only the men on the battleships and in the battle line, but the men at home with ambition to go to fight the battles of American civilization, should be the recipients of the gratitude of the American people." IHobson and his men were a great feature of the parade in the four-in-hand. IIobson, during this visit to Philadelphia was caught, surrounded and captured at his hotel and was forced to make a speech, of which there is this report: "The young officer was plainly embarrassed. Iis red face suggested it, his trembling voice told it. In a low tone and frequently pausing, as if from a loss of a word, he said: " 'Your reception has been so very kind that it seems almost as if I had lost the power to say anything.' "Someone called out: 'Never mind, you had nerve enough to go into Santiago Harbor,' and then the crowd gave three cheers for HIobson. "He began again. 'The incident you have referred to is one you unduly magnify. Believe me, it was really nothing more than a little bit of work, which came to my men and to me to do in the ordinary course of strategy in warfare. That was all it was, a little bit of work, and it is sheer exaggeration to say anything else.' "'Can't agree with you! Can't agree with you!' was the shouted answer from the crowd." At the Clover Club jubilee dinner, Captain "Fighting Bob" Evans gave a wonderfully interesting account of the destruction of Cervera's fleet, closing with a grim picture of war the celebration of peace. He had been speaking of the blockade of Cuba, and insistently called upon to tell about Santiago, said: "Of our little scrap, it was the prettiest mix-up that was ever seen. I want to say that no fleet ever met a braver enemy than we did at Santiago. Those Spaniards stood up and got killed in the best possible shape. Six hundred of them died in less tlan thirty minutes, so you can see that there was very little flinching on Cervera's ships. "D)uring the fight there were two very interesting moments, the first when the four big cruisers of the enemy came outside of the harbor, firing away with mechanical regularity and presenting a most magnificent spectacle. They were not hitting anything, but that made little difference at that time, they tried hard enough. As we closed in, there came a moment when the fleeing Spanish ships had an almost perfect chance to use their rams on our vessels. I submit now that not a single THE PEACE JUBILEE. 257 one changed his course a single inch. They came out of that harbor and ran away, and that was all they attempted to do, fighting as they went. "The second point was when 'Dick' Wainwright misread a signal. I know he won't admit that he did misread it; however, I'll tell you the incident. In the Gloucester Wainwright was just off the harbor mouth when the two Spanish torpedo boat destroyers were noticed making straight at him. The Indiana signaled 'The enemy's torpedo boats are coming out.' Wainwright read it 'Close in and attack enemy's torpedo boats,' and you know the rest of the story. "There was a dramatic picture which I want to call sour attention to. It was after the Vizcaya had run ashore, and I had to stop the Iowa, some 400 yards away. I saw the survivors on a sand bar, which was merely a narrow strip of about 200 yards from shore, on either side of a small inlet. On one side a school of hungry sharks were making fierce rushes toward the men, and on the other, the Cubans were shooting away, utterly regardless of the fact that they were fighting a helpless foe. Out in front we were not supposed to be very friendly. "Finally, I saw Captain Eulate, of the destroyed ship, coming toward my vessel in a small boat. Now Eulate is what you call a black Spaniard, one of those fellows that would cry as though his heart would break every few minutes when in trouble. IIe sat in the stern of a small boat that had belonged to his vessel. She was partly stove in and had about a foot of water, or I should say blood and water, in her bottom. "As I looked down in the gangway I think it was the most horrible sight that I ever witnessed. In the bottom of the boat lay two dead Spaniards, one with his head completely shot away. The Spanish Captain was wounded in three places, and each of the four men who rowed his boat was more or less cut up. We slung a chair over the side and carefully hauled him on board. "As he came up to the starboard gangway the marine guard saluted and he was received with all the honors of his rank. As he stepped toward me he burst into tears, threw his hands up in the air, and then, with a gesture of utter despair, but with all the grace of the pretty gentleman, loosed his sword belt and pressing a fervent kiss on the hilt of the weapon he extended it toward me. Every man on that ship knew that that Spaniard was giving up something of value equal to his life. I am not very good-natured, but I could not take that sword." This met with loud cries of "You did right, Bob," and one lusty-lunged individual announced that there was not a man in the country that would take it. Captain Evans, who recognized the speaker, a friend from the rural districts, answered: "Oh, 258 THE PEACE JUBILEE. you don't know what some of those up-country Pennsylvanians would do. It was a pretty good sword." Continuing, Captain Evans said: "I didn't know exactly what to do with the Spanish Captain to get him into our sick bay. As I was about to ask him of his wound he stepped towardl tlhe gangway and looked shoreward. About a quarter of a mile off lay the once magnificent vessel in which lie had boasted lie woull tow the Brooklyn back to Spain. "She was burning fore and aft, terrific columns of flame shooting up around her, and suddenly, with a 1burst of tears, Captain Eulate kissed his hand and bade fond farewell to the burning hlulk and said with impassioned voise, 'Adios Viscelya.' As lie did tlis the very same instant there came a tremendous roar and thle Vizcavya n1aTazine blew her superstructure hIundreds of feet into the air. Iad the incident occurred that way on the stage alnybody would have said it was too well timed. "lie turned back and w-e grot lim into the shlilps hospital, where the surgleons placed him on Iiis stomach to shave the hair around a small cut on tlie back of his head. I stood alongside of himl, and rolling his eyes into the starboard corner lie said to me, with a rather comical exipression, 'I think I have heard of you )bfore. 1 told him I did not know 1how\ that could hlave been, and lie asked: D)id you not comm-inandl tie rIndian1a?' 'Yes, I said; then lie said, shakiing his Ie ad as well a.s ciretcnstances would permit, 'Yes, I havLe heard of you. You are "Bob" Evans.' "I have often wonderedl jiust;what lie referred to. I thave a notion that it would fit certain remarkL(is reg(arding certain language that I was credited with having1 utsed in reference to an attack on II(avaina;; languagle, by thlie way, which 1 I never used. As 1 saidl be)l fore, the l)aittle be):fore Santiago was tlc st istmaginable kind of eflect. Wly, two torpedo boat destroyers came out, and insilde of ten minutes we 1ad tlhem sou(lding. O()e soulnded i n 200 fatlhoms of water and sunk to rest there. The other preferred a berth wit h]er nose on tlhe beach. "The Maria T'eresa and Admiral Olqendr o were on fire inside of five minutes after the fighlt h1ad started. h'liey liade beautiful sweeps toward the shore, andll were reC'ular Fourtl of July pvrocessions as tlhey swept in on the beach. We lelped tllem along a bit b1y lalding a few sllells in the stern. It was a pretty fight, but it should never be forgotten that the Spanliards foughrt their ships as hard and with as much valor as any men in any sllil)s ever fought." After the first cabinet meeting succeeding the peace jubilee, the President issued his annual Thanksgiving proclamation: TIHE PEACE JUBILEE. 259 "BY TIlE PIRESIDENT 0F TIHE UNITED STATES. A PROCLAMATION. "The approaching November brings to mindi thle custom of our anceetors, hallonwed y timne and rooted in our ist sacre tradtion, of tlhankss to Alhighty God for all the blessings lie has vouchsafed to us during the past year. "eew years in our history have afforded such cause for thanksg'iiilvg as tllis. We have been blessed by abundant harvests, our trade and collmmelrce have been wonderfully increased, our public credit has been improved and strengthened, all sections of our commnon country have been brought together and knitted into closer bonds of national purpose and unity. "The skies have been for a time darklened by the cloud of war; but as we were coml)pelled to take up the sword in tlhe cause of humanity, we are permitte l to rejoice that the conflict has been of brief duration and the losses we have had to mourn, tlhouhl grievous and important, have been so few, considerilng the great resullts accolmplilshed, as to inspire us witli g,ratitude and prla'ise to) the Lord of Ilosts. \We may laud and magnifry lIis holy name that- the cessation of lhostilities ca;ne so soon as to spare both sides the countless sorrows and disasters thiat attend protracted war. "I do, therefore, invite all my fellow citizens, as well those at lhome as thlloe lwho *may be at sea or sojournlino in foreign lands, to set apart and observe Tlhurlday, the twenty-fourtlh day of November, s as a day of national tllankl<sivilng, to coime togtether in their several places of worship, for a service of praise and thalnks to Alnigh<lty God for all the blessings o(f tlhe year, for the mildness of seasons andi tile frulittfulness of tlle soil, for the contilnuel plrosperity of the people, for thle devotiC n aInd valor of our coluntrmil len, for tlie glor of our victory adl the liope of a ri: teous peace, 11(1 to piray tllat tlue i)ivinue guidance. which has broulght us heretofore to safety land honior, may be graciously continued in the years to come. "In witness \-hereof, etc. (Signed) "WILIAIIM M'K INLEY. "By tlhe President: "JOIIN HAY, Secretary of State." CHAPTER XVII. EARLY IISTORY OF THE PIIILIPPINES. The Abolishment of the 31st of December, 1844, in Manila-The Mystery of the Meridian 180 Degrees West-What Is East and West?-Gaining and Losing Days-The Tribes of Native Filipinos-They Had an Alphabet and Songs of Their Own-The Massacre of Magellaln-Hls Fate Like That of Captain Cook-Stories of Long Ago Wars-An Account by a Devoted Spanish Writer of the Beneficent Rule of Spain in the Philippines-Aguinaldo a Man Not of a Nation, But of a Tribe-Typhoons and Earthquakes-The Degeneracy of the Government of the I'hilippines After It Was Taken frorm Mexico-"New Spailn"-The Perquisites of Captain-Generals-The Splendor of Manila a Century Ago. The 31st of December was abolished in Manila in 1844. Up to that time it had been retained as the discoverers fixed it by pure piety and patriotism. Pope Alexander VI had issued a bull on the 4th of May, 1493, dividing the world into two hemispheres, which was quite correct, though it did not correspond to the secular lines of more modern days. The gracious object of His IHoliness was to keep the peace of the world by dividing the lands taken from the heathen between the Spaniards and Portuguese. The East was to belong to Portugal. The line was drawn to include Brazil. The west was the hunting ground for heathen of Spain. The claim of Spain for the Philippines was that they were west. That was the way Magellenas (Magellan), the Portuguese navigator sailed through the straits named for him, and westward found the alleged Oriental islands, in which we, the people of the United States, are now so much interested. When sailing into the sunset seas he picked up a day, and never discovered his error for he did not get home, and the Captain who navigated his ship did not know he was out of time with the European world until he get as far around as the Cape Verd Islands. An added day was held in Manila, as a kind of affirmation of clear title, or trade mark of true righteousness, on the part of Spain. It is one of the enduring puzzles in going around the world that a day is gained or lost, and it is not always a sure thing whether there is a loss or gain. The perplexing problem is increased in its persistence if one sails westward over the 180 Meridian west from Greenwich, and goes beyond that line (which is not the one drawn by Alexander VI)-say to the Philippines, and turns back, as is done in the voyage from San Francisco to Manila, and vies versa. 260 EARLY HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. In this case, the mystery of the meridian becomes something dreadful. One loses a day going west and gains one coming east, and it is a difficulty for a clear mind not to become cloudy over the account of loss and gain-or perhaps we mniy say profit and loss, when the account is closed. 'The historian of the Philippine Expedition" lost a Wednesday going out, jumping from Tuesday to Tllurslday. aml1 found an extra Thursday on the return-celebrated his birthday on another day t than that on which he was born, and had to correct the ship account of his board bill, by adding a day. The Captain's clerk had forgotten it because it was not in tlhe Almanac. Ship time begins a day at noon (and ends another), so when we crossed the meridian 180 degrees west at 2 p. m. by the sun, and the day was Thursd(ay and to-morrow was Thursday also, the forenoon was yesterday by the ship. Therefore, Thursday was yesterday, to-day and to-morrow on the same day. The forenoon was yesterday-from 12 to 2 p. m. was to-day-and from 2 p. m. to midnight was to-morrow! It is no wonder "the historian," whose birthday was September the 2nd, found as he was on the west side of the meridian with the mystery that the folks at home in the states had celebrated it for him two days ago-one day he had lost, and the other they had gained. Jagor, the historian of the Plilippines, before the days when Admiral Dewey grasped the reins of a thousand islands, and a thousand to spare, says in his "Philippine Islands," that "when the clock strikes 12 in Mladrid, it is 8 hours 18 minutes and 41 seconds past 8 in the evening at Manila. The latter city lies 124 degrees 40 min. 15 sec. east of the former, 7 h1. 54 min. 35 sec. from Paris. But it depends upon whether you measure time by moving with the sun or the other way. If westward the course of empire takes its way, Manila is a third of a day catching up with Madrid time. If we face the morning and go to meet it Manila is ahead. The absence of the right day for Sunday has long been gravely considered by the missionaries who have gone to heathen lands beyond the mysterious meridian that spoils all the holidays. One might establish a bank on that line and play between days, but there is only one little speck of land on the 180 degree meridian from pole to pole. It may be very well worth considering whether the United States should not reestablish the 31st of December in Manila, and assert that we hold title to the Philippines not only by the victories of the fleet and armies of the United States, but by the favor of Alexander VI, whose bull the Spaniards disregarded after it had grown venerable with three centuries of usage. We quote a Spanish historian who colors his chapters to make a favorable show for his country on this subject,as follows: "From the Spaniards having traveled westwards to the Philippines, there was an 262 EARLY ii ST "' 0 RY 0F E171111'I PIT[LIPPINES. error of a day in their dates and almanacs. This was corrected ihn l,-I,;when, by order of the Captain-General and the Archbishop, the 31st of De-nmbher, 1814, was suppressed, and the dates of Manila made to agree with those oT the rest of tlie world. A similar correction was made at the same time at Macao, where the 'ortuguese whio had traveled eastward had an error of a day in an opposite direction." It will be noticed that the authority of the Archbishop was carefully obtained and quoted, but it was beyond his prerogative. The early history of tile Philippines bears few traces of the traditions and ro-' mances of the natives, but they were in possession of an alphabet when "discovered," and w\ere then, as now, fond of music, singing their own melodies. The IIawaiians were enabled to get their old stories into print because they suddenly fell into tlie hands of imasterful men who had a written language. Tlie Icelanders were too litecrary for their own good, for they spoiled their history by writing it in poetry and mixin,/ it with fiction, losing in that way the credit that belongs to them of being the true discoverers of America. The Filipinos were spared this shape of misfortune, not that they lacked imagination within a narrow range of vision, but they were wanting in expression, save in unwritten music. Their lyrical poetry was not materialized. The study of the natives must be studied as geology is. Geology and native history have been neglected in the Tagala country. The rocks of the Phlilippines have not been opened to be read like books. More is known of the botany of the islands than of the formation of the mountains and their foundations. The original inhabitants were Nigritos-a dwarfish race, very dark and tameless, still in existence, but driven to the parts of the country most inaccessible. They are of the class of dark savages, who smoke cigars holding the fiery ends between their teetl! The islands were invaded and extensively harassed by Malay tribes-the mo-t numerous and active being the Tagala. Of this tribe is General Aguinaldo, and it is as a lman with a tribe not a nation that he has become conspicuous. The other tribes of Malays will not sustain him if he should be wild enough to want to make war upon the United States. The Tagalas are cock fighters and live on the lowlands. They eat rice chiefly, but are fond of ducks and chickens, and they have an incredibly acute sense of smell, not a bad taste in food, and do not hanker to get Irunk. Thle Aisayas are also a tribe. The Igolatas are next to the Tagala in numbers and energy. They show traces of Chinese and Japanese blood. There are no Africans in the Philippines, no sign of th. blood. This may be attributed to Phillip's prohibition of negro slavery. General Greene, of New York, took with him to Mqnila a full-blooded black manservant, and he was a great curiosity to the Fili ~~~~"::s:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A::;~ R An -S A gt~o+&) ra:(:)sst~ti O AA.N1> —SAN:4RDSAtN(0J <Jti,0,f\85 . EARLY IIlISrTOIY 01 THI PIIILIPPIN'IXS. 2()3 pinos. When the English conquered Manila in 1 762 tley hlad Sepov reginients, and held the city eighteen months. A good deal of Sepoy blood is still in eviden(ce. The Chinese have been growing in importance in the Philippines. Their men marry the women of the islands and have large famlilies, the boys of this class being wonderfully thrifty. The children of Englishmen by the native women are often handsomie, and of strong organization. The females are especially comely. The early history of the islands consists of accounts of contests with frontier rebels, attacks by pirates, and reprisals by the Spaniards, great storms and destructive earthquakes. It is remarkable that AMagellan was, like Captain Cook, a victim o, savages, whose existence he made known to civilized people, fallingr in a sea-side contest. Magellan had converted a captive chief to Christianity anld baptised him as Kiing Charles. More than two thousand of his subjects were converted ill a day, and the great navigator set forth to conquer islands for tie dominion of the Christian King, who lived on the isle of Zebu. The Christian monarch was entertained an(d received many presents, making return in bags of gold dust, fruit, oil and vwile. His Queen was presented with a looking glass, and then she insiste(d upon baptismlll and so great was the revival that Magellan set out to capture more people for tlie newly made Christian couple-invaded the island of Matau, and with forty-two men landed where the water was shallow, his allies remaining afloat by invitation of Magellan, to see how the Spaniards disposed of enemies. The Spanish lan(ded at niglt, and on the morning found a great multitude of savages opposed to them, and founght for life, but were overwhelmed by thousands of warriors. The Admiral was in nwhite armor, and fighting desperately, was at last wounded in his sword arm, and then in the face, and leg. Ie was deserted by his men, whio sought to save themselves in the water, and killed many of his enemies, but his helmet and skull were crushed at one blow by a frantic savage with a huge club. There were thirty-two Spaniards killed, and one of the squadron of three ships was burned as there were not men enough to sail all the vessels. There is in Manila, in the walled city, where it is seen every day by thousands of American soldiers, a stately monument to the navigator who found the Philippines, and whose adventurous discoveries insured him immortality. Iis first landing on the Philippines was March 12th, 1521, less than thirty years after Colunmbus appeared in the West Indfes, believing that he was in the midst of the ancient East Indies, and judging from tlie latitude in the neighborilood of the island empire of tHle Great Kalin.* *This account of Magellan is from Antonio de Marga's rare volume published in Mexico. 264 2 EARLY lItSTOPRY OF TIE PH'ILIPIPI'I'NETS. 'After the death of Maglellan, I)uarte larbosa took tle command and lie and twenty of his mlen were treacherously killed by the Christian King, with whom they hlad allied themselves, one Juan Serrano was left alive amongst the natives. lagellan's 'Victory' was the first ship that circumnavigated the globe. "Magellanes passed over to the service of the King of Castile, from causes which mn1ved lhim thlereto; and lhe set forth to tle Emiperor Charles V., our sovereignt1, that the Islan(ds of I 1al1uco fell nwithin the demarcaition of his crown of Castile, a(nd thiat (ie coinquest of tlem pertained to hil conformably to the concession of 1Pope Alexander; ihe also offered to make ai expedition and a voyage to lthem in thle c1m})eror's n11(e, laving hli course through that part of the delimitation which belonge(l to (i'astile, and availillg hisluelf of a famnous astrologer and cosimograpiher named 1l y farelo, Nwhom lie kept in his service. "'lThe SiEmn1eror (fron tlhe ilportiance of the business) confided tlis vo()yage and ldisc((very of MLagcllanes, w itl the shlilps and l provisions wliich were requisite for it, i\ itl wlich lie set sail and discovered the straits to which lie gave his name. Through tlihes i]e lpassed to the South Sea, and navigalted to the islands of Tendaya and Sebu, \lierle lie \was killed by the natives of Matanl, which is one of them. His ships went n t(o italneo, \welre thleiri cr\ews 1a( dlislptes and differences with the Portuguese \xvho \were in tIle island of T(l'relnate; l and at. last, nolt being able to lmaintain theniselve(s itielre, thiey leeft MIaluico iin a slip Plnamed tlie \Vicetoivy, i whaich lad relmained to thel ('astilians out of their fleet, and tley took as Chief and (Captain JuTail Sebastian (dl ('(no, who performed the voyage to Cas'tile, by the way of India, \where lie arrive \l \xit very few of hlis Ienc, aLnd 1e gIve an a cclount to Ilits Majesty of the disiv(,(r of the islands of the great arlchipelago, Iand of his voyage." Th'1e w\ork of J)e Morga hlas value as a novelty, as it is more than a defense-a laudat('(on of t ie S!panish rule in the Philippines in tihe sixteentli c(nitury. The titiile }1(e is a fati lronmise of a remiarkalble perforitance, and it is here presented: THE PIl-lJ IPPINE ISLANDS, MOLUCCAS, SIAM, CAMO.)DIA, JAPAN AND CHINA, at the close of the Sixteenth Century By ANTONIO DE MORGA. Translated lfroml2 the Spanlisb, with Notes ~and;i Preface, and a Letter from niLs V -aez De Torres. D'escrii4ng His Voyig' Thirotlug the Torres Straits,,y the RHON. HENRY E. J. STANLEY. EARLY IISTORY OF T11 I l'IIiII I'I'IIN 1IS. The original work of I)e Morga was printed in Mexico in 1609, antd Ias becolme extremely rare; there is no copy of it in the Bibliotheque Imperiale of Paris. Tlis translation is froml a transcription made for the Ilakluyt Society from the copy in the Grenville Library of the British Museum; the catalogue of whichl states tllat "this book, printed at Mexico, is for that reason probably unknown to Bibliographlers, though a book of great rarity." The translator gives a new view to Americans of the part that Spaniards h1ave played in the Philippines. He plunges deep into his subject, saying: "The great point in which Manila has been a success, is the fact that tlie original inhabitants have not disappeared before tlie Europeans, and that they ha1ce been civilized, and brought into a closer union with ltle dominant race thani is to be found elsewhere in similar circunstances. Tlle inhabitants of the Plilippines previous to the Spaniish settlement were not like tlhe inalbitants of the great In(lian peninsula, people with a civilization as old as tlat of their conquerors. Exceptinl that they possessed the art of writing, and an allphabet of their own, they do n)ot appeai to have differed in any way from the DI)ayakl s of Borneo as described by MIr. Boyle in his recent book of adventures (amongst that pteople). Indeed, there is,almost a coincidence of verbal expressions in the descriptions lie and )e Morga give of the social customs, habits, and superstitions of tlie two peoples they are descril)ing tllough many of tllese coincidences are such as ire incidental to life iln sitlilar circunstances, thleyl are enough to lead one to suppose a tcomm(lunity of o)rigiil o llie inhabitants of 1Borneo and Luzon." Mr. (Consul Flarreti, AIaila, March 13th, 18 5, wrote and is quoted in support of tilis view as follows: "Th'e most efficient agents of public order tlhroul(diout the islands arc tlie loc(;l clergy, many of whom are also of the co11ntl1. IT'lere are colnsidcrable )parts of these possessions in whlich tlie original races, as at Ceylon, retain thleir i(ndependence, iand are neither taxed lior illtlferfered wiithl; and tllrouglhoul t tlie islandlls tlie power o: tlie government is foulnded imtuci nior e on moral thall on1 phlysical influence. rlTh law\s are mild, and )eculi;arly favorable to the natives. lTe people are inll(il.ti, temperate and superstitious. Tl1e o vernmncit is conciliatori a'd resl ectable in its (h:laracter and appearance, and prudlenlt, butt decisive in tle exercise of its p)(wers oer tlhe peoplle; and united withi ilte 'clerg, \V li ( are sllrcrewd, atnd toleratit l tnil iiiucere, andl respl)ectablle in general cotn(luc t, studtli(ou+l obs)ervant of their' eccle-st *al dulties, and managing w\itlh greatl t tact tile iative chti;IIracter." MtIarch. 29, 1851, lMr. ( lstl la''ct wrote: "\VWitll(ilt any g)overning p1)\ 't 'viatever, thle greatest o(,tal intltuencc in tese possessi.ons is lthat w\tliI tlie 1i'iests 6ij6 I' ARL, Y IIISTOIRY OF1 TIlE PJIIILIPIPINES. )posscss, and divide among the monastic orders of Augustines, Recoletos, Dominicans, and: ranciscans (who ar e all Spaniards), and the assistant native clergy. A population exceeding 3,800,000 souls is ranged into 677 pueblos or parishes, withlout reckoning the unsubdued tribes. In 577 of those pueblos there are churches, with convents or clerical residences attached, and about 500 of them are in the personal incumbency of those Spanish monks. The whole ecclesiastical subdivisions being embraced in thle archbishopric of Mlanila and three bishoprics." "ThIe I'ilippines were converted to Christianity and maintained in it by the molnastic orders, energetically protected by them (and at no very past period) against tlhe oppressions of the provincial authorities, and are still a check on them in the interests of tlhe people. The clergy are receivers in their districts of the capitation tax )paid by tlle natives, and impose it; they are the most economical agency of the go verm llent." T'lie Archbishop of Manila is substantially of this judgment. De lorga opens Jhis address to the reader: "The monarchy of Kings of Spain has been aggrandized by the zeai and care with which they have defended witlhin their own hereditary kingdoms, the Holy Catliolic Faith, which the Roman Clurch teaches, against whatsoever adversaries opl-pose it, or seek to obscure the truth by various errors, which faith they lhave disselminated throughout the world. Thus by the mercy of God they preserve their realmls and subjects in the purity of the Christian religion, deserving thereby the glorious title and renown which they possess of Defenders of the Faith. Moreover, by the valor of their indomitable hearts, and at the expense of their revenue. and property, with Spanish fleets and men, they have furrowed the seas, and discovered and conquered vast kingdoms in the most remote and unknown parts of the world, leading their inhabitants to a knowledge of the true God, and to the fold of tlhe Cllristian Church, in which they now live, governed in civil and political matters with peace and justice, under the shelter and protection of the royal arm and power which was wanting to them. This boast is true of Manila, and of Manila alone amongst all the colonies of Spain or the other European states. If the natives; of Manila lhave been more fortunate than those of Cuba, Peru, Jamaica, and Mexico. it lias been owing to the absence of gold, which in other places attracted adventurers so lawless that neither the Church nor Courts of justice could restrain them." It is against the orders named as worthy exalted praise that the insurgents are most inflamed, and whose expulsion from the islands is certain in case of Philippine jurisdiction. The truth appears to be that the Spanish Colonial system was slower( ;'M Bonn=~~~~/:ORT WEYLE BUILT BY GENERAL WEYLER: GOVERNOR OF THE:::::ILTN: i: t c- ' i:;:: I::: C S f:; -:!::D::~ '_ f;: ) f \~ W0~::St _~t;::; iS::~: ff f V fff0:;ffa00.\.ff ". C f:; ff'. i0O;0f00 0 ffff0\0tC0 FORT WrESLEi BUI~ZT BP (ENEBA, WEYLER ~T-BLE GOVERNYR OF THE PHILfPPINES jF] EARLY HISTORlY 01< TJ-t Ei PHILPLlI NfIS. 2 9 I! ~ in the East Indies than in the West Indies and South America in produticing thIe revolutioC1nary rehll~;ion, tha a its log1 cal consequenccc, ani the friars ' ore arid more became responsible for official opprcssion and graddually became odionis. It was New Spain-Mexico-that ruled the Philippines, until Mexican lade perldenee restricted her sovreignpty. WVhen a ion-unander-in-Chilef (lied in the P1hi1 -ippmnes, it wvas sulficient to find amiongst his papers a sealed dispatchi, as o (rI records, "From the bigh court. of Mexico, which carried on the goverunntim w lien the fleet left New Spain, namning (in ease the Comiiimander-in-Chief di]ed) a satte,-e-or to the governomship." It wvas in virtue of such an appointm-lient that (utlido (le Labazarris, a royal officer, entered upon those duties, and was obeyed]. lie, with iumh prulence, valor, and tact, continued the conversion and laeiicition of the itlauds, an-td governed them, and Morga, states that in his time there camte the cors-air Limahen fIromn Cimiaa, with seventy large ships and many maen-at-arms. agIn a t tMal ia. Ile e-ntered thie city, and having killed the niaster of the camp Mar-tini de Goiti, in his house, along with other Spaniards who were in it, he wvent aIgaiinst the fortress in which the Spaniards, who were few in number, had taken refuge, with the objlc1t of taking thre country and nmaking himself master of it. hlie Spa niard-(s, with the succor which Captain Joan de SalIzado broutght them from Vigan, of the men whom lie had with him (for hie had seen tins corsair pass by the coast, and had followed hiim to Mlanila), defended thiemiselves, so valiantly, thiat after killing many of the people they forced him to re-emiibar-k, and to leave the h~av ini flight, and take shelter in the river of Pangasinanm. whithffer the Sptaniiards followed hiim. There they burned his fleet, and for many days surroundced thisi corsair on land, who in secret made some small bouts with whichli he fled and ptut to sea, and abandoned the islands. The change of the name of the islands from Lazarus, which Mlagellan called them, to the Philippines and the capture of the native town of Manila and its conversion into a Spanish city is related by Morga in these words: "One of the ships which sailed from the port of Navidad in company with the fleet, under the command of Don Alonso de Arellano, carried as pilot one Lope Martin, a mulatto and a good sailor, although a restless man; wheen this ship came near the islands it left the fleet and wvent forward anmongrst the islands, and, having procured some provisions, without -waiting for the chief of the expedition, turned' back to New Spain by a northerly course; either from the little inclination which he had for making the voyage to the isles, or to gain the reward for haviiig( discovered thre course for returning. IHe arrived speedily, and gave news of heaving seen the 2688 2ts8 EARLY HIISTORfY OF THEI PHILIPPINES. islandIs, and discovered the return voyage, and said a few things wvith respect to his coming, without any niessage from the chief, nor any advices as to what happened to himi. Don Alonzo de Arellano was well received by the High Court of Justice, which governed at that time, and was taking into consideration the grantin* of a rewvard to him and to his pilot; and this would have been done, had not the flagrsbhip of the (omnniander-in-Chief arrived durhing this time, after jpcrforming thle same voyage, and brin ging' true narrative of events, and of the actual condition of atfairs, andI of the settlemient of Seha; also givingr an account of how Don Alonzo de Arellano with his ship, without receiving orders and without any necessity for it, had gone on before thle fleet on entering among the isles, and had never alppeared since. it wNas aLo statcd that, besides these islands, which had peacefully submbitted to Ills Majesty, there xvcre many others, large and rich, well provided with inhiabitants, victuals ancT gold, whichi they hoped to reduce to subjection and Ipeace waith the assiStance which was requested; an thlat tlle Commander-in- 0iief Ild given to all tliese, isles the naime of iPhilippines, in inemory of Ilis Majesty. The succor was sent to him immediately, and has been continually sent every year conformably to the necessities which have presented themselves; so that the land was won and maintained. "Thie Commnander-in-Chief having heard of other islands aronnd Sebu with ah~undnanee of provisions, he sent thither a few Spaniards to brainig some of the natives over in a friendly manner, and rice for the camp, with whichf lie maintained himself as well as lie could, until, having passed over to tHe island of Panay, lie sent thence M-artin de (loiti, his master of the canip, and others captains, w7ith the men that eoinied to hiinm suiffcient, to the side of Euizon, to endeavor to )ac(ify it and bring it under submission to His Majesty; a native of that island, of huportanee, named Maominat was to guide them. "having arrived at the Bay of Manila, thley found its town on the sea beacli close to a large river, in thle possession of, and fortified 1w~ a chief whom they called Rajamiora; and in front across the river, there was anotlier large town named Tondo; tllis was also held by another chief, named Rajamatanda. These places were fortified with palms, and thick arignues filled in w-ith earth, arid a great qulantity of bronze canmien, and other large pieces with chianibers. -Martin de Goiti hiaving began to treat with time chiefs and their people of the peace and' submission \which lie claimed for theml, it becamie necessary for hima to break with thmenm; aind the Spaniards entered fihe town by force of arms, and took it, with the forts and artillery, on the day of St a. Potenciana_ the 19th0 of May, the year 1571; upon which the natives amm(1 their chiefis, crve in, and mTade submisson, and many others of tme same island of Luzon did tIme same. 11 EARLY IIISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 269 "When the Commander-in-Chief, Legazpi, received news in Panay of the taking of Manila, and the establishment of the Spaniards there he left the affairs of Sebu, and of the other islands which had been subdued, set in order; and lie entrusted the natives to the most trustworthy soldiers, and gave such orders as seemed fitting for tle government. of those provinces, which are commonly called the Visayas de los ]'iltados, because the natives there have their whole bodies marked with fire. IHe then camie to Manila with the remainder of his people, and was very well received there; and established afresh with the natives and their chiefs the peace, friendship and submission to His Majesty which they had already offered. The Commander-in-Chief founded and established a town on the very site of Manila (of which Rajamora made a donation to the Spaniards for that purpose), on account of its being strong and in a well provisioned district, and in the midst of all the isles (leaving it its name of.Manila, which it held from the natives). lie took what land was sufficient for the city, in which the governor established his seat and residence; lie fortified it witll care, holding this object more especially in view, in order to make it the seat of government of this new settlement, rather than considering the temperature or widlth of the site, which is hot and narrow, from having the river on one side of the city, and the bay on the other, and at the back large swamps and marshes, which make it, very strong. "From this post he pursued the work of pacification of the other provinces of thlis great island of Luzon and of the surround(ing districts; some submlitting thlemselves willingly, others being conquered by force of arms, or by the industry of tle monks who sowed the Holy Gospel, in which each and all labored valiantly, both in the time and governorslhip of the adelantado Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, and in that of other governors nwlo succeeded him. The land was entrusted to those who liad pacified it and settled in it, and lheads named, on bel(alf of the crown, of the provinces, ports, towns, and cities, which were foulded, togethler itll otlher special commissions for necessities which migillt arise, and for thle expenses of tlie royal exchequer. The affairs of the government, an(d colversion of the natives, were treated as was fit and necessary. Ships were provided eacl year to make the voyage to New Sapin, and to return with the usual supplies; so that tlie condition of the Philippine Islands, in spiritual and temporal matters, flourishes at the present day, as all know. "The Commander-in-Chief, Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, as hlas been sai(i. discovered the islands, and made a settlement in them, and gave a good beginningli to lleir subjection and pacification. Ile founded the city of the Most Hloly Name of Jesus 270 EARLY IIISTORlY OF T'1.11' P1ILIPPINES. in the provinces of the Pintados, and after that the city of Manila in the island of ILuzon. lie conquered there ithe province of Ylo(os; and. in its town and port, called Vigan, le founded a Spanislh town, to whichl hle gave the name of Villa Fernandina. So also he pacihied tllc province of Pang'asinan and tlhe island of Mindoro. lie fixed the rate of tribute which the natives had to pay i:all the islands, and ordered many other matters relating to their government and( conversion,l uintil he died, in the -year of 1571, at Manila, where hims body lies buried in tlie itonastery of St. Augustine. "During the government of this Guido de Labazarris, trade alnd commerce were established between great China and MAanila, sllips coming each year with merclhandise, and tlle governor giving them a good reception; so that every year the trade has gone on increasing." The Encyclopaedia Britannica says that the Island Samai was called Filipina by Vellalohos, who sailed from Mexico in February, 15-13. Tle capital was fixed at Manila in 1571, a distinction enjoyed three hlundred and twenty-seven years. It was in a letter of Lagozpis in 1567 that the name las Filipinos appeared for the first time. The Dutch became very enterprising and venturesome in the Asiatic archipelagoes and gave the I'hilippines much attention, having i many fights with the Spaniards. The Ladrones became well known as a restinig place between the islands of Philip and New Spain —Mexico. The Chinese Pirates were troublesole, and the Spaniards, between tlhe natives, the pirates and tlie Tutchmen, kept 1lusv, and had a great deal of naval and military instruction. There were other vari ties of life of an exciting character, in terrible storms1 and eartllquakes. The storm seasoni is the same in the Philippines as in the West In(dies, and tlhe tempests have like features. October is tlle cyclone and monsoon month. Tlie most destructive storimi in the island of Luzon of record was October 31st, 1876. Floods rolled from the nmotnltains, and there was a general destruction of roads and bridges, and it is reported six thousand persons were killed. So extensive and exposed is the Bay of Manila, it is one hundred and twe.:ty knots in circumference-that it is not properly a harbor, but a stormy sheet of water. Admiral Dewey's fleet has had low steam in the boilers all the while to quickly apply the power of the engines for safety in case of a visitation from the dreaded typhoon, which comes on suddenly as a squall and rages with tornado intensity. There are many volcanoes in thle islands, and they exist from the North of Luzon to the Sulus in the extrene South, a distance as great as from Scotland to Sicily. There is one on Luzon that bears a close resemblance both in appearance EARLY IIISTOR~Y OF TIlE PIIILI IPINElS. 271 and phenomena to Vesuvius. The likeness ill eruptiOs is startling. The city of Manila has repeatedly suffered from destroyirn sliocks, and sliil agitations are frequent. Within hlistoric times a mountain in Luzon colllapsled, a:nii a river was filled up while the earth played fountains of sand. The great volcano T'lal, -15 miles south of Manila, is only 850 feet high, and on a small island in a lake believed to be a volcanic abyss, having an area of 100 square miles. Monte Cagua, 2,910 feet high, discharges smoke continually. In 1814 12,000 persons lost their lives on Llzo1n, the eartl being disordered and rent in an appalling way. Tlere were awful erulptions July 20 and October 24, 1867, forests of great trees buried in discharg-cs of vol(c anes. June 3, 1863, at 31 minutes after 7 in the evening, after a day of excessive hleat, there was a shock at Manila lasting 30 seconds, in which 400 people ere ee killed, 2,000 wounded, and 26 public and 570 private houses seriously (ldaIaged. The greater structures made heaps of fragments. That these calamities hlave taulght the people lessons in building is apparent in every house, but one iwondlers that they have not taken even greater precautions. The forgetfulness of eartlquakieexperiences in countries where they are familiar, always amazes those unalccustomed to the awful agitations and troubled with the anticipations of ima(gination. However, there never has been in the Philippines structural clanges of tlle earth as great as in the center of the United States in the huge fissures opened and remlaining lakes in the New Madrid convulsions. In a surprising extent the Spanish government in the Philippines lhas been in the hands of the priests, especially the orders of the church. In the early centuries there was less cruel oppression than in Mexico and Peru. And yet there is in tile old records a free-handed way of referring to killing people that shows a some\what sanguinary state of society even including good citizens. Blas Ruys de lerman Gonzales wrote to Dr. Morga from one of his expeditions, addressing his friend: "To Dr. Antonio de Morga, Lieutenant of the Governor of the Filipine isles of Luzon, in the city of Manila, whom may our Lord preserve. From Camboia." T}is was in Cochin China, one of the Kings being in trouble, called upon Gonzales, whlo sympathized with him and wrote of the ceremony in which he assisted: "I came at his bidding, and he related to me how those people wished to kill him and deprive him of the kingdom, that I might give him a remedy. The Mamlbaray was the person who governed the kingdom, and as the king was a youth and yielded to wine, he made little account of him and thought to be king himnself. At last I and the Spaniards killed him, and after that they caught his sons and killed them. 272 EA12ILY IIISTORY OF TIIE PIILIPPINES. After that the capture of tile Malay Cancona was undertaken, and he was killed, arnd there was security from this danger by means of the Spaniards. We then retrilted to the war, and I learned that another grandee, who was head of a province, w-islled to rise up, and go over to the side of Chupinanon; I seized him and killed him;l putting him on his trial. With all this the King and kingdom loved us very muilch, and that province was pacified, and returned to the King. At this time a vessel arrived from Siam, which was going with an embassy to Manila, and put in here. Tllere came in it. Padre Fray Pedro Custodio. The King was much delighted at the arrival of the priest, and wished to set up a church for him." Unquestionably there was degeneracy that began to have mastery in high places, and this can be distinctly made out early in this century, becoming more obvious in depravity, when Spain fell into disorder during the later years of the Napoleonic disturbances, and the authority and influence of Mexico were eliminated from Spain. I may offer the suggestion and allow it to vindicate its own importance, that if we have any Philippine Islands to spare, we should turn them over to the Republic of Mexico, taking in exchange Lower California and Sonora, and presenting those provinces to California to be incorporated in that State as counties. It was under Mexican rule that the Philippines were most peaceable and flourishing. The late Government of the islands as revealed to the American officers who came into possession of Manila, was fearfully corrupt. It was proven by documents and personal testimony not impeachable, that a Captain-General's launch had been used to smuggle Mexican dollars, that the annual military expedition to the southern islands was a stated speculation of the Captain-General amounting to $200,000, in one ease raised to $400,000, that the same high official made an excursion to all the custom houses on the islands ordered the money and books aboard his ship and never returned either, that one way of bribery was for presents to be made to tlhe wives of officials of great power and distinction; one lady is named to whom business men when presenting a splendid bracelet, waited on her with two that she nmight choose the one most pleasing, and as she had two white arms, she kept both. Tlie frequent changes in Spanish rulers of the islands are accounted for by the demand for lucrative places, from the many favorites to whom it was agreeable and exemplary to offer opportunities to make fortunes. It goes hard with the deposed Spaniards that they had no chance to harvest perquisites, and must go home poor. This is as a fountain of little tears. The city of Manila is not lofty in buildings, because it has been twice damaged to the verge of ruin by earthquakes.and many times searched and shaken by tremen EARLY IiiSTORlY OF TIlE PI'IILIIPINES. 273 ldous gales, anld is siitliateld ()1 tlie la1lds so low that it is not uplifted to the gaze of lmankind-is nlot a cit-y upon a hlill, and yet it is "no mean city." Antonio de Morga says: "The entrance of tle Spalilards into the 'Phililppines since tlie year 1561, and the subjection and conversion whichl llas been eflected in theni, a11( thleir mode of government, and tllat which diuring these yeaIrs His Majesty tlas Jlrovited and ordered for their g(ood, 1las been tlle cause of inllovation iin an tilillin, su1(ch as are usual to kinlgdomns ainI(d provinces whichl charge their faitlh and sovereign. The first has been that, besides thle namle of 'Philippines. which they took and received from the beginning of tlleir conq(luest. all tile islands are now a new kingldoe i aIndl sovereignty, to whiecll ilis Majesty Phlililp tile Second, our sovereign, gave tlle lnale of New ]lli1doil of (Castile, of w-licl by his royal privilege, lie made tlie city of Manila tile capital, giving to it, as a special faivor alllOng otllher, a coat of armls withl a criwnl, close1n and (al)loilitcd b)y iits roy(al person, wliiclh is a scutclheon dividec alcrOss, and in tle upper part a castle on thle red field, andl in the lower part a lion of,0ol(t, crowned and raiiipant, with a nlaked sword in the dexter ]10and(, aind half tne body in the sllape of a (ollIlill ulpo tlhe \aters of tflhe sea, signifying tlat the Spaniar(ls passed over tlhem w\itli arms to coii quer thllis kindolll for tle crown of Castile. "The Commnrander-ill-(llief, Miguel Lop)ez de Legazpi. first governor of tlie Philippines, founded tile city of nlallia, in the isle of Luzon, in tlie same site in which Iah(jallora lia(l his town and fort (as 1ias been sai(d mlore at leingth), at tlie inmoltll of tlie river which pours out into tle blay, on a point whichl is foillrlled bletween the river andi ile sea. lie occnpictl thle ws.o l e of it witli tlis towln and (livided it among tlie Spainiards in equnal buil(ding pl)ots, withl streets and blocks oft houses regularly laid out, straighlt and leel leavin\ g a g reat )place, tolerably square, where lie erected tlhe cathedral clurclh and municil)al buildings; and anotller place of arms, in which stoo(t tlhe fort and there also the royal buildlings; he gave sites to tlhe monasteries and ]oslital anld clapels, which would be built, as ttiis was a city wliche would grow and ilncrease every day, as lias already happened; because in the coutrse of time which passed by, it has become as illustrious as the best cities of all those parts. 'T'lie whole city is surrounded by a wall of liewln stone of more than two and a llalf yards in width, an(d in parts more than three, w-ith small towers and traverses at intervalsl it lias a fortress of hewn stone at tlie point, -which guards the bar and the river, witlh a ravelin close to the water, pwhich contains a few heavy pieces of artillery which command the sea and the river, and other guns on the higher part of tile fort for the defense of the bar, besides other middling-sized fiel(l guns and swivel 274 EARLY HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. guns, with vaults for supplies and munitions, and a powder magazine, with its inner space well protected, and an abundant well of fresh water; also quarters for soldiers and artillerymen and a house for the Commandant. It is lnewly fortified on the land side, in the place of arms, where the entrance is through a good wall, and two salient towers furnished with artillery which command the wall and gate. Tllis fortress namled Santiago, has a detachment of thirty soldiers, with their officers, and eiglit artillerymen, who guard the gate and entrance in watches, under the conmmand of an alcalde who lives within, and has the guard and custody of it. "There is another fortress, also of stone, in the same wall, at the ditance of the range of a culverin, at the end of the wall which runs along the shore of the bay; this is named Nuestra Senora de Guia; it is a very large round block, with its courtyard, water and quarters, and magazines and other workshops within; it has an outwork jutting out towards the beach, in which there are a dozen of large and middlesized guns, which conmmand the bay, and sweep the walls which run from it to the port and fort of Santiago. On the further side it has a large salient tower with four heavy pieces, which command the beach further on, towards the chapel of Nuestra Senora de Guia. The gate and entrance of this is within the city, it is guarded by a detachment of twenty soldiers, with their officers, and six artillerymen, a commandant, and his lieutenant, who dwell within. "On the land side, where the wall extends, there is a bastion called Sant Andres, with six pieces of artillery, which can fire in all directions, and a few swivel guns; and further on another outwork called San Gabriel, opposite the parian of the Sangleys, with the same number of cannon, and both these works have some soldiers and an ordinary guard. "The wall is sufficiently high, with battlements and turrets for its defense in tlic mnodern fashions; they have a circuit of a league, which may be traversed on the top of the walls, with many stairs on the inside at intervals, of the same stonework, and three principal city gates, and many other posterns to the river and beach for the service of the city in convenient places. All of these gates are shut before nightfall by the ordinary patrol, and the keys are carried to the guard-room of the royal buildings; and in the morning, when it is day, the patrol returns with them and opens the city. "The royal magazines are in the parade; in them are deposited and kept all the munitions and supplies, cordage, iron, copper, lead, artillery, arquebuses, and other things belonging to the royal treasury, with their special officials and workmen, who are under the command of the royal officers. ,/, f:W~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~ m~~~c:i AN IXSLU'GENT OUTLOOK sea }ANILA. DISPLAY IN MYNILA PIH0T)(:rRAPH GALLZERY INSURI:i ENT ILE EARLY HIISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 275 "Close to these magazines is the powder magazine, with its master, officials, and convicts, in which, on ordinary occasions, thirty mortars grind powder, and that which is damaged is refined. "In another part of the city, in a convenient situation, is the cannon foundry, with its moulds, furnaces, and instrument founders, and workmen, who carry on the works. "The royal buildings are very handsome, with a good view, and very roomy, with many windows opening seaward and to the parade; they are all of hewn stone, with two courts and high and low corridors with thick pillars." The city of to-day verifies the descriptive talent and accuracy of this writer. CHAPTER XVIII. TIIE SOUITIIERN PIIILIPPINES. Important Facts About tlhe Lesser Islands of the 'Phlili)pine Archipelago-Location, Size and iopulation-Capitals and Principal Cities-Rivers and I -arblors -Surface and Soil-People and Products-Leadingr Indlustries-Tleir Com-:merce and I 1usiness Affairs-Thle Mons an ypoons an-i TTph oos he lTrro,: of the Tempesisc and 1Iow to Avoid Them. The island and province of Mindoro lies in the strait of its name and south of Luzon. It has in the center an elevated plain, we cquote from the military notes issued by tile War Department, frolm wlich many sierras extend in different directions to the coast, making the latter rugged and dangerous. Thle island is of an oval form, with a prolongation of the northern portion toward tle west. Though an easy day's sail from Manila, it is one of the least populous islands of the archipelago, being extremely mountainous, covered with dense forests, and in the more level parts near tlie coast full of marsles, and very unlealtlfuil. The inhabitants of the coast are Tag'als, but in tlie interior there is a low tril)e of the Malayan race, probably the indigenes of tlle island, and called Mallgianos, spk-tl ing a, peculiar language and living in a very miseraibl)le anner on tihe products of a rude agriculture. There are also said lo b e soe Ne ritos, but of these very little is known. Thlere are man short sireams. The island is 110 miles l(,, and h1as an area of 3,087 square miles. Tle lpopulation is 10(;,170. There is little knownl of the mountains of the interior, as tile inlhabitants (\dwell mlainl on tlhe coasts. Mindoro constitutes one of the provinces of the Phlilippines under an alcalde. The capital is Callapn, with a population of 5,585. It is situated to tlle nortll, on tile harbor of its name, defended by a fort of regtlar construction; it llas about 500 Ilouses, amnlll()ll tlle not:able stone ones being the parishi, Courti house and jail, and casa real. It is tlie rsidlenee of tlhe alcalde lmalyor and several public functionaries. Tle1 ciiy is situtated 9(f miles f ron i Mlanila. Mouniit 1Kalavite is a loJng-backed promllontory, tle western slope of which forms Cape Kalavite, and( tlie northern slope Point del Monite; tlie su11mmit, about 2,000 feet high, appears dolme-slhaped when seen from tlle west, but from tle nortlh or soult it slio()ws a lonlg ridgle fairly level; tlec western end of this ridge is t1e llighlest Ipart. Tlie capital of ilTe lprov-ince, Calapan, is a coast town. Tlhe inhlaitants are ocu27; TIlE SOUTIIERN PlIIPl 'l' NES. 2'7 pied in hunting, fishing, alndl ordlillary wcavig. The co erce is insignificat. Sand banks extend in front of the town to a distance of one-llalf mile. To clear these, the northern Silonai islet should( not be shut out by Point ('alapan. On this line, near the nortlh edge of tlie banks, the soundings are 36( to 4() fathomns. The Selnirara Islands form a group of eight islands, alll surroulnlledl by reefs. Semirara, the largest of tlic group, is hilly, about 512 feet high at tlhe 6higlhest part. The west coast includes several little bays almost eati re ly obstructed by reef s, on tlie edge of whicl are depths of 41 to 13 fathoms; andl off the town,of Semllirlla,l which staln(s on the top of the hIill facing the largest bay, tile ancllorage i- ve\y bat, even for coasters. TIle east coast is bordered by a reef, wlicl extends al: it t a Itile from tlle northeast part of tlie island; on1 comilng from tile nortlh tils c():ist of tile island must not be approached within three miles utll il te town (f SeCllln'la 1)ears full west. There is ancliorage at the southl of tlle islan( i 5 t) 8 fatlihots. sand, datnring tlec iorthleast monsoon. Cood coal for steatnla purposes was fotI oi( tleI island lby Captain Villavicencio, of tlhe Splanish iavy. Tablas Island is mlounltailinos, and on its northern extremity is tile p)eak Cabezo de Tablas, 2,405 feet higli; generally tlie coasts are clear and steep-to. O()tt tlie torth end arel two rocky islets, distait one cable from tile coast; tl e larger one is cleIar and steel), tlie smaller one lias roclks around it. 'The west coast of Mindoro Island lias no souidin(igs off it excepting in tile l)avys, or1 withli one or two mIiles of tlie sliore in some places. 11 tlle interior dotil)lc an(l treb)le cltains of 1mountlainis extend tilrough tlhe island, and soae low p)oints of 1iad iroject fronm tlhem into tlie sea. Pallnian PBay affoirds excelletit slhelter in the nlortiieast Imonsooni, atid is (also a coi(Yenient place for vessels to obtaini siupplies wh1en }passi,,l targoIr aghl Miidoro Str it. Tl'le ])lby is five miles wi de at tlie ei tratice, of a setl i-circila' r f'r1n, i'unling' ba.k itel'ce ailes in a nlortllerln (lireetioi. rThlere a(re n(o da tler '. i it. A simall river disemlbog)u(es wltere g(ood( water (cai be ( oatille \e( itl Iaciliiv; aalld,n tlie b)eachl thlere is plentit of (driftwood. T'e c()rail plojects )et-laf (ile from, tlie eltr'ance of the rivet, and llas 1(0 a1dl 1 2 fatlt)omts close t(t its (edge. (i're i lst be taken when worlki tg in to ( Pal nat 1 (av, for tie s (tualls cotme violett I off tlhe high land, an(l very sudden, ald at nlight (lo toit give [tle least \vartiigi. The Calamianes are a group of hligl island(s lying between thle northlea,-i endl of Palawan and Mindoro, and extendig between t'e parallels (at i 1egcs 3!) Iiiinutes and 12 degreel s 20 minmatsc< NX., and(1 tlie meridilans of 11!) degrees 11, inil-tand 120 degrees 23 minutes 1 I..}lsIlangllla, tlie larg,est isl'and of tte.ro(iii,)iLi is;;!,tl: I 278 THEI SOUT'III'.RN l'II-LIPPINES. miles in extent NW. by W. and SE. by E., and 18 miles broad. It is very irregular in form, being indented with numerous deep bays. The islands and reefs which front its northeast side form the western side of Northumberland Strait. These islands form, with the northern part of Palawan and the Cuyos Islands, a province, the capital of which is at Port Tai Tai. The climate of these islands is in general hot and unhealthful. Intermittent fevers and cutaneous diseases prevail, attributable, in all probability, to the great moisture and the insalubrious quality of the drinking water. All these islands are, generally speaking, hilly and broken. The industry of the locality is in collecting Salanganes (edible birds' nests), honey, and wax; but cultivation is not practiced to any great extent. The forests produce good timber for building or cabinet work. Tara Island, when seen from the northward, shows a triple summit to its northwest end; while its southern part looks like a separate island, saddle-shaped. The island does not appear to be permanently inhabited; in March, 1885, it was occupied by parties from Busuanga, burning the grass and digging cassava. Lagat is a small island 334 feet high, surrounded by a reef with a narrow passage between it and the reef off the south of Tara. Botak Island, 800 feet high, is fairly well cultivated. Off its northern end there is a queer pin-shaped rock, and off its southern end are same sharp-pointed rocks. The vicinity has not been sounded. The space included between the Sulu Archipelago to the south and Mindoro to the north, and having the Philippine Islands on the east and Palawan on the west, is distinguished by the name of the Sulu Sea. Although of great depth, 2,550 fathoms, this sea, which is in connection wNith the China and Celebes seas, and also with the Pacific by San Bernardino and Surigao straits, has a minimum deep-sea temperature of 50.5 degrees, reached invariably at 400 fathoms. As this temperature in the China Sea is at the depth of 200 fathoms, and in the Celebes Sea at 180 fathoms, and in the Pacific at 230 fathoms, it may be inferred that the Sulu Sea is prevented from freely interchanging its waters with those seas by ridges which do not exceed those depths. In the Sulu Sea easterly winds with fine weather prevail in October, and the northeast monsoon is not established until November. In January and February it blows hardest, but not with the force of the China seas, and it is felt strongest before the openings between Panay and Negros, and Negros and Mindanao. At the end of May southwest winds begin to blow, and in a month become established, to terminate in October, bringing with them a season made up of rain squalls and tenm &~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I::: S~~~~~~~~~~~ l S,0\;.'00;90,,i;Ks;;0;i ff 0i n 020C 0 i 0; j | A~~~~~~~~~~~- ' ~0000 00 f00W<;S0000ialOdo',fS> 3S~~~~~~~~~~8 | | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ "~~;-~~-B~~-H:: P:;t~iA::: ATE TO THE MtA~i~z:ED CTTY ii r O ~ai ~~b-(/ R p-~r W cbi U I-f 5 54 is~ I p C v J rgcldll THE SOUITHERN PHIILIPPINES. 279 pests, which take place principally in July and August. In September a heavy mist ihangs about the coast of Mindanao. The island and province of Paragua is the most western of the Philippine Archipelgoo, and is situated to tle north of Borneo. It is long and narrow, following a,nolrtheast direction, and nearly closes on the southwest the Sea of AMindanao, wh:icl enters from the China Sea by Balabac Strait on the south and between Mindoro and Paragua on the north. A chain of high mountains, some 6,560 feet highi, runs lengthwise of the narrow belt formed 1b the island, wliose length is 266 miles. lhe northwesit and northeast slopes are narrow. The island has extensive and well protected lharbors and bays. The area is 2,31T5 square miles and the population 45,000. The capital is Puerto Princesa, with a population of 1,589. PanaLv is divided -into three provinces, viz: Capiz to the north, Iloilo to the soutlhea4t, and Antique to the southwest. In general it is wild, with very lighl coass, except in the nortleastern. part, where the latter are somlewllat marshly. A mountain chlain crosses the island from Point Juraojurao on the south as far as Point Potol onl the north, following a direction almost parallel to the western coast. Large groutps of sierras branch out to tile right and left of the central chain; on the eastern slope bcjins another chain, runningi northeast to the extreme northeasterly point of tlhe island. Owiing to its cragginess, it has a great number of streams running in different directions. The area is 4,540 square miles. TIe town of Iloilo stands on a low sandy flat on the right bank of a river; at the end of this flat is a spit on which a fort is built, and close to which tlere is deep water. Vessels of moderate draft (15 feet) can ascend the river a shlort distance and lie alongside wharves which communicate with the merchant houses, but large vessels must anchor outside near the spit. It is a town of great commercial ilmportance, and a brisk coasting trade is carried on from it. The better class of houses in Iloilo are built on strong wooden posts, 2 or 3 feet in diameter, that reach to the roof; stone walls to the first floor, with wooden windows above, and an iron roof. The poorer class of dwellings are flimsy erections of nipa, built on four strong posts. TI'e roads and bridges are in a deplorable condition and almost impassable in the rainy season. The chief imports are Australian coal, and general merchandise from Europe, but most sailing ships arrive in ballast. Tle exports are sugar, tobacco, rice, coffee, hides, and hemp; it is also the principal place of manufacture of pina, juse, and sinamoya, a tissue greatly in use among the Philippines. In 1883, 93,750 tons of sugar were exported, principally to America. 280 28Flll j S rOT111 EIN 1111E1PPINE IN 1lS. l'yphloons do not occur regularly, but ill most years the tail of one passes over the place, whlicl suffers also fromi the visitations of locusts. Provisions of all kinds can be obtained, but the prices are hliglher tllan at Manila. In 1886 beef was 12- cents per pound, bread 11 cents, vee tables 11 cents, fowls $2 per dozen. WaterJ is scarce and is brought across frol CGuinaras in tanl k boats; it; is sull)llied to tlhe slhipping at ithe rate of $1 per ton; the Europeans depend mainly upon rain water. There are generially abont 500 tons of coal in store, chiefly Australian; it is kept for tlie supp)ly of local stealmers that take in lwhat they require alongside tlie wharves. Vessels in thle roads can have it broutllt ol ff in bulk in liIghters or schooners at a cost of 50 cents a ton. (Coolies can be lhired at 75 cents per ton, but they will not coal vessels if they can get other work. Notice is required tile day before coaling, as men are not kept in realdiness. Tlie price of coal in 1886 was $11.00 per ton. There is regular weekly communication with Manila, which is 250 miles distant. The Province of (apiz is bounded on the north by the Arclipelago Sea, on the east by tile District of Concepcion, on thle south by the ridge separatir1n it from Iloilo, and on the soutilwest b)y the mountains, sej)arating it fro'(1 tie l'rovince of Anti(que. Its very high Imountains are covered with luxuriant vegetation, and give rise to many rivers \ hllichl waiter the valleys of tile province. There are gold and copper mines, and much tobacco, sugar, rice, and abaca is raised. )-1urinig tlme year three fairs are held, in whlich articles of the country are bartered. TIhe province is divide(l into tl o p (arts, called llaya and Aclan, which are irrigated by tihe rivers Planay and A(lan, respectively. Ilihe area is 1,5 ) slquare mliles andl tile p:opulatiion 189,1711, distributed among 36 pueblos and 287 b)arrio)s. The Icapital is (Capiz, with a population of 13,)67 6. It is situated 290 miles fronm Manila. It lias a harbor for vessels of ordinary draft, and highlroads to Iloilo, Antique, and thle I)istrict of (Concelpcion. There is a steamer kept by the state, stopping at. tile arlbor every 28 dlays Iand keeping up communication with MalnIila. Romblon, Iloilo, anId (ebu. Thie Province of Iloilo is to tlie southeast of the Province of Capiz and west of Antique. Tle ground is generally level, and, being irrigated by numerous rivers, is fertile, so that tobacco, cacao, sugar cane, abaea, rice, aand maize are grown; l)esides, there is good pasturage for raising herds of cattle and liorses, and gold alnd other mines are known. The principal industry is the manufacture of fabrics of sinamay, pina, jusi, etc., requiring over 30,000 looms. The dimensions are 99 miles in lengtil 1I,) 27 miles in widti, and the population is -472,728. rpj1F] SOUTIHEILN PIT-ItI,1N1KI 281 Tlle capital is Iloilo, with a population of 10,380. It is situated 355. mIiles from Manila, and is the residence of the governor, captain of port, and a nublllll er of treasury. justice, and fomento officials. It llas a pretty cathedral, a seminary, casa real, and court lhouse. It is one of the most mercantile towns of thle Visava igroup. and 11as some industries, among wh-ich are a machine shop and foundlry a carriage factory, and a hat factory. The Province of Bolhol is bounded on the north by tlhe sea between Cebu and Leyte, on the cast by the Surigno Sea, on the south by the Sea of Mindanao, and on tlhe west byI the channel separating it from Cebu. TIhe province is composed of the islands cf Bolol and Dauis. They are somewhat mountainous and well wooded, and coffee, abaca, sugar cane, and tobacco are raised. In the mountains of Blohol game is plenty, and many coal and phosphate of iron mines are supposed to exist. Manufactures consist in fabrics of sinanmay and other materials. The area is 1,61' square miles and the population 247,745. The capital is Tagbilaran, with a population of 8,638. It is situated 365 miles from Manila. lThe islhad and province of Cebu are the most important of tile Visayas, on accotunt of the central position, nature of the soil, and the industry of its numerous inhabitants. It is bounded on the north by the sea separating it frolm Mal)late and Leyte, on tle east by the sea separating it fronm Leyte (and Bololl, on the south by tlie Mindanao Sea,,and on thle west by the Tanon lChannel and tlle island of Negros. The area is 2,092 squlare miles and the population )504,076. (Great mountain chains cross the island; the clhief of tliese starts at tile extremle north bletween Point Mlarab on the west and Baluarte on the east, and, continuingl south bceitween tlle two coasts, ends almost in tlie center of tile island. Two other cllains run along tlie coast, and one starts near Careas, to tlie southwvest of the city of Cebu, termliinating on the south in Tanon Point. Tlhe coasts are ihigh and tlie rivers of little importance. lThe capital is Cebu, with a population of 35,243. It is the mercantile center of tile islands, and is situated 460 miles fronm Manila. It is an Episcopal see, land has a goodcathedral, Episcopal palace, casa real, court l ouse, and privateedifices. sillll)le but tasty; there is also a postoffice and telegraph station. On tile soutll, and at the entrance of the channel, is the castle of Point Cauit, and nortlh of this the tower of Mandaui; both these fortifications communicate with the capital by means of a wagon road, the city being midway between tilem. At the capital reside tile politicomilitary governor, a secretary, judge and attorney-general, a number of public functionaries, a captain of engineers, and tile captain of the port. 282 T1TE1l SOUTHERN PHILIPPINES. Maktan Island consists of an old coral reef, raised a few feet (8 or 10 at most) above the present sea level. At the northern part of the island, where a convent stands, a low cliff fringces the shore, being an upper stratum of tle upheaved reef. The raised reef is here preserved, but over the portion of tle island immediately fronting C(ebu it lias been removed by denudation, witli tlhe exception of a few pillarlike blocks w lichil remain, and whichl are conspicuous from the anchorage. The surface is scooped out into irregular basins and sharp projecting pinnacles and covered in all directions \ithl lmud, resultin, from the denudation. Nearly all tlhe island is covered by imanlroves, but on the part left dry there are plantations of cocoanuts. The only town on the island is Opon, on the west coast, SW. of Mandaui Point in Cebu. It was fhere thlat Magellan was killed in 1521, after making the first passage across thle Pacific. The town of (Cebu is the most ancient in the Plilippines; it is tie seat of government of the Visayan Islands, which include (Cebu, 3Bohol, P'anay, Negros, and Leyte, and it is the residence of a bishop. It is b:uilt on a large plain at the foot of the chain of hills that traverse the island throughout its length, and is a well-constructed, thriving place; tlie merchants' quarter is situated along the port, and includes some well-built stone houises, though many are of old construction. The huts of the Malays, for the most part fishermen, are on the beach, and form the west part of the city. The fort is a triangular edifice of stone, painted red, with an open square in front. The island of Leyte is bounded on the north by the canal separating it from Samar, on the east by the Pacific Ocean, on the west by the sea separating it from Bohol and Cebu, and on the south by the one separating it from Mindanao. It is extensive and irregular, having an area of 3,087 square miles and a population of 210,491. A high and abrupt mountain clain crosses the island nearly parallel to tile west coast; the coasts are high, with good natural harbors. In the northern part and on the western slopes of the great sierras, streams of potable water and also iany lagoons abound. Tiis is different from the eastern part, where the latter are scairce. Tlie principal product of the island is abaca, but rice is also raised and cocoanut oil is extracted. There are unworked mines of gold, magnetite, and sulphur. Tlhe capital is Tacloban, witl a population of 5,226. It is situated 338 miles from Manila. Among tlhe important towns are Barn, population 12,222; Borauen, 21,290; Cauyaia, 13,732; D)agami, 25,000; IIilongos, 13,713; Jaio, 12,475; Massiu, 18,499; Palo, 17,736; Tauauau, 18,509. The island of Negros is mountainous and wild; its coasts are difficult of access, and the breakers strong, except on the west coast from Point Bulucabo on the north THlE SOUTHJERN PHILIPPINTES.28 283 of Palompon 0on the wvest, where it is marshy. A lugl imountain chain crosses it fromi 1oint Doongc on the north to the harbor and point Bombonon on thle southj; from the last, third extend several ram-ificeations of high mountains, terminating on thie coast at the extreme south and in the Sierra Dum-aguete. Its streams are not important, being short and of little value. The groUnd is uneven but fertile. The natives irrigate their estates, and produce tobacco, coffee, sugar cane, and wNheat. ~Manufactures consist in fabrics of abaca and canonegro, of which boat cables are m-iade.' Th~e interior of time island, covered with thick forests, is almost unexplored, beingy inhabited by a few savages. The Province of Western Negros is situated on Negros Island, it is bounded on the north by the Visayas Sea, on the west. by the Paragu~a Sea, and on the south and east by the Province of Eastern Negros. The area is 1,9~29 square miles', and the lpopiulation 226,995. The capital is BacolodJ, with a population of 6,268. It is the residlence 'of the pol itico-ini Ii tary governor, the secretary, judgfe, attorney-greneral, and several public f unctionaries. It is situated 379 miles from Mfanila. The Province of Negros has a population of 94,782-the capital, TPumaguete. The Province of iRomblon consists of the following six islands: IRomblon (th e pirilicipal one), Tablas, Sibuyan, Bantoni, Sinmara, and -Macstre Camnpo. It is bounded onl the noith by the Tayabas Sea, on the south by thie V-isavyns Sea, on the east by thle Se m of Masbate, and on the west by the Sea of M-indoro. The area is 813 square maies and the population 38,633, distributed among 13 barrios aind 3 raneherias of iu1fiel es. Tihe capital is Rlomblon, with aI lopulation of 6,7'64. It I's snitulated onl the harbor of the saine name at tHie north of the island, '20-1 miles, -fromt MAanilla, aimol is~ the resi(lence of the jiolitico-infitarv commi-ander. The1 Island alild Prov-ince, of Sa munar I's situiate(l to the( soutthieast of L uzon it Is J.)oannde(i en thie northi by the Si mit of S B Iermarlin, amtCsuhb h aa netes Canal, separtating( it from. Eevte Island~, Onl the east b)y the Placific Ocean, and Onl the wAest by time Visayas Sea. It- is very u11moantaioswthgsteep coasts. A number of silerrs and mjountainis extend I n \ain lr(tamfaruirm g valleys and1( gldens fertilized by numerous rivers,~ xv-iluie, hiowever, have little curretanvou. Thie length of the island is 155) miiiles. rilic chief products (are abaen. rice, and cocoanluts, oil, being extrmtdfo ielatrimn h -inedieinal planIIts tim nIo 284 T II ' SO()UTH IIN P 'IIIAPP'INES. highly vNalued is tle catbalonga seed. Commierce is quite active in spite of tlhe few meanls Of communication and the dangerous coasts. Tle island is visited yearly by tornadoes which( devastate crops and cause much damiage to agriculture. 'Ihe highll moullait;s 1an thlick forests of the interior are inlabite(d by a great nunimer of savage's wleo hlave sought, retfuge here. The area is 4,6(99) square miles, and the populatioii 2)00,753, distributed amon(g 43 pueblos, 208 visitas, and 3 ranclherias of subdcted inlieles. T]e capit:al is (Catlbalogalii, plopulation of 6,159), situat:ed on the hlarbor and bay of lil(ke iainle o)nl the west. of t le island 338 miles from Manila, and is the residence of the po i i co-ml i i t g vei n or. 'The lJolo Archllilpelago, fornled of some 160 islands, is situated southlwest of Mindanao alnd soutll of Basilan. It is bounded on the soutlh:y the Jolo Sea, on the nlortlbeast b)y Mindanao and on the west and southwest by BIorneo. The small islands are covered( witlh mangroves, while tile large ones have thick forests of good tilmer, atnd tle natives raise rice, maize, and various alimentary roots, ambergris being found on tlie coasts. The principal island, called Sulu, or Jolo (c11. 47, 48, 49, 50, 1). 285), is occpllied in a military way by the SpanishI forces, wl1ose chief, or governor,. r'esides in the old capital, which lias well-constructed and alrmed forts, a pie r, et(. 1y roy al decree of No\vember 13, 1877I, thtA sultanshIllI was transformied into a cvic(o-0 iit iry government. The population consists of 500 aborigines, G612 (hinese trlader, and 16,000 negroes. Next to Luzon, t he islatid of Mindanao is tie Iiost extensive and imlportant of ile P'ililp)ines. B15y decree of I'Ju1l 30, 18;60, ti}e territorial division of this island wals ldetfiitelv estal)lishled, and a civico-inilitary government, under the denomination of Miildanao an(l a((ljaceillt islands. was cireated. It is divided into eiglit districts. The island is situlted lbetw(een Visayas on tlhe north and llorneo on the south; it is bounded on t11e ast 1)y thle l'aific Ocean, and on tle west by the island of Paragua, the Strait of IBlalt)ac, aln(d Ioernco. The area is 16,595 square miles, and tlhe populatioln (11,300, of which, 211,000)()ae (I lriist ian n s and thlae ret lanedans gans. It is very extensive and( irregular ili forl'm), possessing hiig and extended mountain cilains, w licli hav-e l(nt )been entir'ely explored, and which are grown over with very ricl woods. It is inlhlabited almlost throughlout the interior by savages. Its rivers, some of great volume, Iare as follows0: On tlie north coast and Iltliuann 1:ay, tlhe Jabonga and 1utuan; on tlie Macajallr coasi, tlle (agayan; in Eligan Blay thle Malanao and others of minor importance; in the cove of )apitan, tlhe Palaven. THE' PRIJAPPINFIIli~l- IS.~ ~ 285 In Port Klakulle tle g1re(atest rise of tilde is s(vell feet. 111 SUtri'(o Sttait tle flood tide sets to tlie west, ain tlie ebl) to tle east. The velocity of tle strea in il tile strlit reaches six knots at splriing,,. There is a difference of about tw(o hlour(s })etween tle time of hlighl water at Surig'ao and in Sunrigao Strait. lislicrimen roughllll estimnate that 1wIeni the mloonl rises the ebbl tidle collnilleces to rul in Strilao St:rait. From0 Janu1ary to JIunr there is but one high water duringll tlie twelntli-four Iou:rs, in Surigao Strait, whichl occurs durinlg tile nighlt. F1o'011 Jull v to December the same pllenomenon takes plaCce, bult tlhe tiei of high water is bly day. From observations miadle by the Spanish surveyo(rs, it appel)ars ilat tlie Iiolhest tide on the west coasts of tile islands of tlhe strait takes pllce at tle sallle lhour as tlie lowest tide on the east coasts. The Mindanao river disenlbogces five mliles to tlle southt of Palakl IIart(or by two wi(de arms, on thle nortlhelllllost of wh-icll is the town of l(ota)l-})atti, ibl)out 5,1 iles froi tlle mloutlh. The river is navigabl)le for (;O nliles )v vessels o)f 3,' feet driIIaught; it flows thlrough, a beaut iful Ivalley 30 iiles in widltl, which sca rcel sshows any change of level; tlhe vatlley is capalble of lproducing tob(acco, cacao, sutga,1, 11aiz, and cotton; but tilli is only kniiown at p)resent by specilllens prodluccd. r'llThe (c,11rse of thle river lies SE. for 15 ~miles fromi its moutli to thle lake Lig'auasan, out of whli(ch it is seen to flow; froml tile otlher side of the lake tlie direction: of tlie river is NNIl. to its source in tile Sugut Mountains. At 21 mIiles fromll tile northriln Ilouthl tili river divides into two arnls, which eiter the sea 4-1 miles (aptart. In the northern part of Minldanao is tle province of Surigao, bordered on tlle noirth by tle S urigao Sea, on the east by the Pacific, on tlie soutl by tle l)istrict of I)avao, and on tlhe west by the territory of the infieles. It is mountainous,l but tlhe Christian l)ol)pllatiion resides on tle coasts and il tlie northliern ploinit of tile te rritorv. Tlhe populationl is 95.,75, tlistributed alnilo10g 15 pueblos, 10 barrios, (and 30 ra1ncl1erias of sulbdued infieles. Abaca and palay are raised, and in tlie gold washings considerable Cgold o(f good )(l ality is found. l1ilitary notes on tle Plhlie l)pines atlirm that tlhe islands are, in many respects, Spai ll' best possessions, due to thle abunl ancc anli va riety of p)roducts, lnumerous and good ports, cllaracter of illliabianits, an1d on account (of thle vicinity of certa;in countries of eastern Asia, wh\ich are lnow entering' upon a stage of civilization and colmmnerce. Thle group is omplosed of some '2,00()0 islands. In 17(2 Manila was taken and lield by thle IElglisll for a ransonil of 1,00(),000 ipoiunls sterling. Thiis, however, was never paid, (ain tile islalllmds w-ere finally returled to Spain. The archlipelago extends from 5 degrees 32 minuteiit to 19 (derees 8', i:minuites, 286 TIHE SOUTHERN' PIILIPPINES. north latitude, and from 117 degrees to 126 degrees, east longitude. It thus covers about 1,000 miles north and south and 600 east and west. The whole surface of the Philippines is essentially mountainous, the only plains that occur being alluvial districts at the river mouths and the spaces left by the intersection of the ranges. The principal ranges have a tendency to run north and soutl, with a certain amount of deflection cast and west, as the case may ble, so that tlhe orographic diagram of the archipelago, as a whole, has a similarity to a fan, with northern Luzon as its center of radiation. While none of the mountain peaks greatly exceed 8,000 feet in heigllt, Apo, in Mindanao, is over 9,000 feet; IIalson, in Mindoro, is over 8,900 feet; and MIayon,1 il Luzon, over 8,200. The latter is an active volcano, which has been the scene of several eruptions during tlie present century. Extinct or active craters are relatively as nunmllrol s in tile P'ililppines as in tlhe eastern arclipelago, and as a consequence of tlese slubterranean forces eartlhquakes are frequent and violent. In 1627 one of tlie most elevated mnountains of Cagavan disappeared, and on the island of Mlin(danao, in 1675, a passage was opened to the sea and a vast plain emerged. The more recent of tlie convulsions occurred in 1863 and in 1880. The destruction of property was great, especially in Manila. The general belief is tllat the Phililppines once formed a part of an enormous continent from whicll it was separated by some cataclysm. Thlls continent probablly extended fron (Celebes to tHle fartllest Polinesian islands on the east, to New Zealand on tile south, and tl e Mariana and Sandwicll islands on tlle noorth. 'Tlese islands, accordingr to lainlon Jordana, ar e divided into two volcanic reg ions, tlie eastern and the western. Tle principall point is tle vo:lcano Taal, located in th(e Iortlleastern portion of tle provitce of IBatangas. It is sitfuated on a small islan(l ill the center of thle )Iloibon laguna, and hlas a1n altlitude of 550 feet above sea level. Its formll is collical, and tlle rock is composed of basalt fe(ldspar wvitli a small quantiit of auiite. Thle crater is suplposed to be 232 feet deep. Its sides are almost vertical and thtere are two steanlino la1gunas at its bottom. In ilie re(gions e1mbracing tllie provinces of lanila, Iutlacan, Pamipanga, Tarlac, and 'Pangasoinan, thle soil is mostly composed of clay containing remnants of sea shells, a circumnstance whlicl( gives rise to tlie belief that the coast of Manila lias risen fromn the sea inl not so remote an epoch. Smooth, dark gray tophlus predolnlinates; it fortms tlhe l)ed of tlie Rio Pasig. and rising forms hillocks in the vicinity of tile city of Binangonan. Fartller on, tracliyte and banks of conchliferous sand predominate. TIlE SOUTIIERN PHIIII'PPINES. 287 The vast plain of Panpanga extends to the north of Manila Bay, to tile south of which is situated Mount Arayat, of doleritic nature. The disposition of the mountain ranges in parallel chains affords space for the development of streams both in Luzon and Mindalao. Thle larger islands contain inland seas, into whichl pour countless small streams from the inland lills. Many of them open out into broad estuaries, and in numerolus instanc-es coasting vessels of light draft can sail to the very foot of the mountains. Rivers and inland 1(lkes swarm with varieties of fish and shellfish. By reason of Spanishl restrictions, hut little caI be said as to the character of the stream l)anks and beds. Four of tie rivers are navigable, and, by the statements of those who hlave splent somle little tilni o(n the islands, most are fordable. Drinking water is obtained by ninay of thle towns from the rivers at points just above tide limits, and the water is saidl to b)e (ood. liridges are few and crude, but are generally built to withsta-nd hleavy strain. The island of Luzon abounds in rivers and streaims. The following- are the principal water courses: Rio Grande de Cagayan, the source of which is in tlhe northlern slope of lie Caraballo Norte. It has numerous affluents, among otlles tlle Magat and Bangag- anld, after a course of about 200 miles, falls into tle (Clina Sea in tle vicinity of Aparri. Agno Grande starts in the north, in the neigllborhood of thle ranchl of Loo, receives the affluents Tarlag and Camilillg, as well as many others, lhas a course of about 112 miles, and falls into the Gulf of Lingayen. Abra has its origin on the opposite slope to that whiere Agnno Granlde takes its rise; runs for about 87 miles, and, after receivin-g the alttlent Suvoc, dividles into three arms and falls into the China Sea over the sand bars of Iutaoio, ioig, ald lile. Rio Grande de la IPampanga is called Rio Chico up ito the lake of (Canasen, near Arayat, where it changes its name after its junction \witll Rio (apln. Its counrse is a little over 38 miles; it receives the Rio de San Jose and divides into{ a multitude of arms as it falls into the sea to the north of AIanila Bay. Rio Pasig has its source in tlhe Bay Lagoon, and falls after a course of 19 mnileinto Manila Bay. The military notes on tlhe climate of tlle Philippine., tlie official record of tle temperature and tile gales and typlloons, and dire1ctions reg 'iading tile lhanllling of sliips in the peculiar tempests thalt prevail at certain -easons arolund the islands,;re of absorbing popular interest, and of striking special usefulness. Climate.-In tlhe region of MIanila thle hottest season is from 31larc to June, the greatest heat being felt in May before the rains set in, wlhen tlhe maximumlln templera 288 TIHE SO(TII I Pl ILIPPINNS. ture raniges from (80 de( rees to 100 (deorees in tle shade. 11 ee coolest weatller occurs in December alll(,1(1ll uar, whlen ell tl emlperature falls at night to 60 or (65 degrees, and seldlo rises in thle day above 75 degrees. From November to February the sky is bright, the atmosl)lere cool and dry, and thle weather in every way deliglttful. Observations made at the Obs-ervatortio Aeteorologico de Manlila have been compiled by the United States Weatellr 'ureau, coveringl a recordt of from seventeen to thirty-two years. fromil wllich the following is an extract: Te i(:per)tll 're, degrees K.: l eat anl null...................................... ) (egrees \Wa'ricst lon()tt................................... S derees ({ o~ lest m ont]hi..................................... l79) degrees i l............................ 0 degrees Lowests.......................................... (;O degrees Humidity: R ela- tive per cent....................................... Absolute grains per clubic foot....... 8.75 ST Wind miovements in miles: ])aily mean............................... 134 (Ireatest dailv............................................. 20 4 east, daily.....'..........................................95-. 1Least daily.. Prevaili:ng winmd!directi{on —N'l]., Novem her to Alpril: SW., May to (ctober. Cloudiness, annual p)er cent........................... 53 1 )avs w itlh rain.......................................... 135 Rainfall in inll es:,Meauln ann ladl......................................... 75.43 ( rca~ t{st mlontlhly..................................... 12 )0.!98 Least mo(thly........6...5............................. 55.G5 Tle follovwing is the mean templerature for the three seasons, at points specified: (Cold. Hot. Wet. Alanila.................. 72 degrees 87 degrees 84 degrees (le)................... 75 (legee 86 degrs ereesegrees )(ava x................. 8(l degrees 88 degrees 87 degrees Sll.................... S1 lIde(rees 82 degrees 83 degrees Seasons vary with tlie prevailing winds (monsoons or trade winds) and are classed as "wet" and "dry." There is no abrupt chlange from one to the other, and between periods there are intervals of variable weather. Trle Spanish description of seasons is as follows: Seis nleses de lodo-six months of mud. Seis meses (le polvo-six months of dust. Seis meses de t(to —six months of everything. The northern islands lie in the track of the typhoons which, developing in the I I i - -1 'RN' 111111,11111-NES. 11-111, SOU1111HE_ - I 289 Pacific, sweep over the( Clina Sea from NE. to S\\. lduring l the soluthlwesl t mo)nsoon. Thev may be looke(l for at any tiilne bet weeln M1Aa and Novemrlbelr, lut it is durin t]le monthls of July, August, Cand Septelber tlhat tley are most fr(eqlent. Elarly in the season the northern region feels the f'reatest ft orce, but as tle (season a(i(llncc( the typhoon gradually works soutlhward a(nd tlie dallgerous timle att Manlila is a)bo(ut the end of October and the beginning of November. T1'vthoons rarelv, if ever, pass sou.tl of 9 degrees N. latitude. Somnetimes tlie tvphlloon is of lar'e ldianmerer a11 travels slowly, so far as proglressive moveelllllt is concerned; at otlers it is o(f n(mailer dimensions, and botll the circular and progressive motions are mlore rap)id. lowever tlChey are alway s storms of terrific ener11 and frequently cause terrible(l destruction of crops and )lroperty on sllore anld of shilplinlg aIt sea. Thunderst)rms, ofte of great violence, are frequent in Ahay and l Jline, before tlie com)mece(mellnt of tile raiJny season. DI11uring July, Augutst, Septllemler, iand October tlle Iralins aIre very he]avy. Thle rivers and lakes are swollen and frequ(Iently overftl(ow, loodinig large tracts of low country. At Manila thle average rainfall is stated to be from 5 to 120 inclies per annum,and thlere tlhe difference between tile logecst a(nd shortest (lday is only 1 Io)ir 17 niinutes and 12 seconds. Tlis rainfall, iimmense ttholugh1 it le, is slmall as collipared( with tllat of other parts of tlie arclipelacgo; e. g., in jiano, NI-. of MIid:uia(ao,. tlie average ye arlly downi)potr is 1-12 incles. (ales.-Tlhe gales of the Phlililpines may be divided into three classes, 1know b tlie local names (of (' ((11 N(rtada, a( d -ill( ag i. 'tlie (,olla is a (ale in w\hicl tile wind blows co(nstantvly tfrom one quart'er, bult wit] varyi g oiree andl with:a lt ernations of violent sqn(alls, c(:almis, and lheavv rains, usually lastiing aIt least thrlce (avs; tlihese gales occur (:lt lri n tlhe soluthwest inonsool and their (direltionl is Ifrom:)i tlie so.tllhwest qi.arter. ThIe Nortada is distinguislled tfron tlie (('ollo, in tllat tHie diirection is constlant and tlhe force steadyi, witlout tile alternatiolls of )lassii l 1g sqalls andl callms. Tlie Nortada is generally indicative that a. ty lhlioo i-s l assin g iot very far off. These gales occur chiefly in tle northelrn islandls, aildI theicr -lirc(ti(lo, as tlie name impnlies, is fromi tlie nortlhward. (Bagio is thle loc(al namle for tie revolving storm kinown as tlhe t)yphoon, which, being the more familiar terin, will be used iI thlese notes Typhloons.-Tllese storms have their origin to the east or to tlhe southeast of lie Phlilippines, whence their course is w-estwardl, -itl a sliglit divergen(e to tlie nortli or souith, tlie average direction appearing to le west by nortli. They occir in all months of the year, but the greater number take place about te ti iiime of the 290 T1IJ_.g SO U THiERIN 1P1HILIPPlNES. ettinloxCs. The most violent ones occur at the autumnnal equinox, and on an average, two or three occur every year, and sometimiies one followvs another at a very short interval. It is believed th at wlien one of th-ese typlhoons passe a Iiigrh latitude in Septemiber fthere will be another in October of thalt year, and one may be looked for in Novemnber in a lower latitude. These temnpests are not encountered in latitudes below 9 dergrees N. The rate of progress of thlese storms is about 143 miles an hiour; in none of those observed has it exceeded 14 miles nor fallen below ii miles. The diameter of the exterior revolving circle of the storm -varies from 40 to 130 miles, and the diameter of the inner circle or calim region, may be estiima'Ited at fromi S to 15 miles. The duration of tlie true typhoon at any one place is never lonrer than ten hiours and grenerally much less. Thiese storms are always accomiipanied by abuldant rain, witli low, dense clouds, which at times limit the horizon to a few yards distance, and are grenerally accompanied by electrical discharges. Tfhe barometer falls slowly for some days before tHe typlhoon, thien falls rapidly on its near approach, and reaches its lowest walhen the vortex is but a little way off. It then rises rapidly as the vortex passes away, and then slowly wlien it has gained some distance. Near the vortex there are usually marked oscillations. 'Thle typhoon generally begins with a northerly wind, lighit drizzling rain, weather squally and threatening, a falling baromueter and thle wind veering to the eastward, whien the ob~server is to tile north-i ward of the patli of the storm, and backing to the westward whien hie is to the soutliward. of it; the wind and rain increase as the wind shifts, and the storm. generally ends withli a southerly wind after abating gra dually. The following warnings of thie approach of a typhioon, and directiois for avoiiing, the most dangerous part of it, are taken from the China Sea Directory: The earliest sio-ns of a tylphioon are clouds of a; cirrns type, looking like fine hair, feathers or smliall white thfts of w0ool, traveling from east or north, a sliglit rise in the barometer, clear and dry weatlier, and ligyht winds. Thslie signs are followed by the nsual ugly anid threatening appearance of the weather whiich forebodes roost storms, and lhe in1crCeasimi 11g 1 number and severity of the gusts with the rising of the wind. In some e(ases, o-ne of the earliest signs is a long heavy swell and confused sea, which comes from) (lie direction in which tlie stormi is approachiing, and travels more rapidly tlhann (lie stormiiss center. The best and surest of all warnings, however, will lie found in time bairometer. In every case there is great baromretric disturbance. Accordingly, if (lie barometer falls rapidly, or even if the regularity of its diurnal variation be int e rrniptci, (langcer may bie apprehleilnded. No pos,"itlve rule can lie given as to tIme amioumit of depression to be expected, but at the center of some of the storms the TI!1' SOUTrIi FAIN P1IILIPP1NE2S. '9 291 barometer is said to stand fully 2 inches lower than outside the stormn fieldi. Tim average barometric gYradient, near the vortex of the m-ost violent of thiese storins, is said to be rather more than 1 inch in 50 nautical miles. As the center of the stormi is approached the more rapid become the chang(es of wind, uintil at- leng(th, Histead of its direction altering gradually, as is the case on first entering the stormi field, time wind flies around at once to time opposite point, the sea mneanwhile breaking into mountainous and confused heaps. There are many instances on record of the wind sudnly falling in the vortex and the clo-uds dispersing for a short, interval, though thie wind soon blows (again with renewed fury. In the northern. hemisphere when the falling barometer and other signs create susJpieioll that a typhoon is approaching, facingr the wind and taking 10 or 12 points to the ryiht, of it, will1 give the approximiate bearing of its center. Thus., with the wNind NEJ. the, center will1 probably be fromi S. to SSE. of thie observer's p~osition. H-owNever, it is diflicult, to estimate the center of the vortex fromi any giveu point. This partly arises from the uncertainty as to the rlelation lbetween time bearingr of the centr an thediretionof te w ndoad reatly fromi there being) no mneans of knowing whether thie storm be of large or small. diiunensions. If time baromieter falls sl)owl, and the weathiler grows wors:e only g-radually, it is reasonable to suppose that the stormn ceter01 is (distaut; ami conversely, wvith a rapidly falling baroimeter andl increasing, b~ad, weather the center mnay be supposed to be approaehinT dang1(erously nlea.r. Pr~actieal Ruiles —When- in the region and in the season of revolving stornus, lOe on thme watch for premionitory signs. Constantly observe andl carefuilly recordl the Jmaromn cter. W1hen. on sea andl there are indications of a typhoon being ne~ar, hielave to and carefuilly observe and record the changes of the barometer and wind, so as to find the bearing of the center, and ascertain by the shift of the wind in which semicircle the vessel is situated. -Much. will of-ten depend upon heaving to in time. When, after careful observation, there is reason to believe that thme center of the typhoon is approaching, the following rumlcs should be followed in determiining whether to remnain hove to or not, and thie tack, on which to remain hiove to: In the northern hemisphere, if tLime riglht-hand sem-icircle, hecave to on the starboard tack. If in the left-hand semicircle, run,1 keeping thie wind if possilbte, on the starboard quarter, and when thme barometer rises, if necessary to keep thme ship fromi going too far from thme proper course, -heave to on the port tack. Whenl time vessel lies in the direct line of advance of thre stormi-w~lich position is, as lpreviously observed, the most dangerous ofal-u withi tme xviin(l oin time starboard quarter-. In 292 r1. II SOVTTIIEIRN P11-EIPAI 'IN ES. all cases increase as soon as p)Osile the distance from the center, bearing in miiindA that the wN-hole storim field. is aIvancin1r In recediig fromt the center of a tUhlhOon L1ic baroimeter wvill rise and the wsiu4 and sea subside. It should be remarked that ini some cases a vessetl many, if the storm be traveling slowN~ly, sail froin tlie dangerous semicircle across the front of the sormlll and mlius out of its influenee. lint as the rate at which the stormii is travelingii is quite uncertain, this is a hazardous proceediing, and before attemptilng to cross tflie seamian should hesitate and carefully consider all the circumstances of the case, ohserving p)atichularl y Ihe rate at which the barometer is falling. NorthwkNCaird of tIme Equator time current is divided into north and south cquatorial currents by the equatorial conntercurrcnt, a, streami flowhino from west to cast throughout the Pacific Ocean. The currents in the western part of the IPactifc, to the northward of the Eqnator, are affected by the monsoons, and to the soutlhwNN-ardl of the E',quator they are deflected by the coast of Australia. The trade d1rift, which flows to the westward between the parallels of 9 (Clegrees ani(d 20 degrrees N., on reaching tIme eastern shiores of the Philippine Islands agaum tUrns to the nortlhwN-ardl, forilling near the northern li mit of that group the comnmiiencement of the Japan streami. The main body of tlie current then flows alonr the c ast coast of Formosa, and fromn that, island pursues a northeasterly course 1hroglih the chain of islands lying between F"ormlosa and Japan; and sweeping alonig the southeastern coast of Japan in the same general direction, it, is known to reach ile parallel of 50 degrees N. The limiiits and velocity of the Japan stream are coiidiclerably influeineed by the monsoons Mu tHe China Sea, and by the prevailingr win&is in the corresponding seasons in the Yellow and Japan seas; also by the various drift currents wfhich the-ese periodic w-inds pmrodtice. Adtiiiral l)ewey has forwarded to the nav-y delartment a miiemorandumn on minoral resources of the Philippines prepared afit the admiral's request by Professor (Georgeo W. Becker of the United States geological survey. Only about a score of the several unndred islands, lie says, are known to contain deposits of valuable muinerals. lie includes a table showing the mineral bearing islands and their resources. This table follows: "Luzon, coal, gold, copper, le-ad, iron, sulphur, marble, kaolin; Sataanduanes, Sibuvan, Bobol and Panaoan, gold only; Mlarinmduque, lead and silver; Mindoro, coal, gold and copper; Carraray, Batan, Rapu Rapu, Seinarara, Negros, coal only; Masbete, coal and copper; IRomblon, marble; Samar, coal and goldl-; Panav, coal, oil, gas, gTold, copper, iron and perhaps mercury; Bilirainll sulphur onl]y; Leyte, coal, oil and per THlE SOUTHIERN P11 IIAPPI -1NES.23 293 haps mercury; C ebto, coal, oil, gas, gold lead, silver and iron; Mlhdindaao coal, gold COl)I)r and jplatintmih; Suilit archilpelago, i)Cirll." The coal, M-r. Blecker says, i~s analogous to the Japanese coal anld tllatL of Washingto n, but not to that of. the Welsh or Pennrsylvani-ia coals. It tniglht better be characterized as a hig)hly carbonized lignite, likely to contain nMuch sulphuitr as iron pyierendering them apt to spontamicous combustion and 1jinjurious to boiler p~lates. Nevertheless, hie says, whien pyrites seanms are avoided. anid thme lignile is properly hanidled, it forms a valuable f uel, especially for local consumnptionl. Not l.east am-ong the promnising resources of the Phulippincs is a curious natural prodluct. Several vegetable growths appear to poss~css the faculty of secrelinag mineralconcreionsli all respects resembli~ng certain famiiiiar precious stones. Thle faiouns James Sm-ithson. was the first to give any real attenition to these, curio6us Imlailt gem-is, but, though there can be, no doubt of their authieaticity, nieither sceitist nior merchant has followed this lead. One of thre jewels, the bamboo opal, rivals thle best stones in its delicte tints of red anid g-reen, hut it is among, the rarest,4 and 1.000 stems, may be cut up before a single specimen be f ounid. CIAPTER XIX. SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. An Official Copy of tile Manifesto of the Junta Showing the Bad Faith of Spain in the Making and Evasion of a Treaty-lThe Declaration of the Renewal of the \War of lRebellion-Complaints Against the Priests Defined-The Most Important l)ocnient the Filipinos Have Issued-Official Reports of Cases of Persecution of Men and Women in Manila by the Spanish Authorities-Mlemoranda of the Proceedings in Several Cases in the Court of Inquiry of the United States Officers. The pages following, showing a cynical disregard of a solemn treaty by the Spaniards, a complete exposure of the reasons the Filipinos had for renewing the war, and the particulars of cases of individual wrongr suffered, as they were made known in the course of legal investigation, have been received direct from Manila, and enable us to complete the story of the Philippines with the testimony that the depravity of bad faith in regard to treaties, and incidents of personal cruelties in Spanish colonial governments, have illustrations in the Philippines as in Cuba, and demand of the American Nation in the hour of victory that Spain shall lose now and forever all her possessions in the East and West Indies, and be restricted to the peninsula and islands-the Canary and Balearic groups-that is, in two words to home rule. The circumstances of the treaty between the Philippine Junta-the treaty of Biyak-and the Spanish authorities, are of great notoriety, but the Philippine story has not until now reached the English speaking peoples. We give it from the official paper: "On signing the Treaty of Biyak na bato, we, the natives of the Philippines and the government of Spain, agreed that between our armies be established an armistice which was to last three years from the date of the mentioned treaty. "The natives were to lay down their arms and turn them over to the Spanish authorities with all their depot (maestranza, a manufactory of ammunition,for repairs of rifles, etc., etc.) their ammunitions and forts. "The Spanish authorities, on the other hand, bound themselves to consent to the reforms (of public opinion amongst) the natives of the country claim; reforms which, according to the text of the decree of 9th August, 1897, the Captain and Guberno General assured us were granted and the execution of which was suspended on account of the insurrection. 294 N SH -ARADE OF SPANISEH TROOPS ON ONE OF THEIR ANNU"'AL EXPEDITWIONS TO THE SOUTHERN ISLANDS.' SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. 295 "The reforms asked for and granted were the following: 1. Expulsion or at least exclaustration of the religious orders. 2. Representation of the Philippines in the Spanish Cortes. 3. Application of real justice in the Philippines, equal for the Indian and for the Peninsular. Unity of laws between Spain and the Philippines. Participation of the Indians in the chief offices of the Civil Administration. 4. Adjustment of the property of the Parishes (church property) and of contributions in favor of the Indians. 5. Proclamation of the individual rights of the Indians, as also of the liberty of the press and of association. "The same Spanish government agreed to pay the liberating government a war indemnity, reduced to the limited sum of 600,000 pesos, in payment of the arms, ammunitions, depots and forts which were surrendered, and in order to indemnify those who were to be obliged to live abroad during the term of the armistice, as an assistance to stay out of the Philippines while they were trying to establish themselves and looking for legitimate and decorous means of existence. "It was agreed in like manner that General Don Fernando Prino de Rivera, Goberno General of the islands, should remain in his post during the time of the armistice, as a guarantee that the reforms be established. "And, finally, said authority promised that he would propose and there would be conceded a very ample amnesty. "Contrary to what was stipulated, the mentioned General was removed from his post shortly after the agreement was signed; and although the liberating government had fulfilled the laying down and delivery of the arms, ammunitions, depot and forts of its general encampment, the reforms were not established, only part of the offered indemnity has been paid and the amnesty remains a project only, some pardons being given. "The government of Madrid, deriding the natives, and with contempt of what had signed as a gentleman the General Commander of their army in the field, tried, instead of carrying out the expulsion or exclaustration of the Priests, to elevate them more, nominating at once for the two bishoprics, vacant in the colonies, two Priests of those same religious orders that oppressed the country and were the first cause of the insurrection, the disorder and the general dissatisfaction in the islands; thus ridiculing the virtue, knowledge and worth of the numerous secular Spanish clergy, and especially of that of the Philippines. "Not contented with this, they have raised and rewarded those Peninsulars who 296 SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. in the Philippines, as in Madrid, more cowardly and miserable still, because they abused tleir position and the protection of those same authorities who signed the treaty, insulted at banqutets, assemblies and through the press, with epithets and jokes offensive and vulgar, the patient natives; as happened witl the Peninsular Rafael Comenge, the protege and farcical table companion of the Priest, who amongst us performs the duties of the Arehbishopric of Manila; tile Minister of War has just concede(l the said Coomenge the grand cross of mnilitary merit, for shouting against us and inilputilng to ius every kind of baseness and vices, knowing tilat he was lyin' and for exactinlg:foil tile gamblers of the Casino <Espanol of Manila, as their president tile contribution of 30,000 pesos, to lpresent (Gneral Prino de Rivera with a golden statute of tllat value, and, a cu c criou coincident, this brave \was one of the first who escaped( ftroi Manila, full of fear lwhen the news arrived tlhere that an Americaln squadron would atack tat lt port and that. the rilsk le would run was real. "Yotu hlave seen before now, how that insect WVencestao Retana wTas rewarded with a coolked upll deputiysllip to the Cortes, that salaried reptile of tle Phililpine convents, who, withl tlhe aid of that tyrant Greneral Weyler, his \wortlh godfather, the despotic incendiary of the town of Calamba, of o:linouts 1memory amongsI t us, does nothing, but vomnit rah-id foam, insulting us bl day and nioght with calumnies and shrieksl, ill that pl)aer whose expenses the Procuirators of the Manila convents pay. "I'rep:are yollrselvyes also for seeing that a titled nobility be given to tile well known 'u(lio'guial' (fecer y Templrado), writer in the 'El Liberat,' of Madrid, who, to be in unison with the )riests, does not cease to call us inferior race, troglody(lates without ]human nature or understan(ling, big, boy; the same wh]o, in order tu eprive tlie rich 'Abellas' (fatlier and son) of Carnarines, of tile position they liad con(quered by their industry, econom(y and intelligence as almost exclusive purchlasers of tlhe Ah)aco (Manila hemp11i) of tlhat region, tried and succeeded villainllosly in having tlheml accused and shot in the camp of liagulmbayan; the same who afterwards souglht in vain the recard of his criminal attempts, although conscious of his perverseness, to deliver to himnself the produce of their harvest and their labor. "Peace wias h1ardly mrade, when General Primo de Rivera denied thie existence of the agreemlent and shot day after day those same persons whom lie hald promlised to protect, be)lieving foolishly that, the nucleus of the revolution once destroyed, the insturgents w\oll need tlhirty or forty years in order to reunite themselves; but he accepted freely t l!e ipensi'ol of t lie grand cross of San Fernando, which, as a reward for the peace. lie wa:s giveln. "The same happened with bloodthirsty Monet, the author of the hecatomb of SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. 297 Zambalcs, who was promoted to the rank of a general and honored by a grand cross; also with his competitor in brutal deeds, General Tejeirs, the assassin of the Bisayos, and with the Vice Admiral Montojo, so severely punished later on, by whose orders the city of Cebu was destroyed and demolished, to revenge the death of an impure Recoleto Priest. "In elo(quent contrast with what the natives had to expect, there has not been one single concession or reward for tle credulous Pedro A. Paterno, a Filipino, the only real ag(eiit of the miracle of the Peace, to whom they have denied even the modest Iiistorical title 'Maguinong' (Don). "Add to all tllese infamies and indignities the removal of General Primo de Rivera, who, we repeat, e was bound to remain ill Manila du(rilng the three years of the armistice, an(l thle tnomination in his stead of anotller governor, (General lAug(i, vwho, completely w 0ithoult know\ledge of the collntrV, biroulhlt witl h!illl As lis counsellor the unworthy C(olonel Olive, the same whol, liad plrocce(le(d with tile utmost haste and greatest partiality and passion against the pretelided chiceftains, atntliors protectors 0n11(1 followers of thle sacre(d moveiment l)egunn i \ AIugustLS, 1!)G); \wilo hld(], as military lpro)ectitor for the 'Calptain General.' exactecd witli insolent cvyliicistnl and will iil te kll o\wl(de a nd conselnt of llis sul-erior otlicers,. conlsideracile 1 t 1us 1 (f money froml tlose whlo wished to be absolved, in order to ilmprison tllhe agailn whlen they did not colmply vwith all his extortiouns; the same who, with shamelell ss;lartiality worked and used his inflluenlce all lie could towards the shlooting of tlhe illl(ortal Tagalo iarl:ltyr, Dr. Jose Rizal; the same finally, xwho, dulringl tlhe (collnll; d (o we ak General l llanco and ( f bloodthlirstv and l)ase (ene'al oloarivi d(lenanled ('contiinually the imlprisoningO' of the so-called 'Sons of the Country,' tle descendants of tlhe Europealns, that is, wlio liad amnongst us ainy im portanle bly tllir learnling, tlheir industry, their fortunes or their lineage, and wlio were not willing to 1ribe hliml so as to be left in liberty. "In view of tlis series of acts of faithlessness, of contempt, of insults, of crimes, and before all, tlhe forgetting of the treaty, so recently as well as solemnlly entered upon, tlose sanel wlio signed the treaty of Biyak nla )ato, have considered theli-,selves free of tle obligation to remain abroad and of keeping any longer ttie prouised( armistice. "All(], takling adcvanitage of thle IProvidential coming to tlhe I'llippines of tle erevelgiig s(ula(ron of tlie Great Relulic of tlie Unitied States (,f!Nrtlh Alerica, they conic backl to tlo teir ltnlivx soil!) ro(ud and conltented, to reconqiicl:r tleir liberty and their rigrblt.s, counting on tlie aid and protection of tlie brave, decidecl, anid noble 298 SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. Admiral Dewey, of the Anglo-Saxon squadron which has succeeded in beating and destroying the forces of the tyrants who have been annihilating the personality and energy of our industrious people, model of noble and glorious qualities. "The moment has come, therefore, for the Filipinos to count themselves and to enter into rank and file in order to defend with zeal and resolution and with a virility of strong men, the soil that saw their birth as well as the honor of their name, making publicly and universally known their competence, ability and their civic, political and social virtues. "Let us all fight united; seconding the revenging and humanitarian action of the North American Republic; and let us learn from her, accepting her counsels and her system, the way of living in order, peace and liberty, copying her institutions, which are the only adequate ones for the nations who wish to reconquer their personality in history, in the period we are passing. "On going to battle, let us inscribe on our flag with clearness and accuracy the sacred legend of our aspirations. "We want a stable government, elected by the people themselves; the laws of which are to be voted for by those same who have to keep them faithfully, conserving or modifying their present institutions in the natural times in the life of nations, but modeling them and taking us their own, the democratic ones of the United States of North America. "We want the country to vote its taxes; those necessary for public services and to satisfy (pay in full) the assistance North America and the corporations, organizations and individuals who help us to rise out of our lethargic state, are rendering us; taking care at the same time to abolish all those which have for basis a social vice,or an immoral action, like the lottery, the tax on gambling dens, on galleras (arenas for fights of gamne)cocks) and the farming out of the sale of opium. But before all, may there nevermore appear again that repugnant tax levied on Pederasty, which, to get two thousand pesos offended the universal conscience and the chaste name of 'Chinese Comedies.' "We want plainest liberty in all its bearings, including that of ideas, association and the press, without arriving at lawlessness and disorder; just as it is established in that great, so well regulated Republic. "We want to see the religion of the natives and of those that come to this country rigorously respected by the public powers and by the individuals in particular. "We want Christianism, the basis of present civilization, to be the emblem and solid foundation of our religious institutions, without force or compulsion; that SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF TIII I'ILIPINOS. the native clergy of the country be that which direct and teach the natives in all the degrees of the ecclesiastical hierarchy. "We want the maintenance of this clergy to be effected as the different regional governments may see fit, or, as the city councils or popular elective institutions established in every locality may determine. "We want personal property to be absolutely and unconditionally respected; and, as a consequence, the recognition to the land holder of the property he cultivates and has improved by his labor, of the so-called Ilaciendas of the religious orders, who hlave usurped them and robbed them by the perverse acts of the confessionary, beguiling the fanaticism of ignorant women and or more than timid aged man, afraid of the vengeance the priests in their innate wickedness might meditate against their families, who extorted from them dues at the last moments of their existence denying them spiritual aid and divine rewards without the cession of their material interests before departing from this earth. "We want the possessions of these land holders to be respected without their being obliged to pay any canon, lease or tax whatsoever of religious character, depressive or unjust, ceasing thus their detainment, anti-juridicial and anti-social, on the part of monarchial orders, rapacious orders whom, on the strength of their being a 'necessary evil,' the ignorant functionaries of Spanish administration, like themselves insatiable extortioners, have been aiding, in disdain of right, reason and equity. "We want in order to consolidate the property, the ominous 'Inspection de Montes,' to disappear and cease in its actual functions, as a disorganizing and fiscalizing center of the titles of property of the natives, which on pretense of investigating and discovering the detainment of State lands, had the custom of declaring the property of the State or of others, such as was already cultivated and producing by the improvements made by the poor peasant, awarding such to their friends or to those who bribe them if the legitimate proprietor refused to give them, in shameless auction, what they asked for as a remuneration for what they called 'shutting their eyes,' as has happened lately, amongst other scandalous cases, in Mindoro, when staking out the limits of the new Hacienda adjudged there to the Recoleto Priests. "We want public administration to be founded and to act on a basis of morality, economy and competence, in the charge of natives of the country or of such others who by their experience and learning can serve us as guides and teach us the basis and the system of those countries who have their economical, political and administrative offices and proceedings simplified and well organized. 300 SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. "We want the recognition of all the substantive rights of the human personality; guaranteed by judicial power, cemented in the principles in force in all the cultured nations; that the judicial authorities, when applying the laws, be penetrated by and identified with tle spirit and the necessities of the locality; that the administration of jtustice be developed by simple, economical and decisive proceedings; and that judges and magistrates have their attributions limited by the functions of a jury and by verbal and public judgment, making thus disappear the actual state of affairs, of which prevarication and crooked dealings are the natural and necessary mark. "WAe want sensible codes, adapted to our manner of being without differentiation of races and wNithout odious privileges contrary to tle principle of equality before the law. "We want the increase and protection of our industries by means of subventions and of local and transient privileges without putting barriers to the general exchange of plroduce and of mercantile transactions with all the nations of the globe without exception. "We want liberty of banking business, liberty of mercantile and industrial societies and companies, comlnercial liberty, andl that tlle Pllilipp)ines cease to be shut up allmongst tlle walls of its convents, to becom e again the universal market, like tlat of IIongkong, llthat of Sin-gapore, tiat of the Straits, tllat of Borneo, that of tle Moluccas, and thlat: of solme of thle autonomous colonies of Australia, countries which sulrroundl( s; l(and tilat capital m1ay with collfidelne developl- all thle el(e:lellets of wealtl of this privileged soil, w\ithout more (duties or char(es on ilport and export tlhan thlose the circunmstances of each epoch may require for determined purposes. "We wNan[ roads, canals and ports, the dcl.:,- ng of our rivers and other waterwalys, railroads. tralmways and all tle means of lo- motion n and trnsport, on water ind eart:l, with sulch h]elp and assistance as inr ie needed to carry tlem out vwitlin a certain time and develop tlhem conveniently. 'We wanlt thle suppression of the so-called 'Guardia Civil,' this pretorian and odious institution in whlose malignment and inhuman meshes so mny Philippine martyrs have suffered and expired; that center of tortures and iniiquities, tlhose conteinptible flatterers of small tyrants and of the concupiscense of the priests, thlose insatiable extortioners of tlie poor native; those hardened criminals animiated constantly in their perverseness by tlhe impunity witll wllichl their accomplices, the representatives of despotism and official immorality, covered them. SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. 301 eIn their stead we want a judicial and gubernatorial police, which is to watch ove-: and oblige the fulfillment of existing laws and regulations without tortures and abuses. "We want a local army, composed of native volunteers, strictly limited to what order and natural defense demands. "We want a. public instruction less levitical and more extensive in what refers to natural and positive sciences; so that it may be fitted to industrate woman as well as man in the establishment and development of the industries and wealtll of the country, marine and terrestrial mining, forestal and industrial of all kinds, an instruction whicl is to be free of expenses in all its degrees and. obligatory in its primary portion, leaving and applying to tllis object all suchl pro)prt(y( as is destined to-day to supply the sustainment of the same; taking charge of thle admlniiistration of such property a Council of Public Instruction, not. leaving for one imoment longer in the, hands of religious institutions, since these teach only prejudice and fanaticism, proclaiming, as did not long since a rector of the university of MI-nila, tlat C'medicinei and physical sciences are materialistic and impious studies,' and another, tliat 'political economy was the science of the devil.' '-We want to develop this public instruction, to have primary schools, normal scllools, institutes of second degree, professional schools, universitie s, muselulls, public libraries, meteorological observatories, agricultural schools, geological and botanical gardens and a genclr l lraectical and theoretical system of teaching agriculture, arts and handicraft and commerce. All tlis exists already in the country, but badly organlized and dispItirsed, costingl the contributtors a good dleal witlhout practical results, which migllt lhave been expected, by the incompetency of the teachers an(l the favoritism employed in tleir nominations and relmunerations. "We want laws for lutring, and fishling,.and teaclingl and regular vigilance for the faitllflul carrying on of lisciculture, well-known already to tlle natives, for the advanltageous disposing of their marine products, such as conch shell, mother of pearl, wc.arls, bichli de mer, ray skins, fish linme, etc., and for tle raising of all kin(ds of animals useful for agricultural and industrial purposes and as victuals for tle natives ao! for export. "We wanlt liberty of immigration and assistance for foreign settlers and capitaltist, witl sucle restrictions only, wlleni there be an opportunity, as limit actually (Clinel e illllmigoration, similar to legislature on this point in North America and Australia. "We want, finally, anything that be just, equitable and orderly: all that may be 302 SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. basis for development, prosperity and well being; all that may be a propelling element of morality, virtue and respect to the mutual rights of all the inhabitants, in their minor relations and in those with the foreigner. "Do not believe that the American nation is unbelieving or fanatically protestant, that it take to the scaffold or to the fire those who do not believe determined principles and practice special religious creeds; within that admirable organization, masterly and living model of perfection for the old nations of Europe and Asia, lives and prospers the Roman Catholic Church. "There are some seven million inhabitants who profess that religion directed by natural clergy with their proper ministers, taken from that fold of Christ. "Then there are bishops, archbishops, cardinals of the Roman Church, American subjects, beloved faithful of the Pope Leo XIII. "There then is a Temporal Apostolical Delegate representative of the legitimate successor of St. Peter; there are parsons, canons, dignitaries and provisors, who live and teach in order peace and prosperity, respected by one and all, as you yourselves will be the day the American flag will influence in the spiritual direction of the Philippine people. "Then there are cathedrals, parish churches, temples and chapels, sumptuous and admired, where they adore the same God of the Sinai and Golgotha, where severs and ostensive cult is rendered to Immaculate Virgin Mary and to the Saints you have on your altars and none dare to destroy, attack or prostitute them. "There then are seminaries, convents, missions, fraternities, schools, everything Catholic, richly furnished, well kept up and perfectly managed to the glory of the religion. "There resides His Eminence Cardinal Gibbons, a wise Roman Catholic prelate, American citizen, who recently and on occasion of the present war, has ordered, with consent of His Sanctity, that all the catholic clergy of the American nation raise daily prayers to the Most High to obtain the triumph of the arms of their country, for the good of religion and humanity, which cause, in the present conflict legitimately and unquestionably represents that government. "And just as Christ, to be Messiah, had to be according to the prophecies, Jew and of the Tribe of Judah, that is: By right of his political fatherland, as by that of his native soil, of the chosen people, thus amongst you who ever wants to be a clergyman or merit being canon, dignitary, provisor, bishop, archbishop and cardinal, must as an indispensable condition, have been born on your proper soil, as is occur SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. 30S ring absolutely in all the civilized nations of the old and new world, with the only exception of the Philippines. "There may be priests, religious congregations, nuns and convents, but submissive to the laws of the country and obliged to admit in their bosom as formerly happened in these isles, as estimable and superior members of such institutions, those feel a vocation for a conventual life, as the noble and generous people of North America will demand, and will, do not doubt it, recognize these your legitimate rights. FILIPINOS AND COUNTRYMEN. "The protection of the great American Republic will make you respected and considered before the cultured powers, legitimately constituted; and your personality will be proclaimed and sanctioned everywhere. "We have the duty to exact the rights we have just proclaimed and the 'natives' in all the isles and in all their different races, as well as the 'Mestizo Sangley,' as the 'Mestizo Espanol,' and the 'Son of the Country,' we all have the honorable duty of defending ourselves against the whip and the contempt of the Spaniards, accepting the protection and direction of the humane North American nation. VIVA FILIPINOS Hurrah for liberty and right. Hurrah for the Grand Republic of the United States of North America. Hurrah for President McKinley and Rear Admiral Dewey. THE JUNTA PATRIOTICA. "Hongkong, April, 1898." Under the authority of the United States there have been inquiries by a court into the causes of the imprisonment of the inmates of the penitentiary and common jail at Manila, and others who have suffered from the enmities of the members of the government that ceased when the Spanish flag was taken down and the American flag raised. The memoranda following were made in the court proceedings, and state the facts as judicially established. FULGENCIA TUAZON. This lady was confined in Bilibid seven years ago (though the record shows July 11, 1898,) by order of the Governor-General, on a charge of selling counterfeit stamps. She was tried, and sentenced to six years' confinement; but the Judge accepted a bribe of $900 and released her about a week after her trial. A year after 304 SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. wards she was again arrested by a new judge on the same charge, and $3,000 was demanded as the price of her liberty. This was refused, and imprisonment followed. She claims to have bought the stamps (which were telegraph stamps), from tlhe Government. DOIOTEIA ARTEAGA. Tl'lis young lady, who was a school teacher in her native province, Montinlupa, Manila province, was confined in Bilibid, August 8th, 1895, charged with "sacrilege and robbery,' and insurrection. She came to Maalate to see about her license as a school teacher, and was arrested by the civil guard on the above charge. She claims her arrest wa.s instigated by a priest who had made overtures to her to have carnal intercourse withl ]im, and had attempted the same, and had been repulsed and refused. T'o cover up his ill-doing he caused her arrest on the charge of having stoleii part of tlhe vessels used in the communion service of the Roman Catholic churchl. Slhe lias never been married and the Alcalde says, "Iler conduct in prison has been very good." SENTORA?MAXIMA ITI'RRIIERA. l'lls womnlall was born ili Sanlli (ruzlz, in 1838, anld hlas been confined in Bilibid since 1890, tlioughl' the record( shlows that she was imprisoned July 11, 1898, by order of ile Goverinor-General. Tlls date, however, is admitted to be an error by the Alcalde, witlout any explanation of the error. The record shows that shle was ilnpriso(.ned 1because she objected to tlie Governnlent taking wood off ]ler property witllout lpaying for it. Slie claimls that since her imprisonment, the Government has confiscated $-10,000 worth of her property. FELlPF REMENTINA. lThis prisoner was confined in the year 1889, when only 12 years old. At that time a revolution was in progress il thle plroince in whlich lie resided, and lie was "captlllred" by the Spanish forces and( sent to Bilibid Carcel. lie did not know witl wNllat lie was charged, and while lie was tried, lie never received any sentence. JOSE DAVID. '1 \wa put in lhere June 13th, 1898. Aml a civilian and a 'Katipunan.' Was tried, b1it never sentenced." The forcgoing is tlhe testimony of tle prisoner Jose Davi(d, and is quoted here as an example of the testimony of some hundreds of others, which is almost identical. Large numbers of the natives seem to be mem SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIIIE'VANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. 305 bers of the "Katipunaln" society, which appears to be a revolutionary brotherhood of some kind. They have been imprisoned for terms varying froml one or two months to several years (in some cases ten or twelve years), upon the cllarge of belonging to tlis society; in very many cases without trial, and in the majority with no sentence whatever, and, very largely, simply "on susupicion." AGAPITO CALIBUGAR. This man was arrested by tlie Civil (Guard, in July, 1889, in his own house, and was tried but not sentenced, or rather did not know what his sentence was. lie was told that his sentence was served out, but he could not be returned to his own province of Negros because the Governor had no ships available for that purpose. lie had no idea why he was arrested and tried. There are several other cases similar to this one, in which the charge is "resisting armed forces" —mnost of which were tried )by court martial, and never sent:tenced. (Cll'1"(0' I.l-X G, EGOIlIO DOMINGO. Tlhis prisoner was confined ill I'ilibid Cafrcel oni thle 25th of JNovember, 1896), the entry ol thle prison record against his nlliame )cing "no sC esprCsa"-"- no charge expressed." lie was, of course, neither tried nor sentenced, bult lad been in prison alllost tw(o v\cas. withl ablesolitel y no ieasonl attelil)ted to 1)e mlade for hiis confinemenli. Tils case is ialso cited as an exafiniIe of imiany similar ones. JO()SLE TAIIAAI)O. Tllis is tie case of a lma1 wilo wals a mlIenmler of the Katiiunan society, but) who was tried and sentenced. IIe was imnp)risoned in ]ilibid (arcel, May 5th1 19, 9 is sentence being confilnelent "cardenla rl)ipetua"'-"il chaiils forever." 1e wa1s one of five mcn wlho received tlie same sentence for a like offence. le, witl tle others, was set free August,1ist, 1898. SI LYINO ) DE (CASTO. Inl tis casc thi e prisoner, whlio was fornierly (ciiloyed a:s 1 c(lerk in a grocery store, was ilnl)risoned in 1Bililbid Carel on tlie 25th1 of )ecembelir, 1897, charged vwitll having stolen,$1.50 (Spanish, which represents about $2.25 AiiericanI). His story was thlat lie was sent out to collect a bill, but lost tlie said bill, a1 d was tIhere(ore accused by lhis employer of stealing the money, and was ilmprisoned. Ie wa tried, but never received any sentence. 306 SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF THE FILIPINOS. DON FERNANDO SIERRA. The prisoner above named is a full-blooded Spaniard, thirty-eight years of age. married, and has one child, three months old. He was confined in Bilibid, May 28, 1893, for "insulting" a civil guard, while drunk, and was tried and sentenced to six years and six months imprisonment. He had already served over five years of this sentence, when he was released September 2nd, 1898. CRISTAN DEL CARMEN. This man was confined in the Careel De Bilibid, the "common prison," May 4th, 1898, and his offense was that he was "suspected of being an American!" For this heinous crime he was neither tried nor sentenced. JULIAN SORIANO. In this case the prisoner was confined in Bilibid, March 25th, 1895, after having been in prison one year in his province on suspicion of being implicated in the killing of a civil guard at a place colled Balauga. He was tried by a sergeant of the civil guard, who caused him to be tortured in order to wring a confession from him. This torture was inflicted by means of a thin rope or cord, tied very tightly around the muscles of the arm above the elbow (cutting into the flesh deeply), and left there in some instances for thirty days. In some cases the men were also hung up, the weight of the body being sustained by the cords around the arms. Several of the prisoners have deep scars on their arms caused by the torture. This man was never sentenced. LEON BUENO. The charge against this man was that he had stolen a pig, and he was confined in Bilibid, March 21st, 1893, after being tried and sentenced to eight years' imprisonment. IHe had already served over five years when released Sept. 3, 1898. JOSE CASTILLO. This man was confined in Bilibid Carcel, December 15th, 1894, charged with "insulting the armed forces of Spain." His version of the reason for his imprisonment is as follows: His cousin and a lieutenant in the guardia civile were very close friends, and the said cousin, wishing to present a cow to the lieutenant, applied to the prisoner for one, which was given to him. Later on the cousin thought he would like to present his friend with another cow, so applied to the prisoner for SPECIFICATIONS OF GRIEVANCES OF TIlE FILIPINOS. 307 cow No. 2, and was this time refused. In order to take vengeance on the prisoner, the cousin denounced him to the civil guard lieutenant as a "bandit," and he was arrested and imprisoned as above. The prisoner was sixty years of age. ANASTACIO DE MESA. The story of this prisoner seems to be particularly sad. IIe was a chorister or sacristan in a Roman Catholic church, with several others, and was arrested, with his companions, by the civil guard, charged with "sacrilege." The truth of the matter, however, seems to be as follows: The prisoner had a sweetheart with whom a lieutenant of the civil guard, named de Vega, appears to have been infatuated. After imprisoning Anastacio de Mesa and his companions upon the above charge, which seems to be without foundation entirely, de Vega took the girl, and compelled her by force and against her will to live with him as his mistress. The girl soon died, her end, no doubt, being hastened by the brutal cruelty of de Vega. These young men, hardly more than boys, were imprisoned on August 3, 1895, after having been tried by court martial, but not sentenced. They have now been liberated. It should be stated that de Vega himself constituted the "court martial" before which these boys were tried. Note.-There are several cases of arrests for "insulting and resisting the armed forces of Spain." In the ease of Pedro Javier, the accused was over seventy years old, and in that of Miguel de la Gruz, he was seventy-five years old; while in one or two other cases boys of ten or twelve years of age were arrested on the same charge. b-I CHAPTERI XX. HAWAII AS ANNEXED. The Star Spangled Banner Up Aga ini in1 -haw aii, and to Stay-Dimensions of the Islands Wha,,t I le -Miss-ionalries havge -Donle-1eli(wious. Belief by Nationality-Trad e Sttisti e~s-Latest Censuis-Saigar Plantation Laborers-Coinage at Sillver-Schools-toffee G rowin " The star spangled banner sbonld have been waving in peaeeftil trinmph over our C ent ral possessions in the Pacific for five. years. Now Old Glory has ascended the famon flagst at, frm wh eli t wa isakenly -witbdrawn, and is at home. Its lu-irons folds (are weleomed by a city that, is strangely Ameriean, in the sense that it is what- the woild larg~ely calls "Yankee," and does not mean bad mnanners by the most expres~sive word that has so vast a distinction. The shops of honolului are Americaniz~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ed. There is a splendid iblossomaing of the flag of the couintry Te British p~arties of opposition hiave faded out. There is the wisdomi in Eng~lllis statesmanship to be glad ho see ns wvith mateioal interest in the Pacific Ocean. ha this connection there is somethi'ng better than a treat. Do not mispronlounce the namie of the capital city of the Hawaiian Islands. Caill it IHoo-noo-lnin-inni and let it sing, itself. Remember that this city, is not on tn largTer of thie i~lands, but 'the third iii size. The area of Hlawa'ii the gTreater islanml, is -1,2110 sqnare mi1les. Oahu, the H1onoluluti island, has 600 scjntare miles, with a 1opnmlation of 40,205, and Hawaii hias 88')285 peopile. The area of the islands,, toll inl acres is, Hawaii, 2,000,000; Nani,.100,000O; Oahu, 260,000; Kauai, 3500,000; M.Aholoai, 200,000; Lanai, 1.00,000; NXichani 70,000; Kalsloolawe, 30,000. Thedimensions of the tremendous volcanoes that are our property now are startling: DIMENSIONS OF KILAUJEA, ISLAND OF HAWAII. (The largest active Volcano in the W~orld.) Area, 4.1.4 sqnare milles, or 2,650 acres. Circamference~ 41 5000 feet, or 7.85 niiles. Extreme wvidth, 10,300 feet, or 1.95 miles. Extreniie length,1 15, 500 feet, or 2.93 miles. iLWlevation, Volcano I onise., 1,040 f eet., 308 HAWAII AS ANNEXED.80 309 DIMENSIONS OF MAOK[JAWEOWEO. (The Sumnmit C"rater of Alauna Loa, Island of Hawaii.) Area, 3.70O square miles, or 2,37)0 acres. C~ircumiference, 0_00 feet or 9.47 miles. Lenoth, 11 9,500 feet, or 3.7 miles. Width, 9,200 feet, or 1.74711mile~s. Elevation, 13,075 feet. DIMENSIO-N-S OF.1 HALEAKALA. (The great Crater of Maui, thec Largest in. the World.) Areai 19 square miles, or 12,100 aeres. C ircumfereneie, 10156000 feel or 20 miles. Ei vtrerne lengtAh,39 )00 fee I or 7;.18 miles. IE\trieme wv'lth,, 12 500 feel, or 12.37 milles. I cxvitiou of stummit 10,0,32 -feet. 1 F iItIon. of prineipil eonet,,, mi (rater. 8.032 and 7,5 72 feet. Elevatiou of cave in floor of crater, 7,380 feet. DIMENSIONS OF lAO VALLEY, MAUJI. Len o'tl (from Wailulku) about 5 miles. Width of valley, 2 miles. Depth, near hecad, 4,000 feet. Elevation of Puue K-utai, above head of valley, 5, 788 feet. Elevation of Crater of Eke, above Waihiee Valley, 450feet'. IHouolulu's importance comes from the harbor, aud the favor of the m-issionaric-s As to the generald judgmnent of the work of the missionaries, there is nothingc betteri to do thai- to quote Mr. Richiard II. Daua's "Two Years Before the AMast." ii1 s~aid iu that elassie: "It is i-no smnall thingr to say of the miissionaries of the American Board, thiat ini less than forty years they have tangh1t this wvhole lpeolple to read and write, to eilfiher and to sew. They have given them an alphabet, grammar and distiona(,ry; picserved their language fromn extinction; given it a literature and transla-ted] iito il the Bible, and works of devotion, science and entertainment, etc. Theyha established schools, reared up na,_tive teachers, arid so pressed their work that nowN 310 IHAWAII AS ANNEXED. ~ the proportion of inhabitants who can read and write is greater than in New England. And, whereas, they found these islanders a nation of half-naked savages, living in the surf and on the sand, eating raw fish, fighting among themselves, tyrannized over by feudal chiefs and abandoned to sensuality, they now see them decently clothed, recognizing the law of marriage, knowing something of accounts, going to school and public worship more regularly than the people do at home, and the more elevated of them taking part in conducting the affairs of the constitutional monarchy under which they live, holding seats on the judicial bench and in the legislative chambers, and filling posts in the local magistracies." Take away the tropical vegetation and the gigantic scenery and we have here, in our new Pacific possessions, a new Connecticut. The stamp of New England is upon this lofty land, especially in Honolulu, where the spires of the churches testify. There is much that is of the deepest and broadest interest in the possible missionary work here, on account of the remarkable race questions presented. Iere are the nations and the people of mixed blood-the Chinese, Japanese and Portuguese-a population immensely representative of Oriental Asia. The measure of success of the missionaries under our flag in dealing with these people can hardly fail to be accepted by the world as a test of the practical results of the labor with the Asiatica. In this connection, the figures following, from the Hawaiian Annual of 1898, furnish a basis of solid information for study: TABLE OF RELIGIO-US BELIEF, BY NATIONALITY. (So Far as Reported in Census Returns, 1896.) Roman Nationalities. Protestants. Catholics. Mormons. Hawaiians................ 12,842 8,427 4,368 Part Hawaiians.......... 3,242 2,633 396 Hawaiian born foreigners.... 1,801 6,622 15 Americans................ 1,404 212 34 British................... 1,184 180 7 Germans............... 592 83 2 French......6 57..... Norwegians............... 154 8 Portuguese............... 146 7,812 1 Japanese................ 711 49 4 Chinese.................. 837 67 49 South Sea Islanders........ 178 42 3 Other nationalities......... 176 171 7 Totals............... 23,273 26,363 4,886 NOTE.-This table shows but 54,522 of the population (just about one.half) to have made returns of their religious belief. With 21,535 Japanese and 18,429 ; SPANIARDS READY TO) EXECUTE rTION ---PROSTRATE FORMS Al? 'NCO NUERABLE MOH-AAMHBI [IAWA. I AS A> r1 it i 1 I — 'i: I. i i~~ I I 311 |, i **/'N X3I ~ff I~ Ii I i I1,^f I i1 C| I n.-I f 1:;C f3 s =3 a 2 ZCeC tos c: A rt._~ II FEZ p II Jr \ lo \^1/ fn~ cisi I 312 312 II~~1AWAI I AS ANNE]XED. Ch'tinese (probably Buddhists and Confucians) unreported because not provided I-or in the schedules, the great difference is largely accounted for. The latest census returns show that. of the whole population, 109,020, there are: Males,, 72,517; femiales, 36.,503. The latest information of labor, under contract for sujgar-making, make the number of males on the island more than double that of the Inimales. There has been an increase of population of more than 50,000 in the eighteen years from 1878 to 1896. The census of the several ilns taken Septem-." ocr 27, 1896, shows: POPULATION. Male. Female. Total. Oahu.....26,164 h1a wa ii..... 22, (;32 Molokai.....1,335 Lanai..... 51 MaulI.......11,4135 Niihau-... 76 Kauai.....10,~824 Totals.. 72,517 14,041 10,53 972 54 6,291 88 4,404 36,503 40,205 33,285 2,307 105 17726 1-64 15,)228 109,020 Inhabited. 6,685 5,033 651 23 3,15 t-)6 31 2, 320 17,099 DWELLINGS. Uniribabi- Build- Total. ted. lng. 1,065 60 7,010 955 35 6,027 92 3 746 13.. 36 650 18 3,84 0.. 34 299 8 2,627 3,08 124 21,O104 Hawaii's annual trade balance since 1879 is a notable reeord: Year. 1880... 1Is88I1... 1882... — 1883... 1 884... Il 88(;... i,888)... 1889... 1890... 1-892... 1893... 189kt.. 1895... 1896... Imports. $G3,63268.41 41,5,)4 7,978.6(-'4 4,974,510.01 5,62 1,~2 40. 09 4,6;37,'514.22 3,3, 1.58 4,9143,840.72 4,54 0,887.46,4:38,79'(0.6 3 6,962,201.13 7J4381582.65 4,028,295.31 -4,363,1 77.538 5,1041,481.43 5,714,017.54 7,16 1561.40 Exports. $4,968,444.87 8,299,016.70 9,1158,818.01 10,565,885.58 9,707,047.33 11,903,38.76 14,039,(9414 13,142,829.48 10395,788.27 10,1962,598.09 9,678,794-.56) 5I 25 5,230.143 Excess Export Values. $1,295,176.46 2, 33 7,457.92 3,324,506.69 2,509,103.79 3,547,~408.41 5,328,273.43 5,(68 8, 14 6.8"5' 4,76'3,'206.61 7,362,511.30 8,601,15)0.77 6,1 80, 62 8.3 5 2,9 5 /,2 05. 62 4,153,1391.90 5,599,420.51 4,574,3 183.13 2,760,1 20.61 8,350,668.73 Custom House Receipts. $402,181X63 4 23,1 92. 0 1 505,390.98 5 511,739.5t)9 502.337.38 58() 444.04 59% 1002.64 546 142.63 51 0,01-0.1-6 6% 9 5,956.9 1 494 385.10 545,754.16 547,149.40 656,895.82 The pverentage of imports fom. the United States in 1896 was 76.27; Great Britain, 10.1'4; Germany, 2.06; France(./'J"5"; Chinai. 4.17; Japan, 3.86. In 1895 the export of sngar was 294,784,1819 poundls; value, $7,975,500.41. HAWAII AS ANNEXEI, 313 NATIONALITY OF VESSELS EMPLOYED IN FOREIGN CARRYING TRADE, 1889-1896. NAT IONS. No. American.... 185 Hawaiian.... 44 British...... 22 German..... 5 Japanese...... All others... 9 Total... 269 j Si;9 Tons. 125,19C 56,670 21,108 3,337 12,268 218,579 No. 224 35 16 9 9 293 1890. Tons. 153,098 43,641 22,912 7,070 9,980 236,701 No. 233 21 33 9 5 10 311 1891. Tone,. 169,472 26,86( 52,866 9,005 8,239 8,401 274,852 No. 212 _1 30 5 3 11 722 1892. Tons T r,.s,. 5):;; I, Ir, 7 i 2',501 242,579 BONDED DEBT, ETC., HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, JUNE 30, 1897. Per Cent. Under Loan Act of 18 76..................$ 1,500.00 " " " 1882......... 7......... 67,400.00 " " " 188......... 6......... 2,000,000.00 " " " 1888......... 6......... 190,000.() " " " 1890......... 5 and 6......... 124,100.00 c" ' " 1892......... 5 and......... 82.1 0.0( " " 189.................. 50,0000 " ': " 1896......... 5......... 222,000.00 3,337,100.00 Due Postal Savings Bank Depositors......... 82 071.225 Total................................... $4,119,174.25 NUMBER AND NATIONALITY OF SUGAR PLANTATION LABORERS. (Compiled from latest Report of Secretary Bureau of Inmigrltion, December 31, 1897.) Islands. lawaii........ Mauai........... ()al i........... Katla'i........... 'otal, 1 896... Total, 18 95... Increase, 1896.... Decrease, 1899.... Hawaii- l'ortu- J1apanans. guese. ese. 594 980 6.215 580 526 2.010 197 211 1,331 2411 551 3,307. 1,615 2,268 12,893.1,584 2,497 11,581 31.... 1,309..... 231...... Chinese. 2,511 1,114 973 1,691 6,289 3,8-471 2,44 2 *,.. o is. S. sl'ders. 21 45 16 30 115 133 18 All Otlhers. 232 110 55 2()3 (;()0 417: 127 *. o. Total. 10.586 4.3,85 1 0. -S. C) 2,783 6,0)7! 20,1 (20 3,;(i; *..... The number of day laborers, 11,917, or a little over one-half of the total force engaged. The Japanese and South Sea Islanders are about evenly divided in theil numbers as to term and day service, while ITcvaiians and Portuguese show each but 314 IIAWAII AS ANNEXED. a small proportion of their numbers under contract. Minors are reducing in number. Women laborers, numbering 1,024 in all, show a gain of 89 over 1875. Only thirtyv Hawaiian females are engaged among all the plantations, and confined to one plantation each in Oahu, Kauai and Maui. The Iwaiian Annual of 1898 makes this annotation: During the year various changes have occurred in the labor population of the country, and under the working of the present law, requiring a proportion of other than Asiatic of all immigrant labor introduced, there has already arrived one company of Germans, comprisingg 115 men, 25 women and 47 children, all of whom found ready engacgements with various plantations. Chinese arirvals in 1897 to take the place of Japanese whose terms were expiring, will alter the proportions of these natioialitis of plantation labor, and by the new law Asiatic laborers must return to their country at the expiration of their term of service, or re-engage; they cannot drift around the country, nor engage in competition with artizans or merchants. The islands comprising the Hawaiian territory are HIawaii, Mauai, Oaha, Kauai, Molokai, Lauai, Niihau, Kahaalawe, Lelhua and Moollini, "The Leper Prison," and, in addition, Nihoa, or Bird Island, was taken possession of in 1822; an expedition for that purpose having been fitted out by direction of Kaahumanu, and sent thither under tlie charge of Captain William Sumner. Laysan Island became IHawaiian territory May 1st, 1857, and on the 10th of the satml:e month Lysiansky Island was added to Kamelhamehla's realm by Captain Jolihn Paty. Pallmyra Island was taken possession of by Captain Zenas Bent, April 15th, 1862, and proclaimed Ilawaiian territory in the reign of Kamehameha IV., as per "By Authlority" notice in the "Polynesian" of June 21st, 1862. Ocean Island was acquired September 20th, 1886, as per proclamation of Colonel J. II. B1oyd, emnpowered for such service during the reign of Kalakaua. Neckcr Island was taken possession of May 27th, 1894, by Captain James A. King, on behalf of the IHawaiian Government. French Frigate Sh1oal was the latest acquisition, also by Captain King, and proclaimled 1awlaiian territory July 13th, 1895. Gard(ener Island, Mara or Moro Reef, Pearl and IIermes Reef, Gambia Bank, and Jolnston or Cornwallis Island are also claimed as ITawaiian possessions, but there is some obscurity as to tlle (cates of acquisition, and it is of record in the Foreign Office articles of convention between lion. Charles St. Julien, the Commissioner and Political and Commercial Agent of Iis Majesty the King of the lawaiian HAWAII AS ANNEXED. 315 Islands, and John Webster, Esq., the Sovereign Chief and Proprietor of the group of islands known as Stewart's Islands (situated near the Solomon Group), whllereby is ceded to tlie Iawaiian Government-subject to ratilicati on by the King-the islands of Ihikaiana, Te P'arcna, Taore, Matua Awi alnd Matua Ivoto, comprising said group of Stewart's Islands. But the formalities do not scen to have been perfected, so that we are not certain that the Stewart's Islands are our possessions. The latest thorougll census of lthe hIawaiian Islands was taken population was closely estimated July 1st, 1897. in Septemlber, 1896, but the Native.;. Chinese. Ja.pan- Portu- All Other ese. guese. Foreigners. Total Population as per Census, September, 1896..... Passen gers-Arriva sExcess over depl-artures, 4tlh (qlarter, l 1 8 ()..... Excess over (1epaartll res, 6 rmos. to July 1, 1897. Ttat)ll............ 39,504 21,616 24,407 15,191...... 1,3 7 7 1,(73...... 8,302 109,020 339 3,389 39,501 2,908 25.901 396 26,476 58, 15,249 2()07 8,8418 3,569 115,978 The following denomlinations of Iawaiian silver were coined during tile reig'n of Kallakalua, at the San Francisco Imint, andl ilmor ted for the circulating mledium of tle islands iln S1 883 and 1884. They are of thle same intrinsic valite as tlhe United States silver coilns and were first introduced inllo circulatiioln.anlllar 1litl at the openin g of tlle bank of Clans Spreccles & Co. in IIonolulu. TtICe amlount coined was $1,000,000, divided as follows: Hawaiian )ollars.................................$ 0 0,00 I 1 ' D ollars............................... 350,000 ( ti er )ollars............................ )i................................ 21,) 000 T otal......................................... $1,000,000 SCIIOOLS, TEACIEIIRS AND I'UPILS FO1R THE YEAIIR 1896. -Tleachers.Schools. MIal alee le. Total. Government........ 132 11 169 280 Independent........ 63 72 130 202 195 183, 299 482 -Pu)ils.M-ale. Femnale. 5,75. 1,4135 1,994 1.,810 7,748 6,275 816 HAWAII AS ANNEXED. NATIONALITY OF PUPILS ATTENDING SCHOOLS FOR THE YEAR 1896. Nationality. Male. Female. H awaiian................................ 3,048 2,432 Part-lHawaiian........................... 1,152 1,296 Am erican................................ 219 198 B ritis................................... 105 151 G erm an.................................. 152 136 Portuguese............................... 2,066 1,534 Scandinavin........................... 51 47 Japanese................................. 242 155 Chinese................................. 641 280 South Sea Islanders........................ 5 13 Other foreigners........................... 57 33 7,748 6,275 Of the Japanese, 8.5 per cent. were born on the islands; of the Chinese, percentage born here, 10.3. Of a total of 41,711 Japanese and Chllinese, 36,121 are males and 5,590 females. The figures sliow that tlie Asiatics are not at home. The sugar industry in our new possessions has had great prominence agriculturally. The sugar interest of these islands has had a formidable influence in the United States. Rccent events and the ascertained certainties of the future show that the people of the United States will soon raise their suga1r supply on their own territory. Tim annexation of these sugar islands was anltagonized becau(se tlhere was involved the labor contract system. As a matter of course, the United States will not change the labor laws of the nation to suit the sugar p)lalters of Hawalii, who have been obtaiing clheap) labor through ac system of Asiatic servitude. Tllere is but one solution-labor will be better compenlsated in Hawaii than it lias been, and yet white men will not be largely employed in tlie cultivation of sugar cane in our tropical islands. The beet sugar industry is another mlatter. There will be an end of tlle peculiar institution tlhat leas had strength in our new possessions, that brings, under contract, to IIawaii "a mass of forty thousand Chinese and Japanese nmen, and turns over the majority of illhem to tile plantations, wllose profits hlave displayed an unlwholesome aggrandlizemlent. Once it was said cotton could not be grown in the cotton belt of our country without slave labor, but the latter trouble is, the cotton producers claim, thlere is too much of( tleir product raised. A ten-milion bale 1cr1p depresses the market. Already expecrimlents llhave been tried succesfullly to ay- labor in tle sugar tilds by tlhe tonls of cane deli-ve'red at tle mlills for grinding. Tfis. is (an ileidenlt flll ()f alils)icio()s sigificel ' ti. A genl'ral feeling is excressed in HAWAII AS ANNEXED. 317 the current saying that coffee raising is "the coming industry." The confidence that there is prosperity in coffee amounts to enthusiasm. Iere are some of the statistics of coffee growers, showing number of trees and area, trees newly planted and trees in bearing: NO. OF TREES OR AREA. Newly 1 to 3 year Trees Planted. old. in Bearing. J. C. Lenhart, Kaupo....................... 2,000 trs. 4,000 trs.......... Mokulau Coffee Co., Kaupo............. 2,000 trs. 10,000 trs. 2 acres E. E. Paxton, laupo.................... 5,00 t. 7,000 trs......... Native Patchees throughout Kaupo............ 10 acres............. Lahaina Coffee ancd Fiit (Co., Ltd., Lahaina.. 10,000 trs. 1000,00( trs. 30,000 trs. H. l'. Baldwin, Honokahl................. 35,947 trs. 4,669 trs. 2,641 trs. Waianae Coffee Plantation Co., aiana...... 7,500 trs. 23,00 trs. 36,000 trs. C. A. Wideman, Waia................... 10,000 tlrs. 8,500 trs......... Makaha Coffee Co., Ltd., \Waiae........... 112 acres............... Lanihau Plantation, K1 iill................ 20,700 trs. 25,000 trs. 10,000 trs. Kona Coffee Co., Ltd., o aila................................ 35 acres. Geo. Ml1)Dougal & Soiis, lKa.ilua....................... 71 S 105 acres. It. C. Aclii, -lolual(oa...................................... 10,000 trs. E. A\r. Balnard, lllipahloelhoe......80........................... 3,000 trs. J. M. Itlllarnard, Lali)ahoeloe....................... 5,00() s......... Joliu ( n sp, a............................. 33N ) ls.,000 trs. Man 11ul Sebastian, 1ealakekll a........................... S,000 trs. J. G(. I enriques, Is Keala.keklua........................ 3,000 trs. C. Iol ler, Kallleoi........................ 12 acr.es. J. Ii li(i (.......................... a s. 1. 1( acres. A. S(. (glior........................ 3 ac-es.......... 0 acres. Mrs. E. ( 1(well....................... 8 at!ces. 25 acries. J,. i1.. Moisarat, K(ilo..................... 38 a s. 40 acres. (Q)ll0lleeu ' lllnttioli a............ 25,000 tl's. L. I. Staples P':lltationl......................... 25,(0)( t rs. 1,()00 trs. )Olaa (:;, (,f C d................... 50 rs. 90(1,,.......... (I Cossualll I) B os......,...... es. 0 cr.'s......... 1. H-. llown................... 2,2() t's. 2, )()0) 1 s..3,225 trs. Hermian Eldart............................, is. 0,0 rs 7,000 trs. r'lle list of coffee growers is ver loine. Th'lit;liil is of (ret(lr intierest is thce showing made of the illmmense imillnber of new it(c(s. I'llcl coffee mollc (lc tc teadily gains force and the pace of progress is aceler;t ed. l:verybody hlas not. been pleased witlh anlnexatioii. T1lhie.Ja(paIiese are not in a goold Illuor about it. The minister of Japan got his orders evidelitl\ to lea(ve for Japan when the news arrived llat the question had been settled iln W\\'Iaslitgton, and le left fIor Yokolhaima by the boat tlat broughlt the itelligencle..Jal)l(pese jo)rnals of imp)orttaince raise the question as to thie puroprlie t f ou01 estabisil hi ng' a: coal station here. There is sonme dissatisfaction anoniig the 11awaiians, w(ho a bew ildered. 318 HAWAII AS ANNEXED. They are children who believe stories in proportion as they are queer. Many of them feel that they have a grievance. The young princess who is the representative of the extinguished monarchy is affable and respected. If the question as to giving her substantial recognition were left to the Americans here, they would vote for her by a large majority. It would not be bad policy for the government to be generous toward her. She is not in the same boat with the ex-Quccen. The Americans who have been steadfast in upholding the policy that at last has prevailed are happy, but not wildly so, just happy. Now that they have gained their cause, their unity will be shaken by discussions on public questions and personal preferments. There should be no delay in understanding that in this Archipelago the race questions forbid mankind suffrage, and that our new possessions are not to become states at once, or hurriedly; that it will take generations of assimilation to prepare the Hawaiian Islands for statehood. The objection to the climate of the marvelous islands of which we have become possessed is its almost changeless character. There is no serious variation in the temperature. There is a little more rain in "winter" than in "summer." There is neither spring nor fall. The trade winds afford a slight variety, and this seems to be manipulated by the mountains, that break up the otherwise unsparing monotony of serene loveliness. The elevations of the craters, and the jaggfed peaks are from one thousand to thirteen thousand feet. If you want a change of climate, climb for cold, and escape the mosquitos, the pests of this paradise. There are a score of kinds of palms; the royal, the date, the cocoanut, are of them. The bread fruit and banana are in competition. The vegetation is voluptuous and the scenery stupendous. There is a constellation of islands, and they differ like the stars in their glories and like human beings in their difficulties. CHAPTER XXI. EARLY HISTORY OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. Captain James Cook's Great Discoveries and lls Martyrldom-(Cllharacter and Traditions of the Itawaiian Islands-Charges Against the lanllaous Navigator, anl( effort to Array the Christian World Against Hlimin-The Trtle Story )l i Iii Life and Death-l-ow Charges Against Cook (Calne to Be Madell-Testif)only of Vancouver, King and Dixon, and Last Words of Cook's Journal-lAig'lht Turned on History That llas Becomle Obsure-Savagery ol the NativesTheir Written Language Took Up Their Hiiglh Colored Tradlitions, and Preserved Phantonis-Scenes in Aboriginal TheatricaIls-Problelml of (iovelrnment in an Archipelago lWhere Race Questions Are Prelominant NowAmericans Should Reemeber Captain Cook as an Illustrious ioioeer. Regarding the islands in the Pacific that we have for a long time largely occupied and recently wholly possessed, the Hawaiian cluster that are the steppin stone, the resting place and the coal station for the golden group m1ore than a thousand leagues beyond, we should remember Captain Cook as one of our own Western pioneers, rejoice to read his true story, and in doing so to form a correct estilmate of the people who have drifted into the area of our Protection, or territory tlhat is inalienably our own, to be thoroughly Americanized, that they may some n day be worthy to become our fellow-citizens. Sunday, January 18th, 1778, Captain Cook, after seeing birds every day, and turtles, saw two islands, and the next day a third one, and canoes put of' from the shore of the second island, the people speaking the langutge of Otalmeite. As tlc Englishmen proceeded, other canoes appeared, bringing witli them roasted pigs and very fine potatoes. The Captain says: "Several small pigs were purchased for a six-penny nail, so that we again found ourselves in a land of plenty. Tle natives were gentle and polite, asking' whether they might sit down, whether they might spit on the deck, and the like. An order restricting the men going ashore was issued that I might do everything in my power to prevent the importation of a fatal disease into the island, which I knew some of our men now labored under." Female visitors were ordered to be excluded from tlie ships. Captain Cook's journal is very explicit, and he states the particulars of the failure of his precautions. This is a subject that has been much discussed, and there is still animosity in the cointroversy. The discovery of the islands that he called the Sandwich, after his patron the Earl of Sandwich, happened in the midst of our Revolutionary war. After 319 320 EARLY HISTORY OF THE SANDWICI ISLANDS. Cook's explorations for the time, he sailed in search of the supposed Northwest passage, and that enterprise appearing hopeless, returned to the summer islands, and met his fate in the following December. Captain George Vancouver, a friend and follower of Cook, says, in his "Voyage of Discovery and Around the World." from 1790 to 1795: "It should seem that the reign of George the Third had been reserved by the CGreat Disposer of all things for the glorious task of establishing the grand keystolue to that expansive arch over which the arts and sciences should pass to the futhliermost corners of the earth, for the instruction and happiness of the most lowly ellildleen of nature. Advantages so highly beneficial to the untutored parts of the lllllan race, and so extremely important to that large proportion of the subjects of tllis empire who are brought up to the sea service deserve to be justly appreciated; andi it beconmes of very little importance to the bulk of our society, whose enlightened Iallnimlnity teaches them to entertain a lively regard for the welfare and interest ot t lose iwhlo engage in such adventurous undertakings for the advancement of sienlce, or for the extension of commerce, what may be the animadversions or sarcasels of tlose few unenlightened minds that rmay peevishly demand, "what beneficial conseq(llences, if any, llave followed, or are likely to follow to the discoverers, or io tie (liscovered, to tlhe coimmonl interests of hunanity, or to the increase of usefull knowlelcge, fronm;11 our boasted attempts to explore the distant recesses of the g]lo1(:"' TI lh learCned ((li:or (1)r. Douglas, now Bishop of Salisburly) who has so jllstly anticipated tilis illjdiious remlark, lias, in his very comprellensive introduction to (Captain Cook's last, voyage, firom whlence the above quotation is extracted, ivIen to tlce public not only a complete anld satisfactory answer to tlat question, but ilas treated every other part of the subject of discovery so ably as to render any further obseriaations on formelr voyages of tilis description wholly unnecessary, for the purpose of bringing the reader acquainted( with what had been accomplisled, previously to my being h1onored( witli Ilis Majesty's commands to follow up the labors of tllat. llustrious navigator Captain James Coolk; to whose steady, uniform, indefatigable and undiverted afttention to tile several objects on wlhich the success of his entler)rises ultinmately depended, tile world is indebted for such eminent and im-,orlt a t benefits." Captain George Vancouver pays, in the introduction of his reports, a remark1able tribute to Ca)tail (Cook, tlat should become familiar to the American peof)le for1 ii is one of te ft of e feprepovalleut lawaiian literatarlle thiat th e roit aIvigiator is much disparaged, and (ldeounced. One of tlle favorite theories of thle Imissionaries IEARLY HISTORY OF THE SANDWICT ISLANDS. I21 has been that Cook's death at the hands of the savages was substantially tile punishment inflicted by God, because the Captain allowed himself to be celebrated and worshipped as a god by the heathen, consenting to their idolatry when lie should have preached to them, as was done with so much efficiency nearly half a century later. The fact is the natives had a great deal of "religion" of their own, and defended their superstitions with skill and persistence before yielding to thie great simplicities of tile Christian faith. Captain Cook, it must be admitted, did not attempt to preach the gospel. The gentleness of tile natives turned out to contain a great deal that was most horrible. Thli closing yetars of the last century were those of rapid progress in th3l art of navigation, and Captain Vancouver gives this striking sunmlary of testimlonl: "lBy the introduction of nautical astronomy into marine education, we are tauglht to sail on the lyIpothenuse, instead of traversing two sides of a triangei, which was the usage in earlier times; by this means the circuitous course of ali voyages from place to place is con:sid(erabily shortened; and it is llow lecomll:, evident tllt sea officers of the lmo.st commlon rate abilities whlo will tlae lthe trouble of lmaking themiselves acqulainlted xwitl thle principles of tlis science, xwili, n all suitable occasinos, withl propler 1ad correct instrlumenlts, be (.nab(ld to a(cquire a knowledge' of their situation in tlle Atlantic, Indi;lll or IPacific Oce1ans, witll a (de(ree of accl'racy sufitcient to steer on a. lilleridianal or diagonal line, to any k1lnown spot, \rovidtcd it be sufficiently conspic-uous to be Nvisible at any distance from five to te(n lcagnuc. ';This great I)(mprov(emenlt. by xw icll thle most relllote I)arts of th'e t l'le',tirial globe are broughlt so sa:-ilvx within our relacll, xvould nevertliteless have been 1 loparatively little ut i Ii ilit those tilittppy mine; s bencc dlisc, ovcre for pri'<e'\i} tlte lives 1and hCealtl ot thlt (officers 1ndl(1 seall?'! (lI enlC( ill SllIc (!i istilnt;IId1 Iap'ii)ns undertaklings; wh 'lic(lx were so peacefully pi racticcd } (IlbyCatainrl (oo,1, tlhe l i (ralt discoverer of this saltitary sxvstemi, in all is lattetr xvoages iarou()dI(l tlte loe}). itt in non e have tie effect of his wise regrulations, reglimeln and disci]plilcn te l Ilo'('e lanifest than in tlli colrse of the expedition of whlich tlie following plfte'- t'ic designed to treat. To ian unremitting attention, not only to food, (cl(aulit(es veC1 -tilation, and an early aldminislltration of alltiseltic 1provisions and el c(iciI(s-. but also to( prevent.- tmuc1it as possible the clhance of in(lis)(ositioln, by!) toli Il iting i it ividtllmls from careles.sly exposing tlheCselCxves to thle inlltelnle of clima-te, ()t tIihceallt.vy 1idul(gences in tilnes of relaxation, ai(l by) relicevilg, tlIinl faoim fatiigi(e t(Il1 tfhe in( clemency of the weatller thle 1moment thle 1attlre (of t}leir' (dltiy w\otild )cr'lmii ti(}em to() rtille, is to };i lscribed) te preservationl of tle healthl and lives of (,t a-fllrilg people on long voya"-JS. 322 EARLY HISTORY OF TIlE SANDWICI ISLANi,S. "Those benefits did not long remain unnoticed by the commlercial part of the British nation. Remote and distant voyages being now no longer objects of terror, enterprises were projected and carried into execution, for thle purpose of establishing new and lucrative branches of commerce between Northwest America and China; and parts of the coast of the former that had not been minutely examined by Claptain Cook beclame now the general resort of the persons thus eng(aged." The special zeal and consistency with which Cook is defended by the English navigrators \\wvio k\new him and were competent to judge of the scope of his acllievements is due in part to the venom of his assailants. The historian of the Sandwich Islands, Sheldon Dibble, says: "An impression of wonder and dread having been miade, C(aptain Cook and his men found little difficulty in having such intercolutse with the people as they chose. In regard to that intercourse, it was marked, as the world would say, with kindness and humanity. But it cannot be concealed that here and there at thlis time, in the form of loathsome disease, was dug the grave of tlhe Hawaiian nation; and from so deep an odiurm it is to be regretted that faithful history cannot exempt even the fair name of Captain Cook himself, since it was evident that lre gave countenance to the evil. The native female first presented to hinl was a person of some rank; iler namle was Lelemnaloalani. Sin and death were tlie first commodities imported to the Sandwiclh Islands." 'We have already quoted Captain Cook's first words on this subject. I-e had much nmore to say g'iving in detail difficulties rather too searching to be fnlly stated. As for the charge thlat Cook personally engagedl in debauchery, it rests upon the tradition of savacges, who had no more idea than wild animals of the restraint of human passion. It wvas debated among the islanders whether the white men should be assailed by the warriors, and it was on the advice of a native queen that the women were senlt to make friends with the strangers; and this was the policy pursued. As for tlie decline of tlie natives in numbers, and the "digging the grave of the nation," tile horror of the islands was the destruction of female infants, and also the habit of putting aged and helpless men and women to death. The general indictment against Captain Cook is that this amiable race was just about prepared for Christianity when lie thrust himself forward as a god, and with his despotic licentiousness destroyed immediate possibilities of progress. In Sandwich Island notes by "a Ilaole" (that is to say, a white person) we see what may be said on the other side of the picture: "It becomes an interesting duty to examine their social, political and religious condition. The first feature that calls the attention to the past is their social condition, and a darker picture can hardly be presented to the contemplation of man. They had their frequent boxing matches on a public arena, EARLY 1IlSTOIIY OF TilE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 323 and it was nothing uncommon to see thirty or forty left dead on the field of contest. "As gamblers they were inveterate. The game was indulged in by every person, from the king of each island to the meanest of his subjects. The wager accoI)panied every scene of publie amusement. They gambled away their property to the last vestige of all they possessed. They staked every article of food, their growing crops, the clolies they wore, their lands, wives, daughters, and even the very bones of their arms and legs-to be made into fishhooks after they were dead. Thlese steps led to the most absolute and crushing poverty. "They had their dances, which were of such a character as not to be conceived by a civilized mind, and were accompanied by scenes which would have disgraced even Nero's revels. Nearly every night, with the gatheringr darkness, crowds would retire to some favorite spot, where, amid every species of sensual indulgence they would revel until the morning twilight. At such times the chiefs would ]ily aside their authority, and mingle with the lowest courtesan in every degree of debauchery. "Thefts, robberies, murders, infanticide, licentiousness of the most debased and debasing character, burying their infirm and aged parents alive, desertion of the sick, revolting cruelties to the unfortunate maniac, cannibalismn and drunkenness, form a list of some of the traits in social life among the IIawaiians in past days. "Their drunkenness was intense. They could prepare a drink, deadly intoxicating in its nature, from a mountain plant called the awa (Piper methysticum). A bowl of this disgusting liquid was always prepared and served out just as a party of cliefs were sitting down to their meals. It would sometimces send tile rictim into a slumber from which lie never awoke. The confirmed awna drinker could be iimmediately recognized by his leprous appearance. "By far the darkest feature in their social condition was seen in the family relation. Society, however, is only a word of mere accommodation, designed to express domestic relations as they then existed. 'Society' was, indeed, sucl a sea of pollution as cannot be well described. Marriage was unknown, and all the sacred feelings whicl are suggested to our minds on mention of the various social relations, such as husband and wife, parent and child, brother and sister, were to them, indeed, as though they lhad no existence. There was, indeed, in this respect, a dreary blank -a dark chasm from which the soul instinctively recoils. There were, perhaps, some customs which imposed some little restraint upon the intercourse of the sexes, but those customs were easily dispensed with, and lad nothing of tile force of established rules. It was common for a husband to have many wives, and for a wife also to have many husbands. The nearest ties of consanguinity were but little regarded, 324 EARLY HIISTORY OF1 TlE11 SANDWICH ISLANDS. and among the chiefs, especially, the connection of brother with sister, and parent with child, were very common. For husbands to interchange wives, and for wives to interchange husbands, was a common act of friendship, and persons who would not do this were not considered on good terms of sociability. For a man or vomianr to refuse a solicitation was considered an act of meanness; and this sentiment \was thorouglly wriought into their minds, that, they seemed not to rid themselves of the feeling of meanness in a refusal, to feel, notwithstanding their better knowledge, hlat to comply was generous, liberal, and social, and to refuse reproachful and 1niggardly. It would be impossible to enumerate or specify the crimes which emallnated from this state of affairs. Their political condition was the very genius of despotism, systematically and deliberately conducted. Kings and chiefs were extremely jealous of their succession, and the more noble their'blood, the more they were venerated by the common people." Mr. Sheldon Dibble is a historian whose work was published in 18-13. Tle complains most bitterly that the natives bothered the missionaries by trying to give them the benefit of native thought. They wanted to do some of the talking, and said very childish things, and were so intent on their own thoughts that they would not listen to the preachers. But it ought not fo have been held to be an offenc:e for a procession of heathen to march to a missionary's house and tell him their tl-:.gilt5. That was an honest manifestation of profound interest-the slow ripeJingl of a harvest field. Mr. Dibble's book is printed by the,Mission Seminary, anld r. Dibble says, page 21: "WVe know that all the inhabitants of the earth desc(tlo!,(l fronm Noahl," tlherefore, the Hawaiians "must once have known the great,, lto( a nd the principles of true religion." But the historian says on the next pal f tlat the IIawniians were heathen from time immemorial, for, "Go back to tlie very first reputcd progenitor of the llawaiian race, and you find that the ingredients of their cllaracter are lust, anger, strife, malice, sensuality, revenge and the worship of idols."? This is the elevation upon which Mr. I)ibble places himself to fire upon the memor? of the EInglish navigator Captain James Cook. The first paragraph of the assault on Cook is this: "IIow Ilnbounlded the influence of foreign visitors upon the ignorant inhabitants of tlie Pacific! If the thousands of our countrymen whlo visit this ocean were actuated by tle pure principles of the religion of Jesus, how immnense the goo(l they might accomplish!:But, alas! how few visitors to the Western hemisphere are actuated by such principles." This is preparatory to the condemnation of Cook in these terms: "Captain Cook allowed himself to be worshipped as a god. The people of ICealakeakua de EARLY II{STOlRY OF TIHE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 325 clined trading with h-im, and loaded his ship freely with the best productions of the island. The priests approached him in a crouchling attitude, uttering pravers, and exhibiting all the formalities of worship. After approaching him with prostration the jpriests east their red kapas over his shoulders and then receding a little, they presented hogs and a variety of other offerings, with longy addresses rapidly! cinieiated, which were a repetition of their prayers and religions homage. "When lie went on shore most of the people fled for fear of him, and othlers bowed down before him, with solemn reverence. IHe was conducted to tire house of the gods, and into the sacred enclosure, and received there the iglhest honmiage.. In view of this fact, and of the death of Captain Cook, wh-ich speedily ensued, who can fail being admonished to give to God at all times, and evenl among barbarous tribes, the glory which is his (ue? Captain Cook might hiave dirtcted the rude and ionorant natives to the great Jehovah, instead of rvceivim, divine hionmage himself. "IKalaniopun, the king, arrived from Maui oil the 2-1th of Jannlarv, and imimediately laid a tabn on the canoes, which prevented the women fronm visiting the ship, and consequently the ncan came on shore in great nmllibers, g,-ratifying their infamous purposes in exclhangre for i'ieces of iron anid small lookig-glasses. Somte of the women w-efashed the coating from the back of the glasses much to their regretwhen they found that the reflecting property was thus destroyed. "The king, on his arrival, as well as the people, treated Captain Cook with ml1uch kindness, ga-ve Iiimi feather cloaks and fly brushes and paid him divine hionors. This adoration, it is pfainful to relate, was received without remonstrance. I sl111 speak here somewhat minutely of the death of Captain Cook, as it develops some traits of the heathien character, and the influence under whicli the heatlien suffer from foreign intercourse." After setting forth the horrible character of the natives, C'aiptain Cook. is c(,nndemned and denounced beeause he did not refuse the hiomiage of the ferocious savaics~, paid him as a superior creature. One of Cook's troubles wvas the frniantic pas1s(ion the islanders had to steal iron. The commoni people were the property of thle cliiefs, and they had no other sense of possession. They gave away wh-llat they had, but took what they wanted..Mr. Dibble shows his aninms when lie clhares that Cook did not give the natives the real value of their hiogs and fruit, and also that he had no right to stop pilferers in canoes by declaring and enforcingf a blockqade. This is a trifling technicallity much insisted upon. Dibble's account of the death of Cook is this: "A canoe came from an adjoiniing district, Ibound within the bay. TIn the canoo were two chiefs of some rank, Keklihauplo and ]ialinnu. Tile canoe was tired upjon -326 EARLY HISTORY OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. from one of the boats and Kalimu was killed. Kekuhaupio made the greatest speed till he reached the place of the king, where Captain Cook also was, and communicated the intelligence of the death of the chief. The attendants of the king were enraged and showed signs of hostility, but were restrained by the thought that Captain Cook was a god. At that instant a warrior, with a spear in his hand, approached Captain Cook and was heard to say that the boats in the harbor had killed his brother, and he would be revenged. Captain Cook, from his enraged appearance and that of the multitude, was suspicious of him, and fired upon him with his pistol. Then followed a scene of confusion, and in the midst Captain Cook being hit with a stone, and perceiving the man who threw it, shot him dead. He also struck a certain chief with his sword, whose name was Kalaimanokahoowaha. The chief instantly seized Captain Cook with a strong hand, designing merely to hold him and not to take his life; for he supposed him to be a god and that he could not die. Captain Cook struggled to free himself from the grasp, and as he was about to fall uttered a groan. The people immediately exclaimed, "He groans-he is not a god," and instantly slew him. Such was the melancholy death of Captain Cook. "Immediately the men in the boat commenced a deliberate fire upon the crowd. They had refrained in a measure before, for fear of killing their Captain. Many of the natives were killed." "Historian Dibble does not notice the evidence that Cook lost his life by turning to his men in the boats, ordering them not to fire. It was at that moment he was stabbed in the back. Dibble represents the facts as if to justify the massacre of the great navigator, because he allowed the heathen to think he was one of their gang of gods. But this presumption ought not to have been allowed to excuse prevarication about testimony. The importance of Dibble's history is that it is representative. I-He concludes with this eloquent passage: "From one heathen nation we may learn in a measure the wants of all. And we ought not to restrict our view, but, look at the wide world. To do then for all nations what I have urged in behalf of the Sandwich Islands, how great and extensive a work! I-ow vast the number of men and how immense lte amount of means which seem necessary to elevate all nations, and gain over the whole earth to the permanent dominion of the Lord Jesus Christ! Can 300,000,000 of pagan children and youth be trained and in-:structed by a few hands? Can the means of instructing them be furnished by the mere farthings and pence of the church? Will it not be some time yet before ministers and church members will need to be idle a moment for the want of work? Is there any danger of our being cut off from the blessed privilege either of giving or of going? There is a great work yet to be done-a noble work-a various and a RIDING B UFFALOES rE:oIc\ll (I- ()R ATIES PALMTS. A NATIVE I I)'SE. (tiET B{ I r IDGE l AlT )IA XIL NATIVES FTSH ING;I FRO.it-MI sXAL 1s.); EARLY HIISTORY OF Till': SANI)DWIC ISL.\NI)S. 327 diflicult work-a work wortlhy of God's power, God's resources, anl (God's wisdom. What christendom lhas as yet done is scarcely worthy of being called a coilmmencement. W1hen God shall bring such energies into action as shall be commensurate with the greatness of the work —\when he slall cause every redeelmedl sinner, by the abundant influence of lis HIoly Spirit, to lay himself out wholly in the great enterprise. then there will be a sight of moral sublimity that slall rivet the gaze of angels." We quote this writer as to what became of the remains of Cook: "'The body of Captain Cook was carried into the interior of the island, the bones secured according to their custom, and the flesh burned in the fire. The Ieart, liver, etc., of Captain Cook, were stolen and eaten by some hungry children, who mistook tlhen in the night for the inwards of a dog. Tlle names of the children were Kupa, Mohoole and Kaiwikokoole. These men are now all dead. The last of the number died two years since at the station of Lahaina. Some of the bones of Captain Cook were sent on board his ship, in comlpliance with the urgent demands of thle officers; and some were kept by the priests as objects of worship." The "heart, liver, etc.," were of course given to the children to eat! The bones are still hidden, and presumably not much worshiped. The first of the remains of Captain Cook given up was a mass of his bloody flesh, cut as if from a slaughtered ox. After some time there were other fragments, including one of his hands whiclh had a well known scar, and iperfectly identified it. Along with this came the story of burning flesh, and denials of cannibalism. Mr. Dibble speaks of Cook's "consummate folly and outrageous tyranny of placing a blockade upon a heathen bay, which the natives could not possibly be supposed either to understand or appreciate." That blockade, like others, was understood when enforced. The historian labors to work out a case to justify tlhe murder of Cook because he received worship. As to the acknowledgment of Cook as the incarnation of Lono, in the Iawaiian Pantlieon, Captain King says: "Before I proceed to relate the adoration that was paid to Captain Cook, and the peculiar ceremonies with which he was received on this fatal island, it will be necessary to describe the Morai, situated, as I have already mentioned, at the south side of the beach at Kakooa (Kealakeakua). It 'was a square solid pile of stones, about forty yards long, twenty broad, and fourteen in height. The top was flat and well lpaved, and surrounded by a wooden rail, on wlich were fixed the skulls of the captives sacrificed on the death of their chiefs. In the center of the area stood a ruinous old building of wood, connected with the rail on each side by a stone wall, which next divided the whole space into two parts. On tlie side next tihe country were five poles, upward of twenty feet high, supporting an irregular kind of scaffold; B28 8 EARILY H IISTORY OF TlHE SANDWICH ISLANDS. oi tile opposite side toward the sea, stood tw\o si1mall houses wtith a covered communication. "We were cond(ltlitctl ] )y Koah to the top of this pile by an easy ascent leading from the lbeach to tle northwest corner of the area. At the entrance we saw\ two large wooden images, with features violently distorted, and a long piece of carved wood of a conical form inverted, rising from the top of their heads; the rest was without form and wrapped round witlh red cloth. We were here met by a tall voiung man with a long beard, whlo presented Captain Cook fo the images, and after chlanting a kind of hymn, in which lie was joined by Koah, they led us to that end of tihe M-orai where the five poles were fixed. At the foot of them were twelve imnages ranged in a semicircular form, and before the middle figure stood a high stand or table, exactly resembling the Whatta of Othaheiti, on which lay a ptlrid hog, and under it pieces of sugar cane, cocoanuts, bread fruit, plantains and sweet potatoes Koah having placed the Captain under the stand, took down tie lhog and hield it toward him; and after having a second time addressed him in a long speech, pronounced with much vehemence and rapidity, he let it fall on the ground and led him to the scaffolding, which they began to climb together, not without great risk of falling. At this time we saw coming in solemn procession, at the entrance of the top of the Morai, ten mien carrying a live hog and a large piece of red cloth. BeingT advanced a few paces, they stopped and prostrated themselves; and Kaireekeea, the young man above mentioned, went to them, and receiving the cloth carried it to. Ioall, who wrapped it aronund the Captain, and afterwards offered hil the lhog, which was brought by Kaireekeea with the same ceremony. "Whilst Captain Cook was aloft in this awkward situation, swathed round with red cloth, and with difficulty keeping his hold amiongst the pieces of rotten scaffolding, Kaireekeea and Koah began their office, chanting sometimes in concert and sometimes alternately. This lasted a considerable time; at length Koah let the hog drop, when he and the Captain descended together. He then led him to the images before mentioned, and, having said something to each in a sneering tone, snapping his fingers at them as he passed, he brought him to that in the center, which, from its being covered with red cloth, appeared to be in greater estimation than tlhe rest. Before this figure lie prostrated himself and kissed it, desiring Captain Cook to do the same, who suffered himself to be directed by Koah throughout the whole of this ceremony. "We were now led back to the other division of the Morai, where there was a space ten or twelve feet square, sunk about three feet below the level of the area. Into this we descended, and Captain Cook was seated between two wooden idols, LARLY ITISTOIUY OF' T71lE SANDWICHF TSLAXDS4. 89 1190 f, - " FKoali supportingr oiie of his armls, whillst. If w05 (i(Szlrcl 'to 511t~lort th1e otloir. At [his time arrive(] a seeon(l processon of natives, carrvilig (- a 1)0(0(1 hog andl a uii~ some brood fruit, eoeoanuts an(d other vegeftables. WhT~en tHey approachled us~ 11 reekeea,( puti himself at their head, and presenting the pigr to Captain Cokin the usual manner, began the samne kindI of ehiant as before, his:. eompanions mlaking regular responses. We observed that after every response their parts becamen rd ually shiorter, till, toward the close, Kaireek~eeal's, consisted of only tw-o or thiree words', while the rest answered by the word Orono. "When this offering was coneluded, whieb lasted a quarter of an hJoin. thie natives sat down frontingr us, and began to cut up tHie ibaked hog, to peel the vegretables~ and break the cocoanuts; whilst others employed themselves in lbrewviug the awai, which is done by chiewing it in the saine manner as at the F~riendly Tslands. Kaireekeca then took,- part of the kernel of a cocoanut_ wh~ichl hie chewedl, and rapping it in a piece of clothi, rubbed wvithi it, the Captain's face,, head, hands, armn,- and shioulders. The awa was then llandled around, and after we hiad tasted it Koalb and Pareca began to pull the flesh of the hog in pieces and put it into our months. I hadI no great ohjection to beingl fed by Pareea, whjo was very cleanly in his person, but;, Captain Cook, whio was served by Koabi, recollectin the putridl hog, could nlot; swallow a miorsel; and his reluctance, as may be supposedl, wvas not (liniinishzled when the old man, according to his own mode of civ ility had chewved it- for him. "When this ceremony was finished, vIi ich ( ptain Cook put an endI to as soon as hie decently could, we quitted the Mlorai` ]Evidently the whiole purpose of ( iptain C ook in permnittling thisz performiance, was to flatter and gratify the natives amd inl~ inkims~elf strong, to command them. The Captaiii himself was sickened., and gYot away as quickly as hie could wvithouti giving offense. This was not the only ease ii~) wh~ichl the nati~ve iriestls jmrem~nteil, the navigator as a superior beig Perhaps the view the 1)1(1 sa ilor look of the style of ceremony was as there were so many gods, one more or less d-Id not matter. Cook never attachied importance to [lie freak~s of suhperstlition, except so far as i m11gigt be niade useful in keeping t lie hloody andl be~astly savages in check. 'Bearing up~on this point we quote WV. I). Alexam~ler's ",Brief History of thie iiawvaiian People," pages 33-3-4: "Infanticide was fearfa-lly tprevalent, and there were few of the oilder wvoiiicn1 at the, dlate of the aholition of idolatry wh-lo had not been guillty of it. t was~ t le opinion of those best inforh-ied thiat two-thirds of all the children borni were destroyed in infancy by their parents. They xvere generally buried alive, in, mauly aS in the very houses occupied by their uninaturnal parents. On all the islands the nini-al 33( 3 E~~~1ARLY iJSISTORY OF ilFSANI )WD N1(11SlAN S bei 4 ]1101e5 \VIwl5m 1muCh?11 'eai thau thitn ofi[ fe tale, ii coulnecluence of tile girls lwt.;;u more frequently desi royed thian thle boy-s. Qih reasn given for it ydes lazi nes-unwillingness to take thle trouble of rearing crlildren. It was a very couiimoii practice for parents to give away their elhildIren. to any persons who were willng to adopt thein..S'No regular paieuntaf- diseipline was mnaintained, and the children were too often left to follow thicir own inclinations and to become faminiliar wvithi the lowest viees. "'Neglect of thie helpless. Among the commnion people ol0( age was despised. The sick and those who had become helpless from age were somietimies abandoned to die or p)ut to death. Insane people were also somectimes stoned to dleath." Again we quote Alexander's h1istory, page 49: 'Several kinds of food were forbidden to the w-omen on pain of death, viz., pork, bananas, cocoanuts, turtles, and certain kinds of fish, as the ulna, the humu, the shark, the hihimanu or sting-ray, etc. Thie men of the poorer class often formed a sort of eatinig club apart from their wives. These laws were rigorously enforced. At Ilonaunau, Hawaii, two young girls of the highest rank, Kapiolani and Keoua, Iavming been detected in the act of eating a banana, their kahfn, or tutor, was held responsible, and put to death by drowning. Shortly before the abolition of the tabus, a little child had one of her eyes scooped out for the same offense. About the same tune e j, womat~n was pitt to death for entering the eating hquse of her 'husband, alK11touiomll sie wvas tipsy at the time." Captain Cook seems to have committed the unpardonalble sin in not beginning the stateAd work of preaching the gospel a long generation before the missionaries arrivedl, aid the only sound reason for this is found in Dibble's IHistor, in his state-,mnnt that t-im islanders steavdily degenerated until the inissions were organized. WNVlriters of goodl repute, A. Fornander, chief of themn, are severe with Captain `Cook on account of his alleged greed, not paying enough for the red feathers woven into fanciful forms. Perhaps that is a common fault in the transactions of civilized len \V~iti barbarians. Wlilliam-i Penn i's the only man with a great reputation for dealing fairly with American Red Men, and lie was not impoverished by it. Cook gave nails for hlogs, and tbat is mentioned in phrases that are malicious. Iron was to the islanders the precious mnetal, and they were not cheated. A long drawn out efforthas been made to impress the world that Cook thought himself almost a god, and iwTas a monster. The natives gave to the wonderful people who came to them in ships, liberally of their plenty, and received in return presents that pleased them, articles of utility. Beads camne along at a later day. The natives believed Cook one of t4ie heroes of the imagiination that they called gods. HIe sought to propitiate themr EARLY 1IISTOlIY OF1 TIIE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 3381 and paid for fruit and meat il iron and shlowy trifles. IIis policy of progress was to introduce domestic animnalso Note the temper of AMr. Abrallam Fornander, a man who has meant honesty of statement, )but whose information was perverted: "And how did Captain Cook requite this boundless hospitality, that nlever once made default during ]his long stay of seventeen da(ys in lKeallakeakua, these mlagnificent presents o- immense value, this delicate and spontaneous attention to every want, this friendship of tlhe cliefs and priests, tilis friendliness of the colllmlORpop)le? By imp)osing on their good nature to the utmost limit of its ability to respond to the greedy and constant calls of their new friends; by slhooting at one of tlhe king's officers for endeavoring to enforce a law of tile land, an edict of hi, sovereign that happened to be unpalatable to the new comers, and caused tihellm some tellporary inconvenience, after a week's profusion and unbridled license; by a liberal exlibition of his force and tile.meancest display of his bounty-; by giving the king a linen shirt and a cutlass in return for feather cloaks and helmets, whicht, irrespective of their value as insignia of tlie higliest nobility in tile land, were worth singly at least from five to ten thoutsand dollars, at present price of tlie featlers, not counting the cost of llanlufacturing; by a reckless disregard of the 1propri)ties of ordinary intercourse, even between civilized and savage mlan.,.anid a want oll ilsult to wllat lie reasonabl y may have suplposed to have been the religious sentilents of ills hosts." This is up to tlhe mark of a criminal lawyer retained to pr1)v 1by native testimony that Captain James Cook was not mulrdered, )bt execute(d for causeThe great crime of Cook is up to tils point that of playing tlhat 1ie was.I ole: of the Polynesian gods. Fornander says: "Wlien tlle sailors carried ott, not (on1 t(he railing of tlie temlple, but also tihe idols of the gods witlhin it, even tlhe larle-licartee' patience of Kaoo gave uip, and lie meeklly requested tlhat tlte centi'l i(tdo)l at least might be restored. Captain King failed to perlceie that the c(once-sio of tihe priests was that of a devotee to his sainlt. Tlhe priests wouldl not sell tileir relilgioun emblems and belongings for "thlirty pieces of silver," or any relllllration, b)t tlley were willing to offer' upI the etllire Ileiat, and tllemlselves (on tlhe top of it. as a holoocaust to Lono, if lie llad rIqested it. So Iong as Cook was regarded as a go in thlir eyes they could lot refluse hil. And thloug tihey exhiited no res(entoet, at tlte request, tile xwalt of delli(.av all ( (cosilelratiion on tlle pait of Cltl)ailt (.Cook is non e tile les glariIg. After lis Iath, and when tlle illusion of godslhip hd subs ded, ills spoliation of tile very IlIcia in whi el e la(d Il)ee1 deified was lot1 ont of tile least of the grievances which native (annalists lail tup) gainst hlie 832 EARLY IISTORY OF TIHE SANDXWICHt ISLANDS. Contrast this flagrancy in advocacy of the cause of the barbarous natives with the last words Cook wrote in his journal. We quote from "A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean," by Captain James Cook, F. 11. S., (Vol. II., pages 251-252): "As it was of the last importance to procure a supply of p)rovisions at these islands; and experience having taught me that I could have no chance to succeed in this, if a free trade with the natives were to be allowed; that is, if it wvere left to every lman's discretion to trade for what he pleased, and in what manner he pleased; for this substantial reason, I now published an order prohibiting all persons from trading, except such as should be appointed by me and Captain Clarke; and even these were enjoined to trade only for provisions and refreshments. Women were also forobidden to be admitted into the ships, except under certain restrictions. But the evil I intended to prevent, by this regulation, I soon found had already got amongst them. "I stood in again the next morning till within three or four miles of the land, where we were met with a number of canoes laden with provisions. We brought to, and continued trading with the people in them till four in the afternoon, whelln, having got a pretty good supply, we made sail and stretched off to the northward. I" had never met with a behavior so free from reserve and suspicion in my intercourse with any tribe of savages as we experienced in the people of this island. It was very- colmmon for them to send up into the ship the several articles they brotought for ba:tcer; afterward, they would come in themselves and make their bargains on tlie (tuarter-deck. "We spent the night as usual, standing off and on. It happened that four men and t e n woen who had come on board the preceding day still remained with us. As I d(id not like the company of the latter, I stood in shore toward noon, principally with a view to get them out of the ship; and, some canoes coming off, I took that opportunity of sending away our guests. "In the evening Mr. Bligh returned and reported that he had found a bay in which was good anchorage, and fresh water in a situation tolerably easy to be come at. Into this bay I resolved to carry the ships, there to refit and supply ourselves with every refreslhment that the place could afford. As night approached the greater part of our visitors retired to tlhe shore, but numbers of them requested our pernmission to sleep on board. Curiosity was not the only motive, at least with some, for the next morning several tliings vwere missing, which determined me not to entertain so many another night. EARLY I[ISTORY OF THIE SANI)WIC1I ISLANDS. 333 "At eleven o'clock in the forenoon we anchored in the bay, whici is ca(lled 'by the natives Karakaooa, (Kealakeakua), in thirteen fathoms water, over a sandy bottom, and about a quarter of a mile from the northeast shore. In this situation the,outh point of the bay bore south by west, and the nortl point west half north. Wre moored with the stream-anchor and cable, to the nortih\ard, unbent the sail. and struck yards and topmasts. The ships continued to be much crowded with natives, and were surrounded by a multitude of canoes. I had nowhere, in the course of my voyages, seen so numerous a body of people assembled in one place. For, besides those vwho had come offt to us in canoes, all the shore of the bay was covered with spectators, and many hundreds were swimming around the ships like shoals of fish. We could not but be struck with the singularity of this scene, and perhaps there were few on board who lamented our having failed in our endeavors to find a northern passage homeward last summer. To this disappointment we owed our having it in our power to revisit the Sandwich Islands, and to enrich our voyage witl a discovery which, though the last, seemed in many respects to be the most important that had hitherto been made by Europeans, throughout tle extent of the Pacific Ocean." Thiis is the end of Cook's writing. His murder followed immediately. Ite fell by the hands of people for whom his good will was shown in his last words. The coneluding ) pages of the journal answer all the scandals his enemies have so busily circull ated. There is a gleam of humor that shows like a thread of gold in the midst of the somber tragedies of the Sandwich Islands, and we must not omit to extract it fronl "'The Voyage of Discovery Around tle World" by Captain George Vancouver, when lie spent some time in Iawaii, and gives two brighlt pictures-one of a theatrical performance, and the other the happy settlement of the disordered domestic relations of a monarch. A GIFTED NATIVE ACTRESS AXD SOME EROYAL DRAMATIST'S. "There was a performance by a single young woman of the name of Pualkoo, whose person and manners were both very agreeable. IHer dress, notwithstanding the heat of the weather, consisted of an immense quantity of cloth, which was wreaths of black, red and yellow feathers; but, excepting these, slle wore no dress -a mlnnaer as to give a pretty effect to the variegated pattern of the clotli; and was otherways disposed with great taste. Ier hlead and neck were decorated witl wreaths of black, red and yellow feathers; but, excepting these, she wore no dress 334 EARLY HISTORY OF THE SANlDWICII ISLANDS. fromi the waist upwards. Her ankles, and nearly half way )up her logs, were decorated with several folds of cloth, widening ulpwardls, so tlat. the upper parts extended from the leg at least four inlces all round; this was encompassed by a piece of net work, wrought very close, f1rom tile meshes of lwhich w\ere hllutln the small teeth of dogs, giving this part of iher dress the appeaIrance of an ornalnentel funnel. On her wrists she wore bracelets made of the tusks of tle largest llogs. lThesee wee highly polished and fixed close together in a ring, tlle concave sides of the tusks being outwards; and their ends reduced to a unifornl lengthl, curving naturally away from the center, were by no means destitute of ornamlental effect. Thus equipped, her appearance on the stage, before she uttered a single word, excited considerable applause. "These amusements had hitherto been confined to such limited performances; but this afternoon was to be dedicated to one of a more splendid nature, in which some ladies of consequence, attendants on the court of Tamaahmaah, were to perform tlhe principal parts. Great pains had been taken, and they had gone throughl many private rehearsals, in order that the exhibition this evening milght be worthy of tlhe public attention; on the conclusion of which, I purposed by a display of firewiorks, to make a return for the entertainment they had afforded us. "About four o'clock we were informed it was time to attend the royal dames;. their theatre, or rather place of exlibition, was about a mile to the soutllward of our tents, in a small square, surrounded by houses, and sheltered by trees, a situation as well chosen for the performance, as for the accommodationo of tlle spectators; wllo, on a moderate computation, could not be estimated at less than four' thousand, of all ranks and descriptions of persons. "The dress of the actresses was something like that worn by Puekoo, though made of superior materials, and disposed with more taste and elegance. A very considerable quantity of their finest cloth was prepared for the occasion; of tllis their lower garment was formed, whlich extended from their waist half down tleir legs, antd was so plaited as to appear very much like a hoop petticoat. This seemed tile most ditictilt part of tlheir dress to adjust, for Tamaalhmaall, who was considered to be a profolund critic, was frequently appealed to ly tle womlen, anld his directions were illlpliciitly foll-owed in many little alterations. Instead of tlhe olrnaiments of cloth aild net-work, decorated wxitl dogs' teeth], thlese ladies liad each( a oreen wreall malde of a kimid of bind weed, ite tste tethler in different parts like a rope,o wh-cl( was wound round froml tile ankle,, nearlyv to tile low-er part of the petticoat.. On their wrists tliey wore no bracelets nor other ornaments, but across their necks 1EARLY HIxSTO()IY OF THE SA XND)VI('lI ISI,ANI)S. 335 and shoulders were green sashles, very nicely 1made, with t lie 1r(oad l(eave(s oI' t tee, a plant that produces a very lutscious.wecet root, the size of a vain. T'lls part of their (lress was put ol tlle last by eachl of the actresses; andl tlie pa'rty einL)(i now fully attired, the king and queen, who had been present tlie who)l tillle of tlheir dressilng were oblliged to witlcdraw, greatly to the inortification of tlhe latter, xllo would glaldly hiave taken her 1part as a performer, in vwichl sle was r'lpined to excel very hiighly. ]Iut. the royal pair were compelled to retire, evC\e from)l tie exhibition, as they are prolibited by law from attending suchl amll sellme(llts., (exce(tilg onl tlie festival of the new year. Indeed, the perforlmance o)f tlis d(v was co(,ntrary to tlie establisheld rules of the island, but being intended as a coi]liiielt to us, tlle innovation1 was permitted. "As their lmajesties withdrew, the ladies of rank and tlie liprllilnil clhiefs )tgan to lmakel their allpearance. The reception of the folrmer )y thle iiilttit lde was marked b)y a degree of respect that I had not before seen amongst:nv11 illl;)iil;a ts of tlie( ctountries inl tlie ]'Pacific Ocean. The aulience asseimled at lli tiII w re stadatlil, ill ro\ws, froiiii fifteen ti t\\wentv feet deep, so close 0as to t0lou c1 ea.i otiiem; but these ladies (n sooner apl)lpac'led in tiheir rear, inl any acci(deliitl dic.i t.ol. tIlll a pasli-age ' as illnstantly ma(le I'or t lien and their attendants to); til ill il thle o11st( co()imiodious lmanner to their relsective stations, lwhere tiley s(e;l I( t]l(iiselves o(1 tilie (roulnd, \wh\ich was covered wit iats, in tlie miiost advIanltle)s situation for eeilng and hearing the prfiormlllers. Most of tllese lad(ies w,\e o); (I rpulenllt tfr11. which, assisted by their stately gait, the digniity witli w lii, }l t iey move(l aold tlie n ul)er of tlheir pl)ges, whlo followed with fans to c(iurt 1lle iilt iing' breeze, or,) witl tly-flal)s to disperse the offending insects, announctied tlhei cInse(quence as tlie wives, (daughters, sisters, or otlher near relatioas of tlile plrill.ipal chiefs, \\wto, l\owever, expeiienced no such marks of respect or ati' ltltiil tl ('lllcslv]\('. bein,, obligedt to mlake their way thrlougl the s)pectators in tlhe b(st a): i 11111(t cy were able. "Thle time devoted to the decoration of tlhe actresses extended lbevod i lie limiiits of tlhe quiet patience of tlhe audlience, wlio cxclaimled two (or tlrlee till(es, frii all 11 quatiers,, "lIooral, hooral, oa, liealee," signlif ying tallt it w\\(1d1 )l tIa. liik ad I lal hi: k nigolt before te pelrfoliance would( begin. ilut thle adee ei a e, liik eiilnl ones il oitlietr coutntries, attel(nding witll a l)r-(disposition to h)e p1l(es led(. wa:s i (.in )(Id ihumlllor, anlld was easily;peased, 1) tlCe a(l(ress of our faitlhftl ail( (ld)ot(1 friell( Tlr\vl()ole i l e, wh vlo was thle cn(ct of the e, crll(] i()](, ii sol i(ani ( o)l tlin occasion. Ile camel- forward and apologized by a sl(iec(h tiit ))prodltce(l ta gc lelra 336 336 EARlLY II ST 011 Y O1F TILE SANDWICH ISLANDS. aItdi, 01(1 caut,-ingo thle mulsic to beg-I, we beard no further murimirs. 'The aud cnsised oflive en, ll. standing ( Up, ch with a highly polishied wvoodeni sjpear iii tle left, anid a small piece of the same miate ii al, equally wvell finislIed, inl Ibe ii gitim fiaid with tins they beat onl the spetar, as an acconipanumnut -to their ow-n voices~ ini songs, that varied both as to timie and measure, especially the latter; yet, thieir v-oices, and the sounds prodneed front the rude instruments, which differed accordling to the plaee onl which tile tafperinig spear was struek, appeared to accord very wfell. iiaviniO eunraged us a short time in this vocal performaluce' tile court ladies made their app)earance, aiid were received wvith shouts of the greatestz applauise. The musicians retired a few paces, and the actresses took their itation before tleini. -'The heroinie of the piece, wh-Iich consisted of four or five acts, had once shared the atfrections amd embraces of Tamiaallimaah, but w~as now mnarried to an inferior Chief, whIose o~Cul)a'tion inl the Ilouseliold was that of the charge of the king's appa,,rel. This I uly wsdtigshdby a green -wreath. round the crown of the head; niext to 11cr txas the eoptlve daiighter of Titeeree; the third a younger sister to the queen, tlie wile of timainahmloo, who, being of the most exalted rank, stood in the llidldle. On each side of these were two of inferior quality, mnakingr in all seven act r'esses. TIliey drewv themselves up in a line fronting that side of the square that Was occupied by ladies of quality and the chiefs. These were comipletely detached front the poptilace, not by any partitioii, but, as it were, by thie respectful (consent of thle lowNIer orders of the assembly; not one of which trespassed or produced the least in1aceonunoI1dationl. '.'This representation, like that before attempted to be described, wvas a compound of sj~eaking and sing-ing; the subject of which was enforced by gestures andl actions. Thle piece waCIs in honor of a ealptive prilmess, whose name was Ciryeoweullenleaow; antid oni her name beinig pionouticeci every one pre~sent, menc as well as women, -who wVore any~ ornamenTCIts above their waists, were obligred to take thenm off though the caIptiv-e La(1v was at least sixty miles distant. This mark of respect was uLnobservedl by the actresses whil1st enguaged in the performnance; but, the instant any one sat downFji, or- at the close of tile act., they were also obliged to comply with this inys(Tie vrey of attitudes into which these women threw themi-selves, with the raIdiy of their act ion, resembled no amusement in any other part of the world within my1 k~nowledg)e, by~ a compariso wihwhich I mnight be enabled to convey Some1 idea of the stag~e effect, thins lprodliced, particularly in the three first parts, EARLY [1ISTORY)r OF THEIl SANDAVIC1H ISLANDS S. 337 in wh]ich there applearc( iin uch corres)ponden:ce atnd hlarmony between the tone of tleir Avoics (1 l(0( thie (lisl lay (1 til( ir liOb)sio. ()One or two of tlie perform l erls being not quite so perfect as tlle rest:, aIfforded us an ol)portillitv (of exercisill(g oiur juld — Inlent by coplllarisoln and(] it mnlut be confesse(d, thlat tlhe ladcies who Ilost: excelled, exh1ibitedl a degree of graceful action, for the attainment of which it is dlinieult to a1 (ol- n t;. "In eaclh of these first parts the songs, attitudes and actions appeared to lme of greater variety thall I had before noticed amlongst tle pleople of tlhe great South Sea naltion on an( y former occasion. The whole, though I anm unequal to its descriptionl, was suplported with a wonderful degree of spirit and vivacity; s(o Iluclh indeed tlhat solme of their exertions were mIade witlh such a detgree of agitating violence as seenedl to carry the performers beyond what their strengtl wa s able to sustain; a0nd 11ad thle pIerformance Iinislhed vwith tlie third act, wNe should have retired fromn their tleatre with a mucll highler idea of tlie nmoral telndency of ttheir drama, thlan was conveyed by the offiensive, libidinous scene, exhibited by the ladies in tlie eoncluding part. The lanlguage of the song, no ldoubt, corresponded with tle obseeitiy of t1leir actionsr which were carried to a degree of ext ravaglance that were calcul ated to p)roduce nothing but disgust, even to the mlost licentious." lrolo "A VToyage of Discovery," by C'aptain George Vancou-ver: THEI R'I ONCILIATlON BY STVATE(GY OF A KING WITH ONEI 01 I IIS QUIEE'NS. "Tllownilotoo was amongit tlhe oslt constant of o eur lgue'si; bult lhius (laughter, the disI raeed queen, seldom visited or i o sie f the bay. I was not, however, ignoralnt of her lan )ious d(esire for a reconciliation withl '1111;11111 11()1' \\ (1S tlie same wish to be:unisunderstood in the coniduct and behlavior of tlie lxileg. i wliose -(ood o)inion and confidence I hadl now acquired sulcl a pre(ldo l inanev tl hat I becamne acquainted with ]his mnost secret inclinations an(d apI)prehensions. ' is linshlakeln attachmient and 110na1lte(red affection for Tallowxllamiloo was confessedl witli a sort of internal self convicti(on of 1ler inlnoc(nce. le ael:nowledged sii g11 reat candor that Ilis own (con(11(t1t 111iad not b1een exactly suchi( a1s w 11arra ted hlis o1a;viong ins1Sist(ed upon a sepalrationl flro lhis qtueenl; that althllooug it c(11)ld 1(1)t alutllorize, it in1 some 11Cmeasure pleaded in extcse for her illfidelity; 1 and for lhis own,\ lie alleged, tlhat his hilgh ranfk,and supreml e autliority xvwas a sort of licenlce for s1(1h indul en ces. ''An (acco-nmodation vwhich] I considered to be mutuallt y wished by bothl pIrties 338 1EARLY IIISTOIY OF 1 TIIE S1SANDI)ICI ISLANDS. was urged in the strongest terms by the queen's relations. To effect this desirable puripose, my interference was frequently solicited by them; and as it concurred with my own inclination, I resolved on embracing the first favorable opportunity to use my best endeavors for bringing a reconciliation about. For althoulh, on our former visit:, Tahowmnannoo liad been regarded with the most favoralble impressions, yet, whlether from her distresses, or because she had really ilmproved in her persolnal accomlplishlments, I will not take upon me to determine, but certain it is that one or both of these circumstances united had so far prepossessed us all in her favor, and nlo one more so than myself, that it had long been the general wish to see her exalted again to her former dignities. This desire was probably not a little heightened by the regard we entertained for the happiness and r'epose of our noble a1nd generous friend Tamaallmaah, who was likely to be materially affected not only in his dlomestic comforts, but iln his political situation, by receiving again and reinstating his consort in her former rank and consequence. "I was convince(d beyond( all doubt tlhat there werle two or three of tile most considerable chiefs of the island whlose laml)bitious views were iiniical to the interests and authority of Tamaahlmaall; and it was much to be apprehended thlat if tile earnest solicitations of the queen's father (wliose condition and importance was next in consequence to tlat of thle kiing) should continue to be rejected, that there could be little doul)t of his a(lding great strength and influence to the discontented alnd turbulent chiefs, whiichl would operate higthly to the prejudice, if not totally to tile destruction, of TaImnaallhmmlaai's regal power; especially as tile adverse p)arty seemed to form1 a constant oppesition, consisting of a minority by no mleans to be (deslpised by tile executive power, and which appeared to be a principal constituent part of the Owhvean politics. ':or tilese substantial reasons, whenever he was disposed to listen to such discourse, I did not cease to urge the importance and necessity of lis adopting measures so lhighil essential to his lhappiness as a mlan, and to his )power, interest and authority as tle sul)premle (clief of tlhe islain. All tilis le canldidl acknowledged, but his pride threw impediments in the way of a reconciliation. w]lui(lc were hard to lbe remnoved. llie would not hilmself become tlie imlle(ldi:te 1agent; (and althoug'h lie considered:it inplao rtaunt that th1e negotialion) slhould lhe conlducted bv somle one of tlhe prin(11ila1l (llicfs. in hlis full-est conlfidence, yet, t to s hli(it tleir oood offices after having rejected their forer ovelrtlul re witli disdail, wass equllly hard to reconeile to fIiis feeling s<. 1 s:oo()d ciarlv iln i e sa eil situaotion with) his favorite frienls: but beinlg thoroughlly conviinced of tlie sinceritv of his wislies, I spared him the EARLY HIISTORY OF Ti'E SANDWICHI ISLANDIS. 339 mortification of soliciting the offices lie had rejecte(d, by agaill proffcrilng my services. To thlis lie instanltl consented, and observed tlat no iproosail could fiavc met Ilis mind so comlplletely; since, by effecting a reconciliation tilrougtl l flriendship, no ll-imbrage could be takena at his liaving delcclilned tle seveiral offers of ]is countrymen by any of tlie individuals; wlhereias, had tilis object been accomnllicshed by any onel of tihe chiefs, it vwould prolbably ] have occasioned jealousy and dliscontent in tlie llindls of tlie others. 'All, hIowever, was not yet colmplete; tlie apllrelensionl that some concession nighllt be il'sugectel, or expected, on his parIt, cprepondleraited against every other consideration; 1and( lie would onl o() aIccoulnt conlselnt, that it should appear that lie ladl lbeen privy to tihe lbusines%, or tlhat it hatld bIeen by his desire that a negotiation hiad beeli undertaken for this ]allppy purl)ose, but that. the whole should have tile appearance of being plurely h11 result of accident. "To this end it was deterlmi ie tliat 1 slhould invite tlhe queen, with several of her relations andl friends, oni board tilie )iscovery, for thle purpose of presenting them w\ith some trivial matters, as tolkes of 1ly friendship and regar(l; and that, whilst thlus: employed, our conlversati(oil siol od be directed to ascertainil whether an accolmmodation wals still an olject to be (lesired(. That on tllis appear ing to be the general wisli, 1Taaalllllmaalh would instantly repair on board in a llasty manner, as if lie had sonellltingl extraordinary to comilnunicate; tlhat I should appear to rejoice at tllis accidental nleetilg, and 1)y instantly unitilng thleir hands, bring the reconciliation to pass without tlie least discussion or explanatio n on eitller side. But frolm lhis extrem-e solicitude lest lie should in any (degrlee be suspected of being concerned in this previous arrangemlent, a difficulty arose lhow: to lmake himi acquaintted with tlhe result of tlie p)rop)osed conversation on board, wiich could not be permitted by a verbal lmessage; at( lengtlhl after some tlought lie took up two pieces of paper, and of hlis ownl accord mlade certain marks with a pencil on eachl of them, and tlhen lelivered them to me. Thle d(iference of tliese marks hle could well recollect; thll one was to indicate tliat tl( re sult of:my inquiries was agreeable to his wislies, prv the otler that it was contrary. In tlie event of my making use of tlhe form.er, ihe propose(d tliat it. shoull(l niot!be sent on slore secretly, but in an open tand dzeared manner, and by \way of a joke, as a present to his Owllyhean majesty. The natural gaiety of disposition whlich generally prevails amolng these islanders, would render tlis sulppose(l disappointment of tlie king a s)ubjcet for mirth, \would in soIe (legree plrepare tile comlpany for his visit, aind completely.do away with every idea of its being tle effect of a preconcerted meas&ure. 340 EA 1ARLY 11ISTORY OF TilE SAND)WI(11 ISLANDI)S. "rltis p1)la wa\X:1 ac iordinll)lv carrlied info executionll onl ilie follo1willg Monday. AWllilit 1it(e queen an(ld h]cr pllarty, totally ig'lorallt of tlhe contrivance, wN\ rc rceiving thle complimlents I 11(ad intended tilheml, tlleir good hlumor and pleasantry were ilnfinitely leig:!ltened 1y tlh jest I poposed( to ss 11upon thlle king, in sendiing lhima a piece of paper only, carefully wral)ped llj) iln som1e cloth of their own\ manufacture, acconpl)alnicd by a mlessalge; i Importing, that, as I was then ill the act of distriblutinig favors to my (w)Nlylleanl friends, I lia(d not. been unlllindflll of hlis majesty. "''Tanaallhl laall no1 ( soolner received tle summons, than he l]astened on bloard, and, witll Iis usual vivaciiy, exclaimled before 11i made iie is appe(arance that lie was come to thank ime for the present I lhad sent him, and for mny gooldness in not having forgotten himii on tlis occasion. This was heard by everyone in the cabin before lie entered; and all seemed to enjoy the joke except tlie poor queen, who aI)ppeared to b!e muchl agitated at the idea of )eingl( again in his presence. Tlhe instant thlatt lie saw lher lis countenance expressed great surprise, lie becalme immlediately silent, a1nd attempted to retire; but, having posted myself for tlle eslecial purposec of preventinog his departure, I caughlt his hand and, joining it withl the. queel's, thlicir reconciliation was instantly completed. This was fully demonstrated, not only by tlie tears thlat involuntarily stole down the cheeks of b)otlh,s they embraced e(achl other and lmutually expressed the satisfaction they experienced;: but by tlie bellavior of every individual present, whose feelings on tlie occasion were not. to be rcepressed; wlhilst their sensibility testified the happiness which this apparently f:ortuitous event:had p)roduccd. ''A short pause, produced by an event so unexpected, was succeeded by the sort of good lhumor that such a happy circumstance would naturally inspire; tlme conversation soon became general, cheerful and lively, in which the artifice imagoined to lhave been imposed upon the king bore no small share. A little refreslhment from a few glasses of wine concluded tlie scene of this successful meeting. "After the queen ba(d acknowledged in the most grateful terms the weighty obligations wllicll she felt for imy services on this occasion, I was surprised by ler saying, as we were all preparing to go on shlore, that she hlad still a very great favor to request; which was, that I should obtain from Tamahmaah a solemn promise that on 1her retnrn to his ]habitation lie would not beat her. The great cordiality with which the reconciliation liad taken place, and the happiness that each of them had continued to express in consequence of it, led lme at first to consider this entreaty of tlhe queen as a jest only; lut in this T was mistaken, for, notwithstanding that Ta'lmaalllaah readily complied witlh lny solicitation, and assured me EARLY IIIST()IY OF TIIE SANDW'II IS LANI)S. 341 nothingl of thlle klild shold tlake 1lace, yet Tallow)\l.nl ()( woould nlot be satisfied witout 1y alecomp)llavinlg tl hem homel to to te royal residenee. where I lIad ] lie pleasure of seeoilg her restored to all her former lhonors anld privileges<, hiiilghi tio the satisfaction of all tlie king's friendcl blut to the utter illltifictatioll of tIo(se w\I, y tlleir scandalous reports and misrepresentations liad been tllc calse of thie nfor tnate separtion. "'The domestic affairs of Tamahmaalll h having thus taken so lh)appy a till.n, Ilis; mlind was more at liberty for political colsiderltions ait tlie ce<asioll of w()hlviice to llis Britannic Majesty now becamle (an object of lli serious concernl. (i)aptain Cook makes a strongl plea in his journal that lhe was tlie very original discoverer of the Sandwich Islands. Referrill to tle wonderfol extent of tle soyface of tie earth in whiclh tle land is occupied by tle Po)lyiesial race, lie ex.laiis: 'Ilow shall wve account for tllis nation's having spreadl itself, ill so 1man!y,(etaclhed islands, so widely disjoined from eachl otlher, in every luariter of the Paci;fic Oceanl' We find it, from New Zealand in tlie Soutlh, as far aL s tie San dwich 1 [land to tlie North! And, in another direction, from Easter Islands to tile Icrides! That is, over an extent, of isxtv dlerees of latitude, or, twelve hli(ndrled leagus. North and South! And eighlty-three degrees of longitude. o(r sixteen hlundlred andl sixty leagues, East and West! Iow much farther, in eitlller directioln, its c((lolon(reacll, is not known; but what we know already, ill co11seclqenlce of t'lis anld or former voyage, warrants our pironoincing it to be, thloulol plerhas not tli lo()st numerous, certainly, by far, the most extensive, natill)on t1j)(cartlh. '"Had the Sandwich Islands been dliscovr( at an early per iod )by tilie Spalniards, there is little doubt that they wotld ll ave taken advantage of so excellent a situation, and lhave made use of Atooi, or some olier o f tile islands, as a reflreshing place to tlie ships, that sail alnn ally from Acapulco for ManI illa. They lie falmost midway between the first place and Guamln, one of tlhe Lalron(es, whlich is at present thleir only port inl traversinl tlis vast ocean; '11(1 it wo)uld no(t l1have b1eel a week's sail out of their colmmon route to have toucled at themn; whlich could lhave been done witlholt running tlie least hlazard of losing tlle paissage, as tllhe are sufficiently within the verge of the easterly tra(de wind. An accquailltan(e \ithll:lit Sandwich Islands would hlave been eq(ually fcavorable to our TiBuc(caneers, \wh) 1l-( sometimes to pass from tlhe coast of America to the Ladrones, with a stock of foodl and water scarcely sufficient to preserve life. lere they miglt always have found plenty, and have been within a month's sure sail of the very part of California .342 EARLY ITSTORY OF TIlE SANDWICIt ISLANDS. whichl the Manilla ship) is obliged to make, or else have returned to the coast of America, tloroughly refitted, after an absence of two months. Iow happy would LJord Anson have been, and what hardships he would have avoided, if he had known tliat tlhere -was a group of islands half way between America and Tinian, where all his wanLts could have been effectually supplied; and in describing which the ele gant historian of that voyage would have presented his reader with a more agreeable piecture than I have been able to draw in this chapter." And yet there seems to be reason for believing that there was a Spanish ship cast away on one of the Iawaiian group, and that their descendants are distinctly markled men vet: There was also a white man and woman saved from the sea at solme unknown period, of course since Noah, and they multiplied and replenished, and the islanders picked up somewhere a knack for doing things in construction of boats and the weaving of mats that hint at a crude civilization surviving in a mass of barbarianism. Captain George Dixon names the islands discovered by Captain Cook on his last voyag'e: "Owhlhee (Iawaii), the principal, is the first to the southward and eastward, the rest run in a direction nearly northwest. The names of the principals are MAowee (Maui), Morotoy (Molokai), Ranai (Lanai), Whahoo (Oahu), Attooi (Kauai), and Oneehow (Niihau)." Tllis account. Dixon gives of two curious and rather valuable words: "The molment a chief concludes a bargain, he repeats the word Coocoo thrice, with quickness, and is immediately answered by all the people in his canoe with the word Wlioah, pronounced in a tone of exclamation, but with greater or less energy, in proportion as the bargain he has made is approved." The tgreat and celebrated Kameame hameha, who consolidated the government of tile islands, did it by an act of treachery and murder, thus told in Alexander's histor-: "Tlie Assassination of Keoua.-Toward the end of the year 1791 two of Kameamehlla's hief counsellors, Kamanawa and Keaweaheulu, were sent on an embassy to IKeoua at Kahuku in Kau. Keoua's chief warrior urged him to put them to deatli, wlichl he indignantly refused to do. "1B smooth speeches and fair promises they persuaded him to go to Kawaihae, and have an interview with Kamehameha, in order to put an end to the war, which had lasted nine years. Accordingly he set out with his most intimate friends and 5K A REVIEW (F SPANSTI FSI ILIPTNO} VOLUNTEERS. I1 *ANTSHT FESTIVAL IN MANTL EARLY HIISTORY O0F THE.SAND\WICI[ ISLANI)DS. 343 twenit-four rowers in his own\ d(ouble canloe, accompIanieid )!by Ieaweahel\\ llil in anothler canoe, and followed by friends and retainers in otller canimoes. "As they approached the landing at Kawaihae, Keeaumi(okl surr(ounded Keoua's canoe with a number of armed men. As lKamnakal relates: 'Se(in, Kainehlanilia on the beach, Keona called out to him, "IHere I am1l, to wllicl lie rleplied, "'IRise up and come here, tlhat we may know eachl othellr'' "As KIeoua was in tle actt of leapling ashore, lKeaullmok killed hlil l it a spear. All the men in Keoua's canoe andl in the canoes of his illlme(liate compaltv were slaughtered but one. B:ut -when the second division approachedl, Ka.ntehallamie gave orders to stop the massacre. The b)odies of the slain were then laid lpon the,altar of Puukohola as an offering to the blood-thirsty divinity -Kukailincoku. TlIiat of Keoua had been previously baked in an oven at tlhe foot of tlle liill as a last indignity. This treacherous murder made Kamlehameha master of the wlhole island of Hawaii, and was the first step toward the consolidation of thle grolup under one,government. This is one of those gentle proceedings of an amiiable race, whose massacre of Captain Cook has been so elaborately vindicated 1b alleged exponents of civilization. There is found tlhe keynote of the grevious native government, in ann incilent of tlecate t of 1841 tby which "tlhe foreign relations of tIle government became involved with the schemes of a private firm1. Tlie firm of 1,add & Co. liad taken the lead in developing the aglricultural resources of the islands by their lsugar p1lantation at Koloa and in other ways, and liad gained the entire confidence of tie king and chiefs. On the 2-4th of Nove011mer, 18t11 a contract was secretly drawn\up at Lahaina by Mr. Brinsmade, a meimber of tlhe firm, and SlMr..Richiards. an(t duly silned by the king and pIremier, whlichl lad serious after-consequences. Itgranted to Ladd & Co. the privilege of '"leasiig any (nox uo(lipied and 11 improved localities" in tlhe islands for one Imund red ye(iar, at a low rental, each iiillsite to include fifteen acres, and tle a(ij(oii ing land( for cultivation in each l(ocalitv not to exceed two hundred acres, wit iiiv ilc ges of wood, pastiure, etc. These sites were to be selected within one year, whicll termn was afterwards extended to four years from date." Of course there are many safeguards,, particularly in tlis case, but tlie poiiit of the possession of land conceded, the time for tle lpeople to recover tlheir righits never colnes. One of the difficulties in tIle clearing up of tlie fo(,(r, chlapltcrs of tle liistl of lie Ilawaiian islands is that within tlie lifetime of ien whio were yotnll at t ie 344 ]3EARI,-Y -I ISr(TO)uY OF TI 'lI( SANDWICHi ISLANDS. cl:ose of tle last cetlltury, te Illiawaniian ton()ue becamie a written language, and ialll thl( tlraditiols of slavalges hoiglly colored stories, in various degrees accord]i0g to i 'll(oralce, prejldice a'nd syinpathy, a ccp ted, s li storical. The marvels ac(co — plished( by the inissionaries influenced theni to deal g(ently with tliose whose c(,nvCrsioll was(1 a rec(ognized triullinph of Christendomil, and1 tlere wal s anl effort to co(lndemn (al;tai!l Cook, wlho hIad affected to nod as a Glod, as a warning to blas1pliemers. Still, tlhe tI rut of history is precious as the foundiations of faith to mien of all races a(nd traditions, and the Englilshlman wlho surpassed the French, lSpniards anld I'ortlugl sel ill discoveries of islands in tle vast spaces of the Pacific Ocean, should h(lave justice at ithe lhands of Amlericanls wlo lhave organized states and built cities by tIlat sea, and possess tlie islands that have been named its paradise because edi(lowed surpassingly with tlie amlple treasures of volcanic soil and tropicall climate. Thlere tlle thrade windss bestow tlie freshness of the calm and miiglty waters, and there is added to tlhe bounty of boundless wealtll tlie charms of luxuriant )eautli. All Anelricans soliold find it titnely to be jutst to (Captain Cool, and claim him as one of tlie pioneelrs of our conquering civilization. CItAPTIER XXII. THE START FOR THlE LANI) OF CORIN STALKS. Spain Clings to tlle (Clost of lier Colonies —Tlhe Sce n of W\r Ir1 ter st Shif ts f.rom Manila-Tihe Tyil)lool0 S(leason- eneral 1erritt on the Way to 1ai s ---(rman Tar'lct Practice by Plernlission of D)ew\ey — oltney l Iielo\vw xit l ( alloe, Typewriter ald( Kodak- lonilgkiong as a Bi,0er aId B tel l, r (ibraltar. VWhen Spain gave up the glosts of her Allerican cololeis, alnd tlie war situation. was unfolded to signify that the fate of the Plililpines \vas referred to a colference, and Aguinaldlo annoullced tlie removal of Illi seat of governIllllent to Mloloies, o(Ieo hour and a 0lalf frolm Manllila, tile scelle of greatest interest was ceritainly nlot in tlie citV andci imllmediate surrounding('ls. T it was plainii tlie Allricall ar1 V ust reniainl for s(ome)e tilme, and would have only guard duty to perf)orml. Tlte Slpaiards had succumlbed atnd were subllissive, hlavin ll laid down thl(cir arms and sutlrrlnllclre all places and pliases of autllority. Tle insurgenlts' reinoval of tlheir ]headultlarters declared thlat they had abandoned all claim to slharilg in the occuplation of tlhe conquered city, and tllhir op)position to tlhe Un ited States, if colttilnuced in tlleory, was not to be that in a practical way. Between thle Allerican, Slpanish and Ph1ilipp)ine forces there was no plrob)labiility of disputed facts or forms tlhat could be plroductive o(f ( c(1ntention of a serious nature. There was but one (lqlestion left ill thlis i(artcr o(f lthe world thlat concerlned tlhe people of the United States, andl tlhat w-lletller tlhey w\lould h1old( thleir grip), snatcllcd by Dewey wxit]h h is leet, a11(l co)firmelld b1 Illis oeI'Ilrnmenllt ill se(ndlinl' an arlmy, lalkinl,' our,'ollitr l)oss-scsors (of tile phlsical force( to sustain o)ur p)olicy, wlhatever it lmli(lt e1, o(n tite land 111 as well as on tlie sea. \lWhet te we should st avy or oo was not even to be arglle(d illn MAIlila, excel)t il general and fruitless conversation. Then came tle itelligence tllat (eneral MIerri t had been called to Paris and General (CGrecne to nWashinllgtoinll, a11( ticre was a (I(epel(:1d ilmpression tllht the war wasS over. It was trlle t(hat tle armly was il a(l attiit(de and having- experiences tlat were suchl:s travelers ap)l)l recia(e as cinjoylljN. le, an(1 that no other body of s()lliers hlad surroulldi ng(lls so curious a(1ln fas<ciii n. 'Tie ( ost agreleable time of tlle year -was colminllg o(, 1and1 the sanital'ry ((collliti)lls (of tile (city, under t(he American administrationl, wouild surely ill )pr(ove c(lIst(lily, a,(dl >o) w'ould tlie fare of tle ilen, for tile mlachinery in all deplartmlelts was worlkilng s-moo)thldy. The bo)s were feeling prlttvy well. b)ccalse tl(ev:fo)und their hlalf dollarc s (1ars345 846 TIHE START FOR TIIE LAND OF CORN STALKS. the Mexican fifty-cent piece, bigger and with more silver in it than the American standard dollar, was a bird. A dollar goes further if it is gold in Manila than in an American city, and if our soldiers are not paid in actual gold they get its e(quivalent, and the only mroney question unsettled is whether the Mexican silver dollar is worth in American money fifty cents or less. One of the sources of anxieties and disappointment and depression of the American soldiers in Manila has been the irregularity and infrequency with which they get letters. If one got a letter or newspaper from lhome of a date not more than six weeks old he had reason to be congratutlated. The transports trusted with the mails were slow, and communications tlrough the old lines between I-onkong and San Francisco, Yohohama and Vancouver, were not reliably organized. There were painful cases of masses of mail on matter precious beyond all valuation waiting at Ilongkong for a boat, and an issue llether the shorter road home was not by way of Europe. This is all in course of rapid reformation. There will be no more mystery as to routes or failures to connect. The soldiers, some of whom are ten thousand miles from home, should havle shiploads of letters and papers. They need reading matter almost as much as thiey do tobacco, and the charming enthusiasm of the ladies who entertained the soldier boys when they were going away with feasting and flattery, praise and glorification, should take up the good work of sending them letters, papers, magazin-es and books. There is no reason why soldiers should be more subject to homesickness thaln sailors, except that they are not so well or ill accustomed to absence. The fact that the soldiers are fond of their homes and long for them can have ways of expression other than going home. A few days after the news of peace reaclhed Manila, the transports were inspected for closing up thle contracts with theln under whlich they were detained, and soon they began to move. When the Chlina was ordered to San Francisco, I improved the opportunity to return to the great republic. T'ere was lno chance to explore the many islands of the group of which Manila is ithe Spanisth Capital. General Merritt changed the course of this fine ship and added to tle variety of the voyage by taking her to Hongkong to sail thence by way of the Clhilna Sea, the Indian Ocean, the Arabian Gulf, the Red Sea, the Suez Canal and the Mediterranean, to Paris. Our route to San Francisco, by way of Iong(kotng, N~agasakii, Sunanaski, Kobe and the Yokohama light, was 6,905 knots, abcut seven thousand seven hundred statute miles, and gave us glimpses of the Asia shore, the west coast of Formosa and the great ports of IIongkong and Nagasaki. The first thing on the Sea of Clina, in the month of September, is whethler we shall filnd oursClvc\ e in thle wild embrace of a typhoon. It was the season for those terrible teiipests and when we left Manila the information that one was about due was THII START 1FOil0 THE LAND OF CORN S'TAI S. 347 not spared us. We hleard later on that the transport alelad of 1s follr day. the Zealandia, was twenty-eighlt hours in a cyclone and nmuch (dalald- wrul and. hamllm-ller ed alnd sllocle(l until she had to put into Nagasaki for exictnsive repairs. The rainfall wavs so heavy during the storm that one could not see a ln(lred yards from tlle ship, and slhe was wrung in so furious a style in a giddlv waltz, ihat the Captain was for a tiie in grave i dolut -whether she would not founlder. Tlhe rule is when one is in the grasp of tle oriental whlirl to run throughl it, jud(l(in' from the way of the windl, the sholrtest way t. There is a comparatively lutiet slot in the center, and if the beset navigator can findl thle correct line of flight, no miat tr -which way as relates to the line of his jouirney, lie does well to take it. Often inl tlis sea, as in this case, there were uIncertainties as to directions. The rain narrowed observation like a dense fog, and thlere was danger of runnilng o11)o so011ie of the islands and snags of rocks. Tlle battered vecsel pulled tlllrougl carilpple, \itll hler boats slhattered(, her deck cracked across by a roller, and her i 'cew were hIaplp to find a quiet place to be put in order. 'To be s0 not to 1)e" an A\liericanl inlstlea of a Spanish or Asiatic city was tile parting thoughl t as tlle Clina left Manlila 1Bay, and the dark rocks of Corrigedor faded lbehind us, andl( the ruggeid rlocs o(l 11;1i (lfront the stormy sea loomed on our right, and the violet peaks of volcani(c mounta"ins bounded our eastern horizon. The last. view we liad of the llistoric b1ay, ~a big German w;arship was close to the sentinel rock, that the Spaniards thlioghtl they hlad fortified, until Dewey came and saw and conquered, swifter tihan (;Caesarl,,andl the Germans, venturing some target practice, by permission of I)Dewe, whom relaxes no vigilance of authority. IIongkong is G28 miles from Manila, and the waltrs so often stirred in monstrous wrath, welcomed us with a spread of (lazzling sill. The clumsy junks that appeared to have come down from the days of C ionfucis,, were1 languid on the gentle ripples. The outstanding Asian islands, small (a11,d 'grim, are silgularly desolate, barren as if splintered by fire, gaunt and forbidding. ilonglkong is an island that prospers under the plaws of the British lion, and it is a cit5y disliyslla e on a mountain side, that by day is not Imulc more imposing than the t\owv ()f (Gibraltar, whiich it resembles, but at night, tlce lights (litter in a sVwe\etig circle, thle steep ascent of the streets revealed by many laml)ps, and here andl thcere tlhe illuitinaltion climbs to the tops of tlle mlounltaiils tlhat are revealed witlh lmagic(l loeforts of color and form. The harbor is entereld by al ample, blt crooked clhannel, and is land-lockled, fenced with gigantic bumps tliat sketch tlhe horizon, and( w\it ll their 1heads alnd shoulders are familiar with the sky. Here General Merritt, witlh is )persoial staff, left us, and between those bound from this port east and west, we circuml-navigated the earth. 3-18 3TlITIl STAII' IFO()R THI- LAND OF CO(RN STALKS. Mr. Poillley lti 1)', of l:i eres- WCieeloey, fwho dro ()pp ( i n by the N way just to mkl a feL w (1 s I:t 1 liaI, aid lIas a comilissio, i xl o ( xlo'e the rivers and la(goon's of Chlina withll is11 ca1( left tts, ill that surpr'isin craft, pl vilng lis p1addle in tlle fasllion of thle Es1.S(illmaux, p)tilling right and left, lieft d over( 1 1(l, 11)81aacing to a nlieetv 00 l the walvs 1(and oi0 as1lorle dry and unruftleltll, w1itll is fieldllass andl I)portfolio:, is Iiaveisack ani( ty pl)writer naclhine that lie folds ill a sima,]l I)x as if it was a8 pocket comb1), and his kodak, wNith whlieh lie is (an expeirt. lIe lias not only ransacked with liis canoe the rivers of Amellrica, l)ut as descended thle t)atnul)e and ilte V'olgaa. Hle p]uts out in lis canoe and crosses arms of the sea, as a pa)stile, makles a tent of hlis boat if it rains, figliting the desperadoes of all cliles witlh thle superstition, for swhich lie is indebted to their iagination for liis safety in running ph]enomlenlcal Iazartlds, that lie is a magrician. Marco P'olo was not so great a traveler or so rare 1a adventurer as i; gelow, and, having left F'lorida under a thln(ler cloud of the scowl of ain angry arly or untimely criticisms, lie has invaded the celestial empire in his quailt canoe, 1and 1he can beat tle Clinese boatmen on thleir own rivers, and scleep like a sea bird on the swells of green water, floating like a feather, and saffe in his slumbers as a solon goose w\itlh Iis head under hlis wing. However, he lhas not a winged boat, a bird afloat sailing round the purple peakls remote, as BucJhnaln Reed putt i in hlis 'Drifting" pictlure of tlIe Vesuvian lbay, for Bigeilow uses a paddle. There las been a good deal of curiosity as well as indignajion about hlis l)lapers on the Ihtandlingl of our Cuban expedition before it sailed, rand it is possible hle was guilty of tle colmon fault of firing into the \wrolng people. Ie was in Washingtiron in June, and lie and I meeting on the Bridge of Spain over lthe Pesanig in Manila ini Anutgst, we ]ad, between us, )put a girdle about the earth. Somlne say such experiences are good to show ]how small tlie eartll is, l:t I am mIore than ever persluaed tliat it is 1ig enoulg to find mankind in occupation and subsistence until time sliall be no ilore. In the dock at IIongklong was Admilral Dewey's flagship Olympial, and whlile she had the grass scratched from her bottom, tle gallant crevw were Ihaving a holiday withl tlhhe zest that rewards those who for four mlonths were steadily on shipboard wxithl arduous cares and labors. II.. B. S owerfull, of 12,000 tons displlacellent, with four huge flues and two im1nense military masts, )presided at lIongkonlg under orders to visit Manila. The mingling of the Englislh and Chinese in IIongkong is a lively object lesson, slhoing the extent of the Britisl c(,lpacity to utilize Asiatic labor, and get the profit of European capital atnd discipline, an acctlnmulation that requires an established sense of safety-a justified confidence in pe nt a t o a e thy. The contrast between the city of Ilongkong and that of Manila is one that TIHE START IFOR T'IfE LAI) (-)1 ('()N SITA IKS. 349,Americans slhouldl stud(y now, to be instructed in thle recslecti\v collial o syst(es of England and Spain. Ilonllgong is clean and solid, with butsinscs blocks of tle,clst style of construction, the pavements excellent in material land keepi)ing, sihops faill (,f goods, all the appliances of modern times-a city up to (late. Tlere are l ingli.l enough to manage and Chinese enough to toil. There are two l)1rtisll regillmens, one of tlhem from India, the rank and tile recrulited froml tlie litint tlil'e of northern mountaineers. There are dark, tall men, withl tturllan, emiodimenit of mystery, and Parsees who have a strange splirituality of tilir own, and in mateli;al matters maintain a lofty code of honor, while their p1,astilme is thllat of striving while they march to push their lheads into tlce clouds. There are no horses in ITongkolng, the coolies carrying chairs on lbamboo poles, or trotting witll t-owhlieelers, an untiring substitute for quadrlpeds, and locomotion on tile streets or in the boats is swift and sure. I liad a n address to iind in the city, on a tip at Manila of the presence of a literary treasure, and my chairmen carried inc, in a few minutes, to a tall house on a tall terrace, and tlhe works of a martyr to liberty in the Philippines were located. The penalty for tile possession of these books in Manila was that of tlhe autlor executed bly shooting in the back in the presence of a crowd of spectators. The cost of the carriers was tlirty cents in silverfifteen cents in United States money-and tile men were as keen-eyed as they were sure-footed, and tle strength of their tawny limbs called for admiration. They were not burdened witl clothes, and the play of tlle muscles of their legs was like a mechanism of steel, oiled, precise, easy and (ample in force. Tlhe China took on a few hundred tons of coal, lwhiclh was delivered aboard from heavy boats by tlhe basketful, the men forming a line, and so expert were they at each delivery, the baskets were lpassed, each containing about lhalf a busllel-perlaps there were sixty baskets to the ton-at the rate of thirty-five baskets in a iminnte. Make due allowances and one gang would deliver twenty tons of coal an hour. Tile China was anchored three-quarters of a mile from the landing, and a boat ride was ten cents, or fifteen if you were a tipster. The boats are, as a rule, managed by a man and his wife; and, as it is their own, they keep the children at home. The average families on tlte boats-and I made severalcounts-were nine, the seven children varying from one to twelve years of age. The vitality of the Chinese is not exhausted, or even impaired. CIHAPTER XXIII. KOI)AK SNAPPD AIT JAPAN. Glimpses of Clina and Japan onl thle Way ILome from the Philippines-I-Hongkong a (:Geater Giibraltar-(oaling the China-Gangs of Women Coaling the China -h0ow tile Japa)-nese Make Gardens of the Mlountains-T'' ransition from the Tropics to the Nortlhern Seas-A Breeze from Siberia-A '1lousand Miles Nothing on the Iacific-Talk of Swinmming Ashore. Formosa was so far away eastward-a crinkled line drawn faintly with a fine blue pencil, showing as an artistic scrawl on the canvass of the low clouds-wre could hardly claim when the sketch of the distant land faded from view, that we had seen Japan. When Ilongkong, of sparkling memory, was lost to sight, the guardian walls that secluded her harbor, closing their gates as we turned away, and the headlands of the celestial empire grew dim, a rosy sunset promised that the next day should be pleasant, our thoughts turned with the prow of the China to Japan. We were bound for Nagasaki, to get a full supply of coal to drive us across the Pacific, having but twelve hundred tons aboard, and half of that wanted for ballast. It was at the mouth of the harbor of Nagasaki that there was a settlement of Iutch Christians for some hundreds of years. An indiscreet letter captured on the way to Holland by a Portuguese adventurer and maliciously sent to Japan, caused the tragic destruction of the Christian colony. The enmity of Christian nations anxious to add to their p)roperties in the islands in remote seas was so strong that any onepreferred tlat rather than his neighbors might aggrandize the heathen should prevail. The first as well as the last rocks of Japan to rise from and sink into the prodigous waters, through which we pursued our homeward way, bathing our eyes in the delicious glowing floods of eastern air, were scraggy with sharp pinnacles, and sheer precipices, grim survivals of the chaos that it was, before there was light. I have had but glimpses of the extreme east of Asia, yet the conceit will abide with me that this is in geology as in history the older world, as we classify our continents, that a thousand centuries look upon us from the terrible towers, lonesome save for the flutter of white wings, that witness the rising of the constellations from the greater ocean of the globe. But there are green hills as we approach Nagasaki, and on a hillside to the left are the white walls of a Christian church with a square tower, stained with traditions of triumphs and suffering and martyrdom long ago. Nagasaki is like Hongkong in its land-locked harbor, in clinging to a mountain side, in the 350 KODAK SNAPPED AT,-JA1AN. 351 circle of illumination at niglht and tile unceasing paddling of boats fr(,om ship to lship and betweenI the lilps 1nd( lalltlings. One is not long in discovering ilat here are a people mIore alert, illeniolis, self-confident and progressive tlhan t11(e (Clilese. As we approached tlHe 11ar'lbo tl(elre came to head us off, an officiall sieamll lillllaunc, with men in uniform, Nwlo Ihailed and commanded us to stop. Two oflictr-s with an intense expression of authority came aboard, and we had to give a full an(d pa)rticular account of ourselves. Why were we there? Coaling. Whllere were \we fr(nom? Manila and TIongkong. WAhere were we going? San Francisco. Ila:l we any sickness on board? No. We must produce the ship doctor, the list of lassecgersl, and manifest of cargo. We hail no cargo. There were a dozen passeen(gel. It was difficult to find fault with us. No one was ill. We wanted coal. What -was thle lmaitter? We had no trouble at IIongkong. We could buy all the coal we waillted therel, but preferred tllis station. We hlad proposed to have our warships cleaned lul at Nagasaki. but there ee eobjections raised. So the job went to the docks at IIougknong, and good gold with it. Wlly wacs this? Oh yes; Japan wanted, in lthe w(ar between the IUnited States and Spain, to be not merely formally, butt actually nlil e I al! The fact is that thle Japa)nese Ellpire is not pleased with us. They ll(ad, in iml erial circles, a passion for Ionolulul, and intimated their grief. No\w thl)(c are atlnoved because that little indemnity for refusing tlic rigllt to land Japanse labor1 was paid by the IIawaiian G(overnmlient before the absolrption ilnto tlie UIit((l States. As the Hawaiian diplomatic correspondence about tils was conducted witli lnore asperity than tact, if peace were the purpose, it was a good sore place fr' tlie Japanese statesmen to rub, and they resent in the newspapers tle facile l anl cheap( pacification resulting from the influence of the United States. In add(itioii the Japanese inliabitants, though they have a larger meal thlan thley can speedily (digest in Formosa, are not touched witlh unlqualified pleasurable feeling lbecause twe have the Philippines in our graspl. If Jaipan is to be tle great )ower of tle I'cific, it is inconvenient to lier for us to hold the Hawaiian, the Aleutian and tlhe Plililppine groups of islands. Tle Philippines have more natural resources than all tlie islands of Japan, and our Aleutian IJslands that are waiting for development w-ould probably be found, if tlhoroughly investigated, one of our great anld goo(d b)argains. The average Americkan finds himself botlered to have to treat tle Japaniese seriously, but we must, for they take thelmselves so, and are rusling tlie work ()in ilew shlilps of war so that they will come out equal witl ourselves in sea power. They hav(e ready for war one hundred thousand men. If we did not hold any Ipart of tlie Pacific Coast, this might be a matter of indifference, but we have three Pacific States, and there is no purpoe to cede them to the Japanese. It would not be statesmanship '352 KODAK SNAPPED ATV JA PAN. to give up lihe archipelargoes we po(ssss, even if we conlsider thlem as lands to hold for the li1ereafter. It is lnot ldeniible that the J3lapnlese have good reason to stlaln off for strri(t exalinlation tllle slhips of other nations tlha(t call at their ports. The -Iritish and ('hii0e0e lhave 1ad(1 n experience of tll(; bubonic pliagtue at Ilfiongkonog, and the Jalpa)llnes e 11 Iillg all tlle power of arms and the artifice of sc(ienee thelv possess to keep a;loo rf fr(om) tlie disastrous disease, whlic is most contagious. Thle Chlin a had called at Iloin,,l(llkong, and hence the sharp attentions at a coaling station where there are a)bout seventll-five thousand inhabitants of the Japanese quarters, whiich aree an exlliblit of O()1;JIapaia, and( most interesting. Nagasaki has, indeed, t:ie tirue Japanese flavor. If thcre llad been a sick man on our ship we should have been quarantined. Furtier ion we ere he lalted in the night off the city of Kobe, to the sound of the firing, of a cannon, for we had dropped there a passenger, Mr. Tilden, tile ITongkong agenti of tle Pacific Mail line, and if our ship had been infected with plagu e e might have passed it on to Japan! I hadl gone to bed, and was called up to confront tlie replreseniative of tlhe Imlperiall Government of the Japanese, and make clear to his eyes thlat: I 11ad not retur'ned on account of the plange. Autllorities of Japan treat peolle who are qcualrantilled in a way that removes tle stress of d(isagrrecal)leness. All are taken alshore a.nd to a hospital. There is furnished a robe of tlhe country, cleant andl ti(ld ill lH resp)ects. 1'lie commlon clothing is removed andl fumigated. It is necesslary, f1o)(1 c(;l quarantined )person to submit to tlis and also ito a bath, which is a real tluxlur, and after it comes a cup of tea and a light lunch. There was an act al case (o pl1;ague on an Almlerican ship at this city of Koble not long ago, at least, it +was so repol)rtedl w\ithl p)retty strong corroborative eviidence. The symptom in the ease on the sllip) iwas tlat of a fever, probably pl)neulinonia. The 1manl was landed andl examinted. Tllle pl(ague fever resembles pneumonina at an early stlage. The Japan —.ese Iphiysiciianls found signs of plague and the end came soon. The sick man, taken ashlore in tlie afternoon, at nine o'clock was dead, transferred (at once to the cirematory, in two hours reduc(ed to aslles, and the officers of the ship informed that if thley xvanlced to carryl the "remains" to America they would be sealed in a jar and certifi(,ed. Trl'e sllil's officers did not want ashes, and the Japls holdl thle jar. They are so "dva-nced" that crclmation is becoming a fad with tlhem. It [would not be surprlisilng to find tlhat the impending danger of the Japanese is excessive imnitative pr(ogres, w\lichl is not certain to be exactly tile right tlingI for t1he1lo, They have reacllcld 1 point wl:lre it is w-orthl wlile to examine tlle claiml of new things with mulc] care lbefore adoptingl theml. We lve very highi autlhority to examine all things for goodniess sake, before conmmittinlg ouirselves to hlold1 t l(he fast. We hlad to take aboard eighteen mlundredlitonsof coal at Nagasaki. Afleet of arks with thirty tons of Jap KODAK SNAPPEDI) AT JAPAN. 353 atise coal apl)lro, hed ad Icn( gathelir ed aroutnd tlie s1li), whicl til has sixt(eell places to tillrOw coal into thlie b)nikers. So tile coal busi.n -,ss s (rl'(,dl ol 1,y 1)lo twlve LOI ) tift'irin gal;s, ('ac1(l o(:f about tenll ]l('n and twelnt v.('women! TllIe a 11( t ( w1 'y (I t modestly atlitired iln lrolgl ja(clets and sklirts. Ti ere wer no(t flr tr ill irty )am1)1oo basl(kets to tlie,,ang. One manl stool at thle )portllole, anld (1ac(1 seci(n,1l (llt)li(led a coal bskIltct, ilsilnlg oth! hands, andl t1irowing it back into the barge witli one l;and, tlhe s8a11e swing' of the a1rm used to catch the next baslIkt Ihurled (l t(o hli 1 witl i a (IIIt Ik, quiet t lii1g. Thlre were three men of a gang next the shilp tlhe third ()one sita(lig in tlhe bar)ge, servedl w-ith lbals:les by two strings of Xw-oenii. At the lend o(f tlie string furthest from the shlip the coal was shoveled into thle )askets L) four Ilmen, and tlere weCrel( two wlho lifted and whirled thllem to the womlen. Tle iiiumbers 11and o frder tlhe l;lorers varied a little at times from this Irclation, yet ve(y little. h)tt frlequenlyl a luIrm of (coal was passed withoutlt usingi a basket. The work of coalilg, was carried on all ltight, and about thirty-six hours of labo(r )put ill for a day. T'ller was a great deal of talking amongl the laborle rs d(luring tilie few 111molllllits (If tal in g i)lac1(s, a11(1 someIl of it in tones of high cxcitemnient,.)but onl(.c( the ]1llllual IIaliille stai;l'i(ed tere'( was silence, and then the scratchliln of thle shovels in tele coal, a01(l t1c ( raIsl (iof t1l( coal tllhrowl far into tlie ship were heat'd. It is, flrolm tliet Amelll'i(ll ( 1teplllllatioll, sliocklingr, for women to do suchl work, but they (lid thlecir sha'( witl 11i1111lilnhi llg assililit y, and without visible distress. When thle nigt work was igol', tl Ve\ were evidecltly fatigued, 1and att each1 cnll(c l-at allt tlowed( a lrif splll o)' \ waitill,', tlhey were stlretchied out on tile pllinks ()f tlle b.)()ats, tile ( l'l('te(r tl lll)r' still, ll. ut s()1o1( ()f tile (lyoulger ones talkin anlld latigil i. There (did l1t seemil to be Ill(ll lilti iion, lothiii 1 l lke as much a.s \when both sexes f 1 "ll'rop)ea11sr teC e ig(IgedC ii il tle 11me \ l eat or ar'ley tield 1 harvesting. TherIe were, it is i(eedfl to r1(r]1(, tel(itlher lights 11r s1lialad(X- 1(to iivite tlhe blanishliitlits of c(ourtillg. The c(:oa1l hlla111li( 11, W(1m1(11 we( fro( tl lilficen to Iifty years o(f (age,() 1 ad all s0 ibllu' tlie inevitabllIc )l)iC is Iliust 1(1 av(e bee) left at I.(. have,lev(r seen11 aniy Alie(rici1 ()' Eua'()l)a l)i(es "(o)(1" ts wear. y 1 tI() iItL rl's use tile wo(r1(, as tlCe com(l()ll () t Japal)ell( se(i l.i(ls. ',y (1 ( (lo t ]lo i liowv how to cry, and a g2irl of ten years will reli\'(eve a otler (o' lf p (elsoal ce(.1. bv) c(arryVHil(' a blaby, ti(d lI) in a scartf, jlst its It,.II ('1 stickld ingk II out (I wis\ l tlIeCy ()ouIld be, idu1l(,I(c( to) use m1()ore s(oal)pll(l \an late on tie (o()1l)pl'py h(lps, from (:)11 \i(lch l)plils of illttelt (e(s.stare out wit11 sharp iltitil'r, (a. wNild( a(nimai(ls on,'tar(1). 'l ie gil )a l)ly b)('ar'er, havill til ((ld the child so thlat it al)ppe(ars to be a b)ag slis it o(1r 11er s1()oulder, ati( it in1terfele's but. slightlIy wit tl Ieioveets o( tlieI iit det tli ( 1(1s (1)1ce'S itly imall rlet'l.rass her Inovellemnits. Tlic 111(11 collilcr. it 11111t 1)c;tIl2liiti(lt, arec a l (liade 1( Cckl e' s ill tIe scarcity of tlh ir (ldrap1; erv1 w('' ll the l1rv '1 hI;i(lligll I);-( (ts ill tle p' ir'u-c(lc (of l(dli(es. 354 KOI)AK SNAPPI'"D) ATrl JAPAN. Tlhey do usually wear shirts with short tails behind, and very econoimical breechcloths, but tlleir shirts are sleeveless, and the buttons are missing on collar and bosom. The only clothing beneath the knees consists of straw sandals. The precipitation of perspiration takes care of itself. There arc no pocket hlandkerclliefs. Nagasaki has good lotels, a pleasant, airy European quarter, and shops stored with the goods of the country, including magrnificent vases and other pottery that should meet the appreciation of housekeepers. There is no city in Japan more typically Japanese, few in which the line is so finely and firmly drawn between the old and the new, and that to the advantage of both. It is hardly possible for those who do not visit Japan to realize what a bitter struggle the people have had with their native land, or how brilliant the victory they have won. Thre passage of the China through the inner sea and far along the coast gave opportunity to see, as birds might, a great deal of the country. 'lihe inner sea is a wonderfully attractive sheet of water, twice as long as Long Island Sound, and studded with islands, a panorama of the picturesque mountains everywhere, deep nooks, glittering shoals, fishing villages by the sea, boats rigged like Americans, flocks of wvlite sails by day, and lights at night, that suggest strings of street lamps. Thle waters teem with life. Evidently the sea very largely affords industry and sustenance to the people, for there is no bottom or prairie land, as we call the level or slightly rolling fields in America. There was not a spot from first to last visible in Japan, as seen from the water, or in an excursion on the land, wlhere there is room to turn around a horse and plow. The ground is necessarily turned up with spades and mellowed with lhoes and rakes, all, of course, by human hands. This is easy compared with thle labor in constructing terraces. The mountains have been conquered to a considerable extent in this way, 1and it is sensational to see how thousands of steep places have been cut and walled into gigantic stairways, covering slopes that coulld hardly answer for goat pasture, until the shelves with soil placed on theln for cultivation have been wroluglt, and the terraces are like wonderful ladders bearing against tie skies. So rugged is the ground, however, that many mountains are uncon(nqueral)le, and there are few traces of the terraces, though here and there, viewed from a distance, the evidences that land is cultivated as stairways leaning against otlerwise inaccessible declivities. I lhave never seen elsewhere anything tlat spoke so unequivocably of the endless toil of men, women and children to find footings upon which to sow the grain and fruit that sustain life. It is not to be questioned that the report, one-twelfth, only of the surface of Japan is under tillage, is accurate. The country is more mountainous than the Alleghenies, and some of it barren as tlhe wildest of the Rockies on the borders of tle bad lands, and it is volcanic, re KODAK SNAPPED AT JAPAN. 355 Mrarkably so, even more subject to eartl(hquakes than tlie I'lPililpines. The wh(ole of Japan occupies about as much space as the two D)akotas or tlho P'llililppines, and the population is forty-two millions. With work as careful Iand extensive a- s thlat of the agricultural mountaineers of Japan, the Dakotas would support )one 1un11(lred million persons. But they would have to present the washing away of the soil and the waste through improvident ignorance or careless profligacy of any feriilizer, or of any trickle of water needed for irrigation. One of the features of tlie terrilaces is that the rains are saved by the walls that sustain the soil, and the guttersl o tlat guide the water conserve it, because paved with pebbles and carried down by easy stages. irrigating one shelf after another of rice or egetables, Vwhatever is,I;O\\Wl, until the whole slope not irreclaimable is made to blossom and the mountlain torrents saved in their descent, not tearinr away the made ground, out of wlichl tlile lllans of living gorows, but percolating through scores of narro-w beds,,g(irdlens suspended like extended ribbons of verdure on volcanic steeps, refreshing tlie crops to ibe at last ripened by tlhe sunshine. iTis is a lesson for tlc American farmer-to )be studied more closely tlhan imlitated-to grow grass, especially clover, to stopl devastation by creeks, witl slrubbery gifted with long roots to save the bankls o(' c(nsiderable streams, and, where there is stone, use it to save the land now going 1)y (very frileshwater rivulet and rivers to the seas, to the irreparable loss of mankind(. It is tlhe duty of man wlio inherits the earth that it does not escalpe frlolm hlill, th.it iis inheritance is not swept away by freshets. We are growing rapidlyl, in A\mericIa, in tlie uIllderstanding of this subject, beginning to comiprehlend the necessilty f g'iving the land that bears crops the equivalent of tliat -whlicl is taken from it, that tile vital capital of futlure generations Iay not be dissipated andll tle peoplle grow ever polor and at last perish. A ride in a jinrilkislna, a two-wleeler, withi a buggy top and poles 1for thle lbip)ed horlse t( t rot between, from Nagasaki to a fisllilng villa ge o(ver tilCe Iinollt ilns,.ive imniles away, passing at tlhe start through tlIe Japl)anese (lquater, 1lg streets o,1 sIlp[s, Ipopulois ainll busy, manllly diligentli ill ligllt ilanllfcitturing work'], a11nd all sc:llit in c lotlini-thle jourlney conltinuing ill shlarl climlbs olh(ng.dI l.t-':e places ad ibes I(side deep ravines, tlie slopes elaborately terraced(, and again slirting tlhe switt c,rves af a rai d bro:)ok fio in tlhe t:o untains, t tl gaot I ((i ati i(1 sp )rei(; (lve r )retty beds of gr:lavel, providing aibumndan(t fresh watr )otlhuil(, il wlic ia scll(l (f boys, leaving a siall gtrd for a light suppl) of clothi(ng, as3lore- tle ride (cdil-, in a village o:f ifisl:er('unenl tliat, 1)y tIle (:o 1lt of t lie in llabitlants, shl ()l d be:i t()\ nl --- permitted close observation of tlie Jlpanese in a city and a village, on1 their sk!y-scrp.ing gardens a1nd in the road: going, to and comig i froim arket, as wll ols ill i).es of 356 KOI)AK SNA PPED1 AT JAPAN. roadside eltcr'tai enlllllt an1d alt LlstL a seaside resort, ill whlose sllde a Iparty of gloletrolttels we(re llnl-lillg, so)1lo of itllel0, IT lear, tryilng to eat raw:fisll. Tlire (. olldl 11ardlly 1ave becn cotlrived a 1 Olmore instrllctive cxllibit of Japan and the J/apl:nes>e. 'i'le road was (O,),stllrcted ill,levYrl l places 1)y cow's bearinrg )ales of g;ooIds fromll t lIe city to tlie counllltr, (lnd prod uce flrom the hanl inig gardens to/ the streets, (nll oa:1 -sio1nal 11.0orse 1]11>t1l1ed inl, aind also a few oxeo. lThec bcast of burdeln Imos flrecqli'tly overta len I or (co1n-ollltelred was tile cow, an1l( al m(ajoriity of thle laborers were \\'o()1 l. Tlhere were even( ill team1s of twos a-nd foulrs, carrying i eavy luggr(age., llen a11(d 1womell old(, middle-aged and you( l, lbarefootcd or shod witl straw, not overloaded, as a r'le,. 1d(1 (l som1) wal lki I as8 if ti ll (:a' p( )lerformedal1 their t:asls (and were gol gin e. O1 eli r(:oad it \\was lticn1t itllcre was extlraordiarl fredo) fr from care as11 (l to c]loililoin,' anol l no 710~!l ~' i'" I C Ill"' (.M d -11f feelill, of l(prejudiee (,r dismily if lportions of it esteemed absolultely ciss c(1tial in NIl rtI Amerl1ica (ll,(1 1E urope li ad 1beel) left: bellind or wals awaitilng rc;tll1n to the posse-<(,';o('. Tl'is app.l)l~ies t{,o bot]h s-,0xes. TIll day was warm, cven 11ot, andl t1l) slln sell()loe fiCerc'e(ly onl tlie tropieil\ —fo)l t ilat is lwhat wl e woul(1d call itm- Ill\ing walk inog, wvith or iwitil11 ut loads, a h(ia;tilg e(xer lcise. E\eIen tIle bearing (of bask:ls::, and tlie 0lnajol'ity of thec wVo 0111 (a'111i'el tIli 0, XXwas jilstificat-ionl 111(1nder tlie (customlls (of ltothe co00)untr1 fo(r 1l)1riigr tle throat 1:l1(1 (114st to() 0iv (' 1p111 s( toi'e for reatliin)g, and ftlier is no rest iri tiol i tli mlailioenane lle f tlie drooplil lJinls (of d(tarkaltiion acc1(rdiotgi 1 I to ihe IIost lie)ral fasliio(able allo1wancesIl, ill (dlisl(iig with adll t Ileist soggest.tli(n1ls (1of lace to thle utlimiost c xtlelt: atiirts could as], f(or ili( st11dv' of it,1(00s. BellaI'ty 1ad(1 thel avalntagoe (:f ti h finle (tlcrves o:f full ilnialatio)ls (If il1 ( air that;ir (i laftd 0(i log ( tlie dsty pat ls betwee tl t l l sc: and fie moilintaills. 1t is a })Izzle that tIe aIrtists (of Japl)a Lave (ot e1 (11 ) Ir illilov(: l tl( ( il Iar all ied I rivil e (of field and xvaHl sketcling, t ihat t1l(vy ( ij(ov to (a d(1 ()1re i (ot elall(d ithill t (he perl)(:lis)sion of tli( co()iveiltiona( l co)st l'tiol (o1 t lhat \w'i(1 is )C(olllilg ill till e a11 s.)ence o( t e (iayliglit l iab)ila nlcts oIf (Illy gr((at 1(1and polit(e people(_. The'11 art s(:iiols o(f JJap1)an, out of doors-, on lthe hli'll 1a, (even, ((llll)t fail r( to p e ()1' t (:(1 tI:ll(l()lo )1 rl'i i (1nfluen]I CIe (f whlli( ll iC w ld()1 \will ]ave \visio(lis I(r I(caficr,: and1 il a lItin qal li.terlic ()o:f Paris will lose its replitatliaol tillt attlrats (111d] aIdjsts l at1 1ture to ilispiratiol. AV\\l11( wl e I d 1( t(cced(, it '(oi )e,:in co(nvincig tl 0 ic 1 aut(l oil itics t1ll1t 11o)lle ()1 the1(;pas oITl g(. ' I tl(' (l 0illa l8ad p'll)i(e d upl tle 1plagle at I Illo)glonga, we pit (liut li li tlie big -'1a, a1(1l slapelId ol'r (oI(l,,C tor lle fairer laind s o fal' away, not exac;l tly a sti aiglit lin ', tlr o t (( vex i(y if te t ti t iin clIudes tlie wa(te, 1for ( ti e c (ea n- a '1 ic Ilarl' tlIe I iti (i ---is ( rou1(Id, o (1 t 1ti hoi si t raigfl(tos( lino over its surface is 111 ( rv(ed lil, if ast (, oi()io ll. ' ml (tio(:l( \\. st ' l< ot n t (1lie g) reat N(lortherll' (:iole, p1)urp)o I l(n to I11 a1s lhi,1s lie f i1 t) -(eilithl 1)I ill(el. alm)ost to ouir Aluiitain 15"1:i (1, K OD)A K SNAPiIT ) AT JAPAN. 357' and purt.sued our eotnrse, iI full view, ltie alid cliti's f JIa p1l (:1langing t("t. ii_'r color wit II the g'oing4' (lown (o thle still. W lhe 11m0 n111 1i)' ce:;iiIe t lIe purp)le 1 l Ilk of ithe ((st irri ng little empire still reIIiinded us of the liIhts an(d Iliadows ot Asia ond tIeII ImissIIinIary l11)1rs of Sir Edwin Arnold, w.lieli Lve a fltivr of tIe clisies I d reIeibrane of the Scriptuires. `Yolnider," said the C(aptain. "is the famious imioutintoi of -Jdiaa, FI I'eynVo. "It is not very clearlv seen, for it is distaIit. Oh, yon are leookiog too lw down and see only t ie foot-hlls-that is it, OawN op it t hIe skv!" I t ws tlhere, o pealk so loftv that it, is solitarv. We were to hIaive seen i t heier loter, rbt s tHlie lhours passed there was a dinl1ess tlhat tile light of decliii Ii h lid iot dispelirs, atid the iumountain stOayed withil us in ghlostly way, aid held its I wI' in high' comm111u n1io n. As wVe were leaviui.4 Asian waters there came a demonid. le t v phoons thaot ihe (aptain satiseied (omipletely, savinrg lie was not, luntinI' for them, bit the worst one lieC ever cauhll it was five (iiiu(dri(d niles cast of Yokelaiioa. T'lie tour'ists were rati.her troubled. The youn mma wlio had been iii tle wild waltz of the Zeolaiiidia did not (_re for a typhoon. AW liad bteeu blessed with weather so balmy and1 lhealii., winds so soft0 an(d waves so low tliat the ship had settled do(wn steadadvs i river.teillhoat_ \We pushed on, but thle bes t t (.limao could do was fourteien hniots oid aI led( f an hour, near 350 knots a. doav, wvitIi a consuptioi o(f 135 tons of eoal in t weitv-fo r i oti's. So iucli fort not ha0.Vi.]g been cleailed(i up s)o as to give tile go o(f iitie fine liiies. Tlie lii nioad ieen in thle ihbi t of making, sixtN mil-.es a doN' 1 'ore thlaiii (om tiiis trip, b id.unig less thi 100 tons of eoa. As we climi bei in tlie hoaId1e r o'f tlie pa'a \l ls of latitude, ldwe bhegzan to nlotice a crispn(iiss ili t(le ail', aiild it wv(a l I' velvt tite liIgs It was a hIpleaili(re, and ii siiilant siipassii g wine, to brelthe tlhe ioirtli temperiite ZIioie ata1111, 'd aficr wihile to iit(.. a fro\stN sivo -t' li tlhe ibreeze. We lald l - gotteCi, ifoI- ta fe il,I thit I Cwe were t lot in a ril ek'1Ii staite I ' ('-. irati l t. AlI wel were more than a thIiosnmiiid miles nor(i'thi of Maiiiila, and tliat is is 'or as thle eofst of Maine to (uba. 1lii11e wi11d ftollowe-d 11s, 1d11 at last gaiiid a (CIed greaiter thou oir owvi; then it shifted a111d came dIwvn from thie iiortliwest. It was thle wind htI t swept iroii Siesriea, banid Naml ill gr'im peniSI~la piint, ed 1( s hit. The uiire from our funnels ble black and dense awa southeasIt anld did no(t c'hangIe 11mor thua a point oI. two for a wvee. 1 le IP )Iwcifec begani ti look like tlie I NI ortI A itaIti er11 e amiie a 'ci'il (ilt lit i 1oud1 i ii t'ie pI( letc c alse oIl \ l 1 1 A ii111 1 ( Lee. lad been, durig oliL tri'opl'iica\l experi.]iiice, sIIome ouotries foi' the' 1111 Iao i o a le II oils but Iiow'i they ll iCre like tlwe tphNlloolnsi. W -en;ti wa fo111d tliot they l me'n igt be Iiad we did iiot wait t1e1. A aI'' a w waslli noIv t 1111' I Ilt, ho ad, ald i lie (I'iil Is I iat were in 11tI' Iind tliot l(hisIld frim Siherio were ri'ther i'Iodeetioni'ld. It wiats 358 KODAK SNAPPED AT JAPAN. singular to call for one,, two, three blankelft, aind then hunt up overcoats. White trousers disappeared two or lhreee dlayts after the wlite coats. Straw hats were called for by tile windl. One white (cap on an offic(er's head responded alone to the swarm of whlite caps on the water. The roll of tle waves impeded our great northern circle. We could!lave imade it, but we sliould have liad to roll with tlhe waves. We got no higher lithan 15 d4egr)ees. We had our two Thurslays, and thought of the fact that on the mystical mIcridian 180, where three days get mixed tilu in one! The Pacific Oceanl, from pole to pole, so free on tlc line where the dispute as to the lda it is, goes on forever, that only one small island is subject to tlhe wNitcliery of matlhematics, and the proof in commlonplace transactions unmixed witli the skies that nlwhatever may be the mtatter with the sun-the earth do move, is round, do roll over, and does not spill off the sea in doing so. At last caime shrill lbead winds, and as we added fifteen miles an hour to this speed, the harp strings in the rigging were touched witli weird music, and we filled our lungs consciously and conscientiously with American air, experiencing one of the old sensations, better than anything new. It was figured out that we were within a thousand miles of the continent, and were getting lhome. AWhen one has been to the Philippines, what's a thousand miles or two! '"Iello, Captain Seabury! It is only about a thousand miles righlt ahlead to tlhe land. You know what land it is, don't you? Well, now, you may break the shaft or bunrst the boilers, fling the ship to the sperml whales, like tlhe one thalt was the only living tling w e saw since Japan entered into the American clouds of the West. \e are only a thousand miles away from tlhe solid, sugary sweet, redolent, ripe American soil, and if there is anytling tlle atter we do(10 not minl(l, why we will jLust take a boat and pull ashore." 9uti wee woull have h1ad a lard tile if tle Captain lad taken us up in the flush of the hilarity that lauglhed at a thousand miles, wenlic the breeze brought us the faint first hints tlha we were almost hlome, after a voyage of five thousand leagues. The wind slifted to the south and increased until it roared, and the waves were as iron tipped with blue and silver, hurling their salty crests over our towering ship; and we were in the graspOn the Pacific of tlie terrific Storm King of thle Eqlqinox. AMr. Longfellow mentioned tlhe storm wind gigantic, that siook tlhe Atlantic at the time of the eq(uinox —the one that urges tile boiling surges blearin( seaweed from( the ro1ck(Is aIind all those (lisappointed because they had not bounded on the billo(ws of thli briny eCnou11gh for healthy exercises, were satisfied in the reception by tlhe tremendeu(ls laciti fic Xle nigll tlIe shore. whlich was once the western botndary. but. is so no ml()re. If t I hlt blessed A\(erica of which her sons grow fonder the farther SPANIARDS IREPELLING INSURIT(ENT'S, ATTACK O COUNTRY PAI R A NATIVE IN REGIMENTAL AR PEASANT ()l CSTUIM KODAK SNAPPED AT JAPAN. 356 they roam. God's country, as the boys and girls call it reverently, when they are sailing the seas, was veiled from us in a fog that blanketed the deep. For five thousand miles our ship had been in a remorseless solitude. No voice had come to us; no spark of intelligence from the universe touched us, save from the stars and the sun, but at the hour of the night, and the point of the compass, our navigator had foretold, we should hear the deep-throated horn on Reyes point-it came to us out of the gloomy abyss-and science had not failed. Across the trackless waste we had been guided aright, and there was music the angels might have envied in the hoarse notes of the fog-horn that welcomed the wanderers home. CHAPTER XXIV. OUR PICTURE GALLERY. Annotations and Illustrations-Portraits of Heroes of the War in the Army and Navy, and of the Highest Public Responsibilities-Admirals and Generals, the President and Cabinet-Photographs of Scenes and Incidents-The Characteristics of the Filipinos-Their Homes, Dresses and Peculiarities in Sun Pictures-The Picturesque People of Our New Possessions. The portrait of President McKinley is from the photograph that seems to his friends upon the whole the most striking of his likenesses. That of the Secretary of State, the Honorable John Hay, is certainly from the latest and best of his photos. The Postmaster General, the Honorable Charles Emory Smith, and Secretary Bliss, are presented in excellent form and the whole Cabinet with unusual faithfulness. Our naval and military heroes in the war that has introduced the American nation to the nations of the earth as a belligerent of the first class, cannot become too familiar to the people, for they are of the stuff that brightens with friction, and the more it is worn gives higher proof that it is of both the precious metals in war, gold and steel. Admiral Dewey, as we have set forth in this volume, is not thus far fairly dealt with in the pictures that have been taken. He is a surprise to those who meet him face to face-so far has photography failed to adequately present him, but the portrait we give is the best that has been made of him. Major-General Merritt retains the keen, clear cut face, and the figure and bearing of an ideal soldier that has characterized him since, as a youth just from West Point, he entered the army and won his wayby his courage and courtesy,his brilliant conduct and excellent intelligence, his dashing charges and superb leadership, to a distinguished position and the affectionate regard of the army and the people. In the Indian wars, after the bloody struggle of the States was over, he outrode the Indians on the prairies and was at once their conqueror and pacificator. He ranks in chivalry with the knights, and his work at Manila was the perfection of campaigning that produced conclusive results with a comparatively small shedding of blood. The likeness of the Archbishop of Manila was presented me by His Grace at the close of a personal interview, and represents him as he is. The chapter devoted to him is meant to do him simple justice as a man and priest. The fact that he bestowed upon me in the inscription with which he greatly increased the value of his 360 OUR PICTURE GALLERY. 361 portrait a military dignity to which I have no title is an expression only of his friendliness. He frankly stated his pleasure in meeting an American who would convey to the President of the United States the message he gave me about the American army, to which he was indebted for security and peace of mind. General Aguinaldo gave me his photograph, and the flag of the Filipinos with him in the effort to establish an independent government, republican in form. One is not always sure of that which happens in the Philippines, even when one reads about it. I am prepared to believe that there is much truth in the dispatch saying a majority of the Congress of the insurgents at Molores favor annexation to the United States. The whole truth probably is that they would gladly have this country their Protector at large, supreme in the affairs international, they to legislate in respect to local affairs. They need to know, however, that their Congress must become a territorial legislature, and that the higher law for them is to be the laws of Congress. The Philippine flag is oriental in cut and color, having red and blue bars -a white obtuse angle-the base to the staff, and a yellow moon with fantastic decorations occupying the field. This flag is one that Admiral Dewey salutes with respect. General Aguinaldo is giving much of his strength to the production of proclamations, and his literary labors should be encouraged. On a September morning two years ago, Dr. Jose Rizal was shot by a file of soldiers on the Manila Luneta, the favorite outing park, bordering on the bay. The scene was photographed at the moment the Doctor stood erect before the firing squad, and the signal from the officer in command was awaited for the discharge of the volley killing the most intellectual man of his race. Dr. Rizal is known as the Tagalo Martyr. The Tagalos are of the dominant tribe of Malays. General Aguinaldo is of this blood, as are the great majority of the insurgents. The Doctor is more than the martyr of a tribe. He is the most talented and accomplished man his people and country has produced. A history of Luzon from his pen is a bulky volume full of facts. I was not able to procure all of his books. Anyone in Manila found in possession of one of them during Spanish rule, would have been taken to the ground selected for human butchery in the appointed place of festivity, and shot as he was, making a holiday for the rulers of the islands. He wrote two novels, "Touch Us Not" and "The Filibusters," the latter a sequel of the former. These are books using the weapons put into the hand of genius to smite oppressors in command of the force of arms. The novels are said to be interesting as novels, -rather sensational in their disregard of the personal reputation of his foes,the friars, but all along between the lines there was argument, appeals for the freedom of the OUR PICTURE GALLERY. Filipinos, for freedom of speech, conscience and country. There are pamphlets printed the size of an average playing card, from thirty to forty pages each, one "Don Rodriguez," and another "The Telephone." These I obtained in Hongkong from the hands of the niece-daughter of the sister of the Doctor,-and she presented me also his poem written when in the shadow of death, of which this volume gives a prose translation. The poem is the farewell of the author to his friends, his country and the world. It is given in prose because in that style the spirit of the poet, indeed the poetry itself, can be rendered with better results, than by striving to sustain the poetic form. The poem would be regarded as happy and affecting in the thought that is in it, the images in which the ideas gleam, the pathos of resignation, the ascendency of hope, if there were nothing in the attendant circumstances that marked it with the blood of historic tragedy. This poetry that it would have been high treason to own in Manila, for it would not have been safe in any drawer however secret, was treasured by the relatives of the martyr at Hongkong. The niece spoke excellent English, and there was at once surprise and gratification in the family that an American should be interested in the Doctor who sacrificed himself to the freedom of his pen, so much as to ascend the steep places of the city to seek his writings for the sake of the people for whose redemption he died. On the page showing the face of the Doctor and the scene of his execution, there are two men in black, the victim standing firm as a rock to be shot down, and the priest retiring after holding the crucifix to the lips of the dying; and the portrait of the beautiful woman to whom the poet was married a few hours before he was killed. It is said that Rizal wanted to go to Cuba, but Captain-General Weyler answered a request from him that he might live there, that he would be shot on sight if he set foot on Cuban soil. Rizal, hunted hard, attempted to escape in disguise on a Spanish troop ship carrying discharged soldiers to Spain, but was detected while on the Red Sea, returned to Manila and shot to death. I stood on the curbstone that borders the Luneta along the principal pleasure drive, between the whispering trees and the murmuring surf of the bay, just where the martyred poet and patriot waited and looked over the waters his eyes beheld, the last moment before the crash of the rifles that destroyed him, and in the distance there was streaming in the sunshine the flag of our country-the star spangled banner, and long, long may it wave, over a land of the free and home of the brave! The picture of the cathedral shows a tower that was shattered from the foundation to the cross by the earthquake of 1863. Ambitious architecture must conform to the conditions imposed by such disasters, and the great edifice is greatly changed. OUR PICTURE GALLERY. 363 In our gallery we treat Admirals Sampson and Schley as the President set the example. As tlere was glory for all at Santiago, there was advancement for both. We present them together. The wholesome, manly face of General Lee is in the gallery. Iis country knows him and thinks of him well. The bombarded church of Cavite shows that shells spare nothing sacred in their flights and concussions. The Bridge of Spain is the one most crossed in passing between the old walled city and the newer town that was not walled, but was formidably intrenched where rice swamps were close to the bay. The public buildings are commodious and would be higher, but the earth is uncertain, and sky-scrapers are forbidden by common prudence. Our picture of the principal gate of the walled city is taken truly, but does not give the appearance of extreme antiquity, of tle reality. The wall looks old as one that has stood in Europe a tlousand years. Naturally the gallery has many works of art representative of Manila. The shipping in the habor is an advertisement of a commerce once extensive. Each picture that shows a woman, a man, or tree; a wood-cutter, a fisherm11an, or a house, opens for the spectator a vista that may be interpreted by the intelligent. A veritable picture is a window that reveals a landscape. That which is most valuable in a gallery like this is the perfect truth not everywhere found, for the eyes tlhat see a picture that is really representative, setting forth the colors, the light, and the substance of things find that wlich does not fade when the story is told. There is one most hideous thing in our gallery-that of the head of a Spaniard, bleeding, just severed from the body-the weapon used, a naked dagger in a clenched hand-around the ghastly symbol a deep black border. This is one of the ways of the Katapuna society-the League of Blood-have of saying wlhat they would have us understand are their awful purposes. There are terrille stories about tiis Blood League-that they bleed themselves in the course of their proceedilngs, aind each member signs his name with his own blood-that tely establish brotherhood by minoling their blood and tasting it. They are the sworn enemies of tle Spaniards, and particularly of the priests. I inquired of Senor Agoncillo, the Plilippine commissioner to Paris, whether those bloody stories were true. Ie scoffed at the notion that they might be so, and laughed and shouted "No, no!" as if he was lhaving much fun. But Agoncillo is a lawyer and a diplomat, and I had heard so much of this horrid society I did not feel positive it was certain that its alleged blood rites were fictitious. Of one thing I am sure-that the drea(lful picture iS no joke, and was lnot imeant for a burlesque, tllhoghl it might possibly be exslp)etc(l to prform thle office of a scarecrow. It cannot be doubted that there are oath-bound 864 OUR PICTURE GALLERY. secret societies that are regarded by the Spaniards as fanatical, superstitious, murderous and deserving death. There is a good deal of feeble-minded credulity among the Filipinos, that is exhibited in the stories told by Aguinaldo. He has many followers who believe that he has a mighty magic, a charm, that deflects bullets and is an antidote for poison. Intelligent people believe this imbecility is one of the great elements of his powerthat his leadership would be lost if the supernaturalism attached to him should go the way of all phantoms. Aguinaldo is said not to have faith in the charm, for lie takes very good care of himself. We give several views of executions at Manila. As a rule, these pictures are not fine productions of art. They are taken under such conditions of light and background that they are somewhat shadowy. This sinister addition to our gallery seems to be the first time the photographs of executions have been reproduced. The photos were not furtively taken. There is no secrecy about the process, no attempts to hide it from the Spaniards. Executions in the Philippines were in the nature of dramatic entertainments. There were often many persons present, and ladies as conspicuous as at bull fights. There is no more objections offered to photographing an execution than a cock fight, which is the sport about which the Filipinos are crazily absorbed. It is the festal character to the Spaniard of the rebel shooting that permits the actualities to be reproduced, and hence these strange contributions to our gallery. Many of our pictures are self-explanatory. They were selected to show things characteristic, and hence instructive, peasants' customs-women riding buffaloes through palm groves-native houses, quaint costumes. "The insurgent outlook" reveals a native house-a structure of grasses. This is a perfect picture. The southern islanders, and the group of Moors, the dressing of the girls, work in the fields, the wealth of vegetation, the dining room of the Governor-General prepared for company, General Merritt's palatial headquarters before he had taken the public property into his care and suited it to his convenience; the Spanish dude officer, showing a young man contented in his uniform, and a pony pretty in his harness. We reproduce the war department map of the Philippine islands. It will be closely studied for each island has become a subject of American interest. The imprint of the war department is an assurance of the closest attainable accuracy. The map of the Hawaiian islands clearly gives them in their relative positions and proportions as they are scattered broadcast in the Pacific. The Philippine and Hawaiian groups as they thus appear will be found more extensive than the general fancy has OUR PICTURE GALLERY. 865 painted them. The Philippine Archipelago has been held to resemble a fan, with Luzon for the handle. The shape is something fantastic. It is worth while to note that the distance between the north coast of Luzon and the Sulu Archipelago is equal to that from England to Southern Italy. There are pictures in our gallery that could only be found at the end of a journey of ten thousand miles, and they go far to show the life of the people of a country that is in such relations with ourselves the whole world is interested. There is truthtelling that should be prized in photography, and our picture gallery is one of the most remarkable that has been assembled. CHAPTER XXV. CUBA AND PORTO RICO. Conditions In and Around Havana-Fortifications and Water Supply of the Capital City-Other Sections of the Pearl of the Antilles-Porto Rico, Our New Possession, Described-Size and Population-Natural Resources and Products-Climatic Conditions-Towns and Cities-Railroads and Other Improvements-Future Possibilities. There was the fortune of good judgment in attacking the Spaniards in Cuba at Santiago and Porto Rico, the points of Spanish possession in the West Indies farthest south and east, instead of striking at the west, landing at Pinar del Rio, the western province, and moving upon the fortifications of Havana, where the difficulties and dangers that proved so formidable at Santiago would have been quadrupled, and our losses in the field and hospital excessive. Tlie unpreparedness of this country for war has not even up to this time been appreciated except by military experts and the most intelligent and intent students of current history. The military notes prepared in the War Department of the United States at the beginning of the war with Spain, contain the following of Santiago de Cuba: This city was founded in 1514, and the famous Ifernnrdo was its first mayor. It is the most southern place of any note on the island, being on the twentieth degree of latitude, while HIavana, the most northern point of note, is 23 degrees 9 minutes 26 seconds north latitude. The surrounding country is very mountainous, and the city is built upon a steel) slope; the public square, or Campo de MIarte, is 110 to 160 feet above the sea, and some of the houses are located 200 feet high. The character of the soil is reported to be more volcanic than calcareous; it has suffered repeatedly from earthquakes. It is the second city in the island with regard to population, slightly exceeding that of Matanzas and Puerto Principe. So far as American commerce is concerned, it ranks only ninth among the fifteen Cuban ports of entry. It is located on the extreme northern bank of the harbor of Santiago de Cuba, a harbor of the first class and one of the smallest; hence, as is believed, the great liability of its shipping to infection. 'According to the chart of the Madrid hydrographic bureau, 1863, this harbor is, from its sea entrance to its extreme northern limit, 5 miles long, the city being located 4 miles from its entrance, on the northeastern side of the harbor. The entrance is for some little distance very narrow — 366 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 367 not more than 220 yards wide-and may be considered about 2 miles long, with a width varying from one-eighth to five-eighths of a mile. For the remaining 3 miles the harbor gradually widens, until at its northern extremity it is about 2 mliles wide. The city is so situated in a cove of the harbor that the opposite shore is only about one-half mile distant. At the wharves from 10 to 15 feet of water i; found, and within 300 to 500 yards of the shore from 20 to 30 feet. This, thlerefore, is probably the anchorage ground. Three or more so-called rivers, besides ()tler streams, empty into this harbor, and one of these, the Caney River, empties into the harbor at the northern limit of the city, so that its water flows from one island extremity through the whole harbor into the sea. The difference here, as elsewhere in Cuba, between low and high tide is about 2 feet. Population in 1877 was 10,835, and 5,100 houses. This city is one of the most noted yellow-fever districts in the island. The population in 1896 was 42,000. The following has been reported: Preparations for mounting new and heavy ordnance is now going on at the entrance of the bay (March 5, 1898). New and heavier guns are also ordered for Punta Blanca, on the right of the bay near Santiago City. Plans have been made for constructing two batteries in the city of Santiago, one about 25 yards in front of the American consulate and the other about two blocks in rear. Cayo Rolones, or Rat Island, located near the middle of the bay, is tile Government depository for powder, dynamite, and other explosives. The elevation on the right of the entrance, where stands Castle Morro, is 40 yards above the sea level, while the hill on the left is 20 yards. "La Bateria'Nueva de la Estrella" is mounted with four revolving, cannons. The fortifications of Havana were carefully covered in the military notes, and thus enumerated: There are fifteen fortifications in and about the city of Havana, more or less armed and garrisoned, besides a work partly constructed and not armed, called L;as Animas, and the old bastions along the sea wall of the harbor. These works are as follows: Nos. 1 and 2 are earthen redans on the sea coast, east of Iavana. Velazo Battery, just east of, and a part of, El Morro. El Morro, a sea coast fort, with flanking blarlette batteries, east of harbor entrance. 368 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. The Twelve Apostles, a water battery lying at the foot of Morro, with a field of fire across the harbor's mouth. It is a part of Morro. La Cabana, a stone-bastioned work with both land and water front, in rear of El Morro, and directly opposite the city of Havana. *San Diego, a stone-bastioned work with only land fronts, east of Cabana. Atares, a stone-bastioned work on hill at southwestern extremity of Havana Bay, near the old shipyard called the arsenal. San Salvador de la Punta, a stone-bastioned work west of harbor entrance, with small advanced and detached work, built on a rock near harbor mouth. La Reina, a stone work, in shape the segment of a circle, placed on the seacoast, at western limits of city, on an inlet called San Lazardo. Santa Clara, a small but powerful seacoast battery of stone and earth, placed about 1U miles west of harbor. El Principe, a stone-bastioned redoubt west of Havana. Nos. 3 A, 3 B, and 4 are earthen redans on the seacoast west of Havana. There are, in addition, several works built for defense, but now used for other purposes or abandoned. These are: The Torreon de Vigia, a martello tower placed on the inlet of San Lazaro opposite La Reina. The old fort called La Fuerza, built three hundred and fifty years ago, near the present Plaza de Armas, and now used for barracks and public offices. The work called San Nazario, situated north of El Principe, but now used in connection with the present cartridge factory, abandoned for defensive purposes. The partially constructed fort called Las Animas, southeast of Principe, lying on a low hill, partly built but useless and unarmed, The old sea wall extending from near La Punta to the Plaza de Armas, unarmed, and useless except as a parapet for musketry. The old arsenal, on the west of the inner bay, now used as repair works for ships, useless for defense. The old artillery and engineer storehouses near La Punta, probably once used as strongholds, now mere storehouses for munitions of war. There are, besides, in the vicinity of Havana, three old and now useless stone works-one at Chorrera, the mouth of the Almendarez River, about 4 miles from Havana harbor; another at Cojimar, on the coast, about 3 miles eastward of Cabana, and the third at the inlet called La Playa de Mariano, about 7 miles west of Havana. CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 369 Batteries Nos. 1 and 2 were equipped with, No. 1, four Hontoria 6-inch guns; two Nordenfeldt 6-pounders; No. 2, two Krupp 12-inch guns; four Hontoria 3-inch mortars. The 12-inch Krupps were to stand off battleships attempting to force the harbor, or to bombard the Morro. The Valago battery, a part of the Morro, an out-work on the edge of the cliff, mounting four 11-inch Krupp guns separated by earth traverses. The Morro, commenced in 1589 and finished in 1597, is important for historical associations. It is a most picturesque structure, and is useful as a lighthouse and prison, and is mounted with twelve old 10-inch, eight old 8-inch, and fourteen old 4-inch guns. Cabana, finished in 1774 at a cost of $14,000,000, lies some 500 yards southeast of El Morro, on the east side of Havana Bay. Toward the city it exposes a vertical stone wall of irregular trace, with salients at intervals. Toward the Morro is a bastioned face protected by a deep ditch, sally port, and drawbridge. Eastward and southward a beautifully constructed land front incloses the work. This front is protected by ditches 40 or more feet deep, well constructed glacis, stone scarp, and counterscarp. Cabana is a magnificent example of the permanent fortifications constructed a century ago. Probably 10,000 men could be quartered in it. The entrance to Cabana is by the sally port that opens upon the bridge across the moat lying between Cabana and El Morro. Upon entering, the enormous extent of the work begins to be perceived, parapet within parapet, galleries, casemates, and terrepleins almost innumerable, all of stone and useless. There are no earth covers or traverses, and no protection against modern artillery. Cabana is the prison for offenders against the State, and the scene of innumerable executions. From an exterior or salient corner of the secretary's office of the headquarters there leads a subterranean passage 326 meters long, 2.5 meters wide, and 1.86 high, excavated in the rock. It conducts to the sea, debouching at the mouth of a sewer, 87 meters from the Morro wharf. At exactly 132 meters along the road rising from the Morro pier or wharf to the Cabana, there will be found by excavating the rock on the left of the road, at a depth of 3 meters, a grating, on opening which passage will be made into a road 107- meters long, 1.6 high, and 1.42 wide, leading to the same exit as the Cabana secret way. These passages are most secret, as all believe that the grating of the sewer, seen from the sea, is a drain. The battery of Santa Clara is the most interesting of the fortifications of IHavana, and one of the most important. It lies about 100 yards from the shore of the gulf, at a point where the line of hills to the westward runs back (either naturally or 370 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. artificially) into quarries, thus occupying a low salient backed by a hlill. Here are three new Krupp 11-inch guns, designed to protect El Principe, the land side of Iavana. It is 187 feet above sea level and completely dominates Havana, the bay, Morro, Cabana, the coast northward, Atares, and from east around to south, the approaches of the Marianao Road, Cristina, and the Western Railroad for about 3 kilometers, i. e., between Cristina and a cut at that distance from the station. Principe gives fire upon Tulipan, the Cerro, the Hill of the Jesuits, and the valley through which passes the IHavana Railroad, sweeping completely with its guns the railroad as far as the cut at Cienaga, 2- to 3 miles away. It dominates also the hills southward and westward toward Puentes Grandes and the Almendarez River, and country extending toward Marianao, also the Calzada leading to the cemetery and toward Chorrera; thence the entire sea line (the railroad to Chorrera is partly sheltered by the slope leading to Principe. This is by all means the strongest position about Havana which is occupied. Lying between it and the hill of the Cerro is the hill of the Catalan Club, right under the guns of the work and about one-half mile away. The Marianao Road is more sheltered than the Iavana, as it runs near the trees and hill near the Cerro. The only points which dominate the hill of tlhe Principe lie to the south and southeast in the direction of Jesus del Monte and beyond Regla. On its southern, southeastern, and southwestern faces the hill of Principe is a steep descent to the calzada and streets below. The slope is gradual westward and around by the north. From this hill is one of the best views of Havana and the valley south. El Prineipe lies about one-half mile from the north coast, from which hills rise in gradual slopes toward the work. It is Havana gossip that El Principe is always held by the Spanish regiment in which the Captain-General has most confidence. The military notes pronounce El Principe undoubtedly the strongest natural position about Iavana now occupied by defensive works. Its guns sweep the heights of the Almendares, extending from the north coast southward by the hills of Puentes Grandes to the valley of Cienaga, thence eastward across the Hill of the Jesuits and the long line of trees and houses leading to the Cerro. The country beyond the Cerro is partly sheltered by trees and hills, but eastward Ell Principe commands in places the country and the bay shore, and gives fire across H-avana seaward. The most vulnerable spot in the defenses of Havana is the aqueduct of Isabella II, or the Vento. The water is from the Vento Springs, pure and inexhaustable, nine miles out of Havana. All three of the water supplies to Iavana, the Zanja and the two aqueducts of CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 371 Ferdinand VII and of the Vento, proceed from the Almendares and run their course near to each other, the farthest to the west being the Zanja and to the east the Vento. At Vento Springs is constructed a large stone basin, open at the bottom, through which springs bubble. From this reservoir the new aqueduct leads. It is an elliptical tunnel of brick, placed under ground, and marked by turrets of brick and stone placed along its course. From the Vento Reservoir the new aqueduct crosses the low valley south of Havana, following generally the Calzada de Vento, which becomes, near the Cerro, the Calzada de Palatino, to a point on the Western Railway marked 5 kilometers (about); hence the calzada and the aqueduct closely follows the railway for about a mile, terminating at a new reservoir. The Vento water is the best thing Havana has, and indispensable. The old sources of supply are intolerable. The main water supply is the Zanja. Throughout the most of its course this river flows through unprotected mud banks; the fluids of many houses, especially in the Cerro ward which it skirts, drain into them; men, horses, and dogs bathe in it; dead bodies have been seen floating in it, and in the rainy season the water becomes very muddy. In fine, the Zanja in its course receives all which a little brook traversing a village and having houses and back yards on its banks would receive. The water can not be pure, and to those who know the facts the idea of drinking it is repulsive. This supply had long been insufficient to the growing city, and in 1835 the well-protected and excellent aqueduct of Ferdinand VII was completed. It taps the Almendares River a few hundred yards above filters mentioned, hence carried by arches to the east El Cerro, and for some distance nearly parallel to the Calzada del Cerro, but finally intersecting this. These works are succeeded by the Famous Vento. When Havana is fought for hereafter the fight will be at the Vento Springs. This remark is not made in the military notes, but the military men know it well. When General Miles expected to attack Iavana he procured all the accessible surveys and detail of information, official and through special observation and personal knowledge obtainable of the water works. Life could not be sustained many days in the city of Havana without the water of the adorable Vento. A special interest attaches to Havana, as it is to be a city under the control of the United States. The surface soil consists for the most part of a thin layer of red, yellow, or black earths. At varying depths beneath this, often not exceeding 1 or 2 feet, lie the solid rocks. These foundation rocks are, especially in the northern and more modern parts of the city toward the coast of the sea and not of the 372 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. harbor, Quarternary, and especially Tertiary, formations, so permeable that liquids emptied into excavations are absorbed and disappear. In other parts of the city the rocks are not permeable, and pools are formed. In proportion as the towns of Cuba are old, the streets are narrow. In Havana this peculiarity is so positive that pedestrians cannot pass on the sidewalks, nor vehicles on the streets. Less than one-third of the population live on paved streets, and these are as well paved and kept as clean, it is believed cleaner, than is usual in the United States. The remainder live on unpaved streets, which, for the most part, are very filthy. Many of these, even in old and densely populated parts of the city, are no better than rough country roads, full of rocks, crevices, mud holes, and other irregularities, so that vehicles traverse them with difficulty at all times, and in the rainy season they are sometimes impassible for two months. Rough, muddy, or both, these streets serve admirably as permanent receptacles for much decomposing animal and vegetable matter. Finally, not less, probably more, than onehalf the population of Havana live on streets which are constantly in an extremely insanitary condition, but these streets, though so numerous, are not in the beaten track of the pleasure tourist. In the old intramural city, in which live about 40,000 people, the streets vary in width, but generally they are 6.8 meters (about 22 feet wide, of which the sidewalks occupy about 7.5 feet. In many streets the sidewalk at each side is not even 18 inches wide. In the new, extramural town, the streets are generally 10 meters (32.8 feet) wide, with 3 meters (nearly 10 feet) for the sidewalks, and 7 meters (23 feet) for the wagonway. There are few sidewalks in any except in the first four of the nine city districts. More than two-thirds of the population live in densely inhabited portions of the city, where the houses are crowded in contact with each other. The average house lot does not exceed 27 by 112 feet insize. There are 17,259 houses, of which 15,494 are one-story, 1,552 are two stories, 186 are three stories, and only 27 are four stories, with none higher. At least 12 in every 13 inhabitants live in one-story houses; and as the total civil, military, and transient population exceeds 200,000 there are more than 12 inhabitants to every house. Tenement houses may have many small rooms, but each room is occupied by a family. Generally the one-story houses have four or five rooms; but house rent, as also food and clothing, is rendered so expensive by taxation, by export as well as import duties, that it is rare for workmen, even when paid $50 to $100 a month, to enjoy the exclusive use of one of these mean little houses; reserving one or two rooms for his family, he rents the balance. This condition of CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 373 affairs is readily understood when it is known that so great a necessity as flour cost in Havana $15.50 when its price in the United States was $6.50 per barrel. In the densely populated portions of the city the houses generally have no back yard, properly so called, but a flagged court, or narrow vacant space into which sleeping rooms open at the side, and in close proximity with these, at the rear of this contracted court are located the kitchen, the privy, and often a stall for animals. In the houses of the poor, that is, of the vast majority of the population, there are no storerooms, pantries, closets, or other conveniences for household supplies. These are furnished from day to day, even from meal to meal, by the corner groceries; and it is rare, in large sections of Havana, to find any one of the four corners of a square without a grocery. The walls of most of the houses in Havana are built of "mamposteria" or rubble masonry, a porous material which freely absorbs atmospheric as well as ground moisture. The mark of this can often be seen high on the walls, which varies from 2 to 7 feet in the houses generally. The roofs are excellent, usually flat, and constructed of brick tiles. The windows are, like the doors, unusually high, nearly reaching the ceiling, which, in the best houses only, is also unusually high. The windows are never glazed, but protected by strong iron bars on the outside and on the inside by solid wooden shutters, which are secured, like the doors, with heavy bars or bolts, and in inclement weather greatly interfere with proper ventilation. Fireplaces with chimneys are extremely rare, so that ventilation depends entirely on the doors and windows, which, it should be stated, are by no means unusually large in most of the sleeping rooms of the poor. Generally in Havana, less generally in other cities, the entrances and courtyards are flagged with stone, while the rooms are usually floored with tile or marble. With rare exceptions the lowest floor is in contact with the earth. Ventilation between the earth and floor is rarely seen in Cuba. In Havana the average height of the ground floor is from 7 to 11 inches above the pavement, but in Havana, and more frequently in other Cuban towns, one often encounters houses which are entered by stepping down from the sidewalk, and some floors are even below the level of the street. In Havana some of the floors, in Matanzas more, in Cardenas and Cienfuegos many are of the bare earth itself, or of planks raised only a few inches above the damp ground. The narrow entrance about 400 yards in width and 1,200 in length, opens into the irregular harbor, which has three chief coves or indentations, termed "ensenadas." The extreme length of the harbor from its sea entrance to the limit of the most distant ensenada is 3 miles, and its extreme breadth 1~ miles; but within the 374 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. entrance the average length is only about 1, and the average breadth about two-thirds of a mile. However, because of the irregularly projecting points of land which form the ensenadas, there is no locality in the harbor where a vessel can possibly anchor farther than 500 yards from the shore. Its greatest depth is about 40 feet, but the anchorage ground for vessels drawing 18 feet of water is very contracted, not exceeding one-half the size of the harbor. The rise and fall of the tide does not exceed 2 feet. The Cuban city next in celebrity to Havana is Matanzas, and it is one likely to become a favorite of Americans, as the country in the vicinity is distinguished by beauty as well as remarkable for fertility. Matanzas was first regularly settled in 1693. It is in the province of Matanzas, 54 miles west of Havana, by the most direct of the two railroads which unite these two cities, and is situated on the western inland extremity of the bay of Matanzas, a harbor of the first class. Matanzas is divided into three districts, viz, the central district of Matanzas, which, about half a mile in width across the center of population, lies between the two little rivers, San Juan to the south, and the Yumuri to the north; the Pueblo Nuevo district, south of the San Juan, and around the inland extremity of the harbor; and the district of Versalles, north of the Yumuri, nearest to the open sea, as also to the anchorage ground, and, sanitarily, the best situated district in the city. About twothirds of the population are in the district of Matanzas, and the Pueblo Nuevo district has about double the population of Versalles. Pueblo Nuevo stands on ground originally a swamp, and is low, flat, and only 3 or 4 feet above the sea. The Matanzas district has many houses on equally low ground, on the harbor front, and on the banks of the two rivers which inclose this district; but from the front and between these rivers the ground ascends, so that its houses are from 2 to even 100 feet above the sea; however, the center of population, the public square, is only about 20 feet above sea level. Versalles is on a bluff of the harbor, and its houses are situated, for the most part, from 15 to 40 feet above the sea. The district of Matanzas has ill constructed and useless sewers in only two streets, and no houses connected therewith. So much of this district and of Versalles as is built on the hill slope is naturally well drained, but the Pueblo Nuevo district, and those parts of Matanzas built in immediate proximity to the banks of the river, are very ill drained. Since 1872 Matanzas has had an aqueduct from the Bello spring, 7 miles distant. The supply is alleged to be both abundant and excellent. But of the 4,710 houses in the city 840 stand on the hills outside the zone supplied by the waterworks, while of the remaining 3,870 houses within this zone only about 2,000 get their water CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 376 from the waterworks company. Hence aiore thian half of the hoiies of Matanzas (2,710) do for the most part get their suptif)ly i li gs by plch;l,-;; i H,1 I tic i-ets. There are a few public fountains, as als.? sonoe dangerous wells. le r:eis re 30 feet wide, with 24 feet wagon way. Few of them are paved, si1,oe ai',, v po}or roads, but, for the most part, these roads are in good condition. In the MBitrza iisltrict some of the streets are of solid stone, and natural foundation rock ol ivl. pla(e, for the superficial soil is so thin that the foundation rocks often crop out. Of this very porous rock most of the houses are built. The houses have wider fronts, larger air spaces in rear, are not so crowded, and are better ventilated than the houses of Havana. As is usual in Cuba, the ground floors are generally on a level with the sidewalk, and some are even below the level of the streets. A heavy rain floods many of the streets of Matanzas, the water running back into and beneath the houses. The porous limestone of which the houses are built greatly favors absorption. The population of Matanzas and suburbs was about 50,000 at the beginning of the war. Porto Rico is not quite as large as Connecticut, but larger than the States of Delaware and Rhode Island. The climate of tie island is delightful, and its soil exceedingly rich. In natural resources it is of surpassing opulence. The length of the island is about one hundred miles, and its breadth thirty-five, the general figure of it being like the head of a sperm whale. The range of mountains is from east to west, and nearly central. The prevalent winds are from the nortlnhest, and the rainfall is much heavier on the northern shores and mountain slopes than on the southern. The height of the ridge is on the average close to 1,500 feet, one bold peak, the Anvil being 3,600 feet high. The rainy north and the droughty south, with the lift of the land from the low shores to the central slopes and rugged elevations, under the tropical sun, with the influence of the great oceans east, south and nortl, and the multitude of western and southern islands, give unusual and charming variety in temperature. Porto Rico is, by the American people, even more than the Spaniards, associated with Cuba. But is is less than a tenth of Cuban proportions. Porto Rico has 3,600 square miles to Cuba's 42,000, but a much greater proportion of Porto Rico than of Cuba is cultivated. Less than one-sixteenth of the area of Cuba has been improved, and while her population is but 1,600,000, according to the latest census, and is not so much now, Porto Rico, with less than a tenth of the land of Cuba, has half the number of inhabitants. Largely Porto Rico is peopled by a better class than the mass of the Cubans. Cuba is wretchedly provided with roads, one of the reasons why the Spaniards were incapable of putting 376 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. down insurrections. If they had expended a fair proportion of the revenues derived from the flourishing plantations and the monopolies of Spanish favoritisms that built up Barcelona and enriched Captain-Generals, and in less degree otlier publlic servants, the rebellions would have been put down. The Spanish armies in C(ubla, however, were rather managed for official speculation and peculation, were llmore promenaders than in military enterprise and the stern business of war. \Vitll Weyler for an opponent, Gomez, as a guerilla, could have dragged on a series of skirmishes indefinitely. The story of the alleged war in Cuba between the Slpniards and the Cubans was on both sides falsified, and the Amlerican people deceived. Porto Rico does not seem to have appealed so strongly to the cupidity of the Spaniards as Cuba did, and to have been governed with less brutality. The consequence is there has not been a serious insurrection in the smaller island for seventy years, and it falls into our possession without the impoverishment and demoralization of the devastation of war-one of the fairest gems of the ocean. It was October 18th that the American flag was raised over San Juan. The following dispatch is the official record: "San Juan, Porto Rico, Oct. 18.-Secretary of War, Washington, D. C.: Flags have been raised on public buildings and forts in this city and saluted with national salutes. The occupation of the island is now complete. "BROOKE, Chairman." On the morning of the 18th, the 11th regular infantry with two batteries of the 5th artillery landed. The latter proceeded to the forts, while the infantry lined up on the docks. It was a holiday for San Juan and there were many people in the streets. Rear-Admiral Schley and General Gordon, accompanied by their staifs proceeded to the palace in carriages. The 11th infantry regiment and band with Troop II, of the 6th United States cavalry then marched through the streets and formed in the square opposite the palace. At 11:40 a. m., General Brooke, Admiral Schley and General Gordon, the United States evacuation commissioners, came out of the palace with many naval officers and formed on the right side of the square. The streets behind the soldiers were thronged with townspeoeple, who stood waiting in dead silence. At last the city clock struck 12, and the crowds, almost breathless and with eyes fixed upon the flagpole, watched for developments. At the sound of the first gun from Fort Morro, Major Dean and Lieutenant Castle, of General Brooke's staff, hoisted the stars and stripes, while the band played "The Star Spangled Banner.' All heads were bared and the crowds cheered. Fort Morro, Fort San Cristobal and CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 377 the United States revenue cutter Manning, lying in the harbor, fired twenty-one guns each. Senor Munoz Rivera, who was president of te recent autonomist colnceil of secretaries, and other officials of the late insular government were present at the proceedings. Many American flags were displayed. Acknowledgment has been made of the better condition of Porto licol thanl of Cuba, but the trail of the serpent of colonial Spanish goverinment appears. Mr. Alfred Somamon writes in the Independent: "The internal administration of the island disposes of a budget of about $3,300,000, and is a woeful example of corrupt officialism. Of this sum only about $650,000 is expended in the island, the remainder being applied to payment of interest on public debt, salaries of Spanish officials, army, navy, and other extra-insular expenditures. But the whole of the revenue is collected in the island." An article of great value by Eugene Deland, appeared in the Chatauquan of September, on the characteristics of Porto Rico, and we present an extract, showing its admirable distinction of accurate information well set forth: "The mountain slopes are covered with valuable timbers, cabinet and dye-woods. including mahogany, walnut, lignum vitae, ebony, and logwood, and various medicinal plants. Here, too, is the favorite zone of the coffee tree, which thrives best one thousand feet above sea level. The valleys and plains produce rich harvests of sugarcane and tobacco. The amount of sugar yielded by a given area is said to be greater than in any other West Indian island. Rice, of the mountain variety and grown without flooding, flourishes almost any place and is a staple food of the laboring classes. In addition to these products cotton and maize are commonly cultivated, and yams, plantains, oranges, bananas, cocoanuts, pineapples, and almost every other tropical fruit are grown in abundance. Among indigenous plants are several noted for their beautiful blossoms. Among these are the coccoloba, which grows mainly along the coasts and is distinguished by its large, yard-long purple spikes, and a talauma, with magnificent, ororous, white flowers. "Of wild animal life Porto Rico has little. No poisonous serpents are found, but pestiferous insects, such as tarantulas, centipedes, scorpions, ticks, fleas, and mosquitos, supply this deficiency in a measure. All sorts of domestic animals are raised, and the excellent pasture-lands support large herds of cattle for export and home consumption, and ponies, whose superiority is recognized throughout the West Indies. "The mineral wealth of the island is undeveloped, but traces of gold, copper, iron, 378 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. lead, and coal are found. Salt is procured in considerable quantities from the lakes. "Porto Rico carries on an extensive commerce, chiefly with Spain, the United States, Cuba, Germany, Great Britain, and France. In 1895 the volume of its trade was one-half greater than that of the larger British colony-Jamaica. The United States E'nks second in amount of trade with the island. During the four years from 1893-96 Spain's trade with the colony averaged $11,402,888 annually, and the United States, $5,028,544. The total value of Porto Rican exports for 1896 was $18,341, 430, and of imports, $18,282,690, making\ a total of $36,624,120, which was an excess over any previous year. The exports consist almost entirely of agricultural products. In 1895 coffee comprised about sixty per cent. and sugar about twentyeight per cent. of tlheir value; leaf tobacco, molasses, and honey came next. Maize, hides, fruits, nuts, and distilled spirits are also sent out in considerable quantities. Over one-half of the coffee exported goes to Spain and Cuba, as does most of the tobacco, which is said to be used in making the finest Iavana cigars; the sugar and molasses are, for the most part, sent to the United States. Among imports, manufacttired articles do not greatly exceed agricultural. Rice, fish, meat and lard, flour, and manufactured tobacco are the principal ones. Customs duties furnish about two-thirds of the Porto Rican revenue, which has for several years yielded greater returns to Spain than that of Cuba. "The climate of Porto Rico is considered the healthiest in the Antilles. The heat is considerably less than at Santiago de Cuba, a degree and a half farther north. The theriiometer seldoml goes above 90 degrees. Pure water is readily obtained in most of the island. Yellow fever seldom occurs, and never away from the coast. The rainy season begins the first of June and ends the last of December, but the heavy downpours do not come on until about August 1st. "In density of population also this island ranks first among the West Indies, having half as many inhabitants as Cuba, more than eleven times as large. Of its 807,000 people, 326,000 are colored and many of the others of mixed blood. They differ little from other Spanish-Americans, being fond of ease, courteous, and hospitable, and, as in other Spanish countries, the common people are illiterate, public education having been grievously neglected. The natives are the agriculturists of the country, and are a majority in the interior, while the Spaniards, who control business and commerce, are found mainly in the towns and cities. "The numerous good harbors have naturally dotted the seaboard with cities and towns of greater or less commercial importance. San Juan, Ponce, Mayaguez, Aguadilla, Arecibo and Fajardo all carry on extensive trade. Intercourse between CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 379 coast towns is readily had by water, but is to be facilitated by a railroad around the island, of which 137 miles have been built and 170 miles more projected. The public highways of the island are in better condition than one might expect. According to a recent report of United States Consul Stewart, of San Juan, there are about one hundred and fifty miles of good road. The best of this is the military highway connecting Ponce on the southern coast with San Juan on the northern. This is a macadamized road, so excellently built and so well kept up that a recent traveler in the island says a bicycle corps could go over it without dismounting. AiWhether it is solid enough to stand the transportation of artillery and heavy army trains we shall soon know. Of telegraph lines Porto Rico has four hundred and seventy miles, and two cables connect it with the outside world, one running from Ponce and the other from San Juan." Mr. Alfred Solomon, already quoted as an instructive contributor to the Independent, writes: "The population of Porto Rico, some 800,000, is essentially agricultural. A varied climate, sultry in the lowlands, refreshing and invigorating in the mountain ranges, makes possible the cultivation of almost every variety of known crop-sugar, tobacco, coffee, annatto, maze, cotton and ginger are extensively grown; but there are still thousands of acres of virgin lands awaiting the capitalist. Tropical fruits flourish in abundance, and the sugar-pine is well known in our market, where it brings a higher price than any other pine imported. Iardwood and fancy cabinet wood trees fill the forests, and await the woodman's ax. Among these are some specimens of unexampled beauty, notably a tree, the wood of which, when polished, resembles veined marble, and another, rivaling in beauty the feathers in a peacock's tail. Precious metals abound, although systematic effort has never been directed to the locating of paying veins. Rivers and rivulets are plenty, and water-power is abundant; and the regime should see the installation of power plants and electric lighting all over the island, within a short time after occupation. On the lowlands, large tracts of pasturage under guinea grass and malojilla feed thousands of sleek cattle, but, as an article of food, mutton is almost unknown. The native pony, small, wiry and untirable, has a world-wide reputation, and for long journeys is unequaled, possessing a gait, as they say in the island, like an arm-chair. "Perhaps a third of the population of the island is of African descent; but, strangely enough, the colored people are only to be found on the coast, and are the fishermen, boatmen and laborers of the seaports. The cultivation of the crops is entirely in the hands of the jibaro, or peasant, who is seldom of direct Snanish 380 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. descent, while the financiering and exportation is conducted almost entirely by peninsulares, or Spanish-born colonists, who monopolize every branch of commerce to the exclusion of the colonian-born subject. "Coffee planting is largely engaged in, returning from ten to fifteen per cent. on capital. Improved transportation facilities, abolition of export dues and the consolidation of small estates would, doubtless, help toward better results. This crop is marketed in Europe-London, Havre and Barcelona-where better prices are obtainable than in New York. With the exception of a few plantations in strong hands, most of this property could be purchased at a fair valuation, and would prove to be a very profitable investment. "Cocoa grows wild on the lowlands, but has not been cultivated to any appreciable extent. Small consignments sent to Europe have been pronounced superior to the Caracas bean. The tree takes a longer period than coffee to come to maturity and bear fruit; but once in bearing the current expenses are less and the yield far greater. The same remarks apply to the cultivation of rubber, which, although a most profitable staple with an ever-increasing market, has received no attention whatever. C(orn is raised in quantities insufficient for home consumption. Of this cereal three crops can be obtained in two years; sometimes two a year. The demand is constant, and the price always remunerative. "In Porto Rico, as in most other West Indian islands, sugar is king. In the treatment of this product the lack of capital has been sadly felt. Planters possess only the most primitive machinery, and in the extraction of the juice from the cane the proportion of saccharine matter has been exceedingly small. Great outlay is necessary for the installation of a complete modern crushing and centrifugal plant." A flattering picture of our new possessions is drawn in McClure's Magazine, by Mr. George 1. Waldron. "Here, then, are Cuba and Porto Rico in the Atlantic, and the Hawaiian and Philippine groups in the Pacific, whose destiny has become intertwined with our own. Their combined area is 168,000 square miles, equaling New England, New York, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey. Their population is about 10,000,000, or perhaps one-half of that of these nine home States. The Philippines, with three-quarters of the entire population, and Porto Rico, with 800,000 people, alone approach our own Eastern States in density. Cuba, prior to the war, was about as well populated as Virginia, and the Hawaiian group is as well peopled as Kansas. What, then, can these islands do for us? CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 381 "Americans use more sugar in proportion to population than any other nation of the world. The total consumption last year was not less than 2,500,000 tons. This is enough to make a pyramid that would overtop the tallest pyramid of Egyptian fame. Of this total, 2,200,000 tons came from foreign countries, the Spanish possessions and Hawaii sending about twenty-five per cent. Five years earlier, when our imports were less by half a million tons, these islands supplied double this quantity, or nearly two-thirds of the nation's entire sugar import. But that was before Cuba had been devastated by war and when she was exporting 1,100,000 tons of sugar to other countries. Restore Cuba to her former fertility, and the total sugar crop of these islands will reach 1,500,000 tons, or two-thirds our present foreign demand." There is much more in Mr. Waldron's summary of the vast addition that has been made to our resources by the occupation and possession of the islands that have recently been gathered under our wings by the force of our arms. It is enough to know that with the tropical islands we have gained, we have in our hands the potentialities, the luxuries, the boundless resources including, as we may, and must, Alaska, of all the zones of the great globe that we inhabit in such ample measure. The following notes were compiled for the information of the army, and embody all reliable information available. The notes were intended to supplement the military map of Porto Rico. The following books and works were consulted and matter from them freely used in the preparation of the notes: Guia Geografico Militar de Espana y Provincias Ultramarinas, 1879; Espana, sus Monumentos y Artes, su Naturaleza e Historia, 1887; Compendio de Geografia Militar de Espana yPortugal, 1882; Anuario deComereio de Espana, 1896; Anuario Mlilitar de Espana, 1898; Reclus, Nouvelle Geographic Universelle, 1891; Advance Sheets American Consular Reports, 1898; An Account of the Present State of the Island of Porto Rico, 1834; The Statesman's Year Book, 1898. Situation.-Porto Rico is situated in the Torrid Zone, in the easternmost part of the Antilles, between latitude 17 deg. 54 min. and 18 deg. 30 min. 40 sec. N. and longitude 61 deg. 54 min. 26 sec. and 63 deg. 32 min. 32 sec. W. of Madrid. It is bounded on the north by the Atlantic, on the east and south by the sea of the Antilles, and on the west by the Mona Channel. Size.-The island of Porto Rico, the fourth in size of the Antilles, has, according to a recent report of the British consul (1897), an extent of about 3,668 382 CUBA AND PO1TO RICO. square miles-35 miles broad and 95 miles long. It is of an oblong form, extending from east to west. Population.-Porto Rico is the first among the Antilles in density of population and in prosperity. The Statesman's Year Book, 1898, gives the population (1887) at 813,937, of which over 300,000 are negroes, this being one of the few countries of tropical America where the number of whites exceeds that of other races. The whites and colored, however, are all striving in the same movement of civilization, and are gradually becoming more alike in ideas and manners. Among the white population the number of males exceeds the number of females, which is the contrary of all European countries. This is partly explained by the fact that the immigrants are mostly males. On an average the births exceed the deaths by double. The eastern portion of the island is less populous than the western. Soil.-The ground is very fertile, being suitable for the cultivation of cane, coffee, rice, and other products raised in Cuba, which island Porto Rico resembles in richness and fertility. Climate.-The climate is hot and moist, the medium temperature reaching 104 degs. F. Constant rains and winds from the east cool the heavy atmosphere of the low regions. On the heights of the Central Cordillera the temperature is healthy and agreeable. Iron rusts and becomes consumed, so that nothing can be constructed of this metal. Even bronze artillery has to be covered with a strong varnish to protect it from the damp winds. Although one would suppose that all the large islands in the Tropics enjoyed the same climate, yet from the greater mortality observed in Jamaica, St. Domingo, and Cuba, as compared with Porto Rico, one is inclined to believe that this latter island is much more congenial than any of the former to the health of Europeans. The heat, the rains, and the seasons are, with very trifling variations, the same in all. But the number of mountains and running streams, which are everywhere in view in Porto Rico, and the general cultivation of the land, may powerfully contribute to purify the atmosphere and render it salubrious to man. The only difference of temperature to be observed throughout the island is due to altitude, a change which is common to every country under the influence of the Tropics. In the mountains the inhabitants enjoy the coolness of spring, while the valleys would be uninhabitable were it not for the daily breeze which blows generally from the northeast and east. For example, in Ponce the noonday sun is felt in all its rigor, while at the village of Adjuntas, 4 leagues distant in the interior of the mountains, CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 383 the traveler feels invigorated by the refreshing breezes of a temperate clime. At one place the thermometer is as high as 90 deg., while in another it is sometimes under 60 deg. Although the seasons are not so distinctly marked in tiis climate as they are in Europe (the trees being always green), yet there is a distinction to be made between them. The division into wet and dry seasons (winter and summer) does not give a proper idea of the seasons in this island; for on the north coast it sometimes rains almost the whole year, while sometimes for twelve or fourteen months not a drop of rain falls on the south coast. Ilowere, in the mountains at the south there are daily showers. Last year, for example, in the months of November, December, and January the north winds blew with violence, accompanied by heavy showers of rain, while this year (1832) in the same months, it has scarcely blown a whole day from that point of the compass, nor has it rained for a whole month. Therefore, the climate of the north and south coasts of this island, although under the same tropical influence, are essentially different. As in all tropical countries, the year is divided into two seasons-the dry and the rainy. In general, the rainy season commences in August and ends the last of December, southerly and westerly winds prevailing during this period. The rainfall is excessive, often inundating fields and forming extensive lagoons. The exhalations from these lagoons give rise to a number of diseases, but, nevertheless, Porto Rico is one of the healthiest islands of the archipelago. In the month of May the rains commence, not with the fury of a deluge, as in the months of August and September, but heavier than any rain experienced in Europe. Peals of thunder reverberating through the mountains give a warning of their approach, and the sun breaking through the clouds promotes the prolific vegetation of the fields Wyith its vivifying heat. The heat at this season is equal to the summer of Europe, and the nights are cool and pleasant; but the dews are heavy and pernicious to health. The following meteorological observations, carefully made by Don Jose Ma. Vertez, a Captain of the Spanish navy, will exhibit the averacge range of temperature: Degrees of heat observed in the capital of Porto Rico, taking a mediuml of five years. DEGREES OF HEAT OBSERVED IN THE CAPITAL OF PORTO RiCO, TAKING A MEDIUM OF FIVE YEARS. - _Hours of the Day. t Seven in the morning.............. 72 721 74 78 78 82 85 86 80 77 75 75 Noon..................... 82 81 82 83 85 86 90 92 88 85 84 80 Five in the evening.............. 78 74 78 80 81 84 87 90 83 82 80 79 384. CUBA AND PORTO RICO. ThU vyeather, after a fifteen or twenty days' rain, clears up and the sun, whose heat has been hitherto moderated by partial clouds and showers of rain, seems, as it were, set in a cloudless sky. The cattle in the pastures look for the shade of the trees, and a perfect calm pervades the whole face of nature from sunrise till between 10 and 11 o'clock in the morning, when the sea breeze sets in. The leaves of the trees seem as if afraid to move, and the sea, without a wave or ruffle on its vast expanse, appears like an immense mirror. Man partakes in the general langour as well as the vegetable and brute creation. The nights, although warm, are delightfully clear and serene at this season. Objects may be clearly distinguished at the distance of several hundred yards, so that one may even shoot by moonlight. The months of June and July offer very little variation in the weather or temperature. In August a suffocating heat reigns throughout the day, and at night it is useless to seek for coolness; a faint zephyr is succeeded by a calm of several hours. The atmosphere is heavy and oppressive, and the body, weakened by perspiration, becomes languid; the appetite fails, and the mosquitos, buzzing about the ears by day and night, perplex and annoy by their stings, while the fevers of the tropics attack Europeans with sudden and irresistible violence. This is the most sickly season for the European. The thermometer frequently exceeds 90 deg. The clouds exhibit a menacing appearance, portending the approach of the heavy autumnal rains, which pour down like a deluge. About the middle of September it appears as if all the vapors of the ocean had accumulated in one point of the heavens. The rain comes down like an immense quantity of water poured through a sieve; it excludes from the view every surrounding object, and in half an hour the whole surface of the earth becomes an immense sheet of water. The rivers are swollen and overflow their banks, the low lands are completely inundated, and the smallest brooks become deep and rapid torrents. In the month of October the weather becomes sensibly cooler than during the preceding months, and in November the north and northeast winds generally set in, diffusing an agreeable coolness through the surrounding atmosphere. The body becomes braced and active, and the convalescent feels its genial influence. The north wind is accompanied (with few exceptions) by heavy showers of rain on the north coast; and the sea rolls on that coast with tempestuous violence, while the south coast remains perfectly calm. When the fury of the north wind abates, it is succeeded by fine weather and a clear sky. Nothing can exceed the climate of Porto Rico at this season; one can only,ompare it to the month of May in the delightful Province of Andalusia, where the CUBA AND PORTO RICO. cold of winter and the burning heat of summer are tempered by the cool freshness of spring. This is considered to be the healthiest season of the year, when a European may visit the tropics without fear. The small islands, destitute of wood and high mountains, which have a powerful effect in attracting the clouds, suffer much from drought. It sometimes happens that in Curacao, St. Barflolomews, and other islands there are whole years without a drop of rain, and after exhausting their cisterns the inhabitants are compelled to import water from the rivers of other islands. "The land breeze" is an advantage which the large islands derive from the inequality of their surface; for as soon as the sea breeze dies away, the hot air of the valleys being rarified, ascends toward the tops of the mountains, and is there condensed by cold, which makes it specifically heavier than it was before; it then descends back to the valleys on both sides of the ridge. Hence a night wind (blowing on all sides from the land toward the shore) is felt in all the mountainous countries under the torrid zone. On the north shore the wind comes from the south, and on the south shore from the north. Stornis.-The hurricanes which visit the island, and which obey the general laws of tropical cyclones, are one of the worst scourges of the country. For hours before the appearance of this terrible phenomenon the sea appears calm; the waves come from a long distance very gently until near the shore, when they suddenly rise as if impelled by a superior force, dashing against the land with extraordinary violence and fearful noise. Together with this sign, the air is noticed to be disturbed. the sun red, and the stars obscured by vapor which seems to magnify them. A strong odor is perceived in the sea, which is sulphureous in the waters of rivers, and there are sudden changes in the wind. These omens, together with the signs of uneasiness manifested by various animals, foretell the proximity of a hurricane. This is a sort of whirlwind, accompanied by rain, thunder and lightning, sometimes by earthquake shocks, and always by the most terrible and devastating circumstances that can possibly combine to ruin a country in a few hours._ A clear, serene day is followed by the darkest night; the delightful view offered by woods and prairies is diverted into the deary waste of a cruel winter; the tallest and most robust cedar trees are uprooted, broken off bodily, and hurled into a heap; roofs, balconies, and windows of houses are carried through the air like dry leaves, and in all directions are seen houses and estates laid waste and thrown into confusion. The fierce roar of the water and of the trees being destroyed by the winds, 386 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. the cries and moans of persons, the bellowing of cattle and neighing of horses, which are being carried from place to place by the whirlwinds, the torrents of water inundating the fields, and a deluge of fire being let loose in flashes and streaks of lightning, seem to announce the last convulsions of the universe and the death agonies of nature itself. Sometimes these hurricanes are felt only on the north coast, at others on the south coast, although generally their influence extends throughout the island. In 1825 a hurricane destroyed the towns of Patillas, Maunabo, Yablcoa, iumacao, Gurabo, and Caguas, causing much damage in other towns in the east, north, and center of the island. The island was also visited by a terrible hurricane in 1772. Earthquakes.-Earthquakes are somewhat frequent, but not violent or of great consequence. The natives foretell them by noticing clouds settle near the ground for some time in the open places among the mountains. The water of the springs emits a sulphurous odor or leaves a strange taste in the mouth; birds gather in large flocks and fly about uttering shriller cries than usual; cattle bellow and horses neigh, etc. A few hours beforehand the air becomes calm and dimmed by vapors which arise from the ground, and a few moments before there is a slight breeze, followed at intervals of two or three minutes by a deep rumbling noise, accompanied by a sudden gust of wind, which are the forerunners of the vibration, the latter following immediately. These shocks are sometimes violent and are usually repeated, but owing to the special construction of the houses, they cause no damage. Tides.-For seven hours the tide runs rapidly in a northwest direction, returning in the opposite direction with equal rapidity for five hours. Orography.-The general relief of Porto Rico is much inferior in altitude to that of the rest of the Great Antilles, and even some of the Lesser Antilles have mountain summits which rival it. A great chain of mountains divides the islands into two parts, northern and southern, which are called by the natives Banda del Norte and Banda del Sur. This chain sends out long ramifications toward the coasts, the interstices of which form beautiful and fertile valleys, composed in the high parts of white and red earths, on the spurs of black and weaker earths, and near the coasts of sand. To the northwest and following a direction almost parallel with the northern coast, the Sierra of Lares extends from Aguadilla to the town of Lares, where it divides into two branches, one going north nearly to the coast, near Arecibo harbor, and the other extending to the spurs of the Sierra Grande de Banos; this CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 387 latter starting from Point Guaniquilla, crosses the island in its entire length, its last third forming the Sierra of Cayey. The whole island may be said to form a continuous network of sierras, hills, and heights. Of these the Sierra del Loquillo is distinguished for its great altitude (the highest peak being Yunque, in the northeast corner of the island and visible from the sea, a distance of 120 kilometers), as is also Laivonito Mountain, near the south coast. The following are the four highest mountains, with their heights above the sea level: Yunque, in Luquillo, 1,290 yards; Guilarte, in Adjuntas, 1,180 yards; La Sonanta, in Aybonito, 1,077 yards; Las Tetas de Cerro Gordo, in San German, 860 yards. All are easily ascended on foot or horseback, and there are coffee plantations near all of them. Approximate Height of Towns Above the Sea Level.-Aybonito, with its acclimatization station, 970 yards; Adljuntas. an almost exclusively Spanish town, 810 yards; (lavcy, with a very agreeable climate, 750 yards; Lares,,with a very agreeable climate, 540 yar(ds; ITtuado, with a very agreeable climate, 480 yards; Muricao, an1 exclusively Spanish town, 480 yards. To ascend to all these towns there are very g(ood wagon roads. There are no fortifications of any kind in them, but they are surrounded on all sides by mountains. Iydrogrllaphy.-Few countries of the extent of Porto Rico are watered by so many streams. Seventeen rivers, taking their rise in the mountains, cross the valleys of tle nortl coast and elmpty into the sea. Some of these are navigalble 2 or 3 leagues from their inouths for schooners and small coasting vessels. Those of Manati, Loisa, Trabajo, and Arecibo are very deep and broad, and it is difficult to inmagine how such large bodies of water can be collected in so shorlt a course. Owing to the heavy surf which continually breaks on the north coast, these rivers hlave bars across thleir emboucllures which do not allow large vessels to enter. Tlle rivers of Bayamlo and Rio Piedras flow into tlle harbor of the capital, and are also navigable for boats. At high water small brigs may enter the river of Arecibo withl perfect safety and discharge their cargoes, notwithstanding the bar which crosses its mouth. The rivers of the north coast have a decided advantage over thiose of tlhe south coast, where the climate is drier and tlhe rains less frequent. Nevertheless, tlie south, west, and east coasts are well supplied with water; and, altlhoughl in some seasons it does not rain for ten, and sometimes twelve months on the south coast, the rivers are never entirely dried up. 388 CUBA AND POR1TO RICu. From the Cabeza de San Juan, which is the northeast extremity of the island, to the cape of Mala Pascua, which lies to the southeast, 9 rivers fall into the sea. From Cape Mala Pascua to Point Aguila, which forms the southwest angle of the island, 16 rivers discharge their waters on the south coast. On the west coast 3 rivers, 5 rivulets, and several fresh-water lakes communicate with the sea. In the small extent of 330 leagues of area there are 46 rivers, besides a countless number of rivulets and branches of navigable water. The rivers of the north coast are stocked with delicious fish, some of them large enough to weigh two quintals. From the river of Arecibo to that of Manati, a distance of 5 leagues, a fresh-water lagoon, perfectly navigable for small vessels through the whole of its extent, runs parallel to the sea at about a mile from the shore. In the fertile valley of Anasco, on the western coast, there is a canal formed by nature, deep and navigable. None of the rivers are of real military importance; for, though considering the shortness of their course, they attain quite a volume, still it is not sufficient for good-sized vessels. The rivers emptying on the north coast are Loisa, Aguas Prietas, Arecibo, Bayamon, Camuy, Cedros, Grande, Guajataca de la Tuna, Lesayas, Loquillo, Manati, Rio Piedras, Sabana, San Martin, Sibuco, Toa, and Vega. Those emptying on the east coast are Candelero, Dagua, Fajardo, Guayanes, Majogua, and Maonabo. On the south coast: Aquamanil, Caballon, Cana, Coamo, Descalabrado, Guanica, Guayama, Guayanilla, Jacagua, Manglar, Penuela, Ponce and Vigia. On the west coast: Aguada, Boqueron, Cajas, Culebrina, Chico, Guanajibo, Mayagiiez, and Rineon. The limits of the Loisa river are: On the east, the sierra of Luquillo (situated near the northeast corner of the island); on the south, the sierra of Cayey, and on the west, ramifications of the latter. It rises in the northern slopes of the sierra of Cayey, and, running in a northwest direction for the first half of its course and turning to northeast in the second half, it arrives at Loisa, a port on the northern coast, where it discharges its waters into the Atlantic. During the first part of its course it is known by the name of Cayagua. The Sabana river has, to the east and south, the western and southern limits of the preceding river, and on the west the Sierra Grande, or De Barros, which is situated in the center of the general divide, or waterslhed. It rises in the sierra of Cayey, and, with the name of Pinones river, it flows northwest, passing through Ai CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 389 bonito, Toa Alta, Toa Baja, and Dorado, where it discharges into the Atlantic t,the west of the preceding river. The Manati river is bounded on the east and south by the Sierra GranIde and on the west by the Siales ridge. It rises in the Sierra Grande, and parallel with the preceding river, it ow:. through Siales and Manati, to the north of which( latter town it empties into the Atlantic. The Arecibo river is bounded on the east by the Siales mountain ridge. on tle south by the western extremity of the Sierra Grande, and on the west by the Lares ridge. It rises in the general divide, near Adjuntas, and flows north thro)ugh the town of Arecibo to the Atlantic, shortly before emptying into which it recei-ves the Tanama river from the left, which proceeds from the Lares Mountains. The Culebrina river is bounded on the south and east by the Lares mountain ridge, and on the north by small hills of little interest. From the Lares Mountains it flows from east to west and empties on the west coast north of San Francisco de la Aguada, in the center of the bay formed between Ioint Penas Plancas and Point San Francisco. The Anasco river is formed by the Lares mountain ridge. It rises in the eastern extremity of the mountains called Tetas de Cerro Gordo, flowing first northwest and then west, through the town of its name and thence to the sea. The Guanajivo river has to its north the ramifications of the Lares ridge, to the east the Tetas de Cerro Gordo Mountains, and on the south Torre ltill. In the interior of its basin is the mountain called Cerro Montuoso, which separates its waters from those of tis affluent from the right, the Rosaria river. It rises in the general divide, flowing from east to west to Nuestra Senora de Montserrat, where it receives the affluent mentioned, the two together then emptying south of Port Mayaguez. The Coamo river is bounded on the west and north by the Sierra Grande, and on the west by the Coamo ridge. It rises in the former of these sierras, and flowing from north to south it empties east of Coamo Point, after having watered the town of its name. The Salinas river is bounded on the west by the Coamo ridge, on the nortlh by the general divide, and on the east by the Cayey ridge. It rises in the southern slopes of the Sierra Grande and flowing from north to south through Salinas de Coamo, empties into the sea. Coasts, Harbors, Bays, and Coves.-The northern coast extends in an almost straight line from east to west, and is high and rugged. The only harbors it has 390 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. are the following: San Juan de Porto Rico, surrounded by mangrove swamps and protected by the Cabras and the Cabritas islands and some very dangerous banks; the anchoring ground of Arecibo, somewhat unprotected; and the coves of Cangrejos and Condado. During the months of November, December, and January, when the wind blows with violence from the east and northeast, the anchorage is dangerous in all the bays and harbors of this coast, except in tlhe port of San Juan. Vessels are often obliged to put to sea on the menacing aspect of the heavens at this season, to avoid being driven on shore by the heavy squalls and the rolling waves of a boisterous sea, which propel them to destruction. During the remaining months tlhe ports on this coast are safe and colmmodious, unless when visited by a hurricane, against whlose fury no port can offer a shelter, nor any vessel be secure. The excellent lsort of San Juan is perfectly sheltered from the effects of tle north wind. The hill, upon which the town of that name and the fortifications which defend it are built, protects the vessels anchored in the harbor. The entrance of this port is narrow, and requires a pilot; for the canal which leads to the anchorage, although deep enolugh for vessels of any dimensions, is very narrow, which exposes them to run aground. Tllis port is several miles in extent, and has the advantage of having deep canals to the east, among a wood of mangrove trees, where vessels are perfectly secure during the hurricane months. Vessels of 250 tons can at present unload and take in their cargoes at the wharf. Harbor improvements have been recently made here. On tle northwest and west are the coves of Aguadilla, the town of this name being some 4 kilometers inland. There are the small coves of Rincon, Anasco, and Mayaguez, the latter being protected and of sufficient depth to anchor vessels of moderate draft; the harbor of Real de Cabo Rojo, nearly round, and entered by a narrow chanlnel; and the cove of Boqueron. The spacious bay of Aguadilla is formed by (Cale Borrig(,a and Cape San Francisco. When the north-northwest and southwest widlls prevail it is not a safe anchorage for ships. A heavy surf rolling on the shore obliges vessels to seek safety by putting to sea on the appearance of a north wind. IMayaguez is also an open roadstead formed by two projecting capes. It has good anchorage for vessels of a large size and is well sheltered from the north winds. Thle port of Cabo Rojo has also good anchorage. It is situated S. one-fourth N. of the point of Guanajico, at a distance of 51 miles. Its shape is nearly circular, and it extends from east to west 3 to 4 miles. At the entrance it has 3 fathoms of water, and 16 feet in the middle of the harbor. The entrance is a narrow canal. The south coast abounds in bays and harbors, but is covered with mangroves CUBA ANI) P()lIl'() IRt()O. 391 and reefs, the only llarblo where vessels of regular draft caln enter ibeitln, (i'ilanica and Ponce. The formelr of these is tlie westernmost harbor on tile solltlhern coast, being at the sael time the best, thoughl the least visited, owing to the swamlps and low tracts difficult to cross leading from it to tlie inlterior. The nearest towns, San German, Sabana Grande, and Yauco, carry on a small trade through this port. In the port of Guanica, vessels drawing 21 feet of walter may entecr with perfect safety. Its entrance is about 100 yards wide, and it forms a spl)c(io s basil, conlpletely landlocked. The vessels lmaly afncllor close to the shore. It has, in tile whole extent, frolm 6( to 3 fathoms, the latter deptl h being formed in the exterior of tile port. Tlie entrance is commanded by twIo smalll hills on either side, whichl if mounted with a few pieces of artillery would defy a squadron to force it. This port would be of inmense advantage in time of war. The national vessels and coasters would thus have a. secure retreat from an e eney's cruiser on the south coast. There are no wharves, but vessels could disembark troops by running alongls ide tle land and running out a 1lank. C(oaimo Cove and Aguirre and G(rnaala are also harbors. The port of Jovos, near CGaamsa, is a haven o)f con(siderable imll)porta nee. It is a large and healthy place, and thle most Spanish of any city ol tlhe island after San Juan. There are good roads to tlie capital. Vessels of thle largest kilnd mnay anchlor and ride in safety from the wvinds, and tle whole lBritisli navy wouldl filnd room in its spacious bosomi. It ias 4- fatlloms of water in tle shi;allowest part of the entrance. lIowever, it is diffliclt to enter this port from June to Novem)ber, as ie sea bllreak with violence at the enltranlce, on accolun1t of tile soutlherly winds wlic(l reign at tilat,-eason. It lias every conv1ieience of situation alnd localityor for flloming doc(ks for tlie repair of shipping. Teli large bay of Anasco, on tile south coast, aIhford(s a(nclhorage to vessels of all sizes. It is also safe fromn tlie north winds. Alilhougli o thle eastern coast there are many places for vessels to ancthor, yet none of tlhem are exempt from danger during the nortlh winds except lFajardo, whilere a safe ainchiorlal)'. is to lie found to leew"ard of two little islanlds close to tie bay, where vessels are compleltely shelterled. T'le island of Vieques has also several commodious l)orts and llharors wllere \vesels of the lar(est size umay ride at anchor. (On tle east coast is Cape Cabeza de San Juan, Points Lima, (andeleros, d i';lNrI 1. and(l Cap e Mala IPa sua: on tihe sout coastl, Poit Vient o, T ig eraIi, ( t A renas. Fam(a or \ ii ( M aria is, Ihnd, an Mo i llos de. II) tj o1n: tfle west coast, points San Francisco, Cadena, (iuanijito, ClGaniu(ltill!i, mid P'l '(0co, 392 CUBA AND PORT(O PICO. Ilighways.-There are few roads or ways of commlunication which are worthy of mention, witl tile exception of the broad pike whi(ch starts from1 tie capital and( runs along tle coast, ]ollassi tl(olloin tolowi s towns: Aguadilla, B3avan. Cabo Rojo, IIullmacao,.Juana Diaz, M\ayaguez, Ponce, and Slan Grlman. It 1as no1 bridges; is good in dry weather, but in the rainy season is impassible for \wagon1s and even at times for horsiemen. For interior comm(nllnication there are only a few local road(s or patll. T'ley are suaIllly yar(ds ill wi(ldth, made by thle various owners, and can not be well traveled in rainy wealt lher. TIhy are more properly hlorse and imle trails, alnd oblige p)eoplle t o o il siingle file. In late years muclt hlas been attilempIted toi inlrove tlie hliglhways conInc tilg thle principal cities, an11d more l(as )een ac onllislsed than in Splanisil (olonies. There is a good cmade road connectillng once on tile soutlher coast with Sal JutIan tlie capital. Other good roads also extend for a slhort distance alolng tlie northl coaist: a( along tlhe south coast. The road from (Guavamna is also said to be a passbly good one. TherIe are in tlli isllsl aI)ol liO )10 iles of excellent road, and tllis is all that receives anv attelntion, trall-portation beilng effected elsewlhere on horse back. 11ni tlhe constrit(ti ol of a roa(d level ftounl(ldation is souglt, and oin tlli is pltt a lc;1avy layer of crushedll( rock lani(t Irii, \vllictll after lhavilng beln well pIcrLtkd all r1 )11111(le(1 is covered with a laver of carthil. TIili iis well packld( also, antd uponl the wic ol is sp)lcad( a layer of glrotlll1(l limrestoine, w\li(ic is 1liressel atl ro(lled unItil it ()lrlls almost a (glossy sturfa(ce. Th'lis i<(akes an ex(e(llet road(1 her wlhere tlhe cliai(e is s(uch that it does not afect i, ad lwhen thlere is n1(1 heavy irallc. I out these conditions being changed. the ()road.t i is tIlllouht. \wollld not stand so well. From Palo Seco, sitl;itlc(ted alo ut a nile 1and a half from- the capital, on the op)osite sid({(e of thlle )v, a clrriage i,' i()(1 1 Op feectly level, lhas )1een colstructed for a dist(ance o' '? leiag'ues to tlie( t owii o(f Agtadilla on tlile west coast, passing through tlhe townl4s of Vega)baja, Man5bati, Arelcibo, I1atillo, (amulll, antd Isabella. Tills road lias )enl (arri((ed for several leagutwes over swampy lands, whiclh are intersected by deep (lraiis to carryn off tlhe water. 'he'1('i(l oad'o Aguadilla to Mayaguez is in some parts very good, in otlier Iarts (ol) 1y fair. Frlo Ili A guad( illa to Aguada, a distalnce (f a lea(gue thle roadl is ex(ellnt anId level. From theicie(i( to )avaguI,} tIogC tlrolu l e village of Ulliicon and tie t )own o A\nasco, lic roait is cill (ood, bte t on tlie selashlore it is soie tltimes in uter1rupted by slielviiiog rocks. \Ac(ros tlic vatlley o(f iAnasco the roa(l is carried( thlro!(rgh a bo(gy tract, witli h)ridges over several deep creeks of freshl water. From thence to the CUBA AND PORTO RICO. 39$ large commercial town of Mayaguez the road is uneven and requires some improvement. But the roads from Mayaguez and Ponce to their respective poLts onl the seashore can not be surpassed by any in Europe. They are made in a mlost substmantial manner, and their convex form is well adapted to preserve them from tlle destruction caused by the heavy rains of the climate. These roads have beein mIade over tracts of swampy ground to the seacoast, but with little and timely repair they will last forever. A road, which may be called a carriage road, has been made fronm Ponce to tlhe village of Ad(juntas, situated 5 leagues in the interior of the mountains. Tilie rolad along the coast, from Ponce to Guayama, is fairly good; from thence to I'atillaas there is all excellent carriage road for a distance of '3 leagues; from the latter p)lace to the coast is a high road well constructed. From IPatillas to lajardo, on the eastern coast, passing through tllhe towns of Malimavo, Yubalcao 1, Iiinmacao, and Nagutabo, tlie roads are not calculated for wheel vehiclels, in consequence of )eing olbliged to asceld lland descend several steep hills. That which crosses tle mountain of Mala Pascila. dividing the north and east coasts, is a good and solid road, upon whlich a pcrson on hlorsel)ack lmay travel with great ease and safety. TlIe road crossing the valley of Yubacao, which consists of a soft and humlid soil, requires more attention than that crossing the mountain of Mala 1'ascua. which has a fine. sandy soil. Frolt F1ajardo to tile a)itlhogl, h t he towns of Lnlquillo, Loisa, and lbi(o I'iedl'as, tlie road is tolerably good for persons o0n horseback as far as R io 'ie(1das, and from1 thence to tile city of San Juaan, a dlistance of 2 leaogues, is a11 excellent carriage road, mad(e by tlhe orlder and under tle inspection of the (ap)tain — G(eneral, plart of it through a mangrove swamp. Over tle river Loisa is a Ilano(ls wooden bri(lgec, and on the road near Rio P'iedras is a hanidsome stone one over a deep rivulet. One of tile best roads in the island extends from the town of Papino, situated in the lmolntlaijns, tthe town of Aguadilla on the coast, distant 5 leagues, i troulll tllh village of La M[oca; in tlie distance of 3 leagues from the latter place, it is c(lrosed by 10 deep mountain rivulets, forinerly impassable, but over which solid lrilcdes have now been built, witl side raililngs. In the mountainous district witlhil tlie c(ircumference of a few leagues no less tlhan 47 bridges have been built to fIacilitat tlhe comnulnication between one place and tile other. T!le following are the roads of (; meters widt}h, 41-. in center of potun(led stone. Tlley have iron bridges and are ill good slhape for trlavel all the year. (1) San Juan to the Shore near Ponce.-Froml San Juan to Ponce tlhe central 394 CUBA AND PORTO RIlCO. road is exactly 134 kiloneters. Distances along the line are: Rio Piedras, 11; Calnguas 25; to Cayei, 24; vAyl)onito, 20; Coamlo, 18; Juana Diaz, 20; to Ponce, 13; and to the sllore, 3. Exact. (2) San Juan to Bayamon1. ---y ferry fifteen minutes to Catano, and from there by road to Bayamon 10 kilometers. This p1asses alongside the railway. (3) RJio Piedras to Mllamyes, 36 kilometers; from Rio Piedras to Carolina, 12; to Rio Grande, 19; to lamneyes, 5. (-) Cayei to Arroyo, 35 kIilometers; from Cayei to Guayama, 25; to Arroyo, 8; from Stn Jutanll t(o Arroyo, via Cayei, is 95 kilometers. (5 Ponce to AdV1 ntas, 32 kilometers. (() S:1il (er1llan to Anasco, 33 kilometers; from San German to Mayaguenz, 21 kiloiIIncie'': [\-ayagtlez to Anasco, 12; Mayaguez to Mormigueros, 11; Mayaguez to Callo I, 18i. IS: avatlnez to Las Marias, 23; MAayagnez to Maricao, 35; IIorillniglln(a 1) Sail (lerllan, 14-. Neear Mayaguez the roads are best. There are good roadt il Ial! (irections.,() \Alad(lilla to San Sebastian, 1 S, (S) iArlcibo to Utuado, 33. 11 oinll wa.l of first class in tle island, 33t kilometers. Alolng these roads are, at a distance of S to 10 kilometers, a fort, stone, and br icl t)arraltlks, or large buildings, where tle Spanish troops stop and rlest wilen on thile 1t ari(cl. illilroads. —In 1878 a report was presented to the miniister of the( colonies on a stly aloIdeI by)v tIle engineer a11(1d head of pitblic works of tlie island in view of consi r llcti{,g a railroad Nwhichl sihould start froml thle capital and, passing tim rough all tlli c(li(tf t(,\wis and tllrouglh thle wllole islandt, returiin to tlhe poinlt of departurle. ( i tis railr oad tlhe following iar ts h1ave l een co1llplete(d SaIl tan, along tbie (cos(t t 1iro 1g Ri( o ) Pied(ras, 1Baya mon, )orado, Arecibo. and I atillo, to( Camuv; Aguia dii o hrioiig AgnuadIi, incoii 0I, An )i and Mayaguez, to Il ornigueros. A braIi(-I (;I t}ii is ailroai ()I fri)1i Anas(,co. tliroiui'h San Sel)astia,i to Lares. Ponce, lir(o tii'L i avaimilli1, to Ya ( co). T i s l ai1 ttr t ail road follo \ s the soui t hIrn (coast line nd(t is filwed i)' a wagon ro'ad tlirogll( )lit it:s colurs. Ii ine place the railroad and I'(adtt,]!'1! \iti il1'l I few htdl 1 (11 a(l r i l'a(:i of the co((ast iline.:Ac(cor(ding o to e tH Statetlsman's A '( I {, to( 18)198. e i it r( in op1 eratio( 137 i) i les of railro d, besi(es over 1 70:ali':. les,~{{'l ('er o sirlnicjiio). Al }!l rail '(roa(ds ( are single track, an1dl tile (gallge is 1 mreter 20 centimeters, or 3 feet 1I1 ilnches. CUBIA AN I) PlORTO R-ICO. 395 'Ihe following are the railways of 1-meter gauge: (1) San Juan to Rio Piedras, 11 kilometers. (2) Cataino to J3ayamnon, 10 kilometers. (3) Anasco to San Sebastian and Lares, 35 kilometers. Total of thlree lines, 5(' k1ilometers. Tlhe lines are all in goodl shape; have plenty of engines and cars; speed. 20 kilometers per hlour; use coal for fuel imported from tle United States; supplly usuallly large, may be small now; hard coal; fine stations; plenty of water, and evelthlingl in shape for business. Telegraphs.-The capital communicates with tle principal towns of the coa;st and interior by means of a well-connected telegraph system. There are in all sonme -170 miles of telegraph. Telephones.-The Britisll Consular Report says that the telephone systeml of San Juan, Ponce, and Mayaguez have recently been contracted for by local syndicates. In Ponce a United States company obtainedl the contract for tle nmaterial. There are 100 stations already connected, and it is expected that 200 more will be ill operation shortly. Administration.-From an administrative stanld)oint, Porto Rico is Ilot considered as a colony, but as a province of Spain, assi,ilatedl to thle rclllaniin provinces. The Governor-General, representing the nmonarc(ly, is at tle sanle time (1aptain-General of the armed forces. In each chief tovn residles a military commnander, and each town has its alcalde, or mayor, appointed by the (lentral lo\wer. 'The provincial deputation is elected by popular suffrage under tihe same conditions as in Spain. The regular peace garrison is composed of about 3,000 men, and the annual budget amounts to some 20,000,000 pesos. Education.-In 1887 only one-seventh of the population could read and write, but of late years progress in public instruction has been rapid. Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce.-In 1878 there arrived in the harbors of the island 1,591 vessels of different nationalities and 1,534 departed. The value of products imported was 14,787,551 pesos, and that of articles exported was 13,070,020 pesos. The following are the relative percentages of values: Flags. Relation. IPer (Cent. Spanis........................................... 991 American............................................. 17 EnglTisli............................................ i21.43 Variotus Naio ns..................................... 15.1 Total......................................... 100.00 :396 CUBA AND PORTO RICO. Navigation is very active, but the part the inhabitants take in the commercial fleet is small. The Porto Ricans are not seagoing people. The eastern part of the island offers less advantage to commerce than the western, being to the windward and affording less shelter to vessels. Porto Rico hias more than seventy towns and cities, of which Ponce is the most important. Ponce las 22,000 inhabitants, with a jurisdiction numbering 47,000. It is situated on tle southl coast of the island, on a plain, about 2 miles from the seaboard. It is the chief town of the judicial district of its name, and is 70 miles from San JuanIt. It is regularly built, the central part almost exclusively of brick houses, and the suburbs of wood. It is the residence of the military commander, and the seat of an iofficial chamber of commerce. There is an appellatecriminal court,besidesother courts; 2 churchles, one I'rotestant, said to be the only one in the Spanish West Indies' 2 h:ospitals besides the military hospital, a home of refuge for old and poor, 2 celmteries. 3: asylums, several casinos, 3 theaters, a market, a municipal public library.:, first-class hotels, 3 barracks, a park, gas works, a perfectly equipped fire deplartiilclt, a bank, tllermal and natural baths, etc. Commercially, Ponce is the second cit oi ilportanlce on the island. A fine road leads to the port (Playa), where all the inmport andu export trade is transacted. Playa has about 5,000 inhabitants, and here are situated tile custonm hlose, tlhe offce o the captain of the port, and all the (otIsullar ofices. The port is spacious and will hold vessels (of 25 feet draft. The clilmate,,on account of thie sea breezes duriing the (lay and land breezes at night, is not opl)r'essive, )tut very ]Iot andl dry; and, as water for all purposes, includiing tie fire deplltllenlt is ani)ly sup))lited l)y an aqueduct 4,442 yards long, it is said tlat the city o 1':Ponlce is )perlapss the leallthiest place in the whole island. Tlere is a stage coac}h to Sail Juan, Mayag'uiez, Guayama, etc. There is a railroad to Yaneco. a post oil ice. aid a t ele-raph station. It is believed tlhat Police was founded in 1G00; it was given the title of villa in 1 8 1(8, and in 1877 /that of cilty. Of its 34 streets tie l)est are Mayor, Salad, Villa, Vives, Malrina, and (Coinercio. The best sqcllres are Princil)al and Las Ielicias, which are separated by the chliurch of Nuestra Scnora de G(uoadalutpe. Thlle clmirchi, as old as the townl itself, began to be reconstructed in 1838 and was fin ishled in 1847. It is 8(; yards( long by 1, 3 bro) Iladl, and lsas two steeples, ricl altairs, anld fine ornamlents. Tle thleater is called the Pearl, i.and it deserves this namlie, for it is the linest on tle islandl(. It 11hs a sculptured porch, on the Byzantine order, witl very graceful colu11111s1. It is 1ml(tl. )llilt of ilron and 11arble a(n1 cost over 0' )())00 p)estos. It is 52 yards (le1) b),y 9 wide. The inside is beautif 1, the boxes and seats roomy and C-UIRA ANI) lPOWtT() RCO.39 397 nicely decorated. It mcay, by a mechanical arrangement, be converted into a daneino- hail.. About, -i lmes northeast of the town are tim Quintana thermil baths, 'in a buildho' surrounded liy pretty gardens. They are visitedl by sufferers from rhieumiatisml nn(11 various other diseases. San Juan is a perfect. speci men of a w~lalled town, witih iportcullis, moat, gates, and. battlements. The wail surrounding this town is defended by several batteries. Farcing the harbor are those of San Fernando, Santa Catalina, and Santa Toribjo. Looking tow~ard the laud side is Fort Abanico, and toward the Ocean the batteries of San Antonio, San Jose, and Santa Teres-a, and Fort Prinesa. The land part, has two ditches, or cuts, whichi are easev to inundate. The fort and bridge of San Antonio that of S'an C4eronimo, and the E'scamubron battery situated 011 a tongmue of land wh~ich enters the sea. Built, over tw\ui hundred and fifty years ago, the city isstill in good condition and. repair. Th1-e walls, are picturesqume. (and repeset stpenou Work~ and cost in thiemselves.- insidie time wNal~ls thc city is laid off iii regular squares, six parallel streets rmmnumni11c) In Hlic dire(ction ot the leng-th of the island andi seven at rightf 'anlles. The peic l onl wh-ichl San Juan is situated is connected withi the mainland by thiree uime.Time old.-est, th(at of SanM Antonio, carries the highiway across the shiallow San Anitonio Channel. it I's a stone-arched bridge about 8.50 vyardIs long inluding (1m The approachies. Bythe side, of this b~ridge is one for the railroad and one for time I ramwav wvhichi follows the main military hlighway to Rio Piedras. A uon te binildin gs-, the followng71( are notable: The lpalace of tHie C"aptainC'enertal, the palace of the intendencia, thie tow~n haill, mulitary hospital, jail, Ballija barracks, theater, custom-i house, cathedral, Episcopal palace, and seminaly ~ her e is no(- university or lprovinciai Institute of second gralde inst rietionl. a'nd oull one colleme, which is under the, direction of Jesuit priests. Time hiouses (arec losely an d coMpatl bulilt Of brick. uIsually1 of two stories, stuccoed on the outside andpmte mui a. variety of colors. rfle up)per floors arc occupied by the inure respectable people, whiile tile o'round~ floors, alimost \vithouf exception, are given up to thie negroes and the ponier class4, who crowd one upon anothier in the most appalling m~anner. 'Ill( ipopuilat ion w\ithiin the walls is, est im~ated a,,t 20,000 anld most of it li~ves Onl thle g~round floor. 1n one small room, withi a flimsy l~artition, a -whole fain ily will reside. Thew ground floor of the whole town rcck~s withi filth, and (counlitions are most unsanitary. In aI tropical country, whiere disease readily prev-ails, the consequences of such-,I herd110 11mg 1 Ia i~e easlilv inferred. Thiere is no trunning water in the 398 CUBA AND P1ORT()O 1RICO. town. The entire population depend upon rain wNater, cauglht upon the flat roofs; of the buildings and conducted to the cistern, which occupies the greater part of tlie inner court-yard that is an essential part of Spanish houses tle world over, but that here, on account of the crowded conditions, is very small. ThIlere is n1o sewerage, except for surface water and sinks, while vaults are in every house and occupy whatever rem1aining space there may be in the patios nlot taken tp1) b1) tile cisterns. The risk of contaminating the water is very great, and in dry seasons the supply is entirely exhausted. Epidemics are frequent, and the town is alive with vermin, fleas, cockroaches, mosquitoes, and dogs. The streets are wider thanr in the older part of Havana, and will admit two carriages abreast. The sidewalks are narrow, andl in places will accommodate but one person. The pavements are of a composition manufactured in Engjlan(l from slag, pleasant and even, alld llurable when no heavy strain is broughtt to bear upon them, but easily broken, and unfit for heavy traffic. The streets are swept once a day by hand, and, strange to say, are kept very clean. From its topograplhical situation the town should be healtly, but it is not. The soil undler the city is clay mixed witl lime, so hard as to be almost like rock. It is consequenltly ilmpervious to water and furnishes a good natural drainage. The trade wind blows strong and fresh, and throughl thle harbor runs a stream of sea water at a speed of not less than three miles an hour. With thlese conditions no contagious diseases, if properly taken care of, could exist; without them tile place would be a veritable plague spot. LBesi(es the town witlhin the walls there are small portions just outside, called the MariLn11a an-1d Puerta de Tierra, containin t or\- tlll'e llusandl ilnhabitants each. Th'lee are ealso two sluburbs, one, San Turce, applroachled by the only road leadingi out of the city, and thle other, (Ctano, across tle bay, reaIed (by ferry. The Ma ilna, and the two sulblrbs are situated on sandy points or spits, and the latter are stlrrounlded by lnangrove swamps. The entire population of the city and suburbs, according to the census of lt87, was 27,000. It is now (1896) estimated at 30,000. One-half of the population consists of negroes and mixed races. There is but little mltanlfacturing, and it is of small importance. The Standard Oil Company has a smaall refinery across the bay, in which crude petroleum brought from the United States is refined. Matches are made, some brooms, a little soap, and a c(heap class of trunks. There are also ice, gas, and electric light works. CHAPTER XXVI. THE' LADRONES. The Island of Guam a Coaling Station of the United States-Discovery. Size and Products of t'he Islands. When the Philippine expedition on its way to Mrlanila incidentall y ran utp the Stars and Stripes over tile Island of Guam, there was Ipelialps no thlought of the island becoming a permanent part of our domain. However, the fortunes of war are such that the island is likely to become ours permanently as a coaliuri station in the Pacific. Mfagellan named these islands the Ladrones fromn the Latin word "latro," mieaningx a robber because of the thievish propeensities of tlie natives. According to Mqoaryllan'r the uite people of these islands hald reduced stc1alin to a Zen rpt Ji\ science of such exactness that the utmost vigilance could not lprev-il a~gainst, their operations. The group was amnied the *Mariana Islands b)y the Jesuilts, who settled in thenm in 1667. The Ladrone group consists of twenty islands, of wN-hich five are inhabited. The grou1P extends forty-five miles from north to southi, and is located between 1 dleg. anid 21 deg. north latitude, and between 144 dclog and -146 dcg. cast longitudJe. The priincipal islands are Guan, Rota and Linian. They were discovered byNI Magellanl in 1.-,21 and have belonged to Spain ever since. Their poptilation is 11,000. The soil is fertile and densely wooded. The clinuate is temperate. Guam, the southernly and principal island, is iG00 miles in circumlIference,; and has a population of 8,100, of which 1,400 are Europeans. Its central part is mnoalntainous, and it has a small volcano. The products are guacas, bananas, cocoa, oranges and limes. Thle natives are noted as builders of them most rapidly sailingr canoes in the world. With Guam-i as a part of tile territory of the United States, we have a direct line of possessions across the Pacific, in the order of Hawail, Guamn and the Philippines; while in a northwesterly direction from oair 1 Pacific coast we heave the islands formn1.in1g a lpart of Alaska. By holding ill these islands we will he prpcaredl to contil.el pracficalli the commerce of the Pacific, the future great commercial highway of the world. 399 $ 1 b lba? 0~~~~~~~~~~ V % r\ 4 ^flo o C II r1 ^O 00 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 C4~~~~~~ 3" ~~~Z~~r69 - 0QWa Z "~~i~ Cil~ft~i ~IV 0 o^o I 0 k A3 / THE PHILIPPtINE ISLAt NDS The Shaded Part of the Map Shows the Poition of the Archipelago under the Control of the United S$tes. C11AIPTERl XXV1I. TIHE OFFICIAL TI1TLEU T)O O( N\\ 1POSSESSIONS IN TII1E INDIES. Full Text of the Treaty of P'eace withl Spainl 11anded tlie Presidcnt of the United States is a (ll11ristmlas (lift o'(r tile 'Peole, at tlie Ahite IIHouse, 1898-The (l'athered Fruilt of a (iloiiouis 1and \Wod(lerful Victory. ()n an A\uglust midni(ght the good slilp) Pertu, Major-General Otis with his staff and G(neIral II HuIhes, an1( a thoiusaIl regular cavalry and "tlle historian of tih Phlilpl)pines" a1oa)1rd aplj}Iraciled witlin a few miles, an immense mass of darkness. Al)o)ult where tlie moutl of Manila Bay shlould lie there was, deep in the cast and at. a considerable elevation, a spark of white, and in a few seconds a red light, keener than stars. and in half a minute there were the sharp flashes again, and we lknew tlhat tllere were friends watching and waiting-that "our Ilag was still there," tait -Admiral 1)ewey and (General Merritt of tlhe Navy and Army of tle IUnited St:ates l(ad u)lpeld the sylmbol of tlie sovereignty of the Great l:ieplublic of North Amlerica, tlhat tlhe lights glowed down from the massive rock of Corregidor, tliat tilrough tlie shadows that. fell on these darksome waters tlle American squadron had entered into immortality less tllan four months before, and that with the morning ligl:t we sllould look utloln tile famous scene of triumphlant Amnericalnism. \\e had 1ecen fifteen days out of tlie \world, for ticere were only tile soutllernt constellations to tell us, the soutliern cross so 1ighl and tlie nortli star so low, lad tile dazzling scorpion with dialmond c(laIs toucllilng tlie central blue dome, to,say how far down into the tropics we were, \\wile tile clouds of fltame rested on the serenitics of the imlatelless sea; and what hlad tlie great deep in its mysterious resplendence been whlispering along tlie enchanting shores of tlie islands of Asia-tlie true Indies, Oriental or Occidental as migllt he-wIhat llad tlie wild waves tlat beat against tire vol.anic coasts made klown in tHie boats ade iwafted by the welcoming winds? We knlew of the bloody days on tlie hlills of Santiago, 1and tile fate of the fleet of Admiral ('vevera, and tlhere must 1( nlews (,f of ltier victories! Our ship turned away from the loolmilg rock that sent forth flashles as if to say all is well, in tlie iuniverse tlhat we in our vast V l adventure lha, l alimost -al)andolned. And1( when tile day (dawnned and the green hills and blue mountains and tlie silvery water s were revealed we turned to the left, where )Deev le(\ d i li squadron to tlle righlt, and there was the l)ay hundr1ed( and t\wentv knots iin eircunllfelncl( e. Yonder wrcle th wiite walls of 401 402 OFFICIAL TITLE TO OUR0 N\EW POSSESSIONS IN THE INDIES. Cavite, and further along (1omes and steep)les, masts and heavy lines of buildings, a wide spread city crouching on a plain rising a few feet above the tides. It was Man-ila. Presently a boat swept near, and what was that, a dozen words repeated here and there-Merritt in possession of the city-of course, that was what he was there for,-but who said "there was a declaration of peace?" The strange statement -wa mnade. What-could it be that Spain had surrendered? Surely the President would not stop pushing things until he had gathered the fruits of victory? No. there was a protocol, and that was a treaty in fact! France had been the medilum of negotiation. Spain had sued for peace, and terms were granted. Cuba was surrendered. Porto Rico was ceded to us. The Spaniards claimed that they had given up Manila after peace was settled, and they must repossess it. But Merritt was ashore was he not, and going to stay? Dewey had not given up anything, lad he? Surely not! But there was to be a conference, a meeting of joint commissioners held at Paris to provide a treaty, that was to say the details-all the important points were fixed irrevocably except the fate of the Philippines! At this point the news of tlie morning gave out, all except the particulars of the seige, the hligh claims of tle Spaniards, the dissatisfaction of the insurgents. It was some days before the realization of the situation was perfected. The full terms of the protocol were not imade known at once. Spain gave up the West Indies and a Ladrone island, and tlie United States was to hold the city, bay and harbor of Manila pending the conclusion of a treaty of peace which should determine the control, disposition and governinent of the Phlilippines. Certainly this was the conclusive surrender of Spain! (General lMerritt was ordered to Paris, and there represented the army of the United States, and its faith and honor and glory. Our Peace Commissioners were Win. l1. Day, Cushman K. Davis, William P. Frye, George Gray and Whitelaw Reid, who started for Paris September 18. The Spanish Commissioners made a long struggle. and protracted their unhappy task for more than two months, using all arts of procrastination and persuasion, claiming that the United States should pay the Cuban debt, and striving for allowances of indemnity, yielding at last to the inevitable. The text of the treaty is in seventeen articles as follows: Article I.-Spain renounces all right of sovereignty over Cuba. lWhereas said isle when evacuated by Spain is to be occupied by the United States, the United States, while the occupation continues, shall take upon themselves and fulfill the obligations which, by the fact of occupation, international law imposes on them for the protection of life and property. Article II.-Spain cedes to the United States the Island of Porto Rico and the other islands now under her sovereignty in thle West Indies and the Isle of Guam in the archipelago of the Marianas or Ladrones. (:FI(IAL\ TITLE TN) OUR NEW POSSIESSIONS IN TillHE INDIES. 403 Article 111.-Spain ced;cs to tile United States the archipelago known as the Plhiippine Islands, wich co(mprise the islands sitiiated between tlihe following lines: A line wthich runs west to east near thle twentieth parallel of north latitude across the celnter of the navia'able canal of Bacli, from the 118ith to the 12;th derees of lon( gitude east of (Greenwicl. from hiere to tlhe widtlh of tthe I 2? th decree of longitude cast to pnrallel 4 degrees 45 minutes of north latitude. From here following the parallel of north latitude 4 degrees 45 minumites to its intersection with the meridian of longitude 119 degrees 35 minutes east from (reenwichi. From here following the meridian of 119 degree 835 m tinutes east to the parallel of latitude 7 degrees 40 minutes north. From hnere following the parallel of 7 degrees 40 minutes north to its intersection with II{ (dlegrees longoitude east. From hiere along a straight line to tlie intersection of tlie tenth palrallel of latiltude north with the 118th meridian east, anld from here following tlie 11 8ti meri(i an to thle point whience )egan this demarcation. The United Saties ha l pamy to Slpainl tlie smtni of $20,000,000 wiithin three months after ilhe in Iter(.iangle of tlIe ratifications of tlie present treaty. Articl'e IY.-The United States slall, duliring the term of ten years, countingt from the interchange of tlhe ratifications of tile tIreat). admit * the ports of thi]e Philippine Islands Spanish ships,Iis i and m(erch.andise unlder thle same conditions ias the sit ips and merchandise of the Unite(] States. Article V.-Thle United States. on tlie signilng of the present treaty, sliall transport to Spain at their cost the Spanish soldiers wlhom tlhe Amnerican forces madle prisoners of war whicn Manila was captured. TIle armis of tliese soldiers slall be returned to liem. Sp ain, on the interchange of tlie ratifications of the present treaty, shall proceed to evacuate tlie Philippine Islands, as also (unamn, on conditions sinilar io those agreed to by the commnissions named1 to concert tlhe evacuation of Porto Rico anld the oilier isltands in the Western Antilles according to tlie protocol of Auog. 1898, wh, lich sliall continue in force until its terms lave been coinldletely complied with. T'he term within whiclh tlie evacuation of the1 Philippine Islands aid (Gam sl111 1ch complleted.sllhall be fixed by tbo(tll ( overnments. Spain sliall etain lie flags and stands of colors of the warships not capti( red, small arms, cannon of all calibers, wit II their (arriages a nd accessories )owlers, ilunl i tions, cattle, material ai d effects If all kinds elodnino' to tlie arumies of tIle sea and la nd of Spain in the Philippites aol ( m GhI. Tlie pieces of heavy caliher whiich are not field artillerv- moioited in fortifications al 011n the coasts slal rClaiill ini their laces for a period of six!li(onttl'is fromn tie iteorch'clange [of e Irat(iications of thle prcset t rcatv, and tle niel(ed States JIv da ioii'n t ia;t iod ]lly from Spain said( material if bothi (10overnmtoeni ts a irrive at a satisfatocy agrete.t th oI!ln. Article \. n ii -n tit( lui( preseit treaty, shall p 1ce a lhherty all 10t OFFICIAL TITLE TO O-J NEW POSSESSIONS IN TI I )DIS. prisoners of war and all those detained or imprisoned for political offlences in consequence of the insurrections in Cuba and the Philippines and of the war with the United States. Reciprocally the United States shall place at liberty all prisoners of war made by the American forces, and shall negotiate for the liberty of all Spanish prisoners in the power of the insurgents in Cuba and the Philippines. The Government of the United States shall transport, at their cost, to Spain, and tle Government of Spain shall transport, at its cost, to the United States, Cuba. Porto Rico and the Philippines, conformably to the situation of their respective (dwellings, the prisoners placed or to be placed at liberty in virtue of this article. Article VII.-Spain and the United States mutually renounltce by the present treaty all claim to national or private indemnity, of whatever kind, of one Government against the other, or of their subjects or citizens against the otlher G(overnment, which may have arisen from the beginning of the last insurre tion il (Cuba, anterior to the interchange of the ratifications of the present treaty, as also to all indemnity as regards costs occasioned by the war. The United States shall judge and settle the claims of its citizens against Spain whlich she renounces in this article. Article VIII.-In fulfilment of Articles I., II. and III. of this treaty Spain renounces in Cuba and cedes in Porto Rico and the other West Indian isles, in (Guam and the Philippine archipelago, all buildings, moles, barracks, fortresses, establishments, public roads and other real property which by custom or right;1re of the public domain, and as such belong to the crown of Spain. Nevertheless, it is declared that this renouncement or cession, as the case may be, referred to in the previous paragraph, in no way lessens the property or rights which belong by custom or law to the peaceful possessor of goods of all kinds in the provinces and cities, public or private establishments, civil or ecclesiastical corporations or whlatever bodies have judicial personality to acquire and possess goods in the above-mentioned, renounced or ceded territories, and those of private individcuals, whatever be tleir nationality. The said renounncement or cession includes all those documents which exclusively refer to said renounced or ceded sovereignty which exist in the archives of the peninsula. When these documents existing in said archives only in part refer to said sovereignty, copies of said part shall be supplied, provided they h)e requested. Similar rules are to be reciprocally observed in favor of Spain with respect to tlle documents existing in the archives of the before-mentioned islands. In tle abovementioned renunciation or cession are comprised those rights of the crown of Spain and of its authorities over the archives and official registers, as well administrative as judicial, of said islands lwhich refer to thenl and to tl1 riglhts and properties of their inhabitanits. Said archives and registers nl1i-t - c1)( fllv preserveld, and all OFFICIAL TI TLE TO OUR NEW POSSESSIONS IrN TrlIE: INl)I[ES. 405 individuals, without exception, shall have the right to obtain, conformably to law, authorized copies of contracts, wills and other documents which form part of notarial protocols or which are kept in administrative and judicial archives, whether the same be in Spain or in the islands above mentioned. Article IX.-Spanish subjects, natives of the peninsula, dwelling in the territory whose sovereignty Spain renounces or cedes in the present treaty, may remain in said territory or leave it, maintaining in one or the other case all their rights of property, including the right to sell and dispose of said property or its produ ces; and, moreover, they shall retain the righlt to exercise their industry, businesc or profession, submitting themselves in this respect to the laws which are applicable to other foreigners. In case they remain in the territory they may preserve their Spanish nationality by making in a registry office, within a year after the interchange of the ratifications of this treaty, a declaration of their intention to pre-erve said. nationality. Failing this declaration they will be considered as having renouneed said nationality and as having adopted that of tile territory in whlicli thley may reside. The civil rights an(d political status of tle native inhabitants of the territories hereby ceded to the United States shall be determined by Congress. Article X.-The inhabitants of the territories whose sovereignly Spaini renlounces or cedes shall have assured to them the free exercise of their religion. Article XI.-Spaniards residing in the territories whose sovereignty Spain ccldes or renounces sliall be subject in civil and criminal matters to the tribunals of tlhe country in which they reside, conformably with the common laws whicl regulalte their competence, being enabled to appear before them in the samie manner and ito employ the same proceedings as the citizens of the country to which the ttribunall belongs must observe. Article XII.-Judicial proceedings pending on tlle interclhange of the ratiiications of this treaty in the territories over which Spain renounces or cedes sovereignlly shall be determined conformably with the following rules: First, sentences pronounced in civil cases between individuals or in criminal cases before tlhe abovementioned date, and against which there is no appeal or annulment conforlnably wiit the Spanish law, shall be considered as lasting, and sliall be executed in (de lorm nl'l lV Competent authority in the territory within which said sentences should be carried(l out. Second, civil actions between individuals which on the aforementioned dalte have not been decided shall continue their course before the tribunal in whlichl tlhe lawsuit is proceeding or before that which shall replace it. Third, cri:minal1 actions pending on tlle aforementioned date before the supreme tribunal of Spailn agailst citizens of territory whlich, according to this treaty, will cease to be Spanishi. -Ihall continue under its jurisdiction until definite sentence is l)ponolnced, )but once sentence 406 OFFICIALJ TITLE TO OUR NEWIAV POSSESSIONS IN TIE 'JI)NDIES. is decreed its execution shall be intrusted to competent authority of the place wyhere the action arose. Article XIIT.-Literary, artistic and industrial rights of pI'opierti acqoiresi by Spaniards in Cuba, Porto Rico, the Philippines and other territories ceded on the interchange of ratifications of this treaty shiall continue to be respected. Spanish scientific, literary and artistic worlis wNlhich srill not be dangerous to public order in said territories shall continue entering thcrein with freedomn fromt all customsu duties far a period of ten years dating from the interchiange of the ratifications of this treaty. Article XIY.; —Spain may establish consular agents in the ports an pllaecs of bthe territories whose renuunciationI or cession are the object of this treaty. Article XV.-The Government of either country shall concede for a term of ten y'ears to the merchant ships of the other the samte treitment 'is regards all port dues, inlcluding those of entry and departure, lighthouse and tonnage dues, as it concedes to its own merchant ships not employed in the coasting trade. This article may be repudiated at any time by either Governmenti giving previous notice thereof six months beforehand. Article XYl.-Be it understood that whatever obligation is accepted under this treaty by the United Statces with respect to Cuba is limited to the period their ocentipation of the island shall continue, but at the end of said occupation they will advise the Government that may he established in tlie island that it should accept ihe, same obligrations. Article XVII.-The present treaty shall be ratified by the Queen Regent of Spa"in anD the Preident of the United States, in agreenient and with the approval of the Senate, and ratifications shall be exchanged in Washington within a period of six m1onthts fromi this date or earlier if possible. The treaty of peace willl be rlatified by the Senate. It appears before ratification, as was the case of the protocol, through the favor of the French translations. The treaty fitly crowns the triumplhs of the war. elie paymnent of the small indemnity of twenty mrillion dollars only covers at a reasonable estimate the public property of Spain, in territory celced to us, that was, beyond 'the lines of the areas that formallv sinbmitted to oturi arasius. I I I Cn KY~~ EBOUNL OFCr - tos4 lnV u.,*CH. LIIRARY ^ i! - \ f. {^\ ^:[ sC '' *V-: a, M i; v'' k' s- r. 9 ''Lat '''>aS fyi'f ^ ' *X,, ' i I ' ''.,$. ' l;e -lS 'c" s~j'-" W; r/ i;;; 1..~ii I-I IIIIIIII,-I I1; -: IIi; II —I II -11 I,, 1-. C 11 I" II; III I,III1., I''I I;I1.I-.III II ---I, I;II;II-II , 741 ; I, I-"II: -III IIIII:IIIIi,-.;IIII1II-11 III1-: ,,.I.IIIII.III1II.IIIIIx)11 11III-III -I-IIII.IIII,I III.I-i11II -11-;IIIIII1,I -;I1 —III.I1II,,"III, I-ItI-1 11I;-IIIa -11III II.I-III,,,-5;:II I i;-IIII-11IIIIIII ,II L,;II,ILIII,;IIIIIIl1,I;; I i —II-,.ItIIIIII,III-,,;I II;mI- III x —IIIII;w.III —I II.I-III.III lI :.%II III-II1, I I1II-11,il:zIIi,I, I, 14Iv.II LiIIIIII i;Ir, I-III-II:III- -14,1IIIIII I-IsiI.-,IIII!r,III.I1 -,IIIII,I-:,I- —I-IIIIjI":II 4 ,I-III;II,III;I;I,II;Iz7 —.-II",, 11 ,I,-: I,,IIIp .IIAIIII7.%II-I,, ,,I -II.I-. —I-.IIzII":II -IIII.I,-III IIII::,,III-,II- IIrI.;:;,,I,;II7;III.,IiII-,, -I ,IIII;,,';III-,I.I.1I:, I-II11IIIi -Ii -i, I I;, ,III-;-IIIe,I , , 1 IIe,I IIIII; III IIIIF-I;,;; III:IiII):II.I -IIIII11;II1FIII-I,-,I1I. IIIIII:,I iIII-1IIIIII;,-iIIIIII II III.IIjIIiiII , rl 1,,-IiI I11IiII14i,I .II-,I;IIi;IIIIIIII iIII-III II;:-II, II III:- —,II-.II 1ii It - IIIII I-IIIIcI. I l - , s I I II-I11I III I,,I;.17,I III11,; ,-IiII-III;II iII;I-IIII.I;AIiI:IIIi I,II IIII--I - I;-iIIII;IIII,II,, - ,;III ;, : n t; III,,I-, lIIIIII IIII II 1 ,II.I1, I -I II- I I; -, IIII-IIII III I-,Io. I.11II - I ;IIII I ,!, ,'. 1II''IIIII II I — : II I,IIIIi;II II:I-4IIII.I I.,-I-II-jI1,;j,IIIII I ,-IIII;I IyII"I; ,..%k.IIII I,-IrI —11II.; nt , 4:II,II ,-II%II, ,:; I---IiI1Ii1,"III.III IIIIIIIIICIIIII I,IIIIi,1,II-z,I II, 7II-III1-I,-IIIIIII:,:IsI,,:t,i:I , tI. IIi-- II.III -I.,41I1III II IIi%,,-1).wIIIi-II.IIIIII IIII;IrIII--,, IIIIIIIII-.II-I(II-IIII": TII -II-IIIIII,,I -14II: II.w,I;I IIIIII,III IIIIIIIIIIIIIII Ii-LIII I,;I-IIIrIII:II. IIII IIIIIiIIIIII;III, -I:II. ,-;I,II,I11I;;I2i.IIIIIII11;II IIII17-III-III 11iII11I,II II-IIIiIIIIII-,;II I -LIII I,II.IIIIII;II -III;II.IIIIIIIII IIjII.-,,-I14,'(1,:,IIIIIII,IIIi Ia-F,aIIII,,.IIII -cIII,i-,,II.I-: I "-,4I I-I-.,I,III-, ,,IIIII:I'y11;5, II; IIj. "-;,, I,I%II,,,,; -;IIIkI-f III1 I- I.-IE,,I;1,, --:,., ", ,,:,,i-:,,4-:'IIII)I-I--III Iu,,I:II;II,,;.IIeI I-I I,II,41-II-,I.I;,I;i;I IiIII k"I I,-,1-,II1-I.II1 ),II I-I;yc-I%-III;I-4 4-I -I -III-III-, III ,-,,IIIIiIII .I; ,IIIIIII,II- , ,1 I1 7-;InII1I -11I Ix , ,,I 11:,, 71-IIIII, ,-II;I;II. I-III.:17-II I ,,I IIIiI"III: -l:II"III III:,;a,12iiI.III1 II I-,I,",-.; — IIII1I11I.I,ve.'"'.I.III-:,II.I%,III"III. I I- 5,z, —I-II;,II-II,III II7:,II IIII.III,i, -I; --.I-IIIII;.IIIII13IIII. -:;, :,,,i `LI I -IIIIII-v-1C?I,I"-,IIIIIIIIII,I- IIIIIiII-7,I t;;-,,I;I:.I..II-:IIiI-".,,I'I," :,Ir I:I, 2 III-IXII,-;iIII.;. I,1,I:,II I-i-I-,, ; —IIIIIqIIIei,I,,I% - —i-IIIII,,,- I-II IIIcI,IIII-11,I, I; - I I, i I I I I z I - I,-,i--II-III.III11iZ,: " -I-7j,-IIIIIIIII141,,",;,I -;.,I.II.I-I'IIII II%wIII,IIII,-Ik- , 1,,11 I;I 1 -,,- -,.IIII,, ;:,,I Ii. IIIIII III;t ,-,I -IIIcI-,I;I,II;I;IIII11 .I1 iI, w` yI.i;;, III.III I.I-I,:I,III ;e II", I-;,2I-,I;II;IiI II.II,-1IIII ;.IIIjI-I,II.III" -.-Ii,II1, II;,IIII I-.I-,-I,4;-i, A ,- ,41II ,.,Iz I '"IiIAI-I.IIIII.IjIIt:, II:II, NI I&;,;I;IIII-,I -,- -.,;IIIIII"I I-;,-,t t-,III I":,AlII,II, - I.IIIIIII- : ,- I, -IIIIIII.I II,II*iII L1,i I;III, , II,III' I-%.IIIIIII.- .7,i:1iIII, ,-,I;,"-,i,,T,;, -.;.IdI-- ', iIjI-7III4 —I-,I,IIII IIIIp,--I-wIIII"I; , tIIII iI,',,,,,,I -,,II,I;I-,IIIl;,I,I, , -II.I1,II ,-iI,III-III, 8,"1",-,.;' III-I-,-;-..III.:11I I I ;.,II, -;cIIIIIII:.I I -, 1?-: -III- ; :I.,,-I -.t;-II,IIA_-I - ; ! L.II7Ii-II II-%,-,I,I-,IIIII -I11-- IIII;1.I-I11 I - I.I III I:; III,,!II II-I,-q 2;,,:IIII:II17-I&r1. ;,,: ,, -;, 1, z IIIIII-II ;-I.17I ::",, iIII -III "-I-I;-I,; IIIII11 1.I,,,,; 11I;I, ;z —IIIIIIIII, ,,t7"II 't, : ` -i, I II; —:- a,-,IIIIII IIII-iIa- t::I;I I. 'I ;I III- i 1 ;,'I..IIII-' I;II, ,I-,] I II,, I,:, IIIIII —,II,: ,: :I', ;L, ,-1;IIIII"IIIIiIIIII ,I IIvI;III:I- xII111. 11; iIiIIIII,II -I-I- ,t-I; j.I-% ll I,,, ,i,- -- ];, i-,- I I-II IIII-11IIIII,-IIIIIIIIII. 11IIIII -::,, ,-,--iI-IiI ,,I;, ;,I ,t::I w:ZI-III1-; . , I-v- 1II,III —I; eII u-, 1,II,4-,- - I 1II,,IIIII IIIII II I -I-,I,,,).--IxII,.IIIIIII,Ii; ,: :,,.-i,I I;IIII -—,- I,- I IIII -I I 1II II','III.,I-,I,-1 I ,I,I.II;iII11 4-xIIIIII:," , AI —IIIIII,IIII,. -I; ---,e,,I,-I III,- e , ,:, , :,, I ---iI.,I II-,;,, -- iI,,,,- ,III, I-,,, IrIIII, II, II -,,,,3,,II:I1, IzIII,;,, Ij —I;II- -I-IrIII,.II- III I;I ":I 11 -, --,I- ,RIk - I11IIIII,I,,,L,,- i11-II.I -7S ,I,III-"1 ,;;-I,II.11I-II,I:,II'4: 1- jI I.II I-IIIII -, , I;I---.I IIIIII,-,.,,,,,,,,:, , -,Ik,III,,-IIIII:-II-I In1I-IzI:1, I.I - ,III ,"I , -,-,,; t, ? ;--,-IIIIII- 1-1 I:,- I, I,,," ,, n,',,I ; I -,- -t I.I,I1 IIIIIIIII -III,IIII,;I:, zII-;2 -I-- I —,I-- II.III ;;;:, ,- : S i11,", I, , -;-.II,- IIjI;, -'" I.ILII-.II-IIIII, -I--n — II-II,I-,,,I —,, -I,.IIIj, —-, I -1 -Q -IL II II I- I , I - 41 , I i,t -II11 , %;I-I ': E, , , A, : , -i ,. . lV" im,II,,-III,,,-, "I I.-II, ,-I, 1111.I1I,;I-, : I It IIIII,II t , , . ,,, ,,I —II I-;;I,III II-I II I I, ; ,1i -ii;-I11I-II,, ,kI A II,: c I -I, II,I.IIIIIsI,1 I, - i:,, It L q t I t t f;tj-1:IIIiIII; liiIII12 —;,,C -I-I , -I,- d-, t i-I -1 1IIIiIv,rIIIi-i, ; , 1 , -,,-.',;II,",,I-;II-" : t II.,., ,,L-- I;.II%1III-IIII.I ,'" . I ,-,-,-II -I-I , i zz,1I! L-,,-, "II1-I-III,;III-I, ,I.21-I-,-1I%I:I,,,,` - - : , I, , II1 !I;1I,,;, -t- —;IL -I%II ,-I;III, t ,k; t t" c, I- i-,II I,, t, -, -IIIII7IIII,.I-, ,I III ,.jII II,-I :-I III I1, I- , , - - I , II! t-,w;, j I l YL&:? -,,, i -I; I-. ,,,,- II III II I,eI Ii I.. t , —, -,f-1 ::, 1,Z.I :, 1 ,, - - ,:;,,',OI -,II,,II ,I,I. :7 1-I-,t,. I -, I tII7;I,. : , -tf,l'- ;-1 - tI;f.I-.L,I,: : II, II;-;,Z,II;, ,.I,,,,i -.1-iII-I,-I,, I -I-I:-I —, v, I,,,;II11I,I," t;- ii I 1511ut i,III".I I,, -,,II --,I;II I-w-1 —:- -,I-;II". i t - I - - ,I,-;-,,IIi, t,,lII11I - I,,II-I;.,,,I II-11II-I: vI': -,' ,: : i--, -, III II —Kw,II;..I- I1.;,;Ij tI;',, 11 :-;"-,i:,,,- I;,IIc II1)-II-- ", -1,Ii .n,11,II —,e-Ii jI-Ii: 5,,,,,;e, ;,:, I, -I,:I i.I-1-I;I"yI-III, :,:,q ;:, '; ; II-j I,711-IIIIII,.IL:II,:, -I: 1II",:-, ' II-I11I 7- i-f-I,-I-,, ,IIII: t ", t,,.1.;,I;I,,, ,I, -:11gj,;Ij- IIIk,I.IIII,. % : ,iII:I- -CiIIIIII;-,, II`: ,I,,I II',I,;II;I1I,I1 i.II;III,; I.,I-I,; , lIII 2i;, I.1-t,,, II:,IzII -4-,-I.Ie-II-1", "',1II z I- - --,-I1.%-i, II,I.I II . I.IIIt;,; '",,,.1I — fi,,II-,I",-,-III-:,I I,I%,C,,I i` - -, ,-t1IIa:I,,: II,,I:" ;,. T — I ---I,I,ra, II:i,.II -t2i?! t z-I",iC I I-,,,- 4 , ,,:,e I, I-%, ",I v-,Ii ,tjnII I;I % ';7,,, I ----III:.m, ,I yl-,, i;5- -r;:, I,,t ;:I IZyli T 1t _F-II.I,,I1;4I1. ,,,, ,Ii,,,,,i, ,I I; -, --IIIIjI IIII ;q, i- i.1II -,-A- - 1- I..I-, ;oI,114. -IIA-,,-IIIIII" I, 3-j, - -, ; t!, ti4--I II;-I,II , ,,; :,, I;,,, k-7 ---v-.I —t.1,,,I,III,-,t, I -,,IIII1 IIII, -,.;,II-IIII —,, , " , I -,iI-I,.III,kII 4 1 4,L , ; I-, -I-nI1 -,--,I-IIIIII qII — II tv i f,It ', , Itt - Iit tvt,-I: -III-I%, IiavtiI-- F-,-, ,IIII-,Ii-:" ! -, It -,I-I-I,I,--It -- ,,II,i —III - i —,t t , 711 -; I ILI:I;:t-; -IIII I, -,,, 2 /,.IIIIII..., Ii-] -IiI,, — -tI;,I -, -% N-,-1,,I-nI j;'-I-III-IIII,LI - - ? t t i k t ti,iII,,, ,III-.r-I''Ii I I -4 1 I ,%-I'?-,,,I I,,Z I., -;;II.III: ' ;, ,i, ,iII1,,,I:,, gl tz 2t S:t t iIII 11 , I -tt0 I,i:,I-k:II1,I,,,, - -x -i , i, V"X2: i-IrIIV ,II)II- ,:1, I-. t-1; z 5iz ! - It - t &1 , II;',,I11,, : I,1,-I,-j -I-- I..t., -n, ,t! k,;: t t ti tI;,I.III:II -,-,-; 11- ;, II -1, t,,, II-,,II-III-R fII-,I,i,IIII -1i-A%: 'I.,;,,, 1,I -I —-1?I,I 41I,-, ,I;I.,, IT-, .IiI1 ,II,?i,-411 -II -I:z.-:I:- ;,.I "I ItI —IIIIII-:1 , i, 4- TmmI1,;,-I.,L ,:; 11II tz 9 2 t ft t - :I A -I —II;: , I;,, Ii1 I II ,Iq I;,I ,II,, ", t 1 ,,, , j , ,I 1,I-%;-1;;ii U U tIII-,1;,.IIz-, I-, ,: I,- O, 11 I III:I-, i ' I.I.II II,; ",I II;II-II III1 ,,I 114 aii t -,y4I-I,;III-I;:,, ,,,I I 1 , ! zI , ,, , , IL_L;,AI;" ,I:,i,tti -_ ;-,,n', I, 4III - I ,y- 7, k,7-.- -,II-,--I - ,,'II I, I II II", -- t% t N i k,-1I,,--,;II .-II": IIIIIr,,i-,;;.,,I -3 ,I -Ii11Z -I,I II ,!I_7;;1I 1II I--,.,; ,I ',, ,14 1,.,IIII-I, I ,- I I II1;It ,,,%,,,! II:-,:, ,,I I -.,, z-III.1 II,1,IiI11jI IIII;, v, - .,k.;a I-,,x -, IaIII;,-I -;-,, —,,i , :,iII, .zI.:,I-II, II.-4I, ,I-:,q,IIII,,",I-II -II11IIII,I., ,I,I"II, , i LI,,1,, -" ,, t- : - —II,C' 11 !II ,-,,.IIi,A.11 &i-II 111II,-I1,..-i ,,mII, II I- Ik %, t tt 11.- I,,1 I11, ,IILIAt t,,tc-,-I E, I,- :,II I II-IE — I C.j, , t :: ,,-Ij -I,. IT- -1 I L,III,, I- " ,i : - -.I,:; a, ',I -1, a4;,- L '.AI- - -,,III2 t2I.;" kII - - & -1 ,I,- - , -: -; III — II1. , 11 i -,:: -, :W,,-.- — ,II t I-I, ;- - , - . ; , 1 ,, i -, t -,,- ,; I11I;,I -Fl-I,: "u,I, I,-11- i I ,I-- I -; ,4,I s,7 i,, i v,II;- "-7: : i : -,.I mItti —I-,,,, zI II,%11I ; , , ,-,",,.I —I-.I-II1.I ,,,l ,v I-I. ,IliI-,j I- IIAII ,.1.,I,: , ,- A, -.-I I;- ;, ,,I, I- ,sq,I,, ,, -. I —,,p,I,- vi. ,.I I I — ,-4 I-I i —:, rI —1 I-, L:I-1 -1:wIIIIII,, , r, I ,..IIIll :,61 I -..1-9 ,-1 -t, - III- ,II —I) I I;,,k_- -;, I.-IIIII,II -11 — 4I; I -; ' ,i 4 -, ,,-I "I,I, I III 7;I; I : "II ;I I - IIIjI'', ,-,:1,, ,, t j " -I- c-, ,,.Ir I-;; IIII"II 3 &Z-,1 — ,,IIII ; — 7III!; 1 V , tz ",: ,, ,I. I -:-I j' L I'iII; -11II;:, — I-IL%,-11 ,, ,I.II.I , , "IIIc:Iz,,,I,j-, t, , ,,41., :I II -zI- , it, -..IIt, I-IIII1;-'; 11 1III-, 11 v1..I -I11I E,,, - 0 1-,,--Z,I':, "I II;I ;II,;, .- 1;,I-I-,,1,,, ,,-I ,II —1,IxIIII1 , I I, I 1.-,.- I I. ,"i:-, ,IIt 5 ; I I-,III r L ,, IIt11 PIII —I-" -,,-I- -1-I.II7I,;I, I -IIIt -I I1 II ,II -117 k,"II, ,,IIi III I- Iri4:I,i;, I, ;Tt - A-l ,I1 , f ,,, I IK-,II--,II -I.II,,II -, -Iz 1-.-,:4' - II- -; -- IIt %Z I , --,Izk `,.-II-; , , 76I.I T.-!,- -, 1 ZI IIII ,- -I , ,,,I — ,,LIII ,-ev , I,7-v-I,-: -I FI;1, ,;- I-II %I-, ; ,II , ,;II;,, - v.:-.II,iiI - 1 — -.,,J. , -F,-I i- ,I I II —-) I, 4-7 IcI,f3- -,A ii —t, ",. II - , --.' a .,54r I11I I-III,-I-: tI-, 1: T-i , - -t , 't -11II--, I ,. : - , -I %-,jiI: t it - F,TIL I,IL"IIII 'N A, I f.-"t A III',LL ttt 1, III tI,II-c"- !- ' j i-I--, I,1 ,.-I-,,I-;I,,i `-III- I-IIIIll f ,I, ,,;I,,II, t ",,II 1,t - "